History OBSPriceList

<div>
<table cellspacing="0" rules="all" border="1" style="border-

collapse:collapse;">
<tr>
<th scope="col">ISBN</th><th scope="col">HB/PB</th><th
scope="col">Title</th><th scope="col">Author</th><th scope="col">Year</th><th
scope="col">Page Extent</th><th scope="col">Price (Rs.)</th><th scope="col">About
the Book</th><th scope="col">About Author(s)</th><th scope="col">Territorial
Rights</th>
</tr><tr class="textmode">
<td>978-81-7824-003-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td> An Anthropologist
among the Marxists and other Essays</td><td>Ramachandra
Guha</td><td>2001</td><td>280</td><td>450.0000</td><td>“Inside every thinking Indian there is a Gandhian and a
Marxist struggling for supremacy”, says Ramachandra Guha in the opening sentence of
this wonderfully readable book of ideas, opinions and reflections. A substantial
portion of the book expands on this salvo: it analyses Gandhians and pseudo-
Gandhians, Marxists and anti-Marxists, Nehruvians and anti-Secularists, Democrats
and Stalinists, scientists and historians, environmentalists and cricketers in
short, it examines and discusses all those who comprise the intellectual life of
thinking Indians today.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Ramachandra Guha, historian, biographer,
cricket-writer and columnist, he is probably India’s best-known writer of non-
fiction. </div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-001-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td> Selected Works of
C. Rajagopalachari: Vol. VI, 1936–39</td><td>Ravi K. Mishra and Narendra
Shukla</td><td>2021</td><td>576</td><td>2195.0000</td><td>The present
volume is the sixth in a series of ten volumes of the Selected Works of C.
Rajagopalachari, being published in association with the Nehru Memorial Museum and
Library.
This volume brings out Rajaji’s active engagement with electoral

arrangements and campaigns in the south. Rajaji led the Congress to an overwhelming
victory in 1937, and was subsequently chosen as leader of the newly elected
Congress contingent.
He argued in favour of autonomy for the provincial government and carried
forward various measures as Premier of Madras: propagation of the Hindustani
language and the use of khadi; the prohibition of alcohol; temple-entry for the
Untouchables; and his response to the demand for a separate Andhra
province.
Vol. VI also carries abstracts of the budgets that Rajaji presented, which
highlight his remarkable expertise, even in financial matters. It is a collector’s
edition that will be a useful tool of reference on the life of Rajaji, and narrates
a very important phase in the history of India’s struggle for
freedom.</td><td>Ravi K. Mishra is Deputy
Director, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi.
Narendra Shukla is Head, Research and Publications
Division, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New
Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-87358-43-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>"When the War
Began We Heard of Several Kings": South Asian Prisoners in World War I
Germany</td><td>Franziska Roy, Heike Liebau and Ravi Ahuja
(Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>282</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The age of
catastrophe devoured lives from many parts of the globe. Yet the ‘Great War’ also
occasioned new encounters and experiences. Never before had ten thousands of non-
elite South Asians moved across Europe. About two thousand of them, mostly
sailors and soldiers who hailed from villages in Bengal, Nepal, the Northwest
Frontier and Punjab, were held for years in German prison camps. They attracted
the close attention of army officers, diplomats and secret agents, of emigrant
revolutionaries like Har Dayal and Virendranath Chattopadhyaya, of German
artists, academics and industrialists. The captives made sense of these
unusual encounters in their own ways. This volume approaches their difficult
engagements from various angles. It introduces and makes available rich German
archives as yet unknown to the non-German speaking world. 
The CD Rom attached to this book goes beyond the written word. It
includes the Hindi and Urdu editions of the propagandistic camp journal
Hindostan, transcripts of sound recordings in which the
sailors and soldiers speak in their native tongues about their experiences as
they are taken from place to place, perhaps in the hope that these might reach
their families. There is nostalgia in their voices as they sing songs about their
homes, while acutely critical comments on their lives in ‘vilayat’ give the lie
to the notion of the apolitical peasant-soldier. 
The CD Rom also includes pictorial documents of paintings by the
soldiers, and some powerful photographs of war camps in Zossen and Wünsdorf.
The CD Rom also carries the Bibliography which is a special feature of this book.
It is both extensive and rich, covering rare books which will be of enormous
value to scholars and interested
readers.</td><td>Franziska
Roy is d octoral candidate at the
Department of History of the University of Warwick.
Heike Liebau is Senior Research Fellow at
the Center for Modern Oriental Studies (Berlin).
Ravi Ahuja is professor of modern Indian
history and the director of the Centre for Modern Indian Studies at the
University of Göttingen.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-87358-24-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>‘Good Women do not
inherit Land’: Politics of Land and Gender in India</td><td>Nitya
Rao</td><td>2009</td><td>368</td><td>795.0000</td><td>‘GOOD WOMEN should not claim a share
in the inheritance, even if they have no brothers….’ Notions such as this have, in
their own way and over time, given the women in the Santal Parganas the resolve to
wrest what is rightfully theirs. This is a powerful book in the way in which it
unfolds the lives and anxieties of Santal women in the two villages of Dumka
district, Jharkhand. From the very beginning, adivasi women come alive through
separate life histories. They span different situations and social patterns but all
of them relate to rights in landed property, and their own troubled identities in
the backdrop of harsh living conditions, social discrimination and lack of state
support. Land for the Santal women is not a mere economic resource. It stands for
security, social position and identity, and in this men have a distinct advantage.
Soon after, writing in a personal vein, the author unfolds how these anxieties of
the Santal women resonate her own. 
The author traces the relationship
between Santals and their land from historic times to the modern era when they have
access to both the modern legal system and their own customary laws. She also
examines the role of external agencies in this struggle – government administrative
bodies, non-governmental organizations and political leaders. As modern influences
crowd out traditional mores the author asserts that development is not always a
benign process of social advancement but a highly political struggle for re-
negotiating power relations between men and women, and among social groups. The use
of a ‘community’ identity as adivasis has also been responsible for denying women
rights to land in the context of the movement for political autonomy of Jharkhand.
Based on rich ethnographic material, this sensitive book lays bare the reality of
being an adivasi and an adivasi woman, in all its nuances, in the modern globalized
world.
</td><td>Nitya Rao is Senior Lecturer, School of Development
Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, UK.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-365-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>1857 Ka Vidrohi
Jagat : Poorbi Uttar Pradesh Mein</td><td>Syed Najmul Raza Rizvi [S N R
Rizvi]</td><td>2018</td><td>320</td><td>540.0000</td><td>The study
embodied in the above book, is a well-planned study of the region which has
contributed immensely into the making of the Uprising of 1857, a memorable event.
The purabias, (as the Indian sepoys of the Bengal army were known) have taken the
leadership of the event in the city of Delhi which altered the character of the
anti imperialist struggle in the initial month of the
uprising. 
The purabias sepoys themselves were fighting at the major centers of the uprising,
but what was happening in the region to which they belonged i.e. the Eastern U.P.
or roughly the region between of river Ghaggar and Nepal Terai. The area was full
of dense forest, wild life swamped and even mosquitoes and malaria. Such ecological
conditions and hardships of life in the region had made the people of this locality
stubborn, sturdy, and capable of surviving under heavy odds.
The present work is a focused study to understand the ‘world of rebels’ in this
region. Using the Archival Records, Settlement Reports, Official Publications,
Memoirs of the British officials and the Indigenous discourse, the present study
breaks new grounds which remain untouched in the modern writings on the subject. By
providing numerous numeral appendices, the author provides minute details at the
micro level for the punishments, confiscations and also rewards to the loyalists
and spies. This is also an important exercise to understand the region in a better
way.   A map showing the major centres of
uprising and the hideouts of the rebel leaders will be of good help to the
readers / research scholars.
This book has brought new material to the light before the scholarly world and has
also raised important region specific questions. By taking up this micro study, the
author has made an important intervention in the existing literature on the
Uprising of 1857 in a meaningful manner.
The book includes elaborate appendices which include for the first time ever in a
research work on 1857:
[a] The names of Rebels available in the cotemporary written record
Kashful Bagaavat, Gorakhpur which was written by Syed Ahmad Ali
Shah who was the caretaker of Imambara, Gorakhpur who was an eye witness of the
revolt of 1857 and therefore this record can be treated as authentic.
Kashful Baghaavat, Gorakhpur was a non-governmental source of
information written in poetic form in Urdu Nazm. Published in 1860 by Arifin Press,
Mirzapur, this work has never been consulted by any historian for their research
work until Professor Rizvi, the author of the book, has revealed this information
in his present work. This is the first time when this work has been used for
research in history and printed in this book form. 
[b] Details of Punishments given to Rebels according to Kashful Bagaavat,
Gorakhpur
[c] List of Rebels of Poorbi Uttar Pradesh in the unpublished Contemporary English
Record who actively participated in the Revolt of 1857 
[d] A List of Rebels of Poorbi Uttar Pradesh in the Published Records 
[e] A List of Persons who were the Martyrs in the Revolt of 1857 in Poorbi Uttar
Pradesh 
[f] List of major Supporters of Britishers and their assistants in Poorbi Uttar
Pradesh There are notes and references given at the end of each chapter.
The book is appended with elaborate bibliography, important terminology of 1857 and
an index.

</td><td>Professor Syed
Najmul Raza Rizvi [SNR Rizvi] did his Masters in History from Gorakhpur
University and D.Phil. from University of Allahabad. He is a retired professor and
ex-head of the department of History, Deendayal Upadhyaaya Gorakhpur University. He
is also actively associated with U.P. History Congress for the past several decades
and held various designations in UP Indian History Congress as Secretary,
President, and also was a member of executive committee. Some of his edited works
include: Studies in Indian History (1999); The Great Uprising of 1857 (2009);
proceedings of U.P. History Congress. Along with this, his published titles are:
Atharvein Sadi Ke Zamindaar (1988); Nepal ka Itihas (2001); Zamindaar’s and Revenue
Farmers of Eastern Utter Pradesh (2004) and many more published works to his
credit. He is currently the editor-in-chief of UP Historical
Review.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-0-00106-485-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>1857: Essays from
Economic and Political Weekly</td><td>Banyopadhyay and
Sekhar</td><td>2008</td><td>372</td><td>650.0000</td><td>This volume marks the sesquicentennial of the events of
1857, in which multi-pronged, widespread and in many instances, organised
resistance broke out against the British across north India. The contributions in
this volume look at several aspects of 1857, and assess its events not merely in
terms of their immediately, but in the repercussions that they had politically,
socially, and militarily. The essays look at how historiography has accorded its
own interpretation to 1857 and its effects, an interpretation that is changing even
today.
 The collection has been grouped
into five sections, each of which explores diverse aspects of 1857. The first
section looks at historical perspectives and is titled "Then and Now";
the second, "Sepoys and Soldiers" looks at the military aspects; the
third, "The Margins" is from the point of view of Dalits; the fourth,
"Fictional Representations" studies how 1857 has been depicted in
literature; and the fifth, "The Arts and 1857" looks at 1857 as it has
inspired films, music, and fine art. Held together with a preface by Sekhar
Bandyopadhyay, the essays in this volume---that range in theme and subject from
historiography and military engagements, to the dalit viranganas idealised in
traditional songs and the "unconventional protagonists" in mutiny
novels---converge on one common goal: to enrich the existing national debates on
the 1857 Uprising.</td><td> </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-240-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Concise History
of Indian Literature in English</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra
(ed.)</td><td>2008</td><td>472</td><td>595.0000</td><td>For anyone interested in the story of English in India, or
in the finest English storytellers of India, this is the essential companion.
This book is a history of two hundred years of Indian literature in English. It
starts by looking at the introduction of English into India’s complex language
scenario around 1800. It then takes up the canonical poets, novelists, and
dramatists, as well as a few unjustly forgotten figures, who have made significant
contributions to the evolution of Indian literature in English. The book
comprises twenty-four chapters, written by some of India’s foremost scholars and
critics. Each chapter is devoted either to a single author (Kipling, Tagore, Sri
Aurobindo, R.K. Narayan), or to a group of authors (the Dutt family of nineteenth-
century Calcutta; the Indian diasporic writers of the twentieth century), or to a
genre (beginnings of the Indian novel; poetry since Independence). Though the
contributors are all experts in their chosen areas, this is a book for the non-
specialist general reader. Biographical information on major literary figures is
provided, and in most cases their work is historically contextualized. The chapters
can be read selectively (for example, to follow the development of a genre) or in
the order in which they appear, which is chronological.

William Jones and Thomas Macaulay, Henry Derozio and Toru Dutt, Bankim and
Tagore, Kipling and Naipaul, G.V. Desani and Raja Rao, R.K. Narayan and Nirad C.
Chaudhuri, Sarojini Naidu and Anita Desai, Gandhi and Nehru, Mulk Raj Anand and
Aubrey Menen, Khushwant Singh and Ved Mehta, Verrier Elwin and Salim Ali, Jim
Corbett and M. Krishnan, Nissim Ezekiel and A.K. Ramanujan, Salman Rushdie and
Vikram Seth, Amitav Ghosh and I. Allan Sealy, Gieve Patel and Girish Karnad, social
reformers and religious thinkers, conservationists and hunters, Presidency College
and St Stephen’s College, drama and translation, this volume covers everything of
literary significance that has happened in India.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Arvind Krishna
Mehrotra is a well-known poet, critic, and translator. His books include
(as editor) An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English (2003); The
Transfiguring Places (1998); and The Absent Traveller: Prakrit Love Poetry from the
Gathasaptasati (1991). He has edited The Oxford India Anthology of Twelve Modern
Indian Poets (1992).</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-302-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Concise History
of Indian Literature in English</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra
(Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>472</td><td>495.0000</td><td>For anyone
interested in the story of English in India, or in the finest English storytellers
of India, this is the essential companion. This book is a
history of two hundred years of Indian literature in English. It starts by looking
at the introduction of English into India’s complex language scenario around 1800.
It then takes up the canonical poets, novelists, and dramatists, as well as a few
unjustly forgotten figures, who have made significant contributions to the
evolution of Indian literature in English. The book comprises
twenty-four chapters, written by some of India’s foremost scholars and critics.
Each chapter is devoted either to a single author (Kipling, Tagore, Sri Aurobindo,
R.K. Narayan), or to a group of authors (the Dutt family of nineteenth-century
Calcutta; the Indian diasporic writers of the twentieth century), or to a genre
(beginnings of the Indian novel; poetry since Independence).
Though the contributors are all experts in their chosen areas, this is a
book for the non-specialist general reader. Biographical information on major
literary figures is provided, and in most cases their work is historically
contextualized. The chapters can be read selectively (for example, to follow the
development of a genre) or in the order in which they appear, which is
chronological. William Jones and Thomas Macaulay, Henry
Derozio and Toru Dutt, Bankim and Tagore, Kipling and Naipaul, G.V. Desani and
Raja Rao, R.K. Narayan and Nirad C. Chaudhuri, Sarojini Naidu and Anita Desai,
Gandhi and Nehru, Mulk Raj Anand and Aubrey Menen, Khushwant Singh and Ved Mehta,
Verrier Elwin and Salim Ali, Jim Corbett and M. Krishnan, Nissim Ezekiel and A.K.
Ramanujan, Salman Rushdie and Vikram Seth, Amitav Ghosh and I. Allan Sealy, Gieve
Patel and Girish Karnad, social reformers and religious thinkers, conservationists
and hunters, Presidency College and St Stephen’s College, drama and translation,
this volume covers everything of literary significance that has happened in
India.</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra is a
well-known poet, critic, and translator. His books include (as editor)
An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English
(2003); The Transfiguring Places (1998); and The
Absent Traveller: Prakrit Love Poetry from the Gathasaptasati (1991).
He has edited The Oxford India Anthology of Twelve
Modern Indian Poets (1992).</td><td>WORLD</td>
of Modern Architecture In India</td><td>Jon
Lang</td><td>2010</td><td>214</td><td>895.0000</td><td>This is an invaluable book for those who want to
understand the geography of their cities, as well as for students of Indian
architecture. In lucid language that speaks to laymen and architects alike, Jon
Lang provides a history of Indian architecture in the twentieth century. He
analyses its tangled developments from the founding of the Indian Institute of
Architects during the 1920s to the present diversity of architectural directions.
He describes the often contradictory tugs of the international and the local as he
reviews architects’ efforts to be up-to-date in their work.
Lang examines the early influences
on Indian architecture both of movements like the Bauhaus as well as prominent
individuals like Habib Rehman, Jawaharlal Nehru, Frank Lloyd Wright and Le
Corbusier. He looks at monuments, museums, resettlement colonies, housing, offices
and movie halls all over India in his wide-ranging survey. Over 150 photographs
and line drawings explain and illustrate concepts outlined in the text.
</td><td>Jon Lang
is Professor at the University of New South Wales in Sydney, Australia
where he served as the Head of the School of Architecture during the 1990s.
Earlier, in the 1980s he was Director of the Urban Design Program at the
University of Pennsylvania where he taught from 1970 to 1990. Professor Lang was born in Calcutta and
educated there, as well as in South Africa and the United States. He has served
as a UNESCO consultant in Turkey and a NATO Fellow in Belgium. As a Ford
Foundation Fellow he has taught at The Indian Institute of Technology in
Kharagpur. He has worked professionally as an architect, urban designer and
educator in both North and South America, in Europe and in Asia. Jon Lang is co-author with Madhavi Desai
and Miki Desai of Architecture and Independence: The Search for
Identity (1997). He is also the author of Creating
Architectural Theory(1987) and
Urban Design: the
American Experience (1994). </td><td>World</td>
of Modern Europe: Liberty, Equality, Solidarity</td><td>David S.
Mason</td><td>2012</td><td>248</td><td>425.0000</td><td>Highlighting the
key events, ideas, and individuals that have shaped modern Europe, this fresh and
lively textbook provides a succinct history of the continent from 1789 to the
present. Drawing on the enduring theme of revolution, David Mason explores the
causes and consequences of revolution: political, economic, and scientific; the
development of human rights; and issues of European identity and
integration.
Fourteen focused chapters address such topical issues as the
Enlightenment; the French Revolution and Napoleon; the Industrial Revolution; the
theories and impact of Marx and Darwin; the revolutions of 1848, 1917, and 1989;
the unifications of Germany and Italy; European imperialism; the two world wars;
the Cold War; decolonization and its impact on Europe; the evolution and expansion
of the European Union; rise of modern feminism and other social movements;
postcommunist states since 1989; expansion and development of the European Union;
and issues of immigration, nationalism, and ethnicity.
Written in an accessible and student-friendly style, this volume includes a
timeline and glossary, and suggestions for further reading. The volume is further
illustrated with maps, photos and political cartoons. The author introduces
students to important ideas and themes while allowing time for substantive use of
other supplementary and primary materials. Students of history, political science,
sociology, and any reader needing a broad overview of the sweep of modern European
history will find this book indispensable. </td><td>David S. Mason
is Professor Emeritus, Butler University, Indianapolis,
USA.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-111-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Cultural
History of Telangana: From the Earliest Times to 1724 AD</td><td>Bhangya
Bhukya</td><td>2021</td><td>344</td><td>335.0000</td><td>The national
historical narrative in India has largely been Brahminic and centred around the
Gangetic region. Regional histories often do not match such a narrative, or the
Indo-Aryan economic and political system they describe. Social history, constructed
from puranic texts, further homogenises the diversities of the Indian
subcontinent.
A Cultural History of Telangana takes a longue
durée approach to understanding the socio-economic, cultural and
political movements in the region, delineating the broad trends and themes in
Telangana’s history, while correcting the imbalance that led to Telangana’s
marginalisation in the history of the Telugu-speaking region. Moving away from the
dynastic perspective commonly deployed in conventional history writing, the author
follows significant developments in the fields of agriculture, urbanisation,
architecture, trade and commerce, religion, and the arts to reconstruct the unique
history of Telangana from ancient times up to the early eighteenth
century.
Telangana, with its rocky terrain, thick forests, hilly landscapes and red
sandy soils, has produced a diverse social, economic and political system. This
diversity has led to intense cultural assimilation over the centuries, producing a
new culture known as Deccani, which is markedly different from both the cultures of
the north as well as the other regions of south India. This book will be valuable
for graduate and undergraduate students of history, aspirants of public service
examinations, and interested readers.</td><td>Bhangya
Bhukya is Professor of History, University of
Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86296-00-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Feminist
Foremother: Critical Essays on Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain</td><td>Mohammad A. Quayum
and Md. Mahmudul
Hasan</td><td>2017</td><td>312</td><td>1345.0000</td><td>This volume looks
at the life and works of Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain (1880–1932), arguably Bengal’s
earliest and boldest feminist, revered as a crusader for the emancipation and
advancement of women, in particular Bengali Muslim women. Through her spirited
writings and her activism, Rokeya challenged the two pillars of patriarchy –
hierarchical family structures and religious dogma. She demanded that the ‘family’
be restructured on the basis of gender equality. A devout Muslim, she asked that
women be recognised as human beings in their own right within practices of
Islam.
Born into an orthodox Muslim family, for Rokeya, the most vital way in
which women could empower themselves was through education. The Sakhawat Memorial
Girls’ School in Kolkata, started by Rokeya in 1911, still stands as an enduring
testament to that belief.
This collection of biographical and critical essays places Rokeya within

the socio-cultural and historical context of her times to better appreciate her
literary and social contributions in the face of the formidable challenges she
faced as a Bengali Muslim woman. The essays also aim to understand why the
extraordinary vision she had, not just for women but for an ideal, more gender-just
society, continues to be as radical, powerful and relevant today, almost a century
after her death.
This volume will be a valuable asset to students and scholars of women’s

and gender studies, as also of South Asian literature and culture.
</td><td>Mohammad A. Quayum is Professor of English at

the International Islamic University Malaysia (IIUM), and Adjunct Professor of
English and Creative Writing at Flinders University, Australia.
Md. Mahmudul Hasan is Associate Professor of English at
the International Islamic University Malaysia (IIUM).
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4305-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Grief to Bury:
Memories of Love, Work & Loss </td><td>Vasanth
Kannabiran</td><td>2011</td><td>400</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>A Grief to Bury: Memories of
Love, Work and Loss is a series of conversations with women about
marriage and widowhood. The women speak here with frankness and candour about
their often quite unconventional relationships with their husbands, and of coming
to terms with the loss of a life-long partner. Despite the grief, despite an
altered and often fractured sense of self, each woman is determined to live a
productive and creative life.  
Reflecting the social history of a
class of women born before Independence, this volume explores how the institution
of marriage shaped their lives. These are extraordinary women, who have lived
rich, full lives where work has not been separated from leisure, nor has the
private world of home and family been separated from the wider world of work and
social commitment. As such they have redefined marriage and family, and equally
the public sphere of work to make both inclusive spaces. 
This collection of interviews raises
important questions: Is it possible to retain your identity and hold on to your
beliefs in a long marriage? What is the line that separates and insulates home and
family from community and nation? How do these women breathe normally and smile
graciously while coping with a shock that uproots and erases chunks of the self?
What happens when a long and supportive partnership ends?
Eminent personalities, among them,
Neera Desai, Meenakshi Mukherjee, Ela Bhatt, K. Saradamoni and Shanta Rameshwar
Rao discuss their long partnerships of shared visions and love. Their choices,
their struggles, and their indomitable will may provide answers to countless young
people today. Apart from a general readership, this book will also appeal to
students and scholars of sociology and gender studies.
</td><td>Vasanth Kannabiran
is a feminist poet and writer. She is a founder-member of Asmita
Collective, which works on issues of women's
rights.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5449-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A History of
English Literature: Traversing the Centuries</td><td>Aditi Chowdhury and Rita
Goswami</td><td>2014</td><td>412</td><td>575.0000</td><td>A
History of English Literature: Traversing the Centuries provides a
comprehensive outline of the course of English literature from the Anglo-Saxon
period to the present day. In its fourteen chapters, the book covers all major
literary periods with inclusive analyses of the political, social and intellectual
developments which inevitably contribute to and influence literature in both overt
and subtle ways. The survey includes all important literary figures and their
significant literary works. The volume is also supplemented with an introductory
chapter that discusses the shaping influences on English literature and the royal
houses of England. This is followed by a timeline which will enable readers to
place each author in the social and political settings and events of the time. In
its broad canvass, the book delves into the nuances of everything that goes into
the making of English literature. Carefully planned, rich in detail and
information, and useful in marking the milestones within various periods as well as
drawing the connections between them, A History of English
Literature is a reference volume that  makes the reading of
literary history a stimulating experience for students, scholars and teachers of
English literature, and general readers interested in literary history. 
</td><td>Aditi Chowdhury and
Rita Goswami teach in the Department of English,
Handique Girls’ College, Gauhati University. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3691-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A History of
Jaipur : c 1503-1938</td><td>Sarkar, Jadunath, Revised and edited by Raghubir
Singh</td><td>2009</td><td>428</td><td>1200.0000</td><td>This authentic and authoritative
History of Jaipur was
commissioned by Maharaja Sawai Man Singh II, the last ruler of the erstwhile Jaipur
state. Sir Jadunath Sarkar agreed to take up the assignment and completed the
manuscript in 1939-40. This book was finally published, as it was originally
written, more than 40 years later in 1984. The author meticulously documented
the history of the Kachhwa rulers of Jaipur. He ploughed through a profusion of raw
material preserved almost intact for three and a half centuries in teh Kachhwa
House to present a compelling history of the Jaipur dynasty. Lucidly written,
this book will be of interest to scholars and general readers
alike</td><td>Sir Jadunath Sarkar (Bengali: ?????? ?????) was a noted
Indian Bengali historian. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-232-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A National Flag
for India</td><td>Arundhati
Virmani</td><td>2008</td><td>374</td><td>750.0000</td><td>"The long and difficult elaboration of the
Indian national flag, the diverse and sometimes
contrary expectations that built up around this object during half a century with
their stakes profoundly rooted in the social world: these essential aspects of the
historian’s work are masterfully unravelled in this book." Jacques Revel
Unearthing the complex history of the making of the Indian national flag, Arundhati
Virmani reveals cultural processes that imposed a set of values and sentiments on
an incredibly diverse and scattered body of people. She shows that the Indian flag
had strong roots in the ethos of colonialism. It was a major resource for the
nationalist movement, a tool that allowed large social diversities to assert the
compelling necessity for a new political culture with secular nationalism as the
unifying pole. This viewpoint was contested by the Muslim League, the Sikhs, the
Indian princes, and Hindu nationalists. So how, in the end, did the Indian flag
come to fly as it does today? And how, in contrast, was the flag of Pakistan
created?</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Arundhati Virmani was Reader in
History at Delhi University until 1992, when she moved to France, where she teaches
at the Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales Marseille. She has published an
essay in Past and Present, as well as two books.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-479-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A National Flag
for India</td><td>Arundhati
Virmani</td><td>2018</td><td>380</td><td>695.0000</td><td><div style="text-
align: justify">The historiography on India shows innumerable conflicts
which divide the subcontinent—communalism, caste, gender, language—suggesting a
region perpetually on the edge of collapse. The disintegration somehow never
happens. The present book seeks to locate this paradox of deep divisision and
stability by proposing other objects and methods of study.</div><div
style="text-align: justify"> </div><div
style="text-align: justify">Unearthing the complex history of the
making of the Indian national flag, Arundhati Virmani reveals cultural processes
that imposed a set of values and sentiments on an incredibly diverse and scattered
body of people. She shows that the Indian flag had strong roots in the ethos of
colonialism. It was a major resource for the nationalist movement, a tool that
allowed large social diversities to assert the compelling necessity for a new
political culture with secular nationalism as the unifying pole. This viewpoint was
contested by the Muslim League, the Sikhs, the Indian princes, and Hindu
nationalists. So how, in the end, did the Indian flag come to fly as it does today?
And how, in contrast, was the flag of Pakistan created?</div><div
style="text-align: justify">In showing how a region became two
countries via the politics that unfurled around pieces of coloured cloth, this book
marks a fascinating departure from standard studies of Indian nationalism,
secularism, and communalism. It reveals the fiercely tribal dimension of
nationalist rituals, and the manner in which a ‘politics of sentiment’ was deployed
for the construction of Indian nationhood.</div><div style="text-
align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align:
justify">This book will attract not just historians, but also
anthropologists, sociologists and those interested in the construction of ideology
and political culture.</div>
</td><td>Arundhati
Virmani was Reader in History at Delhi University until 1992, when she
moved to France, where she teaches at the Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences
Sociales Marseille. She has published an essay in Past and Present, as well as two
books: India 1900–1947. Un Britannique au cœur du Raj (Paris, Autrement, 2002), and
Inde. Une Puissance en mutation (Paris, Documentation Française,
2001).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5955-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Place for
Utopia: Urban Designs from South Asia</td><td>Smriti
Srinivas</td><td>2015</td><td>224</td><td>1425.0000</td><td>
A Place for Utopia is firmly rooted in a South Asian
context but links questions and discussions of its urbanism, religion, pasts and
futures to a global milieu and history. The volume blends ethnographic, visual,
and archival methods and uses various ideas of ‘utopia’ for social science
analysis that can productively open up new intellectual spaces, other histories,
and urban policies. It moves across a hundred year period of South Asian modernity
and its challenges from the early twentieth century to the early twenty-first
century. Central to the designs for utopia in this book are the themes of gardens,
children, spiritual topographies, death, and hope. 

From the vitalist urban plans of the Scottish polymath Patrick
Geddes in India to the Theosophical Society in Madras and the ways in
which it provided a context for a novel South Indian garden design; from the
visual, textual and ritual designs of Californian Vedanta from the 1930s
to the present to the spatial transformations associated
with post-1990s highway and rapid transit systems in Bangalore that are shaping an
emerging “Indian New Age” of religious and somatic self-styling, Srinivas tells
the story of contrapuntal histories, the contiguity of lives, and resonances
between utopian worlds that is generative of designs for cultural alternatives and
futures.  
This book will be of considerable interest to students and scholars of
urban studies, anthropology, religion, geography, sociology, philosophy, South
Asian studies, design, history, and cultural studies. 
</td><td>
Smriti Srinivas is professor of anthropology
at University of California, Davis. She is the author of Landscapes of
Urban Memory: The Sacred and the Civic in India’s High-Tech City;
In the Presence of Sai Baba: Body, City, and Memory in a Global
Religious Movement; and The Mouths of People, The Voice of
God: Buddhists and Muslims in the Frontier Community of
Ladakh.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-482-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Rule Of
Property For Bengal :An Essay on the Idea of Permanent Settlement</td><td>Ranajit
Guha</td><td>2016</td><td>330</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
“. . . a pioneering work on the intellectual origins 
of [the Permanent Settlement]”—Holden Furber
(1964)
The infamous Permanent Settlement of Bengal in the eighteenth century was
the most disputed step in the agrarian field ever taken in India under British
rule. Why did it happen? Written with uncommon elegance, Ranajit Guha’s classic
study—a pioneering work in Indian intellectual history—provides the answers by
looking at the ideas and thinking of the policy-makers who radically changed the
way in which India was taxed and ruled.
Guha considers why European ideas about capitalism in farming and methods
of revenue collection were thrust upon a colonial society. He shows that British
administrators such as Lord Cornwallis and Philip Francis were far more
considerably influenced by the French Physiocrats than by Indian conditions on the
ground. He elaborates on the philosophical antecedents of the Settlement in the
works of Alexander Dow, Henry Pattullo, and Philip Francis, outlining the
contradictions between their views and those of Warren Hastings.
This third, attractively re-set, edition of a seminal work that has been
in print since 1963 includes two new essays by Partha Chatterjee and Rudrangshu
Mukherjee. Together, they position this book within Indian historiography and
reveal precisely why it remains indispensable for anyone involved in thinking
seriously about colonial rule and the making of modern South Asia.
</td><td>Ranajit Guha is probably the most globally
influential Indian historian of the past fifty years. Best known as the founding
father of Subaltern Studies, his several acclaimed books include The Small Voice of
History (Permanent Black, 2009). Renowned at various times as a critical figure in
the academic worlds of Calcutta, Sussex, Canberra, and New York, Mr Guha lives for
the moment on the fringes of Vienna.</td><td>world</td>
<td>978-93-86392-72-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Short History
of American Literature</td><td>Krishna Sen, Ashok
Sengupta</td><td>2017</td><td>424</td><td>625.0000</td><td>
A Short History of American Literature is a succinct
survey of over five hundred years of American literature. It conveys the
uniqueness of American literature by focusing on the sociopolitical contexts that
shaped America’s literary productions. It highlights the cultural myths and values
and the specific historical processes that differentiate American literature from
the literatures of England and Europe. The book adopts the current trend in the
writing of American literary history by foregrounding the early colonial and
nationalist writings and the major multicultural literatures, while also
presenting the traditional Anglocentric trajectory from the American Renaissance
to postmodernism. Its canvas is further extended by a separate chapter on American
literature and popular culture, and a comparative timeline juxtaposing American
and British literary histories. The Short History is contemporary in its approach
and aims to foster an informed and critical appreciation of American
literature.
</td><td>
Krishna Sen is Visiting Professor at the
Women's Studies Research Centre, University of Calcutta. She was formerly
Professor and Head at the Department of English, University of Calcutta.
Ashok Sengupta was formerly Professor and
Head at the Department of English, and the Dean of the Faculty of Arts and
Commerce, University of Kalyani, West Bengal.

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3690-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Short History
of Aurangzib</td><td>Jadunath
Sarkar</td><td>2009</td><td>424</td><td>750.0000</td><td>This book is an abridged version of the unrivalled five-
volume History of Aurangzib by Sir Jadunath Sarkar. It
contains one half of the material of the original work. Yet, the author, who
himself shortened it, has not compromised on the essential aspects of this history
practically the history of India for sixty year. Aurangzib’s career prior to his
accession has been skillfully compressed while significant events during his reign
have been dealt with in detail. 
This concise edition, written in an
inimitable style, will continue to be a valuable resource for students and scholars
of medieval Indian history.
</td><td>Sir Jadunath Sarkar was a noted Indian Bengali
historian.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-605-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Abid Hasan
Safrani: Netaji’s Comrade-in-Arms</td><td>Compiled by Ismat Mehdi and Shehbaz
Safrani, Foreword by Sugata Bose</td><td>2023</td><td>190</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
In the words of historian Sugata Bose: ‘Netaji’s comrade-in-arms Abid
Hasan Safrani was a quiet revolutionary who kept himself out of the limelight even
while being present at every vital scene and moment of the final phase of our
freedom struggle across Europe and Asia.’ A member of Netaji’s Azad Hind Fauj,
Safrani is famous as the man who coined the slogan ‘Jai Hind’, which became the
national salutation for Indian soldiers, statesmen and civilians alike. 
Safrani grew up in old aristocratic Hyderabad of the 1920s in a richly
syncretic, secular culture and a vibrant social and intellectual environment that
influenced him deeply, leading him later to plunge into politics under Subhas
Bose’s leadership. He went on to become one of Netaji’s closest associates, and
was the only one to accompany him on his historic submarine voyage from Kiel in
Germany to Japanese territory in Sumatra, Malaysia, during World War II. A
polyglot and connoisseur of art and history, Safrani also served independent India
as a diplomat of distinction in China, West Asia, Africa and Europe. 
Compiled by his niece Ismat Mehdi, who accompanied him on his foreign
postings to Bern and Baghdad, and his nephew Shehbaz Safrani, who was with him in
Baghdad and Damascus, Abid Hasan’s accounts of his time and journeys with Netaji—
collected from his notebooks—bring alive key historical events and fill in crucial
gaps in the narration of India’s freedom struggle. Anecdotal memories of Safrani
recounted by family and friends also reveal a self-effacing, fiercely loyal, brave
and generous man with an endearing persona. The story of an unsung national hero,
this book preserves and disseminates some of the finest and forgotten lessons of
our freedom struggle, to better understand the evolution of independent
India.</td><td>
Compiled By
Ismat Mehdi is a retired Professor of Arabic,
English and Foreign Languages University (EFLU), Hyderabad, and proficient in
several languages. 
Shehbaz Safrani is a writer, painter and critic of
art and architecture, based in New York.
Foreword By
Sugata Bose is the Gardiner Professor of
History at Harvard University. His books include A Hundred Horizons: The
Indian Ocean in the Age of Global Empire; and His Majesty’s
Opponent: Subhas Chandra Bose and India’s Struggle against Empire; and
The Indian Struggle 1920–1942.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-90122-63-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>ADHUNIK BHARAT KA
ITIHAS, New Edition with Smart App</td><td>Bipan
Chandra</td><td>2020</td><td>376</td><td>395.0000</td><td>Adhuni
k Bharat ka Itihas is the Hindi edition of History of Modern
India by Bipan Chandra.

The book covers Indian history from the eighteenth century to 1947. It deals with
the nature of British imperialism and the policies pursued by it in India, and
their impact on the Indian economy, society and culture.

The Indian response to British imperialism and the rise of Indian nationalism are
also studied. The book also provides information about social and religious reform
movements that were prominent at the time.

The book provides comprehensive knowledge about the historical period known as
modern India. It moves away from a largely political narrative to offer:

<ul><li>An explanation of conditions in eighteenth-century
India that helped the British East India Company establish its rule.
</li><li> Important insights into the primary aim of colonial rule:
the economic exploitation of India through trade and investment.
</li><li>A detailed account of the nationalist movement.
</li><li>An introduction to significant freedom
fighters.</li></ul>

For the first time, this reprint is accompanied by the free Orient
BlackSwan Smart App. This app allows students to:

<ul><li>access question banks from previous years’
competitive examinations
</li><li>solve nearly 100 multiple-choice questions from their
phone.</li><ul>
</ul></ul></td><td>One of the most eminent historians of
modern Indian history, Bipan Chandra was Chairman of the
National Book Trust. He was also Professor Emeritus, Centre for Historical Studies,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, and National Research
Professor.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3427-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Adhunik Bharat ka
Sanskritik Itihas (Hindi)</td><td>Dilip M
Menon</td><td>2010</td><td>196</td><td>375.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi
edition of Cultural History of Modern India, a
collection of six essays. This is the first in the series of three
books for concurrent courses of Delhi University. The six essays presents original
and pioneering forays in the study of cricket, oral history, gender studies,
films, popular culture and Indian classical music. The history of
modern India has been narrated largely in terms of the nationalist movements,
personalities and what has been seen as the high politics of state. This
collection of essays tries to push the emerging paradigm further by moving away
from conventional notions of the history of the nation and indeed of the
politics.
[This is the second in the series of History titles for concurrent
courses – Dilli: Prachin Itihas is already published.
Madhyakaleen Bharat ka Sanskritik Itihas by Meenakshi Khanna
is due in June. Then we already have a
package of history titles – Prarambhik Bharat ka Parichay, Madhyakaleen
Bharat, Samkaleen Vishwa ka Itihas, Adhunik Bharat ka Itihas, Palassi se
Vibhajan tak.]
</td><td>Dilip M Menon, the editor of this
volume is Reader in Modern Indian History at University of Delhi. He
is the Author of Caste, Nationalism and communism in South India:Malabar 1900-
48  and The Blindness of  Insight: Essays on Caste in Modern
India. He is currently visiting Associate Professor in the School of Literature
and Language Studies in the University of Witwatersrand , Johannesburg, South
Africa. The contributors to this volume are :  Mr
Ramachandra Guha, Dr Tanika Sarkar, Dr Rustom Bharucha,  Dr Sumita S
Chakravarty, Dr Patricia Uberoi and Dr Amanda Weidman. 
Mr Bipender Kumar, who translated this book into
Hindi, is a freelance Hindi journalist based in Patna.</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-250-4462-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Adhunik Bharater
Itihash</td><td>Bipan
Chandra</td><td>2012</td><td>368</td><td>425.0000</td><td>Ad
hunik Bharater Itihash is the Bangla edition of
History of Modern India by Bipan
Chandra published by Orient BlackSwan. 
The book surveys Indian History from eighteenth century to 1947. This
book deals with the nature of British imperialism and the policies pursued by it
in India and their impact on the Indian economy, society and culture. The Indian
response to the British imperialism and the rise of Indian Nationalism are also
studied. The book also provides the information about social and religious reform
movements which were prominent at that time. The book gives comprehensive
knowledge about the history of Modern India. 
This book is also available in English, Hindi and
Oriya.</td><td>Bipan Chandra is a well known
historian. He was Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi,
where he is presently an Emeritus Professor. Currently he is the Chairman of
National Book Trust, New Delhi. He is the author of famous books like
Epic Struggle, Aetihasik Sanfgarsh,
Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India and
Essays in Nationalism published by
us.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4183-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Adhuniko Bharat
Itihas (Odiya)</td><td>Bipan
Chandra</td><td>2011</td><td>376</td><td>350.0000</td><td>This is the
Odiya edition of History of Modern India by Bipan Chandra published by us.

The book surveys Indian History from eighteenth century to 1947. This book
deals with the nature of British imperialism and the policies pursued by it in
India and their impact on the Indian economy, society and culture. The Indian
response to the British imperialism and the rise of Indian Nationalism are also
studied. The book also provides the information about social and religious reform
movements which were prominent at that time. The book gives comprehensive knowledge
about the History of Modern India. </td><td>Bipan Chandra is a
well known historian. He was Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru University,
New Delhi, where he is presently an Emeritus Professor. Currently he is the
Chairman of National Book Trust, New Delhi. He is the author of books like
The Epic Struggle, Aetihasik
Sangharsh, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India and Essays in
Nationalism published by us.
Odiya translation is by Dr Pritish Acharya,

Bhubaneshwar.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4198-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Adivasis and the
Raj: Socio-economic Transition of the Hos, 1820-1932</td><td>Sanjukta Das
Gupta</td><td>2011</td><td>384</td><td>1785.0000</td><td>While recent research on adivasis under colonial rule
tends to focus on issues of identity politics, categories and definitions, it is
important to emphasise that the histories of adivasis were shaped by the
constantly evolving British policy towards them, their own unique features, socio-
cultural traditions, and the nature of their integration within the colonial
state, which in turn determined their self-definitions and their relations with
others.
 This book brings back a focus on
the colonial history of adivasis and discusses the issue of their identity against
this background. It is a study of the Hos of Chota Nagpur from 1820, when they
first came into contact with the British, to 1932, when their protests took the
form of religious reform movements in an attempt to develop a distinct tribal
identity.
 In their encounter with the
British, the Hos were confronted with several challenges, such as their role in
the changing political system; their right of access to local territory
and forest resources; the growing influx of outsiders into their villages; and the
restructuring of indigenous institutions of authority. While dealing with these
circumstances, albeit with varying degrees of success, the Hos developed an ethnic
and political awareness vis-à-vis the British, other adivasis, and the non-
adivasi population, leading to the Haribaba movement for self-purification and
other socio-religious reform movements.
 Meticulously researched and replete
with statistical data, a detailed glossary and bibliography, this insightful
volume will be useful for scholars and students of history, sociology and
anthropology. 
</td><td>Sanjukta Das Gupta is Associate Professor,
Department of History, University of Calcutta.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4094-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Adivasis in
Colonial India: Survival, Resistance and Negotiation</td><td>Biswamoy Pati
(Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>384</td><td>1750.0000</td><td>How do we define ‘adivasis’? A post-modernist approach will
situate them as ‘colonial constructs’. However, as this book goes to show, tribals
were not just a colonial creation. They were a part of south Asian reality at the
time of India’s colonisation. Their world was not a monolithic one but the order
of stratification was significantly reinforced with the advent of colonialism and
its diverse interventions, in terms of the complexities arising out of land
settlements and the commercialisation of agriculture.
Bringing together contributions from
historians, sociologists, social anthropologists and younger scholars, this volume
provides a holistic view of the world of adivasis under the British in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It unravels the ways in which the adivasi
society negotiated with itself and interacted with the shifts and changes that
were taking place during this period. The essays focus on the impact of the
sahukar-zamindar-sarkar nexus on the adivasis; the question of dispossession and
migration in the face of colonial capitalism and global needs of labour; the
process of politicisation and resistance against coercive strategies of control
and dominance; the problems within the adivasi society, and the questions of
identity and patriarchy; medical colonialism and the adivasi healing systems; and
the different ideologies that guided the ‘adivasi’ politics in colonial India—from
protests against feudal rulers, to protests against the national movement and
later, the struggles led by the socialists and communists. While tracing the
trajectory of the life of the adivasis, the book also examines the genealogy of
the concept of higher and lower races.
Going beyond the colonial and anti-
colonial theme to explore the world of the adivasis and their social history, this
book makes a conscious effort to locate the ‘present’ in the context of the
‘past’. It contributes to the understanding of the encroaching colonial ideals and
intentions in the name of development and civilisation, that continue to impact
their lives even today.</td><td>Biswamoy Pati is
Associate Professor, Department of History, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4490-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Afghanistan: How
the West Lost its Way</td><td>Tim Bird and Alex
Marshall</td><td>2012</td><td>320</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>In this
compelling book, Tim Bird and Alex Marshall ask how and why the international
community has so signally failed to achieve its objectives in
Afghanistan. They trace the story from the hurried
post-9/11 decision to invade onwards, explaining how ambitious development plans
failed to bear fruit, how muddled Western policies allowed Afghans to grow more
opium poppies than ever before—and how, despite all promises, life has become
worse rather than better for many Afghan
citizens.</td><td>Tim Bird is a
lecturer in the Defence Studies Department of King’s College, London, based at the
Joint Services Command and Staff College (JSCSC) in Shrivenham, UK. 
Alex Marshall is a lecturer in the History Department
at Glasgow University, UK.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-90122-75-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>After the
Revolution</td><td>Partha Chatterjee (Ed.), With a Foreword by: Dipesh
Chakrabarty</td><td>2020</td><td>352</td><td>1125.0000</td><td>Anjan Ghosh
(1951–2010), an exemplary Marxist sociologist and teacher, belonged to the
generation of intellectuals that dreamt of a socialist India, and saw both the rise
and demise of the Communist Party in West Bengal. He died a year before Trinamool
Congress dislodged the Left from power. But long before his death, the fall of the
Soviet Union had initiated a re-evaluation—among Marxists in West Bengal and
elsewhere—of the twentieth-century history of socialism. The present crisis of
liberal capitalism, however, compels a fresh, critical look at the legacy of the
Russian Revolution today. 
After the Revolution is a tribute by Anjan Ghosh’s
friends and colleagues not only to his memory, but also to the idea of revolution,
through a cosmopolitan quest for a liveable alternative to capitalism. It reflects
on the Russian Revolution, as viewed from our current location, and re-examines
some of the basic tenets of revolutionary theory and practice in the twentieth
century, to shed light on the present.
Exploring the limits of capitalism, liberal democracy and socialism, the
essays examine a range of issues, including contemporary political movements,
Maoism and Indian democracy, the later Marx’s thoughts on Russia, global finance
dynamics, and the impact of a revolution aesthetic on literature, music and
cinema.
Original, eclectic, insightful, these timely essays are addressed to
students and scholars of sociology, history and culture
studies.</td><td>The
Editor 
Partha Chatterjee is Professor of Anthropology, and of
Middle Eastern, South Asian and African History, Columbia University, New
York.
The Foreword 
Dipesh Chakrabarty is Lawrence A. Kimpton
Distinguished Professor of History and South Asian Languages and Civilization,
University of Chicago.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3600-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Against Stigma:
Studies in Caste, Race and Justice since Durban</td><td>Balmurli Natrajan and Paul
Greenough</td><td>2009</td><td>504</td><td>1750.0000</td><td>Historical
barriers still inhibit comparative frameworks to map and challenge two of the most
odious forms of discrimination―racism and casteism. Both justify
themselves on a principle of biological descent; they enable stigma as if it were
a natural fact, refusing to see it as deleterious social exclusion.
Against Stigma carries
fifteen essays that build upon the energies generated in scholarship as a result
of the landmark 2001 World Conference Against Racism, Racial Discrimination,
Xenophobia, and Related Intolerance at Durban, South Africa. The
contributors, who represent a multiplicity of disciplines and intellectual
orientations, explore comparative aspects of caste and race including
conundrums of a globalized discourse and national problematics of racism and
casteism. The editors’ Introduction locates this comparative project around
descent-based discrimination in a wide context; the editors suggest that
globalization itself holds out the promise of more generalized practices of
resistance and emancipation by oppressed national minorities. A critical
bibliography on race and caste is a bonus to students and teachers of Human
Rights, Race Relations, Caste Studies and Politics of Socio-economic Exclusion.

At a time when democratic movements are sweeping across the globe,
Against Stigma presents a fresh
selection of authoritative scholarship and instructive debates centred on race and
caste, two of the most potent and divisive concepts in the histories of humanity,
sociology and human governance. 
</td><td>Balmurli Natrajan is Assistant Professor of
Anthropology at William Paterson University, New Jersey. 
Paul Greenough is Professor of History and Community
and Behavioral Health at the University of Iowa, Iowa City. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-196-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Agnipariksha: An
Ordeal Remembered</td><td>Hamid Kureshi (Translated from the original Gujarati by
Rita Kothari)</td><td>2018</td><td>84</td><td>495.0000</td><td>A memoir of
trauma and hope set against the 1969 riots of
Ahmedabad, Agnipariksha recounts the experiences of
an eminent Gujarat High Court lawyer who lived in both word and spirit a life of
religious and cultural pluralism. Hamid Kureshi grew up in proximity to Gandhi in a
family whose devotion to the nation, and to Gandhi, was absolute. During the riots,
when perhaps for the first time, Kureshi—a third-generation Gandhian and a non-
practising Muslim married to a Hindu woman—is reduced to being only a Muslim, he
struggles to comprehend the hatred and rage directed at his community even as an
entire legacy of Gandhian syncreticism stands challenged.
In this matter-of-fact, restrained, yet poignant first-person account,
Kureshi provides the landscape of a violence-ridden city, as also a glimpse into
the many lives associated with the Gandhi Ashram. In an atmosphere of terrible fear
and uncertainty, he recounts how his family’s struggles for self-preservation were
buoyed by the constant shielding presence, concern and affection of Hindu friends
and neighbours, and the Ashram community. This memoir is an assertion of human
kindness, friendship and dignity amidst mortal danger, hatred and fear; and
Kureshi’s narration, untouched by bitterness or resentment, leaves the reader
moved.
Agnipariksha is a valuable addition to Gujarati
literature and a welcome companion to Gandhi and Peace Studies. This
translation by Rita Kothari—a reputed cultural historian, author and translator—
makes a rare document of a period, a city and inter-faith relationships accessible
to a wider readership for the first
time.  </td><td>Hamid
Kureshi (1927–2016), a Gujarat High Court advocate and
Gandhian, was the chairman of the Sabarmati Ashram Preservation and Memorial Trust,
Ahmedabad. He was the grandson of Abdul Kadir Bawazeer, a close friend and lifelong
associate of M. K. Gandhi. He published Agnipariksha in
2003
Rita Kothari is Professor of
English, Ashoka University, Sonepat, Haryana. A cultural historian, writer and
translator, her published works include The Burden of Refuge
(2009), Memories and Movements (2013), and A
Multilingual Nation (2017).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-8028-029-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Agra: Rambles and
Recollections of Thomas Smith</td><td>Thomas Smith, Shailaja
Kathuria(Ed.)</td><td>2007</td><td>152</td><td>375.0000</td><td>There is
an Agra beyond the coffee table book and the tourist
brochure waiting to be discovered. This anthology of Thomas Smith’s writing
attempts to set the reader off on that journey of discovery. Smith’s writings,
deftly organized and introduced by Shailaja Kathuria, provide a fresh perspective
on the familiar and also help us experience an Agra that we did not know
existed.</td><td>Thomas Smith was a scholar, historian and a journalist
who wrote extensively about the city of Agra and its monuments between 1930 and
1935. Shailaja Kathuria is a historian whose specialization is
Agra.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4661-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ahmedabad: Shock
City of Twentieth-Century India</td><td>Howard
Spodek</td><td>2012</td><td>348</td><td>1825.0000</td><td>At least three times in the last century
Ahmedabad was a “shock
city”, an arena in which developments of national importance took
place first and most intensely. Gandhi led India’s independence struggle;
Ahmedabad was his home. He and his fellow citizens, together, honed their
strategies for national freedom and for urban development. 
Immediately after Independence, as
India began its modern industrialization, Ahmedabad’s textile magnates entered
into multinational agreements to expand into new entrepreneurial directions based
on chemicals and pharmaceuticals. They also brought to Ahmedabad such modern
institutions as the first Indian Institute of Management, the National Institute
of Design, and the Physical Research Laboratory. They chose to work with the
Textile Labour Association, enabling that Gandhian union to flourish as a model
for all of India, and later to give birth to SEWA, one of India’s most important
women’s organizations.
Late in the twentieth century and
early in the twenty-first, India experimented with a series of new political
strategies, and again Ahmedabad provided leading innovations with national
repercussions: the Mahagujarat movement for a linguistic state; the Nav Nirman
agitation for clean government; the KHAM alliance for greater inclusiveness. The
politics of Hindutva, however, turned Ahmedabad into India’s demonstration case of
the lethal consequences of crossing the moral boundary into uncontrolled
political-religious violence.
To understand the major turning
points in modern India—the legacies of Gandhian leadership, of multinational
industrialization, and of innovative strategies of political organization in a
creative democracy—one must understand the transformations introduced by the
people of Ahmedabad. 
Students of urbanization globally,
and of the history and politics of modern India, will find the present account
invaluable.</td><td>Howard Spodek is
Professor of History at Temple University, USA.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-287-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Alibis of Empire:
Henry Maine and the Ends of Liberal Imperialism</td><td>Karuna
Mantena</td><td>2010</td><td>296</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Alibis of
Empire presents a novel account of the origins,
substance, and afterlife of late imperial ideology. 
Karuna Mantena challenges the idea that
Victorian empire was primarily legitimated by liberal notions of progress and
civilization. In fact, as the British Empire gained its farthest reach, its
ideology was being dramatically transformed by a self-conscious rejection of the
liberal model. The collapse of
liberal imperialism enabled a new culturalism that stressed the dangers and
difficulties of trying to “civilize” the natives. And, hand in hand with this
shift in thinking was a shift in practice toward models of indirect rule.
 Mantena shows that the work of the
Victorian legal scholar Henry Maine was at the centre of these momentous changes.
Alibis of Empire examines how
Maine's sociotheoretic model of “traditional” society laid the groundwork for
the culturalist logic of late empire. In charting the movement from liberal
idealism, through culturalist explanation, to retroactive alibi within nineteenth-
century British imperial ideology, Alibis of Empire unearths a
striking and pervasive dynamic of modern empire.</td><td>KARUNA MANTENA
is assistant professor of political science at Yale
University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-144-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ambassador of
Hindu-Muslim Unity: Jinnah's Early Politics</td><td>Ian Bryant
Wells</td><td>2005</td><td>280</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This book analyses
the development of Jinnah's relationship with India's Muslims from his
entry into politics until 1934. It seeks to establish that a dominant view of
Jinnah- namely that he was an ambassador of Hindu-Muslim unity in the 1920s who
became a communalist in the 1940s-is far from the truth. Ian Wells shows that
the 'two Jinnahs' approach over-simplifies the trajectory of a complex and
evolving political thinker and strategist. The primary changes in Jinnah's
politics, he suggests, were the strategies Jinnah employed to achieve his goals
rather than the goals themselves. Among the facets of Jinnah's political
thought and career analysed here are various other settled perspectives on Jinnah:
his 'elitism' and distance from mass politics; the effect on his work of an
intellectual genealogy from the Liberalism of Morley on the one hand and the
constitutionalism of Gokhale on the other; his view of secularism, religion and the
religious community; his relations with Gandhi, Motilal and Jawaharlal Nehru,
Willingdon, Ramsay MacDonald and Irwin; his attitude to the Rowlatt Act, the
Khilafat Movement, and non-cooperation; and his complex, troubled relations with
other nationalist Muslim leaders. This book will interest all historians of
modern India and nationalist politics, as well as those who find Jinnah an
intriguing and fascinating contrast to Mahatma Gandhi and Jawaharlal
Nehru.</td><td>Ian Bryant Wells holds a
Bachelor of Arts and First Class Honours from Flinders University of South
Australia, with a double major in History and Asian Politics. He is currently
Coordinator of Intelligence Studies in the Faculty of Law, Queensland University of
Technology (QUT) in Brisbane, Australia.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-261-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>An Empire of
Books: The Naval Kishore Press and the Diffusion of the Printed Word in Colonial
India</td><td>Ulrike
Stark</td><td>2009</td><td>606</td><td>895.0000</td><td>The history of the
book and the commercialization of print in the nineteenth century remain largely
uncharted areas in South Asia. This major monograph on the legendary Naval Kishore
Press of Lucknow (est. 1858)—then the foremost publishing house in the subcontinent
—represents something of a breakthrough. It analyses an Indian publisher’s
engagement in the field of cultural production with a detail and rigour hitherto
unknown. 
Describing early centres and pioneers of print in North India, the author
traces the coming of the book in Hindi and Urdu. The career of Munshi Naval Kishore
(1836–95) is viewed as exemplifying the publisher’s rise to prominence in the
colonial public sphere. Ulrike Stark examines the publishing house in its roles as
commercial enterprise and intellectual centre. Against a backdrop of cultural,
social, and economic developments, she analyses the production of scholarly and
popular books in religion, medicine, historiography, and literature, identifying
the contributions of individual scholars, literati, and translators associated with
the press. 
The business relationship between publisher and colonial government
receives special attention as an example of the transactional character of the
colonial encounter. Aspects of patronage, competition, and contested agency in
textbook production are foregrounded. Concluding with an analysis of patterns
of Hindi and Urdu publishing, the book portrays the Naval Kishore Press as an
intellectual microcosm reflecting a still vibrant composite culture. This book
is invaluable for anyone interested in print culture, intellectual networks, and
the cultural history of modern India.
</td><td>ULRIKE STARK has until recently been Senior Assistant Professor in the
Department of Modern South Asian Studies, South Asia Institute of Heidelberg
University. She now teaches in the Department of South Asian Languages and
Civilizations at the University of Chicago.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-308-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>An Indian
Pilgrim: An Unfinished Autobiography</td><td>Sisir K. Bose and Sugata
Bose</td><td>2022</td><td>320</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Subhas Chandra
Bose’s ‘discovery of India’, unlike Jawaharlal Nehru’s, occurred very early in
life, when he was barely in his teens. ‘How many selfless sons of the Mother are
prepared, in this selfish age,’ the fifteen-year-old Subhas asked his mother in
1912, ‘to completely give up their personal interests and take the plunge for the
Mother? Mother, is this son of yours yet ready?’ As he stood on the verge of
taking the plunge by resigning from the Indian Civil Service in 1921, he wrote to
his elder brother Sarat: ‘Only on the soil of sacrifice and suffering can we raise
our national edifice.’ 
In December 1937 Bose wrote ten chapters of his autobiography, providing
a narrative of his life until 1921 and a reflective chapter entitled ‘My Faith-
Philosophical’. The autobiography is complemented with a fascinating collection of
seventy letters of Bose’s childhood, adolescence and youth. It is not often that
remembrances written later in life can be read together with primary source
materials of the earlier, formative phases.
This volume thus supplies the material with which to study the influences
– religious, cultural, moral, intellectual and political – that moulded the
character and personality of the revolutionary leader of India’s freedom
struggle.</td><td>
Sisir Kumar Bose (1920–2000) founded the
Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit until his death in 2000.
A participant in the Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British in
the Lahore Fort, Red Fort and Lyallpur Jail. A renowned paediatrician in the post-
independence period, he played a key role in preserving the best traditions of the
anti-colonial movement and making possible the writing of its history.
Indian Ocean in the Age of Global Empire and His Majesty’s
Opponent: Subhas Chandra Bose and India’s Struggle against
Empire.  
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3962-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ancient Indian
Social History: Some Interpretations</td><td>Romila
Thapar</td><td>2010</td><td>452</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Drawing on
textual and archaeological sources, most of the essays in this edition are on the
early history of India upto the end of the first millennium A.D., suggesting some
fresh interpretations of the data. This revised edition has
four new essays. The tradition of historical writing that earlier received little
attention is now becoming a subject of interest in relation to pre-modern India.
The cliche that Indian civilization lacked a sense of history is open to question
and is discussed more fully in one of these essays. The functions of institutions
associated with the presentation of history, such as museums are considered in
another essay. A further discussion relates to the need for the historian to
be aware of the political exploitation of history. The final essay reminds us of
the debate generated by such a threat in recent years.
This seminal work by one of India’s most eminent historians will be of
invaluable use to scholars interested in the study of ancient societies, tradition
and culture in the context of social formations, and broadly history. 
</td><td>Romila Thapar is Professor Emeritus in History at the Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-999-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Anthropological
Perspectives on Indian Tribes</td><td>Subhadra Mitra
Channa</td><td>2020</td><td>308</td><td>575.0000</td><td>
Anthropological Perspectives on Indian Tribes
provides a lucid yet critical reading on the Indian tribes in their
historical and political contexts. It attempts to introduce the young reader to a
view of tribes that goes beyond many of the commonly understood concepts and
prejudices that are set deep in the popular idea of 'tribe'. 
Through ethnographic examples and engagement with theoretical works,
knowledge and theories about tribes are explored within the broad categories of
kinship, religion, subsistence, law and politics. Students will learn:
 • that definitions and concepts of 'tribe' are not absolute, but
need to be interpreted in their historical and political contexts; 
• how classifications such as 'primitive', 'backward' and
'isolated' are stereotypes, which have informed the thinking of not only
citizens, but also of policymakers; and 
• that 'tribes' are not relics of the past, but exist as living,
contemporary social entities.
This comprehensive work on Indian tribes provides a theoretical
understanding of the diverse world views that govern the functioning of tribal
societies. Providing insights into ground-level situations that may contribute to a
better governance of tribal populations, it will encourage students of sociology
and social anthropology to develop a critical and analytical attitude towards the
discipline. 

</td><td>Subhadra Mitra Channa is retired Professor,
Department of Anthropology, University of Delhi.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-228-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Architecture in
Medieval India: Forms, Contexts, Histories</td><td>Monica Juneja
align: justify">From the first half of the nineteenth century, the
architectural history of medieval India has been the subject of diverse books,
essays and miscellaneous writings. The present book pulls together the most
significant of these writings, revealing the impressive array of historical ideas
about India's past that has emerged through the study of its monuments.

The writings reproduced here are
located by the editor within the specific intellectual, political and socio-
cultural contexts within which they emerged and were elaborated. By this means,
Monica Juneja makes this anthology a major historiographical intervention which
traces the colonial emergence and nationalist development of, as well as
contemporary advances in, the discipline of architectural history both within India
and in relation to art history in the West. 
Professor Juneja's introduction
also examines the intellectual importance of architectural history for all
historians, arguing that the study of India's medieval architecture needs to
be made integral to every history of conquest, state-building, and the movements of
populations and traditions across the subcontinent. She demonstrates that ideas
about buildings and their histories have frequently been polemical and
instrumental: they have been politically deployed to construct or fabricate a
collective past. They have been used to provide symbolic meanings which have helped
subjugate or unify heterogeneous communities and nations. In short, the
architectural history of India's contentiously misnamed 'Muslim' period
is revealed as the site of tensions between Hindus and Muslims, colonialists and
nationalists, traditionalists and postmodernists. 
This book will open the eyes of
general readers and students to the politics of interpreting monuments often taken
for granted, even as it attempts to resensitise scholars to the vitality and
overwhelming relevance of this sometimes neglected area of
historiography.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Monica
Juneja is Professor, Department of History, University of Delhi. She is
the author of a monograph on the rural image in French painting, and of several
learned articles (in English, French and German) on European and Indian art as
well as on questions of cultural and gender history. She is Associate Editor of The
Medieval History Journal.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-456-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Army and Nation :
The Military and Indian Democracy since Independence</td><td>Steven I.
Wilkinson</td><td>2015</td><td>304</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
Army and Nation draws on uniquely comprehensive
data to explore how and why India has succeeded in keeping the military out of
politics, when so many other countries have failed. It uncovers the command and
control strategies, the careful ethnic balancing, and the political, foreign
policy, and strategic decisions that have made the army safe for Indian democracy.
Wilkinson goes further to ask whether, in a rapidly changing society, these
structures will survive the current national conflicts over caste and regional
representation in New Delhi, as well as India’s external and strategic
challenges.
This is the most important book to have appeared on the Indian armed
forces in more than four decades.
</td><td>
Steven I. Wilkinson is Nilekani Professor of
India and South Asian Studies and Professor of Political Science and International
Affairs at Yale University.
</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MV,BT,BD,LK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-476-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Army and Nation:
The Military and Indian Democracy since</td><td>Steven I.
Wilkinson</td><td>2015</td><td>304</td><td>695.0000</td><td>At Indian
independence in 1947, the country’s founders worried that the army India inherited
—conservative and dominated by officers and troops drawn disproportionately from a
few “martial” groups—posed a real threat to democracy. They also saw the structure
of the army, with its recruitment on the basis of caste and religion, as
incompatible with their hopes for a new secular nation.
India has successfully preserved its democracy, however, unlike many
other colonial states that inherited imperial “divide and rule” armies, and
unlike its neighbor Pakistan, which inherited part of the same Indian army in
1947. As Steven I. Wilkinson shows, the puzzle of how this happened is even more
surprising when we realize that the Indian Army has kept, and even expanded, many
of its traditional “martial class” units, despite promising at independence to
gradually phase them out.
Army and Nation draws on uniquely comprehensive data
to explore how and why India has succeeded in keeping the military out of
politics, when so many other countries have failed. It uncovers the command and
control strategies, the careful ethnic balancing, and the political, foreign
policy, and strategic decisions that have made the army safe for Indian democracy.
Wilkinson goes further to ask whether, in a rapidly changing society, these
structures will survive the current national conflicts over caste and regional
representation in New Delhi, as well as India’s external and strategic
challenges.
This is the most important book to have appeared on the Indian armed
forces in more than four decades.</td><td>Steven
I. Wilkinson is Nilekani Professor of India and South Asian Studies
and Professor of Political Science and International Affairs at Yale University.

<td>978-81-7824-491-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ashoka In Ancient
India</td><td>Nayanjot
Lahiri</td><td>2017</td><td>414</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Ancient rulers
regarded him as the iconic Buddhist king. Jawaharlal Nehru considered him the
greatest emperor of all time. H.G. Wells portrayed him as the sole shining star of
antiquity. But who was the flesh-and-blood Ashoka?
The third emperor of the Maurya dynasty, Ashoka ruled an empire encompassing most
of India as well as its western borderlands. He was normal as a ruler of uncommon
ambition, but utterly unusual as the pioneer of a model of humane governance. In
fact the candour and emotion of his messages on stone show him less as a political
figure than as a self-reflective individual.
Recovering Ashoka’s life and times from legend, Nayanjot Lahiri crafts a wonderful
biography of this most extraordinary emperor. She provides him with contextual
flesh, teasing out his psychology and personality from his edicts and
archaeological data about life in India over the last few centuries
BCE.
This is the most historically rich and readable book on Ashoka and his
context.
</td><td>
Nayanjot Lahiri established her reputation as an
accessible historian of Indian antiquity with Finding Forgotten Cities:
How the Indus Civilization was Discovered (2005). Her books include
Marshalling the Past: Ancient India and Its Modern Histories
(2012) and The Archaeology of Indian Trade Routes (1993).
She won the Infosys Prize 2013 in the Humanities—Archaeology, and is Professor,
Department of History, University of Delhi. 
<td>978-81-7824-388-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ashoka in Ancient
India</td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri</td><td>2015</td><td>414</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Ancient rulers regarded him as the iconic Buddhist king. Jawaharlal Nehru
considered him the greatest emperor of all time. H.G. Wells portrayed him as the
sole shining star of antiquity. But who was the flesh-and-blood Ashoka?
The third emperor of the Maurya dynasty, Ashoka ruled an empire
encompassing most of India as well as its western borderlands. He was normal as a
ruler of uncommon ambition, but utterly unusual as the pioneer of a model of humane
governance.  In fact the candour and emotion of his messages on stone show
him less as a political figure than as a self-reflective individual.
Recovering Ashoka’s life and times from legend, Nayanjot Lahiri crafts a
wonderful biography of this most extraordinary emperor. She provides him with
contextual flesh, teasing out his psychology and personality from his edicts and
archaeological data about life in India over the last few centuries BCE.
This is the most historically rich and readable book on Ashoka and his
context.
</td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri established her
reputation as an accessible historian of Indian antiquity with Finding
Forgotten Cities: How the Indus Civilization was Discovered (2005). Her
books include Marshalling the Past: Ancient India and Its Modern
Histories (2012) and The Archaeology of Indian Trade
Routes (1993). She won the Infosys Prize 2013 in the Humanities—
Archaeology, and is Professor, Department of History, University of
Delhi.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,MV,BD,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-376-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Atomic
State</td><td>Jahnavi
Phalkey</td><td>2013</td><td>354</td><td>895.0000</td><td>In 1974 India
conducted what it called “peaceful nuclear tests.” These demonstrated that the
country possessed the technology required to make atom bombs. In historical
accounts, this explosive achievement has come to be seen as the culmination of a
state’s efforts at capacity building and self-reliance through “big science.”

Questioning the received wisdom, Jahnavi Phalkey provides a fascinatingly
different history. Mining new data from personal and institutional archives, she
contradicts persistent nationalist notions about early atomic science in India as
the starting point of bombs. She shows that the emergence of the country’s nuclear
science infrastructure was in fact tenuous, contradictory, and rich in faction
fights which frequently determined outcomes and directions. 
Phalkey traces the academic roots of India’s nuclear research to
universities, industrial philanthropy, leading scientists, and laboratories: C.V.
Raman, Meghnad Saha, Homi Bhabha, Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar, and Jawaharlal Nehru
are among her book’s major protagonists; and Calcutta, Bombay, and Bangalore the
institutional centres. Big science in India is located via three transitions: of
nuclear physics from table-top experiments to electronic equipment systems; of
India from imperial rule to independence; and of international relations from
imperialism to the Cold War. 
A brilliant contribution to its field, this book makes us rethink the place of
science in India’s history, as well as the frameworks deployed for writing
contemporary history.</td><td>Jahnavi Phalkey is
Lecturer in History of Science and Technology at King’s College
London.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-033-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Azad Hind: Netaji
Collected Works, volume 11</td><td>Sisir K. Bose and Sugata
Bose</td><td>2021</td><td>228</td><td>375.0000</td><td>
On the night of 16–17 January 1941, Subhas Chandra Bose secretly left
his Elgin Road home in Calcutta and was driven by his nephew, Sisir, in a car up
to Gomoh railway junction in Bihar. Two years later, in February 1943, Bose set
out on a perilous submarine journey from Europe to Asia.
Between these two journeys lies perhaps the most difficult, daring and
controversial phase in the life of India’s foremost anti-colonial revolutionary.
His writings and broadcasts of this period cover a broad range of topics: the
Second World War, India in the context of war, plans for a final armed assault
against British rule in India, criticism of Germany’s invasion of the Soviet
Union, the role of Japan in East and Southeast Asia, the reasons for rejecting the
Cripps offer of 1942, and support for Mahatma Gandhi and the Quit India
movement.
This volume is indispensible for all interested in modern South Asian
history and politics, as well as nationalism and international relations in the
twentieth century. 
</td><td>
Sisir Kumar Bose (1920–2000)
founded the Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit until his
death in 2000. A participant in the Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by
the British in the Lahore Fort, Red Fort and Lyallpur Jail. In the post-
independence period he played a key role in preserving the best traditions of the
anti-colonial movement and making possible the writing of its history.
Sugata Bose is the Gardiner Professor of
History at Harvard University. He is the author of several books on the economic,
social and political history of modern South Asia. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86392-96-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Banaras
Reconstructed: Architecture and Sacred Space in a Hindu Holy City</td><td>Madhuri
Desai</td><td>2017</td><td>312</td><td>1795.0000</td><td>Between the late
sixteenth and early twentieth centuries, Banaras, the iconic Hindu centre in
northern India that is often described as the oldest living city in the world, was
reconstructed materially and imaginatively, and embellished with temples,
monasteries, mansions, and ghats.
Aristocrats, priests, and pilgrims from across South Asia invested in
Banaras and created a city that could realize and enhance textual prescriptions.
They consolidated sacred sites and realigned pilgrimage routes, which were framed
through innovative architecture and urban spaces. They transformed the city
according to an imagination of the past, while also connecting it to their
immediate cultural and political realities. As a result Banaras was re-
conceptualized in terms of its built forms and ritual practices. At the same time,
its past was re-imagined in a broader context of Indo-Islamic and colonial regimes.
The city’s altered sacred landscape became the subject of pilgrimage maps and its
spectacular riverfront was depicted in panoramas and described in
travelogues.
In Banaras Reconstructed, Madhuri Desai examines the convergences as well
as the tensions that have shaped this complex and remarkable city and explores
larger questions about religious urban environments in South Asia. In so doing, she
raises issues central to both historical and contemporary Indian
identity.
This book will be essential reading across several disciplines, including
history, art and architectural history, urban history, South Asian studies, and
religious studies.</td><td>Madhuri Desai is
Associate Professor of Art History and Asian Studies at the Pennsylvania State
University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-212-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bangladesh:
Writings on 1971, Across Borders</td><td>Rakhshanda Jalil and Debjani
Sengupta</td><td>2022</td><td>292</td><td>875.0000</td><td>1971 was a
decisive moment in the history of the subcontinent, one that had profound social,
historical and cultural reverberations throughout the region. The birth of
Bangladesh, once a part of Pakistan, in many ways overturned the lessons of 1947
and laid bare the ironies and contradictions of history.
Like any violent historical moment, the euphoria, nightmares and memories
of 1971 have also spawned contested accounts. Tracing the journey of a nation that
has celebrated fifty years of its birth, the stories, poems and ‘memory texts’
collected here, from Bangla, Urdu and English, are varied in their understandings
of and responses to 1971. This anthology probes the intersection of literature and
history through the eyes of writers and poets on both sides of the borders who
attempt to capture and recount those turbulent months of euphoria and trauma. It
is also an homage to all those who fought and lived through the aftermath, trying
to shape modes of reconciliation and peace.
Bringing together the most compelling voices from Bangladesh, Pakistan
and India, many translated into English for the first time, this unique volume
will appeal to readers and scholars of Partition and South Asian history, as much
as to keen lovers of
literature.</td><td>Rakhshanda Jalil
is an acclaimed writer, critic, literary historian, and translator
from Urdu and Hindi.
Debjani Sengupta teaches English Literature
at Indraprastha College for Women, New Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-050-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bastar: Rajnitik,
Samajik evam Sanskritik Itihas</td><td>Abha Rupendra Pal and Dishwar Nath
Khute</td><td>2022</td><td>208</td><td>250.0000</td><td>
Bastar is an important division of Chhattisgarh and is well-known due to
its cultural, anthropological, archaeological and geographical features: forests,
mineral deposits, rivers, waterfalls and the tribes occupying the region.

The book covers the political, social and cultural history of Bastar
comprehensively. 
Chapter 1 discusses the geographical details like area, boundaries, climatic and
agricultural conditions, forests, minerals, etc. It also includes a general
description of the main tribes of Bastar. 
 
Chapter 2 relates the ancient history of  Bastar  detailing
the history of Nal, Gang, Chhindak and Kakatiya danasties.  
 
Chapter 3 outlines the political history of Bastar from 1800  to 1947.
 
 
Chapter 4 provides the history of the Mutiny of Bastar from 1774 to 1947
discussing the struggles of Bhopalpattnam and revolts of Halba, 
Paralkot, Tarapur, Meriya, Koi, Muriya and Bhumkaal. Later in the
chapter,  the efforts and struggle carried on for the freedom of the
country are also described. 
 
Chapter 5 includes the administrative aspects of Bastar during the
period  1854 to 1947 . 
 
Chapter 6 is on the socio-economic conditions and the religion and beliefs of
Adivasi tribes of Bastar. 
 
Chapter 7 describes the visits of various British officials and travellers. Also
included in the chapters are the memorable martyrdom of Ajmer Singh, Gaind Singh,
Dhruva Raav, Babu Raav, Yado Raav, Venket Raav, Nagul Dorla, Lal Kalendra Singh,
Swarna Kunwar Devi and Gundadhur. 
 
Chapters 8 and 9 include descriptions of  Bastar’s major historical
and archaeological monuments and places of natural and cultural interests which
attract tourists even today. 
 
Chapter 10 describes the current issues in the Bastar region (with reference to
Naxalites and Salwa Judum). 
 
Chapter 11 provides information on the Bastar division with the help of 7 maps.
</td><td>Dr Abha Rupendra Pal is
MA History and PhD. She has more than 30 years of experience of teaching History
to postgraduate students in Pt. Ravishankar Shukla University, Raipur,
Chhattisgarh. She was also Working President in Cultural and Archaeological
Department; Working Director in Tourism and Hotel Management Department from 2007
to 2009; and Director, Pt. Sundarlal Sharma and Pt. Lakhanlal Mishra Shodhpeeth
from 2007 to 2013. Currently, she is Professor and HOD, School of Studies in
History Pt. Ravishankar Shukla University, Raipur, Chhattisgarh. 
She has published five books: Indian National Movement and the
Liberals (1986); Samajik Vigyan ki Shodha
Pravidhiyan (with Dishwar Nath Khute; 2012); Chhattisgarh Ka
Aadhar Stambh Pt. Sunder Lal Sharma (co-edited with M. P. Pandey).
Madhya Kalin Bharat (1206–1526) (with Pankaj Singh, 2013);
 Adhunik Bharat (1757–1947) (with Pankaj Singh,
2013). She has also published over fifty articles in history and social science
journals.
Dr Dishwar Nath Khute is MA and PhD
in  History. He is currently Assistant Professor, School of Studies in
History in Pt. Ravishankar Shukla University, Raipur, Chhattisgarh. He has co-
authored Samajik Vigyan Ki Shodh Pravidhiyan (with Abha R.
Pal, 2012) and published research papers in journals.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3829-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Before the Divide:
Hindi and Urdu Literary Culture</td><td>Francesca Orsini
align: justify">Based on a workshop on ‘Intermediary Genres in Hindi and
Urdu’, Before the Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary
Culture is an attempt to rethink aspects of the literary histories
of these two languages. Today, Hindi and Urdu are considered two separate
languages, each with is own script, history, literary canon and cultural
orientation. Yet, precolonial India was a deeply multilingual society with multiple
traditions of knowledge and of literary production. Historically the divisions
between Hindi and Urdu were not as sharp as we imagine them today. The essays in
this volume reassess the definition and identity of language in the light of this.
Various literary traditions have been examined keeping the historical, political
and cultural developments in mind. The authors look at familiar and not so familiar
Hindi and Urdu literary works and narratives and address logics of exclusion and
that have gone into the creation of two separate languages (Hindi and Urdu) and the
making of the literary canons of each. Issues of script, religious identity, gender
are also considered. This volume is different in that it provides a new body of
evidence and new categories that are needed to envisage the literary landscape pf
north India before the construction of separate ‘Hindu-Hindu’ and ‘Muslim-Urdu’
literary traditions. This collection of essays looking into the rearticulation
of language and its identity in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries
will be useful for students of modern Indian history, language studies and cultural
studies.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Francesca Orsini is Reader in the Literatures
of North India at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.
She is the author of The Hindi Public Sphere; Print and pleasure: Popular
Literature and Entertaining Fictions in Colonial North India (forthcoming) and is
the editor of Love in South Asia.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4263-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Before the
Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Culture</td><td>Francesca Orsini
align: justify">Based on a workshop on 'Intermediary Genres in Hindi
and Urdu', Before the Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Culture
is an attempt to rethink aspects of the literary histories of these
two languages.
Today, Hindi and Urdu are
considered two separate languages, each with its own script, history, literary
canon and cultural orientation. Yet, pre-colonial India was a deeply multilingual
society with multiple traditions of knowledge and literary production.
Historically the divisions between Hindi and Urdu were not as sharp as we imagine
them today. The essays in this volume reassess the definition and identity of
language in the light of this. Its aim is to move away from the received
historical narratives of Hindi and Urdu, and look afresh at the textual material
available in order to attempt a more complex picture of the north Indian literary
culture that is more attuned to the nuances of register, accent, language choice,
genre and audiences.
Various factors that would lead one
to consider a broader range of texts and tastes that lay before poets and writers
in those times are examined. For instance, why did a Sant write in Nagari Rekhta?
Why did a Persian poet or an Avadhi Sufi mix Hindavi and Persian? Whatever their
motivations, all these cases speak of an awareness of multiple literary models. It
also implies a keenness towards experimenting with other literary or oral
traditions that go against the purist intentions of modern literary
historians.
This volume thus looks at the
rearticulation of language and its identity in the late nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries and will be useful for students of modern Indian history,
language studies and cultural studies.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Francesca
Orsini is Reader in the Literatures of North India at the School of
Oriental and African Studies, University of London. She is the author of The Hindi
Public Sphere, Print and Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in
Colonial North India (forthcoming) and is the editor of Love in South Asia.
Contributors
Imre Bangha, Lecturer in Hindi in the Oriental Institute, University of Oxford.
Allison Busch, Assistant Professor of Hindi-Urdu Language and Literature at the

University of Columbia.
Thomas de Bruijn is the author of a monograph on Malik Muhammad Jayasi's

Padmavat (The Ruby Hidden in the Dust, 1996) and of several articles on medieval
Avadhi literature and on the contemporary New Short Story in Hindi. He works at the
University of Leiden.
Lalita du Perron, Associate Director of the Centre for South Asia at the University
of Wisconsin at Madison.
Mehr Afshan Farooqi, Assistant Professor of South Asian Literature at the

University of Virginia.
Christina Oesterheld teaches Urdu in the Department of Modern South Asian Studies
(Languages and Literatures) at the South Asia Institute, University of Heidelberg.
Valerie Ritter, Assistant Professor of South Asian Languages and Civilisations at

the University of Chicago.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-318-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Behind the Veil:
Resistance, Women, and the Everyday in Colonial South Asia</td><td>Anindita Ghosh
(Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>240</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The overwhelming
image of Indian women during the colonial period has been of passivity, of a sex
‘silenced’ doubly, first by nationalist discourses and second by the more recent
postcolonial turn in academic writing. However, as the current volume suggests, it
is quite possible, both theoretically and with evidence, to offer a contrary
picture – that of resistance. 
For some time now, scholars have been working on the theme of dissent and
struggle among women in both contemporary patriarchal structures and gendering
discourses. But the focus so far has been on the educated and the outstanding –
either female public figures or close relatives of important male personalities.
This rather limits the perspective. 
The attempt in the present volume is to unearth a narrative of deeper and
perhaps more enduring subterranean resistance offered by less extraordinary women
in their daily lives. 
Substantial evidence exists to support the contention: some from
unconventional sources such as women’s songs, photographs, and embroidery, but
equally from legal records, memoirs, and published work. 
This book is, however, as much about the nature of power as it is about
women. Inspired by both subaltern and gender studies, it tries to highlight the
complex ways in which power operates within oppressive structures, making any
simple valorization – and for that matter, theorization – of  gendered
resistance difficult if not impossible.
</td><td>Anindita Ghosh is Lecturer in Modern
History at the University of Manchester. She is the author of Power in
Print: Popular Puublishing and the Politics of Language and Culture in a Colonial
Society, 1778–1905 (2006).
Contributors: Geraldine Forbes, Tanika Sarkar, Clare
Anderson, Anindita Ghosh, Nita Verma Prasad, Siobhan Lambert-Hurley, Padma
Anagol.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-120-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Being and
Becoming Multilingual</td><td>Rajesh Sachdeva; Rama Kant
Agnihotri</td><td>2022</td><td>348</td><td>975.0000</td><td>Bein
g and Becoming Multilingual is a collection of personal narratives
about growing up and inhabiting multiple languages and contexts. Written by a
group of distinguished linguists and educators, this book offers nuanced insights
into what they believe multilingualism is; how their professional lives have been
deeply informed by their personal multilinguality; and the politics of language.
These narratives recognise the centrality of the speaker in exploring the nature
of language contact, providing real life accounts of language use in society and
opening new vistas of understanding complex sociolinguistic phenomena in
meaningful ways. While this volume provides novel theoretical insights into
language acquisition and use, it is also a timely and relevant reminder of how
dynamic human communication and linguistic awareness forge relationships that go
beyond constructs and agendas.</td><td>
Rajesh Sachdeva retired as Professor and
Director of the Central Institute of Indian Languages (CIIL), Mysore. He has
taught, researched and written extensively about multilingualism, sociolinguistic
issues, bilingual education in tribal communities, literacy studies and language
policy and planning.
Rama Kant Agnihotri retired as Professor and
Head, Department of Linguistics at the University of Delhi and is currently
working with Vidya Bhawan Society, Udaipur. He is interested in and has taught and
written extensively about applied linguistics, morphology, sociolinguistics and
research methods. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5615-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Beloved Bapu : The
Gandhi-Mirabehn Correspondence</td><td>Tridip Suhrud and Thomas
Weber(Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>552</td><td>1695.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>The current volume offers readers unprecedented insight into the
relationship between Mahatma Gandhi and Mirabehn, his foremost Western woman
disciple, who came to India to dedicate her life to Gandhi and and remained his
faithful companion for twenty-three years. </li>
<li>Gandhi and Mira corresponded extensively when they were not together.
The current volume brings together this correspondence in its entirety for the
first time, interweaving Gandhi’s letters to Mira with her own responses to him and
putting them in conversation with each other. </li>
<li>The letters are arranged chronologically, which allows readers to
understand the trajectory of Gandhi and Mira’s relationship. They reveal the depth
and complexity of this connection, which was as close and loving as it was
troubled.</li>
<li>The letters also provide glimpses of Gandhi and Mira’s work in the
khadi industry and in village India, their views on ashram life and people,
their struggles with health and diet, and their opinions on living a good life and
serving truth. </li>
<li>The original letters reproduced here are accompanied by the editors’
commentary, which contextualizes the correspondence and offers readers important
historical and biographical background information .</li>
<li>This book will interest not only historians, students and scholars of
Gandhi but also the lay reader.</li>
</ul></td><td>Tridip Suhrud is Director,
Sabarmati Ashram Preservation and Memorial Trust, Gandhi Ashram, Sabarmati,
Ahmedabad.<div> <div>Thomas Weber
is Honorary Associate, School of Social Sciences and Research
Associate, Center for Dialogue, La Trobe University,
Melbourne.</div></div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-513-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Beyond Caste -
Identity and Power in South Asia: Past and Present</td><td>Sumit
 “Caste” is today almost universally perceived as an ancient and
unchanging Hindu institution preserved solely by deep-seated religious ideology.
Yet the word itself is an importation from sixteenth-century Europe. 
This book tracks the long history of the practices amalgamated under this
label and shows their connection to changing patterns of social and political
power down to the present. It frames caste as an involuted  and complex
form of ethnicity and explains why it persisted under non-Hindu rulers and in non-
Hindu communities across South Asia.
</td><td>
Sumit Guha has a History PhD (1981)
from the University of Cambridge. He is Frances Higginbotham Nalle Centennial
Professor in History at the University of Texas at Austin. His previous books
include Environment and Ethnicity in India, c.1200–1991
(1999), and Health and Population in South Asia from Earliest Times to
the Present (2001).
<td>978-81-7824-465-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Beyond Caste:
Identity and Power in South Asia: Past and</td><td>Sumit
Guha</td><td>2015</td><td>316</td><td>795.0000</td><td>“Caste” is today
almost universally perceived as an ancient and unchanging Hindu institution
preserved solely by deep-seated religious ideology. Yet the word itself is an
importation from sixteenth-century Europe.This book tracks the
long history of the practices amalgamated under this label and shows their
connection to changing patterns of social and political power down to the present.
It frames caste as an involuted and complex form of ethnicity and explains why it
persisted under non-Hindu rulers and in non-Hindu communities across South
Asia.</td><td>Sumit Guha has a History PhD
(1981) from the University of Cambridge. He is Frances Higginbotham Nalle
Centennial Professor in History at the University of Texas at Austin. His previous
books include Environment and Ethnicity in India, c.1200–1991 (1999), and Health
and Population in South Asia from Earliest Times to the Present
(2001).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-3510-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Beyond the World
of Apu – the films of Satyajit Ray</td><td>John W.
Hood</td><td>2008</td><td>528</td><td>1475.0000</td><td>In this new work, John W. Hood makes a thoroughly informed
critique of all twenty-nine feature films of Satyajit
Ray. Structured along themes which the author has identified in
Ray's movies, this reassessment analyses each film on the basis of its
individual merits and lapses. Having taken us through the two ends of the spectrum
of excellence and mediocrity that comprise Ray's work, Hood concludes his
incisive study by affirming that “what makes Ray ascend into the realms of the
great is his profound sense of humanity.” A highly accessible work on arguably
the finest filmmaker India has ever produced, this book will engage not only
serious readers of cinematic texts but also be a valuable leaning resource for
students of film studies, all over the world.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">John W. Hood was born
in Melbourne in 1944. He majored in Philosophy and Indian Studies at the University
of Melbourne, where he also took his PhD. on Bengali vernacular Historiography. He
is a recognised scholar of Indian art cinema and has written books on the works of
Mrinal Sen and Buddhadeb Dasgupta. His The Essential Mystery: Major Filmmakers of
Indian Art Cinema and The Films of Buddhadeb Dasgupta have been published by Orient
Blackswan. John W. Hood divides his time between his homes in Melbourne and
Kolkata.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5437-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Beyond Tranquebar:
Grappling Across Cultural Borders in South India</td><td>Esther Fihl and A. R.
Venkatachalapathy(Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>644</td><td>1875.0000</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">A rare Indian colony of the Danish
empire. A place that fostered the modern printing press and Protestant
Christianity in the subcontinent. A tourist haunt that was ravaged by the tsunami
in 2004. This is Tranquebar, known as Tharangampadi, a charming coastal town in
present-day Tamil Nadu. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify">Beyond
Tranquebar is a collection of twenty-four essays by scholars who bring
to relief the many dimensions of this town. The book takes us to seventeenth-
century Denmark, as the kingdom strives to find a place in the thriving colonial
enterprise. It moves east to Maratha-ruled Tanjore where gifts can shift the
balance of power. It takes us to a place where ideas, textiles and furniture
arrive and depart, from as far away as Serampore in Bengal and Copenhagen in
Denmark—going beyond geography to contribute to literacy and education in India
and alter tastes in distant Europe. </div><div style="text-align: justify">This
volumeexamines the place from the perspectives of a diverse range of academic
disciplines—social anthropology, art history, sociology of religion, ethnography
and history. It enquires into the lives of natives and foreigners, i.e. Danish,
German and British, as they grapple(d) across borders both physical and cultural,
in the past and the present. </div><div style="text-align:
justify">This collectionis unique in that it centres on activities which
radiated from this important south Indian place, instead of seeing this place as
an appendix to the national history of Denmark or to the Christian mission
activities from Germany. Thereby, the authors and editors of this volume peg
Tranquebar in its rightful place in the scholarly map. </div><div style="text-align: justify">This book will be
useful for students and scholars of colonial history, South Asian studies and
anthropology. They will benefit from the diverse strands of research a seemingly
small place offers.</div></td><td>Esther Fihl is
Professor, Department of Cross-Cultural Studies, University of Copenhagen, Denmark,
and research leader of Tranquebar Initiative of the National Museum of
Denmark. A. R. Venkatachalapathy is
Professor, Madras Institute of Development Studies, Chennai,
India.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-621-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Bhakti and Power:
Debating India’s Religion of the Heart</td><td>John Stratton Hawley, Christian Lee
Novetzke and Swapna Sharma</td><td>2019</td><td>272</td><td>1175.0000</td><td>
Bhakti means many things to many people. It is private and public,
personal and political, silently contemplative and loudly musical. Often it speaks
in the marginalized voices of women and the oppressed, yet it has also played a
role in perpetuating injustice. What, then, is the power of bhakti? And how does
it interact with forms of power other than its own? 
 
Bhakti and Power provides an accessible entry into
these issues, presenting voices and vignettes from the sixth century to the
present. It asks a range of questions. Is bhakti lower-class, middle-class, or
ruler-class? Is its power intrinsically tied to music and the arts? Does it
address the earth and ecology, or broker the divides between Hindus, Muslims, and
Jains? Does bhakti have gender, and if so, how? 
Each chapter is short and pointed, generating a world of its own, but
each becomes a piece in a bigger puzzle. Readers will come away with new resources
for thinking about bhakti and power in specific and varied situations—and also in
broad and general terms. Historians, sociologists, religionists, and students of
literature, politics, and the arts will all be enriched by this
discussion.  
</td><td>
John Stratton Hawley is Claire Tow Professor
of Religion at Barnard College, Columbia University. 
Christian Lee Novetzke is professor of South
Asian studies and comparative religion at the Jackson School of International
Studies, University of Washington.
Swapna Sharma is senior lecturer in Hindi at
Yale University
<td>978-81-250-3380-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bharat Itihasher
Adiporbo (Bangla original)</td><td>Ranabir
Chakravarti</td><td>2007</td><td>440</td><td>475.0000</td><td>Bharat
Itihasher Adiporbo, originally written in Bangla, is essentially a college level
textbook on the history of Ancient India. It covers the period from the most
ancient times to 600 AD. It has seven chapters. In addition to the usual political
history, the book provides a study of society, economy, polity, art, religion,
language and literature . The book is based on the latest researches and the
topics like urbanization, state formation, social formation, social position of
women, caste system and nation making are also discussed. It also takes care of
divergence in historiography as well as differing opinions of the historians which
enliven past researches.
We have also published the Hindi edition of this book named
Bhartiya Itihas ka Adikal: Pracheentam parv se 600 isvi
tak.</td><td>Ranabir Chakravarti,
Formerly, Professor of History at Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru
University. He taught for many years in the department of Ancient Indian History
and Culture, Calcutta University. He was Chairman, ‘Ancient India’ Session of
Indian History Congress, 2011 held in Punjabi University, Patiala. He has published
several books, and articles on various aspects of ancient Indian history and also
published reviews of the works of eminent historians. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4989-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bharat ka Itihas:
1707 se 1857 tak</td><td>Lakshmi
Subramanian</td><td>2013</td><td>304</td><td>425.0000</td><td>This is the
Hindi version of History of India 1707-
1857 publishedby us.
It is an essential textbook for undergraduate students of Indian history.
The period 1707 -1857 was full of dramatic events which has profound consequences
for the history of the India. This period marks the fall of great Mughal empire
and advent of British rule in India, and also the Revolt of 1857. This book is
perhaps the only textbook available on this specific period.
This book covers following main
themes:
<ul type="disc">
<li>The disintegration of the Mughal Empire, the emergence of the successor
states, and the establishment of the East India Company’s dominance in the
subcontinent.</li>
<li>The process that aided consolidation of the British Raj, its methods of
governance and bliss of its economic set up.</li>
<li>Social and intellectual construct which developed during this period,
laying the ground for colonial dominance as well as resistance to it.</li>
<li>A comprehensive overview of developments in the fields of culture, art,
literature, music and ideas during the eighteenth and early nineteenth
centuries.</li>
<li>Resistance to the colonial enterprise, culminating in the rebellion of
1857.</li>
</ul>
The other features are:
<ul type="disc">
<li>Each chapter is accompanied by maps </li>
<li>and up-to-date bibliography </li>
<li>glossary of terms used in the book</li>
</ul></td><td>Dr Lakshmi Subramanian is Professor of History in the
Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata. She has previously taught at Jamia
Millia Islamia (New Delhi), University of Calcutta and Visva-Bharati
(Shantiniketan). She had several distinguished fellowship and teaching appointment
in foreign universities and has published extensively on various aspect of modern
India.</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-93-5287-316-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Bharatiya Bhasha
Lok Sarvekshan : Sikkimka Bhashaharu, (Volume 26, Part 3) ( Nepali
)</td><td>Ganesh Devy and Balaram
Pandey</td><td>2018</td><td>404</td><td>2795.0000</td><td>
The Peoples’ Linguistic Survey of India is a right based movement for
carrying out a nation-wide survey of Indian languages especially the languages of
fragile communities such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest
communities. 
 
There are 88 volumes in the series of People’s Linguistic Survey
of India being published by us. This book is Part 3 of Volume 26,
Sikkimka Bhashaharu [the Languages of
Sikkim] [Nepali] of The People's Linguistic Survey of India Series
(PLSI) undertaken and executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center,
Baroda.  
The book contains the information on language and linguistic variety of
the Sikkim State of India. The languages included in this book are: 
Scheduled Languages :  Nepali Bhasha
 
Non-Scheduled Languages : Gurund, Tamang,
 Newar,  Bhotia,  Magar, Rai, Limbu, Leptcha, Sunuwar,
and  Sherpa Bhasha. 
Other Languages : Kulung, Tibbati, Thami, Bhujel and
Majhi.
This volume looks at history, linguistic details, grammar, literature and
word list of the languages included, covering a wide linguistic range across
books, religious texts and periodicals. It brings together the finest scholars as
well as teachers, nomadic peoples and laymen to do the research in the area of
languages of Sikkim.
Unique features: 
1. Competition: There is as yet no comprehensive
work done on languages apart from the Grierson’s survey which was done way back
some hundred years ago during the British regime in India. 
2. India-focused unique feature: The volume on
Sikkim’s scheduled and non-scheduled languages designed to understand the impact
of languages in community, caste, religion and multiplicity of culture. This sets
the book apart from the earlier survey done by foreign authors. 
3. Style: Written in simple Nepali language,
accessible to all local readers and research scholars. 
</td><td>
Professor  Ganesh  Devy
taught English at the <a
href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maharaja_Sayajirao_University_of_Baroda&quo
t; title="Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda">Maharaja Sayajirao
University, Baroda</a>; a renowned literary critic and activist; founder and
director of the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?
title=Tribal_Academy_at_Tejgadh&action=edit&redlink=1"
title="Tribal Academy at Tejgadh (page does not exist)">Tribal Academy
at Tejgadh</a>, <a
href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gujarat"
title="Gujarat">Gujarat</a>; and director of the <a
href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sahitya_Akademi" title="Sahitya
Akademi">Sahitya Akademi</a>’s Project on Literature in Tribal
Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He received Sahitya  Akademi award
for his book After Amnesia in 1994. He is an active
participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy. He was awarded the Padmashri in
2014. He is the moving spirit behind PLSI series.
Balaram Pandey has been working on the languages of
Sikkim and Nepal for the last twenty years. He is associated with many projects of
CIIL Mysore, Sikkim Academy, and Nepali Sahitya Parishad (Sikkim). His articles
and research papers have been published in books and in national and international
journals. He has also contributed towards the preparation of the Nepali Style
Manual. His interests include folklore, literary criticism, sociolinguistics and
history and culture of Northeast India.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-287-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bhartachi Pahili
Lok Sattak Kranti ( Marathi) ( Marathi Translation of India’s First Democratic
Revolution: Dayanand Bandodkar and the Rise of Bahujan in Goa )</td><td>Parag D.
Parobo, Marathi Translation by Sripad
Puranik</td><td>2018</td><td>296</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
This is the Marathi version of India’s First Democratic
Revolution : Dayand Bandodkar and the Rise of Bahujan in Goa written by
Dr Parag D Parobo published by Orient BlackSwan. 
Goa features in academic and popular discourse as a place of exceptions,
contrary in several ways to national trends. Along with its small geographical
size, Goa’s legacy of Portuguese colonialism is often cited as the leading reason
behind its character. However, such explanations disregard its complex history and
fail to address one of its most important distinctions: the fact that it brought
to power in the Assembly elections of 1963, a government driven by the Bahujan
Samaj; the first of its kind in India. This government was headed by Chief
Minister Dayanand Bandodkar, a lower caste mine owner and philanthropist, whose
popularity continued to wax over the next decade. 
Parag D. Parobo tackles the question of Goan exceptionalism in India’s
First Democratic Revolution, focusing not solely on its Portuguese past, but
rather on the variety of influences that shaped modern Goa. Central to this issue
are the comparatively little explored story of caste-based land and power
relations in pre-colonial and early colonial Goa; emerging caste movements and
identity politics among both upper castes and lower castes in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries; and the interactions of caste politics with competing
colonialisms, both Portuguese and British.
Parobo traces the history of land relations and caste movements into the
post-Liberation period of Bandodkar’s far-reaching land reforms, which destroyed
the centrality of land in power-privilege relations, liberated lower caste tenants
from crippling dependence on landlords, and opened up new employment opportunities
for the Bahujan. Accompanied by substantial investments in education and health,
they ushered in greater equity and democratisation. Goa, therefore, scripted a
distinctive story of Bahujan success. This volume explores the history, and its
implications for Bahujan politics in India.
</td><td>Parag D. Parobo is Assistant Professor,
Department of History, Goa University</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4705-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bhartiya Itihas
ka Adikal</td><td>Ranabir
Chakravarti</td><td>2012</td><td>376</td><td>495.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi version of the Bangla
book Bharter Ithaser Adiparb
 publishedby OBS. This book is a essentially a college level textbook on
the history of Ancient India. It covers the period from the most ancient times to
600 AD. It is divided into seven chapters. In addition to the usual political
history, the book provides a study of society, economy, polity, art, religion,
language and literature. The book is based on the latest researches and topics
like urbanization, state formation, social formation, social position of women,
caste system and nation making are also discussed. It also takes care of
divergence in historiography as well as differing opinions of the historians which
enliven past researches.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ranabir
Chakravarti, Professor of History at Centre for Historical Studies,
Jawaharlal Nehru University.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3521-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Biography as
History: Indian Perspectives</td><td>Vijaya Ramaswamy and Yogesh
Sharma</td><td>2008</td><td>312</td><td>895.0000</td><td>The book is a
collection of essays that examine the biography as a source for historical
information. Further, the biographies include those of people `in the middle –
merchants, writers, religious leaders’ and marginalized groups such as actresses,
and other women.</td><td>Vijaya Ramaswamy is
Professor of History, JNU. She is the author of “Walking Naked”, “Divinity
& Deviance” and Weavers in Medieval India”. <div> </div><div>Yogesh Sharma teaches History at
JNU.</div></td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-7824-294-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Birds in Books:
Three Hundred Years of South Asian Ornithology: A Bibliography</td><td>Aasheesh
Pittie</td><td>2010</td><td>868</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The history of
South Asian ornithology spans three centuries and records over 1200 species of
birds. This is the passionate work of hundreds of amateur and professional
ornithologists. The popular as well as scientific documentation of this
region’s avifauna is prodigious. For the first time,
this vast body of work is brought together here, in this detailed, meticulously
researched, and annotated bibliography. Over 1700 books are listed, covering the
ornithology of Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, the Maldives, Myanmar,
Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, and Tibet—a region encompassing the Oriental
and Palaearctic realms. The bibliography embraces various
types of work: from travelogues, field guides, species monographs, country
handbooks, regional avifaunas, multi-volume ornithological works, and folios of
art, to simple checklists. In addition, it provides brief glimpses into the lives
of over 200 ornithologists. For comprehensive accessibility, it includes three
indexes enabling readers to reach specific items of information with
ease.</td><td>AASHEESH PITTIE is an amateur ornithologist,
bibliophile, and bibliographer. He is interested in the history of South Asian
ornithology, and has compiled a database of over 27,000 ornithological
publications for the South Asian region. He has written several articles and
papers on Indian birds, and edits the bi-monthly journal Indian
Birds.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-519-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bodies Of Song:
Kabir Oral Traditions and Performative Worlds in North India</td><td>Linda
Hess</td><td>2017</td><td>488</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Kabir’s work lends
itself to topics that range from subtle inner states to political argument and
activism—the relation between the religious-spiritual and social-political. An
iconoclastic mystic who criticized organized religion, sectarian prejudice, caste,
violence, deception and hypocrisy, Kabir also speaks of self-knowledge, deep inner
experience, confrontation with death, and connection with the divine. Ambiguously
situated among Hindu, Muslim, Sufi, and yogic traditions, he rejects religious
identities and urges fearless awakening. 
Bodies of Song is the first scholarly work in any
language that studies the poetry and culture of the still popular Kabir through
the lens of oral-performative traditions. It draws on ethnographic research as
well as on the history of written collections. 
It focuses on texts—their transmission by singers, the dynamics of
textual forms in oral performance, and the connections between texts in oral
forms, written forms, and other media. It attends to context, reception, and
community. While demonstrating how texts work in oral-musical performance, it
analyzes discourses of authenticity and provides a repertoire of Kabir songs as
they might be heard in Central India in the early 2000s. Professor Hess considers
theories of ‘orality’, looks at social perspectives, and examines communities of
interpretation—including the Kabir Panth (a religious sect), Eklavya (a secular
educational NGO), and urban fans of Kabir.
</td><td>Linda Hess is Senior Lecturer in
Religious Studies at Stanford University. Her various books include The
Bijak of Kabir (translations and essays), Singing Emptiness:
Kumar Gandharva Performs the Poetry of Kabir, and articles on
interpretation and performance of the
Ramayana.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-468-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Bodies Of Song:
Kabir Oral Traditions and Performative Worlds in North India</td><td>Linda
Hess</td><td>2015</td><td>488</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Kabir’s work lends itself to topics that range from subtle inner states
to political argument and activism—the relation between the religious-spiritual
and social-political. An iconoclastic mystic who criticized organized religion,
sectarian prejudice, caste, violence, deception and hypocrisy, Kabir also speaks
of self-knowledge, deep inner experience, confrontation with death, and connection
with the divine. Ambiguously situated among Hindu, Muslim, Sufi, and yogic
traditions, he rejects religious identities and urges fearless awakening.

Bodies of Song is the first scholarly work in any
language that studies the poetry and culture of the still popular Kabir through
the lens of oral-performative traditions. It draws on ethnographic research as
well as on the history of written collections. 
It focuses on texts—their transmission by singers, the dynamics of
textual forms in oral performance, and the connections between texts in oral
forms, written forms, and other media. It attends to context, reception, and
community. While demonstrating how texts work in oral-musical performance, it
analyzes discourses of authenticity and provides a repertoire of Kabir songs as
they might be heard in Central India in the early 2000s. Professor Hess considers
theories of ‘orality’, looks at social perspectives, and examines communities of
interpretation—including the Kabir Panth (a religious sect), Eklavya (a secular
educational NGO), and urban fans of Kabir. 
</td><td>
Linda Hess is Senior Lecturer in Religious
Studies at Stanford University. Her various books include The Bijak of
Kabir (translations and essays), Singing Emptiness: Kumar
Gandharva Performs the Poetry of Kabir, and articles on interpretation
and performance of the Ramayana.
<td>978-93-5442-257-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bombay
Cinema's Islamicate Histories</td><td>Ira Bhaskar and Richard
Allen</td><td>2022</td><td>440</td><td>2295.0000</td><td>Following Marshal
Hodgson, the term “Islamicate” is used to distinguish the cultural forms
associated with Islam from the religion itself. The term is especially useful in
South Asia where Muslim cultures have commingled with other religious and cultural
traditions over a millennium to form a rich vein of syncretic aesthetic
expression.
Comprising fourteen essays by major scholars, this collection presents an
engaging account of the history and influence of cultural Islam on Bombay cinema.
The first section, ‘Islamicate Histories’, charts the historical roots of South
Asian Muslim cultures and the precursors of Bombay cinema’s Islamicate idioms in
the Urdu Parsi Theatre; the courtesan cultures of Lucknow; the traditions of
miniature painting; the literary, musical and performance traditions of north
India; and various modes of Perso-Arabic story-telling.
The second section, ‘Cinematic Forms’, discusses the ways in which these
Islamicate histories have contributed to the distinctive stories, performance
traditions, and iconography of Bombay Cinema that persist in Bollywood. It
explores ‘Islamicate’ genres like the ‘Oriental’ film and the ‘Muslim Social’, as
well as forms of poetry and performance like the ‘ghazal’ and ‘the
qawwali’.
At a time of acute crisis in the perception and understanding of Islam,
Bombay Cinema’s Islamicate Histories demonstrates how Hindu and Muslim cultures in
India are inextricably entwined. This book will be of interest to students and
scholars of Film Studies, Media Studies, Cultural Studies, History, Women’s
Studies, Visual Studies, Performance Studies and South Asian Area Studies, as well
as to journalists and archivists. </td><td>
Ira Bhaskar is Professor of Cinema Studies
at the School of Arts & Aesthetics, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Delhi
Richard Allen is Chair Professor of Film and
Media Art and Dean of the School of Creative Media, City University, Hong
Kong
<td>978-81-250-5423-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Borderland Lives
in Northern South Asia</td><td>David N.
Gellner</td><td>2014</td><td>320</td><td>1795.0000</td><td>Borde
rland Lives in Northern South Asia provides valuable new ethnographic
insights into life along some of the most contentious borders in the world. The
collected essays portray existence at different points across India's
northern frontiers and, in one instance, along borders within India. Whether
discussing Shi'i Muslims striving to be patriotic Indians in the Kashmiri
district of Kargil or Bangladeshis living uneasily in an enclave surrounded by
Indian territory, the contributors show that state borders in Northern South Asia
are complex sites of contestation. 
India's borders with Bangladesh, Bhutan, Burma/Myanmar, China and
Nepal encompass radically different ways of life, a whole spectrum of
relationships to the state, and many struggles with urgent identity issues. Taken
together, the essays show how it is possible to comprehend Northern South
Asia's various nation-state projects without relapsing into conventional
nationalist accounts. 
Academic borderland studies are dominated by examples from North America
(especially the US-Mexico border) and from Europe; this volume shows that
examples from Northern South Asia also deserve a central place in discussions of
borders and state-making. 
This book will be an essential reference for South and Southeast Asian
specialists, for anthropologists, sociologists, and historians of the region, for
anyone interested in border and boundary issues, and for those using and studying
ethnographic approaches to the state. </td><td>David N.
Gellner is Professor of Social Anthropology at the University of
Oxford.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-221-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Brahmin and Non-
Brahmin: Genealogies of the Tamil Political
Present</td><td>M.S.S.Pandian</td><td>2007</td><td>286</td><td>595.0000</
td><td>In South India, the
categories ‘Brahmin’ and ‘non-Brahmin’ are frequently
treated as self-evident, both within contemporary Tamil politics and in mainstream
academic discourses. Departing from this political and academic ‘common sense’, the
present book historicizes the complex processes by which these categories came into
being and acquired political power over the past century. Using archival, regional-
language, and unconventional sources, M.S.S. Pandian unsettles the ‘self-evident’
quality of these two categories and opens up a rich theoretical-critical space to
rethink and understand them. 
In the process of unravelling and
historicizing the so-called ‘naturalness’ of ‘Brahmin’ and ‘non-Brahmin’, this book
also offers a new perspective on colonialism in South India. Stepping away from
mainstream nationalist accounts of colonialism, it shows the ways in which
colonialism was, for various strata of Tamil society, both a moment of crisis as
well as one of possibilities. The book argues that it was this dual and ambiguous
quality of colonial rule which facilitated new ways of looking at the figure of the
Brahmin, even as it enabled the making of a non-Brahmin identity. The importance
of this book for understanding politics and society in Tamil South India over the
past hundred and more years can scarcely be exaggerated. The Non-Brahmin writings
and discursive strategies of E.V. Ramasamy ‘Periyar’, Maraimalai Adigal, and
Iyothee Thoss, alongside those of a wide array of Brahminic thinkers and
propagandists (both within Congress and outside), are presented here with a degree
of sophistication and analytic skill not available in other works of political,
social, and intellectual history on the Indian South. This book will interest
every historian, sociologist, and political analyst of India, as well as all who
wish to understand anti-Brahmin and anti-upper-caste social movements.
</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">M.S.S.Pandian is currently a Visiting Fellow of
the Sarai Programme, Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi. He was
previously on the faculty of the Centre for the Study of Social Sciences, Calcutta,
and the Madras Institute of Development Studies, Madras. He is a member of the
South Asia Regional Advisory Panel, Social Science Research Council, New York, and
of the editorial collective of ‘Subaltern Studies’.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-162-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Brahmin and Non-
Brahmin: Genealogies of the Tamil Political Present</td><td>M.S.S.
Pandian</td><td>2006</td><td>286</td><td>650.0000</td><td>In South India,
the categories ‘Brahmin’ and ‘non-Brahmin’ are
frequently treated as self-evident, both within contemporary Tamil politics and in
mainstream academic discourses. Departing from this political and academic ‘common
sense’, the present book historicizes the complex processes by which these
categories came into being and acquired political power over the past century.
Using archival, regional-language, and unconventional sources, M.S.S. Pandian
unsettles the ‘self-evident’ quality of these two categories and opens up a rich
theoretical-critical space to rethink and understand them. In the process of
unravelling and historicizing the so-called ‘naturalness’ of ‘Brahmin’ and ‘non-
Brahmin’, this book also offers a new perspective on colonialism in South India.
Stepping away from mainstream nationalist accounts of colonialism, it shows the
ways in which colonialism was, for various strata of Tamil society, both a moment
of crisis as well as one of possibilities. The book argues that it was this dual
and ambiguous quality of colonial rule which facilitated new ways of looking at the
figure of the Brahmin, even as it enabled the making of a non-Brahmin identity.

The importance of this book for understanding politics and society in
Tamil South India over the past hundred and more years can scarcely be exaggerated.
The Non-Brahmin writings and discursive strategies of E.V. Ramasamy ‘Periyar’,
Maraimalai Adigal, and Iyothee Thoss, alongside those of a wide array of Brahminic
thinkers and propagandists (both within Congress and outside), are presented here
with a degree of sophistication and analytic skill not available in other works of
political, social, and intellectual history on the Indian South. This book will
interest every historian, sociologist, and political analyst of India, as well as
all who wish to understand anti-Brahmin and anti-upper-caste social movements.

</td><td>M.S.S. PANDIAN is currently a Visiting Fellow of the Sarai Programme,
Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi. He was previously on the
faculty of the Centre for the Study of Social Sciences, Calcutta, and the Madras
Institute of Development Studies, Madras. He is a member of the South Asia Regional
Advisory Panel, Social Science Research Council, New York, and of the editorial
collective of ‘Subaltern Studies’.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86392-88-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Breaking the
Silo: Integrated Science Education in India</td><td>Anup Dhar, Tejaswini Niranjana
and K. Sridhar</td><td>2017</td><td>324</td><td>1525.0000</td><td>
Is the entrenched division between the natural and human sciences
unbridgeable? Is this divide crippling innovation in science, or is it necessary
to keep science pure? 
Between 2006–14, an experiment was conducted in Integrated Science
Education (ISE) in several science institutions, including the Indian Institute of
Science, Bangalore and the Indian Institute of Science Education and Research,
Pune.
Breaking the Silo compiles the experiments in pedagogy
conducted by people from physics, biology, computer science, sociology, medicine,
science studies, philosophy, history, literary studies, film studies, cultural
studies, theatre, and visual arts. 
This experiment seeks to throw new light on the 'two cultures' theory
that has beset India's science institutions. By combining the sciences and
humanities, innovative solutions can be found for the complex social problems
facing us today.
</td><td>
Anup Dhar is
Professor, School of Human Studies, and Director, Centre for
Development Practice, Ambedkar University, New Delhi.
Tejaswini Niranjana is Professor and Head,
Department of Cultural Studies, Lingnan University, Hong Kong. Additionally, she
is Visiting Professor with the School of Arts and Science at Ahmedabad
University.
K. Sridhar is Professor of Theoretical
Physics, Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Mumbai.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-095-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Caste and
Democratic Politics in India</td><td>Ghanshyam
Shah</td><td>2004</td><td>448</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The Indian constitution seeks to prevent the perpetuation
of caste and build a casteless social system. But this has not happened over the
fifty-odd years since Indian independence, and shows little sign of happening in
the near future. Therefore no understanding of Indian politics is possible without
a thorough understanding of the complexities of caste. The aim of this book is to
bring about such an understanding.

This volume offers state-of-the-art
essays on the subject of caste and politics in contemporary India. It covers all
the important grounds that students and scholars need in order to get to grips with
the idea, ideology, and ground realities of India’s caste system.
</td><td>SHAH, GHANSHYAM, is with the Centre of Social Medicine and Community
Health, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Series: Essential Writings in
Politics (Eds.) Rajeev Bhargava and Partha
Chatterjee.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-024-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Caste and
Democratic Politics in India</td><td>Ghanshyam Shah
align: justify">The Indian constitution seeks to prevent the perpetuation
of caste and build a casteless social system. But this has not happened over the
fifty-odd years since Indian independence, and shows little sign of happening in
the near future. Therefore no understanding of Indian politics is possible without
a thorough understanding of the complexities of caste. The aim of this book is to
bring about such an understanding. This volume offers state-of-the-art essays on
the subject of caste and politics in contemporary India. It covers all the
important grounds that students and scholars need in order to get to grips with the
idea, ideology, and ground realities of India’s caste
system.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Ghanshyam Shah (Ed.) is with the Centre of
Social Medicine and Community Health, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
Series: Essential Writings in Politics (Eds.) Rajeev Bhargava and Partha
Chatterjee</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-651-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Caste in Bengal:
Histories of Hierarchy, Exclusion, and Resistance</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay and
Tanika Sarkar</td><td>2022</td><td>616</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>In West
Bengal if you ask the question “Does caste matter in Bengal?”, the answer will
depend on the caste of the person asked. Many among the Bengali Hindu
bhadralok like to think that caste does not matter in Bengali
society and politics. The long dominance of the Left in the state has entrenched
idioms of class over caste and contributed to the myth of Bengali exceptionalism.
“Castelessness”, many upper-caste Bengalis believe, distinguishes them from other
Indians. By contrast, it has been argued that because everything in Bengal is
controlled by the upper castes, it is the most casteist of India’s
societies.
This view of Bengal as caste-ridden and casteist is borne out by the
experience of the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, and Other Backward Classes
there, who daily experience discrimination and humiliation, overt or subtle. The
historical evidence of oppression and structural violence against them is clear
and continues into the present.
This book of essays sets the cat among the pigeons. It is the most wide-
ranging and scholarly collection available on the topic. It shows that the reforms
which empowered the Dalit–Bahujan Samaj in the rest of India never properly
happened in Bengal. It is also eye-opening in revealing the specificities,
culture, politics, and practices of caste in Bengal.</td><td>
Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is Emeritus Professor
of History at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. His several
 books include Caste, Protest and Identity in Colonial India:
The Namasudras of Bengal, 1872–1947 (1997, 2011); Caste,
Culture and Hegemony: Social Domination in Colonial Bengal (2004); and
From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of Modern India
(2004, 2015).
Tanika Sarkar retired as Professor, Modern
History, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. She has taught at St Stephen’s
College, Delhi, and been Visiting Professor at the universities of Chicago, Yale,
Witwatersrand, and Göttingen. Her several  books include
Hindu Wife, Hindu Nation (2001),
Rebels, Wives, Saints (2009), and Hindu
Nationalism in India (2022).
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-369-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Caste in Modern
India: A Reader (Two Volume Set)</td><td>Sumit Sarkar and Tanika Sarkar
(Eds.)</td><td>2013</td><td>1008</td><td>1900.0000</td><td>Caste is the key category in
contemporary Indian social thinking. Discussed and analysed by historians,
sociologists, and political scientists, it has produced scholarly explorations and
polemical controversies in equal measure. The historical literature on caste from
colonial times to the present is vast.
This anthology picks out some of the
best essays on the subject in order to explore specific aspects of modern caste:
how the issue of caste was understood in colonial times, how it was re-created
under conditions of modernity, and how various castes came to relate to one another
and to themselves in new ways. The essays also engage in debates that were first
raised in these fields. Dumont’s notions about purity and power are questioned,
while fresh perspectives are offered on jajmani.
For a long time, historians of
modern South Asia have been trying to ascertain how far caste was invented,
exaggerated, colluded with, and opposed. These two volumes provide the most
essential and thought-provoking pieces on the subject. </td><td>Sumit
Sarkar has been Professor of History at the University of Delhi.
His many books include The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal 1903–1908 (1973; new edn
2010), Modern India 1885–1947 (1983), Writing Social History (1998), Beyond
Nationalist Frames (2002), and Women and Social Reform in Modern India (2007;
coedited with Tanika Sarkar).
Tanika Sarkar is
Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru University. She has been a visiting
professor at Yale and Chicago. Her several books include Hindu Wife,
Hindu Nation (2001), Rebels, Wives, Saints (2009),
and Women and Social Reform in Modern India (2007; coedited
with Sumit Sarkar). </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-313-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Caste, Conflict,
and Ideology: Mahatma Jotirao Phule and Low Caste Protest in Nineteenth-Century
Western India</td><td>Rosalind
O’Hanlon</td><td>2011</td><td>346</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This
is the first Indian reprint, with a new preface by the author, of a classic work
which was first published in 1985.
The nineteenth century saw the beginning of
a violent and controversial movement of protest amongst western India’s low and
untouchable castes, aimed at the effects of their lowly position within the Hindu
caste hierarchy. The leaders of this movement were convinced that religious
hierarchies had combined with the effects of British colonial rule to produce
inequality and injustice in many fields, from religion to politics and education.

This study concentrates on the first leader of this movement, Mahatma
Jotirao Phule. It shows him as its first ideologist, working out a unique brand of
radical humanism. It analyses his contribution to one of the most important and
neglected social developments in western India in this period—the formation of a
new regional identity. 
This process of identity formation is studied against the background of
the earlier history of caste relations, and contributes important evidence about
the relationship between ritual status and political power. The author draws
extensively on vernacular language materials and evidence about popular culture
from oral traditions.</td><td>Rosalind
O’Hanlon is Professor of Indian History and Culture in the Faculty of
Oriental Studies, University of Oxford. Her publications include A
Comparison Between Women and Men: Tarabai Shinde and the Critique of Gender
Relations in Colonial India, and numerous articles on the social
history of colonial and early modern India. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-041-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Chalo Delhi:
Writings and Speeches 1943–1945, Netaji Collected Works, volume 12</td><td>Sisir K.
Bose and Sugata Bose</td><td>2021</td><td>488</td><td>375.0000</td><td>After
a perilous ninety-day submarine voyage, Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose arrived in
Southeast Asia on 6 May 1943 to lead the Indian independence movement. ‘Only
when the blood of freedom loving Indians begins to flow’, he declared in one of
his broadcasts in June 1943, ‘will India attain her freedom’. In his last
message, on 15 August 1945, he urged faith in India’s destiny and expressed
confidence that ‘India shall be free and before long’.
Volume
12 of Netaji’s Collected Works brings together all his speeches and writings as
leader of the Azad Hind movement from June 1943 to August 1945. His stirring
speeches in Singapore, Malaya, and Burma electrified massive audiences of
civilians and soldiers, united Indians of all religions, and inspired them to
join the march towards Delhi.
This volume is indispensable for all interested
in modern South Asian history and politics, as well as nationalism and
international relations in the twentieth century.</td><td>Sisir Kumar
Bose (1920–2000) founded the Netaji
Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit until his death in 2000. A
participant in the Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British in the
Lahore Fort, Red Fort and Lyallpur Jail. In the post-independence period he played
a key role in preserving the best traditions of the anti-colonial movement and
making possible the writing of its history.Sugata Bose is the
Gardiner Professor of History at Harvard University. He is the author of several
books on the economic, social and political history of modern South
Asia.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-324-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Changing
Homelands: Hindu Politics and the Partition of India</td><td>Neeti
Nair</td><td>2011</td><td>356</td><td>750.0000</td><td>Changing
Homelands offers a startling new perspective on what was
and was not politically possible in late colonial India. In this highly readable
account of Partition in Punjab, Neeti Nair rejects the idea that essential
differences between the Hindu and Muslim communities made political settlement
impossible. Far from being an inevitable solution, the idea of Partition came as a
very late and stunning surprise to the majority of Hindus in the region.
In tracing the political and social
history of Punjab from the early years of the twentieth century, Nair overturns
the entrenched view that Muslims were responsible for Partition. She shows that
many powerful Punjabi Hindus also preferred Partition and contributed to its
adoption, as well as that almost no one foresaw the death and devastation that
followed. Though much
has been written on the politics of the Muslim and Sikh communities in Punjab,
Nair is the first historian to focus on the Hindu minority, both before and long
after the divide of 1947. She engages with politics in post-Partition India by
drawing from oral histories that reveal the complex relationship between memory
and history—a relationship that continues to inform politics between India and
Pakistan.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">NEETI
NAIR was at Tufts for her PhD and is currently an assistant professor of history at
the University of Virginia,
Charlottesville.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-5745-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Chattisgarh Ki
Bhashayen (Volume7, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan </td><td>Ganesh N.Devy
and Chitta Ranjan Kar</td><td>2015</td><td>264</td><td>1950.0000</td><td>
carrying out a nation-wide survey of Indian languages especially languages of
communities.
This book is part 1 of the Volume 7 (Chhattisgarh ki Bhaashyen [Hindi])
of The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and executed by
Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.  
The present book contains the information on language and linguistic
variety of the Chhattisgarh State of India. The languages included in this book
are: Abujhmarhiya, Kamari, Kudhukh, Gondi, Ghotul murhiya,  Chhattisgarhi,
Dandami Marhiya, Dewar, Dorli, Dhurvi(Parji), Pando, Pardhi, Baigaani, Bhatari,
Munda, Sargujhiya and Halbi.</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N. Devy taught English at
the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda a renowned literary critic and
activist; founder and director of the  Tribal Academy at Tejgadh, Gujarat
and director of the Sahitya Akademi ’s Project on Literature in Tribal Languages
and Oral Folk Traditions. He is an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha
Academy. Currently, he is a Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of
Information and Communication Technology (DA-IICT), Gandhinagar,
Gujarat. 
He is Chair, People’s Lnguistic Survey of India, 37, Bhasha Research and
Publication Centre, Baroda.
Dr. Chitta Ranjan Kar, formerly professor of Literature and linguistics at
Pt. Ravi Shankar Shukla University, Raipur (Chhattisgarh) and Guru Ghasidas Central
University, Bilaspur (Chhattisgarh). He has forty five years of teaching
experience.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-517-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Children’s Games,
Adults’ Gambits: From Vidyasagar to Satyajit Ray</td><td>Anindita
Mukhopadhyay</td><td>2019</td><td>424</td><td>1595.0000</td><td>
Children’s Games, Adults’ Gambits studies how
childhood was depicted by writers of note in Bengal, some of whom also wrote for
children. 
Late-eighteenth century and early nineteenth-century Bengali fiction for
children was influenced by the reality of colonial India. Bengal saw the opening
up of the metropolitan space of the West, and the Bengali literate elite re-
oriented their understanding of the world and of themselves in relation to these
new Western spaces through books and textbooks that included depictions of new
lands.
Childhood thus became the foundation for building the new understanding
of the world and the self. This book also traces how this programme was gendered,
and how these stories generally catered to an upper-caste male world and created a
privileged space for boys. When the space was opened up to girls, they were always
fit into the mould of either the chaste wife or the frightening goddess.
This insightful study on the works of the icons of Bengali elite culture—
such as Ishwarchandra Vidyasagar, Bankimchandra Chattopadhyay, Rabindranath
Tagore, Saratchandra Chattopadhyay and Satyajit Ray—brings postcolonial critical
literature into contact with feminist discourse.
</td><td>Anindita Mukhopadhyay is Associate Professor,
Department of History, University of Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3946-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Chinese
Myths</td><td>Anne
Birrell</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>450.0000</td><td>Anne Birrell has
translated representative narratives drawn from over a hundred classical texts in
the course of her work on various aspects of Chinese
mythology, and here she introduces a splendid selection especially
for the general reader. Lucidly retold using English equivalents for the Chinese
names, these lively mythic tales are full of colourful episodes and vivid
characters. Helpfully organised by themes and motifs which set them in the context
of mythology the world over, these stories are a fascinating treasure trove that
has long been inaccessible and unknown to many
readers.</td><td>Anne Birrell of
Clare Hall, University of Cambridge, is the author of Chinese Mythology:
An Introduction and has published translations including New
Songs from a Jade Terrace, The Classic of Mountains and Seas and
Popular Songs and Ballads of Han
China. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-5356-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Cine-Politics:
Film Stars and Political Existence in South India </td><td>M. Madhava
Prasad</td><td>2014</td><td>224</td><td>1375.0000</td><td>Cine-
politics explores the unique link established between cinema and
politics in south India since the 1950s. Taking up the trajectories of three major
stars—M. G. Ramachandran, N. T. Rama Rao and Rajkumar, from Tamil Nadu, Andhra
Pradesh and Karnataka, respectively— the book shows how the widespread political
mobilisation of star charisma in south India—‘cine-politics’—sheds critical light
on the nature of democratic political life in postcolonial India. Insisting on the
centrality of both cinematic and political aspects in interpreting the cine-
political event, the author locates the emergence of the phenomenon against the
backdrop of demands for the linguistic reorganisation of the states soon after
independence. The argument leads us through the various formal and narrative shifts
enabling the production of a cinematic form that allowed marginalised populations,
deprived of political existence in the newly forged nation, to enact the fantasy
of popular sovereignty.</td><td>M. Madhava Prasad
is Professor, Department of Cultural Studies, English and Foreign
Languages University, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-371-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Citizenship and
Its Discontents: An Indian History</td><td>Niraja Gopal
Jayal</td><td>2013</td><td>376</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Breaking new
ground in scholarship, this is the first history of citizenship in India.

Unlike the mature democracies of the West, India began as a true republic
of equals with a complex architecture of citizenship rights that was sensitive to
the many hierarchies of Indian society. In this provocative biography of the
defining aspiration of modern India, Jayal shows how the progressive civic ideals
embodied in the constitution have been challenged by exclusions based on social and
economic inequality, and sometimes also, paradoxically, undermined by its own
policies of inclusion.
Citizenship and Its
Discontents explores a century of contestations over
citizenship from the colonial period to the present, analysing evolving conceptions
of citizenship as legal status, as rights, and as identity.
The early optimism that a new India could be fashioned out of an unequal
and diverse society led to a formally inclusive legal membership, an impulse to
social and economic rights, and group-differentiated citizenship. Today, these
policies to create a civic community of equals are losing support in a climate of
social intolerance and weak solidarity. 
Once seen by Western political scientists as an anomaly, India today is a
site where every major theoretical debate about citizenship is being enacted in
practice, and one that no global discussion of the subject can afford to
ignore. </td><td>Niraja Gopal
Jayal is Professor at the Centre for the Study of Law and Governance
at JNU, New Delhi. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-460-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Citizenship And
Its Discontents: An Indian History</td><td>Niraja Gopal
Jayal</td><td>2017</td><td>376</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Breaking new ground in scholarship, this is the first history of
citizenship in India. 
Unlike the mature democracies of the West, India began as a true republic
of equals with a complex architecture of citizenship rights that was sensitive to
the many hierarchies of Indian society. In this provocative biography of the
defining aspiration of modern India, Jayal shows how the progressive civic ideals
embodied in the constitution have been challenged by exclusions based on social
and economic inequality, and sometimes also, paradoxically, undermined by its own
policies of inclusion.
Citizenship and Its Discontents explores a century
of contestations over citizenship from the colonial period to the present,
analysing evolving conceptions of citizenship as legal status, as rights, and as
identity.
The early optimism that a new India could be fashioned out of an unequal
and diverse society led to a formally inclusive legal membership, an impulse to
social and economic rights, and group-differentiated citizenship. Today, these
policies to create a civic community of equals are losing support in a climate of
social intolerance and weak solidarity. 
Once seen by Western political scientists as an anomaly, India today is a
site where every major theoretical debate about citizenship is being enacted in
practice, and one that no global discussion of the subject can afford to
ignore.
</td><td>Niraja Gopal Jayal is Professor at the Centre
for the Study of Law and Governance at JNU, New
Delhi.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-994-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Citizenship in a
Caste Polity: Religion, Language and Belonging in Goa</td><td>Jason Keith
Fernandes</td><td>2020</td><td>380</td><td>1175.0000</td><td>
In the mid-1980s, Goa witnessed mass demonstrations, violent protests and
political mobilising, following which Konkani was declared the official language
of the Goan territory. However, Konkani was recognised only in the Devanagari
script, one of two scripts used for the language in Goa, the other being the Roman
script. Set against this historical background, Citizenship in a Caste
Polity: Religion, Language and Belonging in Goa studies the
contestations around the demand that the Roman script also be officially
recognised and given equal status. 
Based on meetings and interviews with individuals involved in this mobilisation,
the author explores the interconnected themes of language, citizenship and
identity, showing how, by deliberately excluding the Roman script, the largely
lower-caste and lower-class Catholic users of this script were denoted as less-
than-authentic members of civil society.
As citizens of a former Portuguese territory, the Goan Catholics’ experience of
Indian citizenship does not fall entirely within the framework of British Indian
history. This allows for a construction of the post-colonial Indian experience
from outside of the British Indian framework, and its focus on Catholics enables a
more nuanced study of Indian secularism, while also studying a group that has
remained largely underrepresented in research. 
</td><td>Jason Keith Fernandes is Researcher, Centre
for Research in Anthropology (CRIA), ISCTE, University Institute of Lisbon, Lisbon,
Portugal.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3237-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Colonial City and
the Challenge of Modernity, The: Urban Hegemonies and Civic Contestations in Bombay
City (1900–1925)</td><td>Sandip
Hazareesingh</td><td>2007</td><td>260</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>This is an
original story about the coming of ‘modernity’ in Bombay city in the early
twentieth century. In his account, Sandip Hazareesingh shows how this most
global of forces had complex and contradictory meanings in the local urban setting
of colonial Bombay. A colonial technological version helped consolidate British
hegemony over this important Asian port city; in contrast, Gandhi’s rejection of
the colonial urban helped define his search for a counter-modern, traditionalist
basis for the emerging nationalist contestation of colonial rule. But Bombay also
housed different, radical apprehensions of modernity, exemplified by the militant
daily newspaper the Bombay Chronicle, which provided an alternative basis for the
construction of a local civic nationalism. In a era characterised by war and the
curtailment of civil liberties, the eruption of some of the most significant forms
of modernity into the everyday life of the city – newspapers, cinema, labour
strikes, demands for civic equality – revealed the contradictions of colonial
hegemony and underlined the class-bound nature of the urban social order. Grappling
with these new forces were a rich cast of characters who are brought to life in
these pages, including B.G. Horniman, Gandhi, Patrick Geddes, George Lloyd, and
Jinnah. Elegantly written, The Colonial City and the Challenge of Modernity
offers fresh and stimulating insights into the multi-layered relationships between
modernity, colonialism, and the production of urban space.</td><td>Sandip
Hazareesingh received his doctorate from the University of Warwick and is currently
Lecturer at the Open University’s Ferguson Centre for African and Asian Studies
(www.open.ac.uk/Arts/ferguson-centre) where he convenes the Historical
Globalisation Network.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-353-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Colored
Cosmopolitanism: The Shared Struggle for Freedom in the United States and
India</td><td>Nico
Slate</td><td>2012</td><td>344</td><td>995.0000</td><td>A hidden history
connects India and the United States, the world’s two largest democracies. From
the late nineteenth century through the 1960s, activists worked across borders of
race and nation to push both countries toward achieving their democratic
principles. At the heart of this shared struggle, African Americans and Indians
forged bonds ranging from statements of sympathy to coordinated acts of
solidarity. Within these two groups, certain activists developed a colored
cosmopolitanism, a vision of the world that transcended traditional racial
distinctions. These men and women agitated for the freedom of the “colored world,”
even while challenging the meanings of both color and freedom.
Colored Cosmopolitanism
is the first detailed examination of both ends of this
transnational encounter. Nico Slate tells the stories of neglected historical
figures, like the “Eurasian” scholar Cedric Dover, and offers a stunning glimpse
of people we thought we knew. Prominent figures such as Mahatma Gandhi, Jawaharlal
Nehru, Swami Vivekananda, Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. Du Bois, and Martin Luther
King, Jr., emerge as never before seen. Slate reveals the full gamut of this
exchange—from selective appropriations, to blatant misunderstandings, to a
profound empathy—as African Americans and South Asians sought a united front
against racism, imperialism, and other forms of
oppression.</td><td>Nico Slate is Assistant Professor of History
at Carnegie Mellon University. He earned degrees in Earth Systems and the
Interdisciplinary Studies in the Humanities from Stanford University and in
Environmental Change and Management from Oxford University before completing his
PhD in History at Harvard University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4206-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Communalism &
The Intelligentsia in Bihar, 1870–1930 </td><td>Hitendra
Patel</td><td>2011</td><td>264</td><td>1595.0000</td><td>This volume gives an account of the rise of Hindu
communalism in Bihar in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and its
relationship with the nationalist ideology, through the activities of the
intelligentsia. It shows how a Hindi-speaking intelligentsia emerged, carrying
with it notions of history, identity and visions of a new social order where caste,
national and religious loyalties co-existed. While Hindu communal forces were
unable to match the dominance of the Congress with its view of a composite
nationalism, the presence of the former in the political spectrum was significant.
Hitendra Patel narrates the Bihari intelligentsia’s efforts to mobilise people and
disseminate Hindu symbols and stereotypes, while trying to give legitimacy to a
‘communal’ view of their nationalism. He discusses two movements that aroused
widespread passions: one for the use of Hindi, replacing Urdu, in education and
the law courts from the 1860s, and the other for ‘cow protection’. The growth of
the Hindi press and anti-Bengali sentiments are outlined. Patel also analyses
intra-community discourses on lower-caste inclusion, revealing divisions within
the Hindu fold. </td><td>Hitendra
Patel teaches at the Department of History at Rabindra Bharati
University, Kolkata</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-283-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Conceptualising
Man and Society: Perspectives in Early Indian Sociology</td><td>Pradip Kumar
Bose</td><td>2018</td><td>180</td><td>875.0000</td><td>A study of the
early history of Indian sociology reveals two distinct trends: its appropriation of
the principles, logic and methods characterising colonial knowledge and an
‘orientalist’ perspective; and the opposing tendency to critique and reject Western
categories of knowledge. This second strand was especially critical of the
application of Western methods, categories and concepts for studying an entity as
historically and culturally disparate as Indian society. Conceptualising
Man and Society demonstrates these opposing tendencies and ideological
tensions in the writings of early Indian sociologists while exploring their socio-
anthropological, cognitive and methodological approaches to the study of Indian
society.

The book analyses different facets and concerns of five early Indian sociologists
and social anthropologists: Radhakamal Mukerjee, G. S. Ghurye, D. P. Mukerji,
Nirmal Kumar Bose, and Ramkrishna Mukherjee. These scholars were interested in
larger sociological and philosophical issues like tradition, values, community,
person and personality, and the vital concept of man, which they considered an
integral part of Indian social reality. Their writings on the ontological and
ethical nature of man are not simply a matter of historical curiosity, but are
relevant and important for contemporary thought and politics. Most importantly,
they critiqued the dominant knowledges of their times. Their work alerts us to the
crucial question: what should be the sociology of the present? 
Moving away from a historical perspective, this study of early sociologists

explores the variations in theory, and cognitive and methodological profile of
early Indian sociology itself. At the same time, it highlights the contemporary and
radical elements in their writings, which remain theoretically relevant even today.
This valuable text will be useful for students and scholars of Indian sociology and
social anthropology.
</td><td>Pradip Kumar Bose is former professor of
sociology at the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences,
Calcutta.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5967-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Conquest and
Community: The Afterlife of Warrior Saint Ghazi Miyan</td><td>Shahid
Amin</td><td>2015</td><td>352</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>Conquest
and Community tells the story of the Indo-Turkic warrior saint Ghazi
Miyan and his influential cult in the Gangetic plains. A purported nephew of
Mahmud of Ghazni, Ghazi Miyan was supposedly martyred in holy war against Hindu
kings near Bahraich in modern-day Uttar Pradesh in 1034 CE. Conspicuously absent
from contemporary Persian chronicles about his famous uncle, he is, nevertheless,
the subject of glowing hagiographies from the seventeenth century onwards, as well
as an oral folkloric tradition, which thrives to this day. His cult continues
draw pilgrims of varying castes, both Muslim and Hindu, from all over northern
India to his shrine in Bahraich.
 Shahid Amin studies the history and growth of this cult and its
manifestations in the tales people tell, the ballads they sing, the shrines they
visit and the hagiographies they have written. He also addresses the disquiet and
criticism the cult has provoked in both orthodox Hindu and Muslim quarters, for
Ghazi Miyan is a complex, sometimes troubling figure, an amalgam of different
traditions and tropes that do not always coexist easily. He features in text and
folklore both as a pious iconoclast, who smashes Hindu idols and also as a staunch
protector of cows and cowherds, a putative brother to Hindu women, and a
connoisseur of things Indic from pan to the humble mahua tree.

 In studying the Ghazi, his cult and its reception history, this book
offers an astute perspective on the ways in which the Turko-Islamic invasions of
India, c. 1000–1200 CE, have entered historical and popular memory. By considering
the role of religious conflict in the building of the multi-religious cult of
Ghazi Miyan, it also sheds new light on the nature of syncretism in the
subcontinent.
 This new kind of of subaltern history, will interest historians, both
medievalist and modern, anthropologists, folklorists
and students of popular culture, religious studies and
historiography.
</td><td>
Shahid Amin is former Professor of History at Delhi
University and author of the award-winning Event, Metaphor, Memory:
Chauri Chaura, 1922-1992.
<td>978-81-7824-649-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Consolidating
Empire: Power and Elites in Jahangir’s India 1605–1627</td><td>Corinne
Lefèvre</td><td>2022</td><td>644</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>
What happened in Mughal India in the quarter century after Akbar’s death?
Nothing that really mattered – according to received wisdom. Through a complete
re-examination of the reign of the fourth Mughal emperor Jahangir, this book upends
that traditional view.
Rather than provide a linear history of this relatively neglected
monarch, Lefèvre analyses a wide range of imperial and non-imperial texts, as
well as vestiges of material culture, to reveal major transformations involving
imperial authority, ethno-religious diversity, and state centralism.
The book begins by questioning the historiography that categorises the
monarch as a political lightweight. By contrast, Lefèvre shows us an
intellectually complex, astute, and multi-faceted Jahangir who managed a tightrope
act between self-indulgence and the serious business of kingship. More important
than looking at the king, she says, is examining the nature of the empire under
his reign. To that end, she moves the focus onto the Mughal military,
administrative, and religious elites, and highlights how they readjusted to the
changing imperial ethos.
The book closes with an exploration of relations between the Mughal
empire and two other major polities of early modern Muslim Asia – Safavid Iran and
the Chingizid khanate of Central Asia.
Scholars and general readers will value this thorough and much-needed
revision in our understanding of Jahangir and Mughal India.
</td><td>
Corinne Lefèvre received her Ph.D. (2005) in
History from the École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales, Paris. She
taught at the INALCO University before becoming a CNRS Research Fellow and a
member of the Centre for South Asian Studies (CEIAS) in 2006. She has published
articles in the Annales HSS, Indian Economic and
Social History Review, The Medieval Journal,
Religions of South Asia, chapters in edited volumes, and
coedited Cosmopolitismes en Asie du Sud. Sources, itinéraires,
langues (xvie-xviiie siècle), and Cultural Dialogue in
South Asia and Beyond: Narratives, Images and Community (Sixteenth–Nineteenth
Centuries) – a special issue of the Journal of the Economic
and Social History of the Orient.
<td>978-93-86689-60-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Contested
Hierarchies, Persisting Influence: Caste and Power in Twenty-first Century
India</td><td>Surinder S. Jodhka and James
Manor</td><td>2017</td><td>396</td><td>1675.0000</td><td>
Why another book on caste? Hasn’t enough research been conducted on the
subject; and doesn’t writing on or about caste help keep it alive?
The continued significance of caste in India’s public life is said to be
because of the reservation policy or because of electoral politics, with caste
being viewed as a convenient mode of securing a stable vote bank.
Contested Hierarchies, Persisting Influence shows, however,
that caste survives beyond electoral politics and quotas. 
Caste-based divisions continue to matter not only in the village, but
also in modern-day urban life, business, institutions of higher education, and
many other spheres of contemporary social practice. 
The chapters in this book, written by some of the leading scholars of
Indian society and based on hard empirical evidence, present complex dynamics of
the interplay of caste with electoral politics, its change and persistence, and
its continued significance in various regional and historical contexts.
The rich ethnographic studies show how caste survives as a resource of
social and cultural capital, and as a relationship that is always defined by
power, hierarchy and inequality. The authors state that caste influences and
determines people’s access to nourishment, shelter, property, and personal and
financial security.
This book provides a rounded assessment of the subject that presents the
complexities of caste practices in twenty-first century India.
</td><td>Surinder S. Jodhka is Professor of Sociology,
Centre for the Study of Social Systems, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi.

James Manor is Emeritus Professor of Commonwealth Studies, Institute of
Commonwealth Studies, London.
<td>978-81-7824-541-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Cosmopolitan
Dreams: The Making of Modern Urdu Literary Culture In Colonial South
Asia</td><td>Jennifer
Dubrow</td><td>2019</td><td>200</td><td>795.0000</td><td>In late-
nineteenth-century South Asia, the arrival of print fostered a dynamic and
interactive literary culture. There, within the pages of Urdu-language periodicals
and newspapers, readers found a public sphere that not only catered to their
interests but encouraged their reactions to featured content.
Cosmopolitan Dreams brings this culture to light, showing how
literature became a site in which modern daily life could be portrayed and
satirized, the protocols of modernity challenged, and new futures
imagined.

Drawing on never-before-translated Urdu fiction and prose and focusing on the
novel and satire, Jennifer Dubrow shows that modern Urdu literature was defined by
its practice of self-critique and parody. Urdu writers resisted the cultural
models offered by colonialism, creating instead a global community of imagination
in which literary models could freely circulate and be readapted, mixed, and drawn
upon to develop alternative lines of thinking. Highlighting the participation of
readers and writers from diverse social and religious backgrounds, the book
reveals an Urdu cosmopolis where lively debates thrived in newspapers, literary
journals, and letters to the editor, shedding fresh light on the role of readers
in shaping vernacular literary culture. Arguing against current understandings of
Urdu as an exclusively Muslim language, Dubrow demonstrates that in the late
nineteenth century, Urdu was a cosmopolitan language spoken by a transregional,
transnational community that eschewed identities of religion, caste, and
class.
The Urdu cosmopolis pictured here was soon fractured by the forces of
nationalism and communalism. Even so, Dubrow is able to establish the persistence
of Urdu cosmopolitanism into the present and shows that Urdu’s strong tradition as
a language of secular, critical modernity did not end in the late nineteenth
century but continues to flourish in film, television, and on line. In lucid
prose, Dubrow makes the dynamic world of colonial Urdu print culture come to life
in a way that will interest scholars of modern Asian literatures, South Asian
literature and history, cosmopolitanism, and the history of print
culture.</td><td>Jennifer Dubrow is assistant
professor in the Department of Asian Languages and Literatures at the University of
Washington.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-375-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Creative Pasts:
Historical Memory and Identity in Western India 1700-1960</td><td>Prachi
Deshpande</td><td>2013</td><td>320</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The ‘Maratha
period’ of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, when an independent Maratha
state successfully resisted the Mughals, is a defining era in Indian history.
Prachi Deshpande examines this period for various political projects in the country
at large, including anticolonial Hindu nationalism and the non-Brahman movement, as
well as popular debates throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries over the
meaning of tradition, culture, colonialism, and modernity.
Deploying a rich body of literary and cultural sources, Deshpande
highlights shifts in history writing in early modern western India, as well as the
deep connections between historical and literary narratives. She also shows how
‘historical memory’ provided a space for Indians to negotiate among their national,
religious, and regional identities, pointing out history’s pervasive potential for
shaping politics within thoroughly diverse societies.
A study of quite extraordinary penetration and breadth,
Creative Pasts mines Maratha
history and Marathi sources as never before to analyse historiography, popular
memory, and the socio-literary impact of colonialism on regional societies and
cultures. Expanding from this base, the book succeeds also in showing how many of
the significant patterns of Indian modernity derive from the interplay of cultural
activities, power structures, and political rhetoric over the past two centuries
and more.
</td><td>PRACHI DESHPANDE is presently Assistant Professor of History at
the University of California, Berkeley. She has an M.A. from Jawaharlal Nehru
University and a Ph.D. from Tufts University. She has been Assistant Professor of
History at Rutgers (Newark) and Colorado State University.
<td>978-81-250-3703-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Crises and
Creativities: Middle Class - Bhadralok in Bengal, c.1939–52</td><td>Amit Kumar
Gupta</td><td>2009</td><td>352</td><td>1775.0000</td><td>The 1940s was the
decade of crisis and change in Bengal. The years that began with famine, war and
devastation ended with rioting, death and mass migration as a land, its people and
its soul were partitioned. In the darkness of terrible human tragedy, however,
twinkled significant triumphs of human achievement. Bengali intellectualism
flourished on either side of Independence, and new landmarks were erected in
thought, art and aesthetics. The bhadralok, a multilayered social category
comprising educated professionals, translatable literally as ‘gentlemen’ and as
‘middle class’ in socioeconomic terms confronted
change with a mix of radicalism and reaction. The loftiness of the resultant
intellectual product was in inverse proportion to the drastic fall in the general
conditions of life. Littérateurs and artists broke out of the elitism of their
predecessors to experiment with new forms, and thinkers and theoreticians adapted
the philosophical debates of 20th century Europe to contemporary Indian
circumstances. This book is an account of the Bengali bhadralok’s distinctive
creative response to historical circumstances that remain without parallel in the
rest of India in the years both before and after their passage. It evaluates
aesthetic resurgence in socio-economic perspective, following its many twists and
turns, and mapping its essentially non-conformist, liberating and egalitarian
spirit. It will be of great interest to students of social crisis and cultural
change, and everyone seeking to appraise artistic responses to historical
realities.</td><td>Amit Kumar Gupta has worked as a teacher, editor and
researcher with the Scottish Church College, the Indian Council of Historical
Research, the Centre for Contemporary Studies, the Nehru Memorial Museum and
Library and the UGC.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86689-36-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Crossing Borders:
Essays on Literature, Culture, and Society in Honor of Amritjit Singh</td><td>Tapan
Basu and Tasneem Shahnaaz</td><td>2017</td><td>376</td><td>1625.0000</td><td>
Crossing Borders is a volume of
interdisciplinary essays on the paradigm of borders in African American
literature, multi-ethnic U.S. studies, and South Asian studies. Written by
established and mid-career scholars from across the world, the essays employ a
variety of approaches to the idea of “border crossings” and represent important
contributions to the discourses on modernity, diasporic mobility, populism,
migration, exile, sub-nation, trans-nation, as well as the formation of
nationalities, communities, and identities. Borders, in these contexts, signify
social and national inequities and hierarchies and also the ways to challenge and
transgress entrenched barriers sanctioned by habit, custom, and law. The volume
also honours and celebrates the life and work of Amritjit Singh as a teacher,
mentor, author, scholar, and editor.
</td><td>
Tapan Basu is associate professor
in the Department of English at the University of Delhi. 
Tasneem Shahnaaz is associate professor in
the Department of English, Sri Aurobindo College, University of Delhi. 
<td>978-81-7824-338-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Crossing
Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social History</td><td>Meera
Kosambi</td><td>2011</td><td>412</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The notion of
the threshold, indicating the restricted periphery of the ‘woman’s place’ in
family and society, was firmly embedded in the psyche of nineteenth-century women
in western India. Yet some remarkable and articulate women (who are the focus of
this book) ‘transgressed’ patriarchal boundaries—crossing thresholds, literally
and metaphorically—to make their mark in the public sphere. These Indian women
created the ‘first ripple feminism’ of the region. 
Nineteenth-century men also inhabit the book—social reformers and those
who helped these women, as well as conservatives who opposed both the reformers
and the progressive women. The central objective of Professor Kosambi’s book is to
interrogate official social history—which posits strong male reformers and passive
women recipients—as well as retrieve and assess women’s own pioneering
contribution to their proto-feminist efforts.
The Introduction presents a conceptual framework of public/private
spheres, attempts to retrieve women’s subjectivity through their published
narratives, and discusses questions of representation and ‘voice’. 
The ten essays that follow span a variety of topics—the politics of
iconizing individual women, women’s complex relationships to their homes and their
bodies, women’s exposure to education and nationalism, the nature of conjugality
and ‘consent’, ideas of motherhood and widowhood. 
Uniting all these themes is the effort to amplify women’s voices and
reconstruct their experiential worlds. 
The book straddles the areas of Gender Studies, History, and Asian
Studies while underscoring the resonance of these women’s lives with those of
other women across South Asia and the
West.</td><td>Meera Kosambi is a
sociologist trained in India, Sweden, and the USA. She has specialized in Urban
Studies and Women’s Studies. She was formerly Director of the Research Centre for
Women’s Studies at the SNDT Women’s University in Mumbai (Bombay). She has taught,
lectured, and published widely in India and abroad. Her books include
Pandita Ramabai’s American Encounter (Indiana University
Press, 2003), and Pandita Ramabai Through Her Own Words
(Oxford University Press, 2000).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5359-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Cultural History
of Early South Asia: A Reader</td><td>Shonaleeka
Kaul</td><td>2014</td><td>388</td><td>1750.0000</td><td>Cultural
History of Early South Asia: A Reader presents a wide-ranging survey of
the diverse art forms of early South Asia. In doing so, it departs from the
dominant tendency of treating the arts as static ‘heritage of the past’ with just
exhibition value, and instead perceives them as dynamic processes of meaning and
communication in the past. It connects cultural production
with ordinary life, to explore the various roles which literature and visual arts
played in the lives of their communities. Here, art is investigated as objects of
aesthetic enjoyment, but also as creations of rhetorical or philosophical moment,
as well as of utilitarian value. 
Through its broad chronological sweep covering the earliest specimens of
cultural expression like the prehistoric rock paintings of Bhimbetka; the
ornaments of the Harappan culture; the frescoes and rock-cut temples of Ajanta and
Ellora; the Pali Jatakas, and South Asian folklore, the book
argues for a variety of audiences in ancient and early medieval South
Asia. 
Bringing together authoritative voices on South Asian history, archaeology and
literature, the book presents complementary views which will help in understanding
the popular dimensions of the subcontinent’s art and culture. It will acquaint its
readership with fundamental contributions to the region’s art history, and yet do
so in a way that questions and opens up received wisdom, and initiates a new
understanding of early cultural processes. Scholarly, yet accessible, it will be
of enduring relevance for researchers, students of history and cultural studies,
as well as lay readers interested in the artistic traditions of South
Asia.</td><td>Shonaleeka Kaul is
Assistant Professor, Department of History, University of Delhi.
<td>978-81-87358-30-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Cultural History
of Medieval India</td><td>Meenakshi Khanna
align: justify">Cultural History of Medieval
India is a part of the series, Readings in History. The books in
this series have been edited and put together by eminent historians for their
students. This anthology of readings seeks to explore Indian culture in the
medieval period through five themes: kingship traditions, social processes of
religious devotion, inter-cultural perception, forms of identities, and aesthetics.
Written by well-known scholars, the eleven essays in this book present sub-cultures
in diverse regional settings of the subcontinent. The articles suggest that culture
does not exist as fragments of the ‘great’ and ‘little’, or ‘classic’ and ‘folk’ in
any given tradition. In fact, variants within a given tradition interact with one
another and assimilate new characteristics over time. These interactions also take
place across boundaries of different religious and cultural spheres, and in the
process, give meaning to the notions of the ‘self’ and the ‘other’. In an attempt
to define the ‘other’ one discovers the ‘self’. These readings introduce a new way
of understanding medieval Indian history by engaging with interdisciplinary methods
of research on issues that are significant to everyday existence in a plural
society like that of India. This book will be of great value to students of
history, as well as to other readers interested in the culture of the medieval
period in India.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Meenakshi Khanna is Reader in History,
Indraprastha College for Women, University of
Delhi.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-86392-60-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Cultural History
of Modern India</td><td>Dilip M.
Menon</td><td>2017</td><td>236</td><td>375.0000</td><td>
The history of modern India has been narrated
largely in terms of the nationalist movement, personalities and what has been seen
as the ‘high’ politics of the state. Recent shifts in history writing have tried
to bring in subordinated histories of regions and of groups. We are moving towards
a wider understanding of politics, history and of the ordinary people who make
history. Cultural History of Modern India tries to push the
emerging paradigm further by moving away from conventional notions of the history
of the nation and indeed of the political.
The seven essays in this collection present original and pioneering
forays in the study of cricket, oral history, gender studies, film, popular
culture and Indian classical music. Whether looking at issues of caste on the
seemingly level-playing field of cricket in early twentieth-century India; or how
a nineteenth-century housewife comes to pen the first autobiography by an Indian
woman; calendar art reflecting deeper notions of religion and community; or how an
idea of ‘pure’ classical music faces the challenge of technology, these essays
show how ideas of self, community and art are formed within a larger politics.
Moreover, culture far from being a refuge from the political is also the space
within which politics comes to be worked out.
This book serves as an introduction to the idea of cultural history in
modern India and is aimed at the layperson as much as an undergraduate and
graduate audience in the social sciences and humanities.
</td><td>Dilip M. Menon is Professor of History and
Mellon Chair in Indian Studies at the University of Witwatersrand,
Johannesburg.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4054-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dalit Assertion in
Society, Literature and History</td><td>Imtiaz Ahmad and Shashi Bhushan
Upadhyay(Eds)</td><td>2010</td><td>328</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>The
essays in this volume provide an incisive analysis of the identity of the Dalits in
history , literature and society. They focus on Dalit assertion and agency in
postcolonial India, their quest to break free from poverty and social exclusion
after centuries of oppression, and also the dynamics of a pervasive caste system
which is inimical to the growth of a collective consciousness among the backward
classes.</td><td>Imtiaz Ahmad was a Professor of
Political Sociology at JNU. His Caste and Social Stratification among Muslims in
India is a pioneering work. He has written research articles for national and
international magazines on the politics of communalism, and electoral
democracy.<div> 
Shashi Bhushan Upadhyay is an Associate Professor at IGNOU. His areas of
interest include Labour History, Dalit Studies and Literary Studies. He authored
Existence, Identity and Mobilization: The Cotton Millworkers of Bombay, 1890-1919,
besides articles on historiography and Premchand.</div></td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-250-4250-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dalit Personal
Narratives: Reading Caste, Nation and Identity</td><td>Raj
Kumar</td><td>2011</td><td>308</td><td>925.0000</td><td>Autobiography as a
literary genre is diverse and complex–and Dalit Personal
Narratives is an attempt to understand its multiple meanings
expressed and mediated through different identities such as caste, class,
ethnicity, religion, language and gender. 
Raj Kumar's pioneering book primarily examines Dalit autobiographies.
It is a historic breakthrough because till recently, Dalits in India were
voiceless. These narratives thus symbolise how Dalits are breaking down the age-
old barrier of silence. Focusing on multiple marginalities pertaining to caste,
nation and identity, the author has followed an inter-disciplinary approach across
disciplines such as history, sociology, law, religion, philosophy and gender
studies apart from English literature, to bring to the reader the remarkably
different personal narratives of both Dalit men and women. The autobiographies are
located against a socio-cultural background, along with the emergence of Dalit
literature, Dalit life-narratives, while revealing their everyday caste and class
exploitations that call for the restoration of dignity and self-respect. In
itself, the very emergence of Dalit autobiography is an act of resistance because
Dalits are using this opportunity to assert their identities through their
writings. Through the autobiographies, one gets a glimpse into the life of a
community struggling against deprivation, discrimination and exploitation at the
hands of a society ridden with caste biases and unequal opportunities.
It also traces the origin of autobiographical writing in the West and
follows its development both thematically and structurally by analysing the
autobiographies of Saint Augustine, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Benjamin Franklin and
J. S. Mill. Also discussed are autobiographies of upper caste Indian public
personalities, including M. K. Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru. The personal
narratives of upper caste Indian women, however—like Rassundari Devi, Binodini
Dasi and others—reveal their under-privileged status in a patriarchal system. Raj
Kumar is an Associate Professor in the Department of English, Delhi University. His
research areas include autobiographical studies, Dalit literature, Indian writing
in English, Oriya literature and post-colonial studies. He has been a Fellow at the
Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla in 1999 and has published in journals
such as Social Action, Sateertha Bulletin, The Fourth World, Creative Forum and
Language Forum. Raj Kumar has also translated literary texts from Indian languages,
especially from Oriya into English.
</td><td>Raj Kumar is an Associate Professor
in the Department of English, Delhi University. His research areas include
autobiographical studies, Dalit literature, Indian writing in English, Oriya
literature and post-colonial studies. He has been a Fellow at the Indian Institute
of Advanced Study, Shimla in 1999 and has published in journals such as
Social Action, Sateertha Bulletin, The Fourth World, Creative Forum
and Language Forum. Raj Kumar has also translated literary texts
from Indian languages, especially from Oriya into
English.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-511-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dalit
Studies</td><td>Ramnarayan S. Rawat and K.
Satyanarayana</td><td>2017</td><td>316</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
The contributors to this major intervention into Indian historiography
trace the strategies through which Dalits have been marginalized as well as the
ways Dalit intellectuals and leaders have shaped emancipatory politics in modern
India. 
Moving beyond the anticolonialism/nationalism binary that dominates the
study of India, the contributors assess the benefits of colonial modernity and
place humiliation, dignity, and spatial exclusion at the center of Indian
historiography. Several essays discuss the ways Dalits used the colonial courts
and legislature to gain minority rights in the early twentieth century, while
others highlight Dalit activism in social and religious spheres. 
The contributors also examine the struggle of contemporary middle-class
Dalits to reconcile their caste and class, intercaste tensions among Sikhs, and
the efforts by Dalit writers to challenge dominant constructions of secular and
class-based citizenship while emphasizing the ongoing destructiveness of caste
identity. 
In recovering the long history of Dalit struggles against caste violence,
exclusion, and discrimination, Dalit Studies outlines a new
agenda for the study of India, enabling a significant reconsideration of many of
the Indian academy's core assumptions.
</td><td>
Ramnarayan S. Rawat is Associate Professor of History at the University
of Delaware and the author of Reconsidering Untouchability: Chamars and
Dalit History in North India. 
K. Satyanarayana is Associate Professor of Cultural Studies at EFL
University, Hyderabad, and the coeditor of two collections of Dalit writing from
South India: From those Stubs, Steel Nibs Are Sprouting and
No Alphabet in Sight. 
<td>978-81-7824-486-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dalit
Studies</td><td>Ramnarayan S. Rawat and K.
The contributors to this major intervention into Indian historiography
trace the strategies through which Dalits have been marginalized as well as the
ways Dalit intellectuals and leaders have shaped emancipatory politics in modern
India. 
Moving beyond the anticolonialism/nationalism binary that dominates the
study of India, the contributors assess the benefits of colonial modernity and
place humiliation, dignity, and spatial exclusion at the center of Indian
historiography. Several essays discuss the ways Dalits used the colonial courts
and legislature to gain minority rights in the early twentieth century, while
others highlight Dalit activism in social and religious spheres. 
The contributors also examine the struggle of contemporary middle-class
Dalits to reconcile their caste and class, intercaste tensions among Sikhs, and
the efforts by Dalit writers to challenge dominant constructions of secular and
class-based citizenship while emphasizing the ongoing destructiveness of caste
identity. 
In recovering the long history of Dalit struggles against caste violence,
exclusion, and discrimination, Dalit Studies outlines a new
agenda for the study of India, enabling a significant reconsideration of many of
the Indian academy's core assumptions.
</td><td>
Ramnarayan S. Rawat is Associate Professor
of History at the University of Delaware and the author of Reconsidering
Untouchability: Chamars and Dalit History in North
India. 
K. Satyanarayana is Associate Professor of Cultural
Studies at EFL University, Hyderabad, and the coeditor of two collections of Dalit
writing from South India: From those Stubs, Steel Nibs Are
Sprouting and No Alphabet in Sight
<td>978-93-83166-18-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dalit Women –
Honour and Patriarchy in South India</td><td>Clarinda
Still</td><td>2017</td><td>267</td><td>625.0000</td><td>
One of the only ethnographic studies of Dalit women, this book gives a
rich account of individual Dalit women’s lives and documents a rise in patriarchy
in the community. The author argues that as Dalits’ economic and political
position improves, ‘honour’ becomes crucial to social status. One of the ways
Dalits accrue honour is by altering patterns of women’s work, education and
marriage and by adopting dominant caste gender practices. But Dalits are not
simply becoming more like the upper catstes; they are simultaneously asserting a
distinct, politicised Dalit identity, formed in direct opposition to the dominant
castes. They are developing their own ‘politics of culture’.
Key to both, the author argues, is the ‘respectability’ of women. This has
significant effects on gender equality in the Dalit community. 
</td><td>
Clarinda Still is a social anthropologist
and a postdoctoral researcher in the Contemporary South Asian Studies Programme at
the University of Oxford. Her work has mainly focused on Dalits in Andhra Pradesh,
India. She is currently working on two projects: one about democracy, caste and
muscular politics in South India and the other about inequality and poverty among
Dalits and adivasis.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-265-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Data Centres as
Infrastructure: Frontiers of Digital Governance in Contemporary
India</td><td>Manish K Jha and Ritam
Sengupta</td><td>2022</td><td>220</td><td>925.0000</td><td>Data Centres
(DCs) have emerged as the key infrastructure for amassing and processing the
lifeblood of the globalised digital economy—data. So far, the digital economy has
been studied in terms of information technology labour, regimes of privacy or data
protection, and the implications of living in an increasingly connected
world.
Data Centres as Infrastructure goes beyond
technical/business-oriented accounts of DCs and views them as both an object and a
principle of governance in India, one of the world's most prominent rising
markets for DCs. The authors understand DCs not just as technical infrastructure,
but as political institutions that make and exercise new forms of power while
negotiating state and capital in the postcolonial nation. 
Taking a historical and sociological approach to DCs, this volume
explores actual social contexts of policy-making and practice in relation to
problems of digitalisation that inflect the way in which lives, commerce, and
governance are shaped in India. Through case studies, the authors examine a
‘captive’ Data Centre deployed by the state-owned electricity discom— WBSEDCL, to
highlight a specific techno-political issue—the theft of power and the
‘(un)management’ of its loss. The volume also examines the production of a new
form of territoriality, economy, and polity in the Navi Mumbai area, known for
being home to several large DCs. The Introduction highlights some of these
concerns through a discussion of how the Indian state yields space to norms of
corporatised governance while also enrolling  new kinds of data-fied
subjects through the Aadhaar project, demonetisation, and ‘data
localisation’.
This novel contribution will interest scholars and policy professionals
concerned about the social and political impact of the digital economy in
India.</td><td>
Manish K Jha is Professor of Community
Organisation and Development Practice in the School of Social Work at Tata
Institute of Social Sciences (TISS), Mumbai.

Ritam Sengupta is Post-Doctoral Research
Fellow at Leibniz-Zentrum Moderner Orient (ZMO) in Berlin, Germany.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-2982-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Decentring Empire:
Britain, India and the Transcolonial World</td><td>Durba Ghosh and Dane
Kennedy</td><td>2006</td><td>420</td><td>1825.0000</td><td>This volume
charts a new direction in the study of British imperialism, its impact on India and
other colonial territories, and its influence in propelling the forces of
globalisation. Moving beyond the standard model of a bilateral circuit between
imperial centre and colonial periphery, it highlights instead the web of
transcolonial and transnational networks that spread across and beyond the empire,
operating both on its behalf and against its interests. It suggests that these
networks worked in effect to decentre empire, shaping the multidimensional contours
of the global modernity we contend with today. Decentring
Empire brings together thirteen original essays by some of the
leading scholars of British imperialism, their contributions offered in honour of
Thomas R. Metcalf, the distinguished historian of colonial India. The essays range
widely in scope, moving in time from the mid-eighteenth to the mid-twentieth
century, in space from India to Ireland and Australia and elsewhere across the
imperial map, and in topic from economic, political, and social to medical, legal,
and cultural concerns. Taken together, they demonstrate the analytical richness of
current scholarship on British colonialism in India and elsewhere and give fresh
insights into its role in the making of the modern world. This is history at the
cutting edge, an important contribution to the ongoing debate about empire and its
consequences. </td><td>DURBA GHOSH is Assistant Professor of History at
Cornell University. She has published articles in the Historical Journal, Modern
Asian Studies, the Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History, and several edited
volumes. DANE KENNEDY is the Elmer Louis Kayser Professor of History and
International Affairs at George Washington University in Washington, D.C. He is
the author of several books on British colonialism, including The Magic Mountains:
Hill Stations and the British Raj (1996). His intellectual biography of Sir
Richard Burton, The Highly Civilized Man: Richard Burton and the Victorian World
was published in 2005.</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-250-6252-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Decolonisation and
the Politics of Transition in South Asia</td><td>Sekhar
Bandyopadhyay</td><td>2016</td><td>456</td><td>2150.0000</td><td>
This volume interrogates the concept of decolonisation, which is often
taken to mean a transfer of power from a colonial to an indigenous elite. However,
decolonisation involved a much more complex historical experience for the people
of the postcolonial nations. It did not necessarily mean a clinical break with the
past, but was rather an incomplete, complicated process, as different groups began
to seek different meanings of freedom and imagined multiple pathways for their
future development. Old nationalisms were questioned and new identities were born,
as fresh boundaries were drawn, both geographically and socially. 
This book captures some of these complexities of the decolonisation
process in South Asia—across India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka and Bangladesh—by focusing
on these uncertainties and debates of the transition period from colonial to the
postcolonial. The essays engage with a range of issues related to decolonisation,
including electoral systems, forms of political systems, democracy and
authoritarianism, economic planning, armed insurrection, ideological consensus and
conflict, minority rights and exclusivist politics.  
</td><td>
Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is Professor of Asian
History at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He is also currently
Director, New Zealand India Research Institute.

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4706-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Decolonization in
South Asia: Meanings of Freedom in Post-independence West Bengal, 1947–52
</td><td>Sekhar
Bandyopadhyay</td><td>2012</td><td>272</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>This book explores the meanings and
complexities of India’s experience of transition from colonial to the post-colonial
period. It focuses on the first five years—from Independence on 15 August 1947 to
the first general election in January 1952—in the politics of West Bengal, the new
Indian province that was created as a result of the Partition.
The author, a specialist on the
history of modern India, discusses what freedom actually meant to various
individuals, communities and political parties, how they responded to it, how they
extended its meaning and how in their anxiety to confront the realities of free
India, they began to invent new enemies of their newly acquired freedom. By
emphasizing the representations of popular mentality rather than the institutional
changes brought in by the process of decolonization, he draws attention to other
concerns and anxieties that were related to the problems of coming to terms with
the newly achieved freedom and the responsibility of devising independent rules of
governance that would suit the historic needs of a pluralist nation. 
Decolonization in
South Asia analyses the transitional politics of West Bengal in
light of recent developments in post-colonial theory on nationalism, treating the
‘nation’ as a space for contestation, rather than a natural breeding ground for
homogeneity in the complex political scenario of post-independence India.

The book will appeal to academics
interested in political science, sociology, and cultural and social
anthropology.
</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is Professor of Asian History at
Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-87358-29-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Delhi: Ancient
History</td><td>Upinder Singh
align: justify">NOT MANY people know that the busy and bustling capital
city of Delhi and its surroundings have a long past,
going back thousands of years. Prehistoric stone tools have surfaced here and many
ancient remains have been found, sometimes accidentally by farmers tilling their
fields, and at other times by archaeologists carrying out systematic excavations. A
mound one passes everyday or a narrow strip of stream tells a story of ancient
times. Centuries of history coexist with metro stations and plush cars. The
readings in this book give us glimpses of the lives of people who lived in the
Delhi area over the centuries, and how these details have been pieced together by
historians. It brings into focus the importance of the historian’s method and the
sources of information found in ancient texts, archaeology and even legends and
folklore, sometimes hanging on the thread of a slender historical fact. The
editor of the volume, points to the urgency of further exploration and
documentation to fill in the still all-too-meagre details of Delhi’s ancient
history. However, she ends on a note of caution, bordering on alarm, when she
points out that invaluable evidence of the city’s past is being extensively
destroyed due to quarrying and the construction of new roads and buildings. Such
activities are an integral part of the modernization of a living city but the
balance between modernization and the preservation of ancient remains is indeed
very fragile and needs to be maintained from an informed and realistic perspective.
This collection of essays has been put together by a teacher for students of
history, but will also be of enormous value to a large number of other interested
readers. </td><td>Upinder Singh teaches ancient Indian
history at the University of Delhi.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4292-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Demography and
Democracy: Essays on Nationalism, Gender and Ideology</td><td>Himani
Bannerji</td><td>2011</td><td>284</td><td>1550.0000</td><td>Demography and
Democracy deals with different aspects of hegemony,
nationalism, criteria for citizenship and democracy. In the process this book
examines complexities of civil society involving culture, class, politics and the
relations between civil society and the state. Nationalism in plural terms,
decolonisation, as well as analysis of ideology, including contemporary political
ideologies, are the overarching themes of this book. The author explores the
complexities of modern-day nationalisms from the perspective of marxist anti-
colonial feminism. Focusing on ethnic nationalism and the racialised nature of
imperialism of our time, the volume draws on examples from India, Israel, United
States and its allies. Cultural political identities of the Hindu right, Zionism
and other religious fundamentalisms are discussed in detail.
The author explores the
connections between ideology and politics across regional national spaces. She
shows the overlapping features between Hindutva in India and Zionism in Israel.
This involves an examination of the constitution of cultural/ethnic identities in
terms of the construction of the self and ‘the other’. The essays also carry on a
sustained analysis of how patriarchy provides a taken-for-granted mediation
through which the self and ‘other’ relationships are constituted.
The volume will be useful to
students and scholars of sociology, political science, women’s studies and
history, as well as those interested in contemporary South
Asia.</td><td>Himani Banerji is Professor of
Sociology, York University, Ontario.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-6235-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Desire and
Defiance: A Study of Bengali Women in Love, 1850-1930</td><td>Aparna
Power is the key element of patriarchy; and the other significant element
is love. Traditional control over women’s sexuality was rearticulated in the mid-
nineteenth century through the ideology of a non-consensual, non-dissoluble
conjugality, based on the wife’s unconditional fidelity and loyalty to her
husband. Intertwined with this control was the fear that women would transgress,
fears that even led to a backlash against representations of women’s deviant love
in novels, and attempts to prevent women from reading. Despite these restrictions,
some women did follow their desires, in defiance of social norms.
Desire and Defiance retells story of heterosexual
love in Bengal from the woman’s perspective. Focusing primarily on upper-caste
Bengali women from both Hindu and Brahmo backgrounds, this book explores aspects
of heterosexual intimacy that were considered transgressive by upper-caste Hindu
society. Resisting societal attempts to confine their sexuality, many upper-caste
Hindu and Brahmo women married (or remarried) according to their own choice, or
engaged in non-marital and extra-marital intimacy. However, as the book shows,
such transgression usually led to harassment, familial and social ostracism, and
severe social sanctions. The colonial bureaucracy, judiciary and media exercised
control over women’s sexuality through laws and strictures, highlighting the way
patriarchy transcended the divide between the public and the private, the
coloniser and the colonised.
Providing a feminist understanding of the high-caste Hindu/Brahmo woman’s
varied and mostly unrewarding experiences of intimacy outside the bounds of
normative relationships, this book provides a glimpse into the deeply gendered
world of love. Interesting and informative, this book will be useful to students
and scholars of women’s studies, history, sociology and culture studies.
</td><td>Aparna Bandyopadhyay is Associate Professor,
Department of History, Lady Brabourne College,
Kolkata.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-374-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dharmanand
Kosambi: The Essential Writings</td><td>Meera
Kosambi</td><td>2013</td><td>438</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Th
e life and writings of Dharmanand Kosambi (1876–1947), pioneering
scholar of Pali and Buddhist Studies, comprise the substance of this book.

Born in rural Goa, Dharmanand came under the spell of the Buddha’s
teachings during his adolescence. As described in his long autobiographical memoir
(included here), at an early age he set off on an incredible journey of austere
self-training across the length and breadth of Britain’s Indian Empire, halting to
educate himself at places connected with Buddhism. His sojourns included living in
Sri Lanka to master Pali as a novitiate-scholar, in a Burmese cave as a
bhikshu, and in some viharas of North
India—begging for monastic sustenance—as well as in Nepal and Sikkim which he
reached after arduous, sometimes barefoot, treks. Over these itinerant years
Dharmanand acquired such mastery of the Buddhist canon that he was variously
appointed to teach and research at Calcutta, Baroda, Harvard, and
Leningrad.
As a thinker Dharmanand blended Buddhist ethics, Mahatma Gandhi’s
philosophy of truth and non-violence, and the ideals of socialism. He exchanged
letters with the Mahatma, worked for his causes, and died in the approved
Buddhist/Jain manner by voluntary starvation at Sevagram ashram. Arguably, no
Indian scholar’s life has been as exemplary as Dharmanand’s, or has approximated as
closely to the nobility and saintliness of the Mahatma’s. 
Despite his mastery of several languages, Dharmanand chose to write in
Marathi because of his strong region-specific commitment. Consequently, very few
today are familiar with his copious output in Buddhist Studies, and fewer still
with his contribution to social and political thought.
By translating and marshalling his most significant writings, Meera
Kosambi shows the manifold dimensions of Dharmanand’s personality, and the
profoundly moral character of his intellectual journeys. Her Introduction also
contextualizes the life, career, and achievement of one of modern India’s greatest
scholar-savants. </td><td>Meera Kosambi is a
sociologist trained in India, Sweden, and the USA. She has specialized in Urban
Studies and Women’s Studies. She was formerly Professor and Director of the
Research Centre for Women’s Studies at the SNDT Women’s University in Mumbai. She
has taught, lectured, and published widely in India and abroad. Her books include
Returning the American Gaze: Pandita Ramabai’s ‘The Peoples of the United
States’ (1889) (2003), Crossing Thresholds: Feminist Essays in
Social History (2007), and Feminist Vision or ‘Treason against
Men’? Kashibai Kanitkar and the Engendering of Marathi Literature
(2008). </td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-7824-303-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dharmanand
Kosambi: The Essential Writings - Edited, Translated, and with an
Introduction</td><td>Meera
Kosambi</td><td>2010</td><td>438</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The life and
writings of Dharmanand Kosambi (1876–1947),
pioneering scholar of Pali and Buddhist Studies, comprise the substance of this
book. 
Born in rural Goa, Dharmanand came under the spell of the Buddha’s
teachings during his adolescence. As described in his long autobiographical memoir
(included here), at an early age he set off on an incredible journey of austere
self-training across the length and breadth of Britain’s Indian Empire, halting to
educate himself at places connected with Buddhism. His sojourns included living in
Sri Lanka to master Pali as a novitiate-scholar, in a Burmese cave as a
bhikshu, and in some viharas of North
India—begging for monastic sustenance—as well as in Nepal and Sikkim which he
reached after arduous, sometimes barefoot, treks. Over these itinerant years
Dharmanand acquired such mastery of the Buddhist canon that he was variously
appointed to teach and research at Calcutta, Baroda, Harvard, and
Leningrad. As a thinker Dharmanand blended Buddhist ethics,
Mahatma Gandhi’s philosophy of truth and non-violence, and the ideals of
socialism. He exchanged letters with the Mahatma, worked for his causes, and died
in the approved Buddhist/Jain manner by voluntary starvation at Sevagram ashram.
Arguably, no Indian scholar’s life has been as exemplary as Dharmanand’s, or has
approximated as closely to the nobility and saintliness of the Mahatma’s.
 Despite his mastery of several languages, Dharmanand chose to
write in Marathi because of his strong region-specific commitment. Consequently,
very few today are familiar with his copious output in Buddhist Studies, and fewer
still with his contribution to social and political thought.
By translating and marshalling his most significant writings, Meera
Kosambi shows the manifold dimensions of Dharmanand’s personality, and the
profoundly moral character of his intellectual journeys. Her Introduction also
contextualizes the life, career, and achievement of one of modern India’s greatest
scholar-savants.</td><td>MEERA KOSAMBI is a sociologist trained
in India, Sweden, and the USA. She has specialized in Urban Studies and
Women’s Studies. She was formerly Professor and Director of the Research
Centre for Women’s Studies at the SNDT Women’s University in
Mumbai. She has taught, lectured, and published widely in India and abroad. Her
books include Returning the American Gaze: Pandita Ramabai’s
‘The Peoples of the United States’ (1889) (2003),
Crossing Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social History
(2007), and Feminist Vision or ‘Treason against
Men’? Kashibai Kanitkar and the Engendering of Marathi
Literature (2008).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3387-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dilli : Pracheen
Itihas (Hindi)</td><td>Upinder Singh
(Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>296</td><td>550.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi
edition of Delhi: Ancient History a collection of
essays on Delhi’s ancient history published by Social Science Press, New Delhi.
This collection of essays has been put together for a discipline centered course by
an eminent historian for the second year Honours students of Delhi University other
than History Honours students. The maximum marks for this paper is 50 and the
scores are supposed to be added to the main total of the student. The readings
of this book give us a glimpse of the lives of people who lived over the centuries
in the Delhi area, and how these details are pieced together by historians. The
book also brings in to focus the importance of the historians’ method and the
sources of information found in ancient texts, edicts and inscriptions, archaeology
and even legends and folklore, sometimes hanging on the thread of a slender
historical fact. This is the first book in the series of three titles published
by Orient BlackSwan for concurrent courses of History of Delhi University. The
other two in the pipeline are: Adhunik Bharat ka Sanskritic Itihas by Dilip M
Menon - forthcoming Madhyakaleen Bharat ka Sanskritic Itihas by Meenakshi Khanna
- under consideration</td><td>Dr Upinder Singh teaches
Ancient Indian History in the department of History at University of Delhi. Her
publications include Kings, Brahmanas and Temples in Orissa: An Epigraphic Study
(AD 300-1147), The Discovery of Ancient India: Early Archaeologists and Beginings
of Archaeology and Ancient Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-180-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Disciplines and
Movements: Conversations between India and the German-speaking World</td><td>Hans
Harder and Dhruv
Raina</td><td>2022</td><td>276</td><td>1115.0000</td><td>In India, the
modern university as a ‘teaching and examining body’ was set up as an instrument
of colonial governmentality in the late nineteenth century. At that time, while
many disciplines were still fluid, there was a distinct movement towards the
institutionalisation of disciplinary identities in South Asia. 
Disciplines and Movements studies this historical
period till a little after the end of colonialism in India through an exploration
of a set of conversations and transnational encounters between Indian and German-
speaking intellectuals and academicians at this time. These academics include such
important names as Albert Einstein, Girindrasekhar Bose, Sigmund Freud, Swami
Vivekananda, and Rabindranath Tagore. 
These discussions and conversations shaped the contours of disciplines
such as psychology and sociology, and of course, in a different way, Indology.
Moving away from the customary binary of Eastern and Western knowledge forms, the
chapters show how these exchanges helped to shape and define the identity of the
modern sciences and social sciences. 
Coming from a wide range of disciplines, the chapter authors highlight
little-known, yet key aspects of these encounters: the critical role of
translation in facilitating – and, at times, distorting – flows of knowledge;
exchanges between Indian and German/Austrian scientists between the two World
Wars; German disciplinary engagements with India in the fields of sociology,
psychology, and media theory; and the extent and nature of the closeness of Indian
and German thought in relation to fascism and National
Socialism.</td><td>Hans Harder is Professor,
Modern South Asian Languages and Literatures, South Asia Institute, CATS,
Heidelberg University.
Dhruv Raina is Professor, Zakir Husain Centre for

Educational Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Delhi.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6047-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Discounted Life:
The Price of Global Surrogacy in India</td><td>Sharmila
Rudrappa</td><td>2015</td><td>224</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>
India is the top provider of surrogacy services in the world, with a
multi-million dollar surrogacy industry that continues to grow exponentially, as
increasing numbers of couples from developed nations look for wombs in which to
grow their babies. Some scholars have exulted transnational surrogacy for the
possibilities it opens for infertile couples, while others have offered bioethical
cautionary tales, rebuked exploitative intended parents, or lamented the
exploitation of surrogate mothers. However, very little is known about the
experience of and transaction between surrogate mothers and intended parents
outside the lens of the many agencies that control surrogacy in India.
 Drawing from rich interviews with surrogate mothers and egg donors in
Bangalore, Discounted Life focuses on the processes of social and
market exchange in transnational surrogacy. Sharmila Rudrappa interrogates
the creation and maintenance of reproductive labor markets, the function of
agencies and surrogacy brokers, and how women become surrogate mothers.
 The author argues that this reproductive industry is organized to

control and disempower women workers and yet her interviews reveal that, by and
large, the surrogate mothers in Bangalore found the experience life affirming.
Rudrappa explores this tension, and the lived realities of many surrogate mothers
whose deepening bodily commodification is paradoxically experienced as a
revitalizing life development.
 A detailed and moving study, Discounted

Life delineates how local labor markets intertwine with global
reproduction industries, how Bangalore’s surrogate mothers make sense of their
participation in reproductive assembly lines, and the remarkable ways in which they
negotiate positions of power for themselves in progressively untenable socio-
economic conditions.
This book would be useful to students and scholars of Sociology and Women and
Gender Studies.
</td><td>Sharmila Rudrappa is Associate
Professor in Sociology and the Center for Women and Gender Studies at the
University of Texas at Austin, where she is also director of the Center for Asian
American Studies.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-263-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Displaying
India’s Heritage: Archaeology and the Museum Movement in Colonial
India</td><td>Madhuparna
Roychowdhury</td><td>2018</td><td>400</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
Displaying India’s Heritage describes the
history of museum-making in the Indian subcontinent in the 1800s and 1900s with
special emphasis on the experience of Bengal. It details the connection between the
museum movement and the broader political and cultural environment of the
time.
The central discussion focuses on the colonial Indian Museum in Calcutta, which
began as a natural history collection and soon became a repository of
archaeological artefacts from across the subcontinent. The emerging contest between
imperialism and nationalism shaped the visualisation in the display boxes here. In
describing this history, the book also highlights the complex relationship between
knowledge and power.
During the period of high nationalism, when regional histories—often blended with
mythical narratives—became popular, scientific history writing placed an emphasis
on archaeological knowledge. Local museums began asserting their right over
excavated artefacts and princely states presented the pre-eminent position of their
families through palace museums; through these histories of provincial and local
museums, the book shows how museum-making was intimately tied to competing
political loyalties and identities. It presents a convincing case to consider
museums as a modern public sphere where the territorial and cultural bases of
nationhood were negotiated.
Issuing from strong archival research, Displaying India’s
Heritage draws a connection between the ‘culture of history’—
constituted by the knowledge of history and the historical imagination of people—
and a series of individual endeavours in history-writing, collecting and museum-
building. This volume will interest students of modern Indian cultural history,
museology, archaeology and cultural studies.
</td><td>Madhuparna Roychowdhury is Assistant Professor
in the Department of Ancient Indian History and Culture, University of Calcutta,
Kolkata.
<td>978-81-250-5902-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Displaying India’s
Heritage: Archaeology and the Museum Movement in Colonial India</td><td>Madhuparna
Roychowdhury</td><td>2015</td><td>400</td><td>1675.0000</td><td>
Displaying India’s Heritage describes the history of
museum-making in the Indian subcontinent in the 1800s and 1900s with special
emphasis on the experience of Bengal. It details the connection between the
museum movement and the broader political and cultural environment of the
time. 
The central discussion focuses on the colonial Indian Museum in Calcutta, which
began as a natural history collection and soon became a repository of
archaeological artefacts from across the subcontinent. The emerging contest
between imperialism and nationalism shaped the visualisation in the display boxes
here. In describing this history, the book also highlights the complex relationship
between knowledge and power. 
During the period of high nationalism, when regional histories—often blended
with mythical narratives—became popular, scientific history writing placed an
emphasis on archaeological knowledge. Local museums began asserting their right
over excavated artefacts and princely states presented the pre-eminent position of
their families through palace museums; through these histories of provincial and
local museums, the book shows how museum-making was intimately tied to competing
political loyalties and identities. It presents a convincing case to consider
museums as a modern public sphere where the territorial and cultural bases of
nationhood were negotiated. 
Issuing from strong archival research, Displaying India’s
Heritage draws a connection between the ‘culture of history’—
constituted by the knowledge of history and the historical imagination of people—
and a series of individual endeavours in history-writing, collecting and museum-
building. This volume will interest students of modern Indian cultural history,
museology, archaeology and cultural studies.
</td><td>
Madhuparna Roychowdhury is Assistant
Professor in the Department of Ancient Indian History and Culture, University of
Calcutta, Kolkata.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-462-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Document Raj:
Writing and Scribes in Early Colonial South India</td><td>Bhavani
Raman</td><td>2018</td><td>292</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Historians of
British colonial rule in India have noted both the place of military might and the
imposition of new cultural categories in the making of empire. Bhavani Raman
uncovers a lesser-known story of power: the power of bureaucracy. Drawing on
extensive archival research in the files of the East India Company’s administrative
offices in Madras, she tells the story of a bureaucracy gone awry in a fever of
documentation practices that grew ever more abstract—and the power, both economic
and cultural, this created.In order to assert its legitimacy and
value, the East India Company was diligent about record keeping. Raman shows,
however, that the sheer volume of their document production allowed colonial
managers to subtly but substantively manipulate records for their own ends,
increasingly drawing the real and the recorded further apart. While this
administrative sleight of hand increased the company’s reach and power, it also
bolstered profoundly new orientations to language, writing, memory, and pedagogy
for the officers and Indian subordinates involved.Immersed in a
subterranean world of delinquent scribes, translators, village accountants, and
entrepreneurial fixers, Document Raj maps the shifting boundaries of the legible
and illegible, the legal and illegitimate, that would usher India into the modern
world.
</td><td>Bhavani Raman is an Associate Professor of
History at the University of Toronto, Canada. She is now writing about the early
history of extraordinary laws and emergency under East India Company rule in South
Asia. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-663-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Domesticity And
Power In The Early Mughal World: Historicizing the Haram</td><td>Ruby
Lal</td><td>2022</td><td>266</td><td>695.0000</td><td>In what is widely
seen as a pioneering work, Ruby Lal explores Mughal domestic life and feminine
actions vital to the Mughal Empire. Aligning with feminist interventions in Ottoman
and Safavid histories, she remaps the traditional Orientalist pictures of the
Mughal haram and reveals a complex society in which noble men and women negotiated
their daily public-political affairs while on the road, and in inner chambers and
outer courts.</td><td>RUBY LAL is an
acclaimed historian of India and Professor of South Asian History at Emory
University. Her recent biography, Empress: The Astonishing Reign of Nur
Jahan (2018) was a Finalist in History for the Los Angeles Times Book
Prize and won the Georgia Author of the Year Award in
Biography.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-90122-86-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dust and Smoke:
Air Pollution and Colonial Urbanism, India, c.1860–c.1940</td><td>Awadhendra
Sharan</td><td>2020</td><td>344</td><td>975.0000</td><td>Air pollution is
now the world’s leading environmental risk factor. It reportedly causes 5 million
deaths globally, India and China alone contributing 1.2 million deaths each. With
increased inconveniences and suffering on account of the poor quality of outdoor
and indoor air in India, it is imperative to look at how air is impacted by our
activities, how it is regulated, and how it affects spaces and bodies across class
and gender.
Dust and Smoke examines the history of smoke as a
nuisance in Indian cities, particularly in colonial Calcutta and Bombay. It
studies the varied sources of energy used for domestic and industrial purposes,
the persistence of old trades, the organisation of industrial production,
labouring practices, and urban development projects which produced new sites of
work, habitats and commodities on the one hand, and smoke and dust on the
other.
The author explores the different attitudes of government and industry to
this persistent problem through three phases—the municipal intervention phase from
the 1860s to the 1890s; the setting up of the Smoke Nuisances Commissions as
regulatory authorities to prosecute violators; and the post–First World War phase
with emphasis on energy conservation and scientific awareness. He examines the
fallacy behind the notion that rural and urban spaces—nature and cities—are
antithetical to one another, rather than being enmeshed in a complex network of
social, economic, political and environmental dynamics.
Relying on municipal archives, reports of the Smoke Nuisances
Commissions, newspaper accounts, commercial advertisements for smoke-free
appliances, etc., this book offers a unique historical study of air pollution in
India. It will interest students and researchers in sociology, politics, urban
studies, environmental studies and labour studies, and also those engaged in
activism, policymaking and the regulation of urban
air.</td><td>Awadhendra Sharan is
Professor, Centre for the Study of Developing Societies,
<td>978-81-250-5569-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Duty, Destiny and
Glory: The Life of C. P. Ramaswami Aiyar</td><td>A.
Raghu</td><td>2014</td><td>216</td><td>975.0000</td><td>C. P. Ramaswami
Aiyar, famously known as C.P., was born in 1879 to a marriage that was a
celebrated union of two leading Tamil Brahmin families. He became one of India’s
greatest constitutional lawyers, a passionate general secretary of the Indian
National Congress, a loyal dewan of the princely state of Travancore and vice-
chancellor of two different universities simultaneously. In the midst of a
lecturing tour at universities in London and Oxford in 1966, C.P. breathed his
last. 
Inheriting an immense fortune through his mother, and an iron resolve to pursue
academic excellence from his father, C.P. was the ‘prize boy’ at school and
college, and he quickly rose to become a top lawyer at the Madras bar. He also
became the youngest advocate-general of Madras. His undying zeal took him to the
governor’s executive council, the viceroy’s executive council and the League of
Nations. And as he advised the maharaja of Travancore through political intrigues,
he grew unpopular and narrowly escaped an assassination attempt. 
This biographer presents C.P.’s life through the diligent execution of his
duties; an obedient son, a nurturing senior lawyer, a lieutenant in the Besantine
Congress faction, an administrator dedicated to nation building and social reform,
and an academic in relentless pursuit of intellectual excellence. We are shown a
man who inherits the will to prove the stars wrong and script his own destiny,
establishing a legacy in legal, political and academic worlds. And this glory—with
its accompanying very human failings—has been told with an elegance that is too
charming to miss. 
Duty, Destiny and Glory will interest students of biography,
modern Indian history and political science, as well as the general
reader.</td><td>A. RAGHU is Associate
Professor of English, Thangal Kunju Musaliar College of Arts and Science, Kollam,
Kerala.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-650-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Early Buddhist
Society: The World of Gautama Buddha</td><td>Xinru
Liu</td><td>2022</td><td>224</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
What might daily life have been like in the time of the Buddha in the
sixth century BC? Who were some of the rulers, monks, philosophers, devotees, and
doctors with whom the Buddha would have interacted and had discussions? What was
involved in spreading the message of Buddhism and setting up the Buddhist
sangha (order)? What were the schisms and factions, and the
nature of opposition to Buddhism from Brahmin hegemony? These are among the many
questions asked and answered in this book.
A great deal is known about Buddhist tenets and doctrine, but very little
exists on the lived context of the Buddha himself. Early Buddhist texts in Pali
reveal a society in ways that other texts relating to Buddhism – including the
Brahmanical literature – do not. Xinru Liu reads this literature to argue that the
historical Buddha does not really exist in the imagination of most people, neither
among Buddhists nor in others. This book plugs a large gap in our understanding of
Buddhism. 
Several misconceptions are eliminated through Xinru Liu’s richly
scholarly yet accessible and imaginative account of society in the time of the
Buddha. Gender, religion, and caste in early India come alive in this book for
students, teachers, and everyone interested in the living universe of India 2500
years ago.
</td><td>XINRU LIU is Professor Emeritus of early Indian history and world
history at the College of New Jersey, and honorary visiting professor at the
Institute of World History, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences. Professor Liu had
little formal schooling: a peasant and then a factory worker during the Chinese
cultural revolution, she taught herself English and history and got her PhD in
1985 from the University of Pennsylvania. Her revised dissertation,
Ancient India and Ancient China: Trade and Religious Exchanges, A.D. 1–
600 (1988), won the award for Outstanding Research Works done between
1977 and 1991 from the Chinese Academy of Social
Sciences.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-5611-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Early Medieval
Indian Society : A Study in Feudalisation</td><td>R.S. Sharma With a Prologue by
Jaya Tyagi</td><td>2014</td><td>424</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
The traditional view of feudalism, defined by scholars like Karl Marx and
Marc Bloch, describes a system where a dominant social group controlled ownership
of land and enjoyed the benefits of labour of servile serfs who toiled to generate
produce from land. While this model was based on conditions in Europe, Marx felt
that this did not apply to medieval India as most peasants were technically free
land-owners.
R.S.Sharma goes beyond this traditional view of feudalism.In
hisEarly Medieval Indian Society,he shows how dominant groups
used techniques such as land-grants, control of common services, caste and
religion to gain control over the means of production. R.S. Sharma explains how
despite differences from the European model of feudalisation, similarities in
economic traits like decline of towns and long-distance trade, reduction in the
usage of metal coins and the establishment of a subsidiary market economy made the
feudal model a useful tool to understand this period. He uses feudalism to trace
the emergence of early medieval India and to also understand developments in art,
religion, literature, polity and society.
The Prologue to this edition is a fitting tribute to the author by Jaya
Sinha Tyagi, a historian of ancient Indian history. Analysing R.S. Sharma’s
pioneering study, she charts this erudite historian’s contribution to the
transformation of the study of early medieval India. She also explains why this
book continues to serve as a critical resource material for tracing the economic
changes in history.
R.S. Sharma’s seminal work will be invaluable for students, scholars and
teachers of ancient and medieval Indian history. It will be useful to readers
interested in studying transitions in socio-cultural ideologies and institutions
from the early medieval times.
</td><td>R. S. Sharma was Emeritus Professor of History, Patna
University. Earlier, he taught at the universities of Toronto and
Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-363-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ecological
Nationalisms: Nature, Livelihoods, and Identities in South Asia</td><td>Gunnel
Cederlöf and K.
Sivaramakrishnan</td><td>2012</td><td>400</td><td>595.0000</td><td>How do
we recognize and understand the interactions between nature, nationness, and
nationalism? How is nature appropriated by politics when asserting identity,
interests, and rights? 
Drawing from South Asia’s varying regions, the essays in this
pathbreaking volume answer such questions. They range in time from early colonial
history to the end of the twentieth century, and their research locations extend
from north-west Pakistan to eastern Bangladesh, and from Meghalaya in north-east
India to the Kerala coast in the
south-west.The authors deploy methods from history, geography, anthropology,
religious studies, and forest ecology. The topics covered include forests,
agriculture, marine fisheries, parks, sacred landscapes, property rights, trade,
and economic development. 
Collectively, the work in this books takes environmental
scholarship into novel territory by exploring how questions of national
identity become entangled with nature-devotion. Important new insights are offered
into the motivations of colonial and national governments when controlling or
managing nature. Fresh perspectives emerge on varieties of regional political
conflict that invoke nationalist sentiment through claims on nature. Thereby, this
volume also offers new ways of thinking about nationalism.
This book will interest historians and political scientists, sociologists
and anthropologists, ecologists and environmentalists, and scholars of religion
and South Asia.</td><td>GUNNEL CEDERLöF is
Associate Professor of History, Uppsala University, Sweden.
K. Sivaramakrishnan is Professor of Anthropology and International
Studies, and Director, National Resource Center for South Asian Studies,
University of Washington, Seattle,
USA.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-87358-55-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Economics and is
Stories</td><td>Amal
Sanyal</td><td>2012</td><td>260</td><td>650.0000</td><td><str
ong>Economics and its Stories demystifies technical
terminology and goes to the heart of the matter. 
The narrative of the book starts with the birth of economics from
societal anxieties of pre-industrial Europe. It then follows up its growth into a
self-conscious and assertive discipline. Along with the account, Amal Sanyal,
with his characteristic lucidity of style, is able to breathe life into the
colourful 18th, 19th and 20th century gurus such as Smith,
Ricardo, Marx, Walras, Keynes. The narrative strings together the events and
traditions of the era of these mentors with the economics they developed and
controversies around them. In the process the book explains the concepts that
are indispensable for understanding our economic world today. 
Economics and its
stories has chapters on the theory of markets; market
failure and the role of the government; the labour market and unemployment; money
and finance; international economics and globalisation; and economic development.

The book should appeal to the interested reader as well as students of
economics. </td><td>Amal
Sanyal teaches economics at Lincoln University, New Zealand. He has
taught and interacted with many other universities, including Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi. He has worked in theoretical macroeconomics, political
economy and developmental policy. He has written on public policy issues in India
and contributed to development planning in Mauritius. He has also contributed to
theoretical research in governance, corruption and tax evasion. His work has
appeared in journals like Economica, Public Choice, Journal of Comparative
Economics, Journal of Post Keynesian Economics and Economic and Political
Weekly.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-002-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Elementary
Aspects of the Political: Histories from the Global South</td><td>Prathama
Banerjee</td><td>2021</td><td>284</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Elementary Aspects of the Political studies the rise
of modern politics in India between the late nineteenth and mid-twentieth
centuries in the encounter between colonial modern, classical Indian, Indo-Persian
and regional vernacular ideas.  It unpacks the modern conception of the
political into four elementary aspects – Self, Action, Idea and People – and shows
how each element is structured around a conceptual instability, rendering its very
elementary status questionable. 
  
Thus, the political self is split by the tension between renunciation and
realpolitik; action is driven by the contradiction between labour and
nishakama karma, each with its distinctive means-end
configuration; the idea torn by its troubled relationships with the economic and
the spiritual; and the people forever strung between being pure structure, namely
the political party, and being pure fiction, namely the protagonist of theatre,
novel and poetry. 
        &am
p;nbsp;   
The book invites us to go beyond postcolonial and decolonial criticism and
produce new political theory, inspired by ideas and experiences of the non-
European world. 
This book will be of interest to scholars and students of history, philosophy,
political science, postcolonial theory, cultural and literary studies. 

</td><td>Prathama Banerjee is Professor at the Centre
for the Study of Developing Societies in Delhi.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-535-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Elephants And
Kings: An Environmental History</td><td>Thomas R.
Trautmann</td><td>2018</td><td>414</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
Because of their size, elephants have long been irresistible for kings as
symbols of eminence. In early civilizations—such as Egypt, Mesopotamia, the Indus
civilization, and China—elephants were used for royal sacrifice, spectacular
hunts, public displays, and their ivory—all aspects driving them toward
extinction. The kings of India, however, Thomas Trautmann shows, found a use for
elephants that actually helped preserve their habitat and numbers in the wild:
war. 
 
This book traces the history of the war elephant in India and its spread as an
institution from there to the West, where elephants featured within some of the
greatest wars of antiquity. Southeast Asia and China are also examined for
comparison and contrast within this environmental history spanning 3000 years and
covering a vast terrain, from Spain to Java. 
Trautmann shows Indian kings capturing wild elephants and training them,
one by one, through millennia. He reveals the political compulsions requiring the
protection of elephants from hunters and their forests from being cut down. Taking
a wide-angle view of human–elephant relations, he throws into relief the structure
of India’s environmental history and the reasons for the persistence of wild
elephants in its forests.
Written with uncommon flair and elegance, this is a monumental work of
environmental history using Indian antiquity as its entry point. It will interest
lay readers, historians, and environmentalists.
</td><td>Thomas R. Trautmann is Emeritus Professor of
the University of Michigan, where he taught the history of ancient India and the
anthropology of kinship. Some of his books are Dravidian
kinship (1981), Aryans and British India (1997),
The Aryan debate (2005), Languages and nations: the
Dravidian proof in colonial Madras (2006), The clash of
chronologies: ancient India in the modern world (2009), India:
brief history of a civilization (2011) and Arthashastra: the
science of wealth (2012).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-391-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Elephants and
Kings: An Environmental History</td><td>Thomas R.
Trautmann</td><td>2015</td><td>414</td><td>995.0000</td><td><div>Because of
their size, elephants have long been irresistible for kings as symbols of eminence.
In early civilizations—such as Egypt, Mesopotamia, the Indus civilization, and
China—elephants were used for royal sacrifice, spectacular hunts, public displays,
and their ivory—all aspects driving them toward extinction. The kings of India,
however, Thomas Trautmann shows, found a use for elephants that actually helped
preserve their habitat and numbers in the wild:
war.</div><div> </div><div>This book traces the
history of the war elephant in India and its spread as an institution from there to
the West, where elephants featured within some of the greatest wars of antiquity.
Southeast Asia and China are also examined for comparison and contrast within this
environmental history spanning 3000 years and covering a vast terrain, from Spain
to Java. </div><div> </div><div>Trautmann shows Indian kings capturing wild elephants
and training them, one by one, through millennia. He reveals the political
compulsions requiring the protection of elephants from hunters and their forests
from being cut down. Taking a wide-angle view of human–elephant relations, he
throws into relief the structure of India’s environmental history and the reasons
for the persistence of wild elephants in its
forests.</div><div> </div><div>Written with
uncommon flair and elegance, this is a monumental work of environmental history
using Indian antiquity as its entry point. It will interest lay readers,
historians, and environmentalists.</div></td><td>Thomas R. Trautmann
is Emeritus Professor of the University of Michigan, where he taught the history of
ancient India and the anthropology of kinship.  Some of his books are
Dravidian kinship
(1981), Aryans and British
India (1997), The
Aryan debate (2005), Languages and nations: the Dravidian proof in colonial Madras (2006),
The clash of chronologies: ancient
India in the modern world (2009), India: brief history of a civilization (2011) and
Arthashastra: the science of
wealth (2012).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-351-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Empire and
Nation: Essential Writings 1985-2005</td><td>Partha
Chatterjee</td><td>2012</td><td>376</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This book brings together some of the most
significant and best-known writings of Partha
Chatterjee. It includes his pathbreaking interventions in the
theoretical analysis of nationalism, as well as several of his pieces on the
political, intellectual, and cultural history of nationalism. 
The volume also contains
Chatterjee’s provocative and theoretically innovative essays analysing the
phenomenon of democracy in a post-colonial country like India. There are also
examples of his early engagement with agrarian politics, and his life-long
participation in the project of Subaltern Studies. 
A special feature of this book is
the sampling it provides of Partha Chatterjee’s best short journalistic pieces, of
humorous and stylistically brilliant book reviews, and the first translations into
English of some of his Bengali essays. This is the most comprehensive single
volume encompassing the full range of the work of one of India’s most original
social scientists. 
An Introduction by Nivedita Menon
(Professor of Politics at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi), outlines and
critiques Chatterjee’s ideas, their range, their importance, and their influence
in political thought today.    
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">PARTHA CHATTERJEE is
Professor of Political Science at the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences,
Calcutta, and Professor of Anthropology at Columbia University, New York. He is a
founder-member of ‘Subaltern Studies’. His several books include The
Nation and Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories (1993),
A Princely Impostor? The Kumar of Bhawal and the
Secret History of Indian Nationalism (2002), and The Politics
of the Governed: Reflections on Popular Politics in Most of the World
(2004).</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-267-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Empire and Nation:
Essential Writings 1985-2005</td><td>Partha
Chatterjee</td><td>2010</td><td>376</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This book
brings together some of the most significant and best-known writings of Partha
Chatterjee. It includes his pathbreaking interventions in the theoretical analysis
of nationalism, as well as several of his pieces on the political, intellectual,
and cultural history of nationalism. The volume also contains
Chatterjee’s provocative and theoretically innovative essays analysing the
phenomenon of democracy in a post-colonial country like India. There are also
examples of his early engagement with agrarian politics, and his life-long
participation in the project of Subaltern Studies. 
A special feature of this book is the sampling it provides of Partha
Chatterjee’s best short journalistic pieces, of humorous and stylistically
brilliant book reviews, and the first translations into English of some of his
Bengali essays. This is the most comprehensive single volume encompassing the full
range of the work of one of India’s most original social scientists.
An Introduction by Nivedita Menon (Professor of Politics at Jawaharlal
Nehru University, New Delhi), outlines and critiques Chatterjee’s ideas, their
range, their importance, and their influence in political thought today.
</td><td>Partha Chatterjee is Professor of Political Science at the
Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta, and Professor of Anthropology at
Columbia University, New York. He is a founder-member of ‘Subaltern
Studies’. His several books include The Nation and Its
Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories (1993), A
Princely Impostor? The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History
of Indian Nationalism (2002), and The Politics of the
Governed: Reflections on Popular Politics in Most of the World
(2004).</td><td>IN,NP,BD,BT,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-196-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Empire of Books,
An: The Naval Kishore Press and the Diffusion of the Printed Word in Colonial
India</td><td>Ulrike
Stark</td><td>2007</td><td>606</td><td>995.0000</td><td>The history of the
book and the commercialization of print in the nineteenth century remain largely
uncharted areas in South Asia. This major monograph on the legendary Naval Kishore
Press of Lucknow (est. 1858)—then the foremost publishing house in the subcontinent
—represents something of a breakthrough. It analyses an Indian publisher’s
engagement in the field of cultural production with a detail and rigour hitherto
unknown. Describing early centres and pioneers of print in North India, the
author traces the coming of the book in Hindi and Urdu. The career of Munshi Naval
Kishore (1836–95) is viewed as exemplifying the publisher’s rise to prominence in
the colonial public sphere. Ulrike Stark examines the publishing house in its roles
as commercial enterprise and intellectual centre. Against a backdrop of cultural,
social, and economic developments, she analyses the production of scholarly and
popular books in religion, medicine, historiography, and literature, identifying
the contributions of individual scholars, literati, and translators associated with
the press. The business relationship between publisher and colonial government
receives special attention as an example of the transactional character of the
colonial encounter. Aspects of patronage, competition, and contested agency in
textbook production are foregrounded. Concluding with an analysis of patterns
of Hindi and Urdu publishing, the book portrays the Naval Kishore Press as an
intellectual microcosm reflecting a still vibrant composite culture. This book
is invaluable for anyone interested in print culture, intellectual networks, and
the cultural history of modern India.</td><td>ULRIKE STARK has until
recently been Senior Assistant Professor in the Department of Modern South Asian
Studies, South Asia Institute of Heidelberg University. She now teaches in the
Department of South Asian Languages and Civilizations at the University of
Chicago.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4562-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Engines of
Change: The Railroads That Made India</td><td>Ian J.
Kerr</td><td>2012</td><td>236</td><td>1345.0000</td><td>The railway,
handmaiden of British colonial rule in India and midwife of South Asian
nationalisms, was at the infrastructural core of the making of modern India. Few
dimensions of India and Indian life—political, economic, cultural, spatial—escaped
the shaping influences of the engines of change. 
This book provides the non-specialist with an introduction to the history
of India’s railways, and to the many ways the railways shaped the making of modern
India. Engines of Change is a
brief, readable, contextualized introduction to India’s railway past. The railway
history of India is placed in a broad setting to illustrate the many ways in which
the railways made India, and the ways in which wider forces, notably colonialism,
shaped the railways India got. 
Operating railways in India date from 1853 and by 1900 the network of
lines in India was the world’s fourth longest. India provided the pre-eminent
example of railway development in Asia and Africa. Today, the Indian rail
system continues to rank among the world’s largest.
</td><td>Ian J. Kerr is a retired professor of History and
Senior Scholar in the Department of History at the University of Manitoba, Canada.
He is also Professorial Research Associate in the Department of History at the
School of Oriental and African Studies at the University of London. His
publications include 27 Down: New Departures in Indian Railway
Studies.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-292-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>English and Other
International Languages - Volume 37 - People's Linguistic Survey of
India</td><td>G. N. Devy and T. Vijay
Kumar</td><td>2018</td><td>232</td><td>1550.0000</td><td>English
and Other International Languages (People’s Linguistic Survey of India,
Volume 37) discusses the status of English and other foreign languages which
continue to have a presence in India. While Section I discusses the complex
progression of English in the Indian linguistic scene and its increasing acceptance
among the people here, Section II describes the status and development of eight
other international languages in use in India. The volume also observes how India’s
engagement with foreign cultures has enriched the multilingual mosaic of the
country. </td><td>
G. N. Devy is the chief editor of the PLSI
series. He taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda, till 1996 before
leaving to set up the Bhasha Research Centre in Baroda and the Adivasi Akademi at
Tejgadh. There, he worked towards conserving and promoting the languages and
culture of indigenous and nomadic communities. Apart from being awarded the Padma
Shree, he has received many awards for his work in literature and language
conservation.
T. Vijay Kumar, the Volume Editor, is a
Professor of English at Osmania University, Hyderabad. In 2013, he designed and
taught a course on the Indian Novel in English at The University of Utah. His
publications include critical studies: Globalisation: Australian-Asian
Perspectives (co-ed; 2014) and Focus India: Postcolonial
Narratives of the Nation (co-ed; 2007), and translations from Telugu
into English: Volga’s Vimukta as The Liberation of
Sita (co-trans; 2016) and Gurajada Venkata Appa Rao’s early-20th
century classic Kanyasulkam (co-trans; 2002).  He is
one of the Directors of the annual Hyderabad Literary Festival.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-349-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>English Heart,
Hindi Heart land: The Political Life of Literature in India</td><td>Rashmi
Sadana</td><td>2012</td><td>240</td><td>795.0000</td><td>English Heart, Hindi Heartland
examines Delhi’s postcolonial literary world—its institutions, prizes, publishers,
writers, and translators, and the cultural geographies of key neighbourhoods in
light of colonial histories and the globalization of English. 
Rashmi Sadana places
internationally recognized authors such as Salman Rushdie, Anita Desai, and Vikram
Seth in the context of debates within India about the politics of language, and
alongside regionally recognized writers such as K. Satchidanandan, Shashi
Deshpande, and Geetanjali Shree. She undertakes an ethnographic study of literary
culture, probing the connections between place, language, and text in order to
show what language comes to stand for in people’s lives. 
In so doing she unmasks a social
discourse rife with questions of authenticity and the cultural politics of
inclusion and exclusion. She illustrates how the notion of what is considered
authentic not only obscures larger questions relating to caste, religious, and
gender identities, but that the authenticity discourse itself is continually in
flux. To extract cultural capital from India’s linguistic hierarchies, writers
deploy what Sadana calls ‘literary nationality’. 
Her book argues that English in
India, and the way it is positioned among the country’s other languages, does not
represent a fixed pole, but rather serves to change political and literary
alliances among classes and castes, often in surprising
ways.</td><td>Rashmi Sadana is Visiting Assistant
Professor, Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of
Technology (IIT), Delhi.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4506-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Environment,
Technology and Development: Critical and Subversive Essays</td><td>Rohan
D’Souza</td><td>2012</td><td>404</td><td>875.0000</td><td>Drawn from the  rich archival holdings of the
Economic and Political Weekly,
theessays in this volume capture the intense discussions
in India that were debated as problems and questions over the environment,
technology and development. As a collection, this volume proposes a fresh and new
analytical coherence for these essays by resituating  them with an
engaging  introduction under the broader themes of criticality and
subversion. Consequently, these writings will speak not only to several
contemporary academic and policy concerns but are also meant to provide a
meaningful sense of how ideas on the environment, technology and development were
interrelated and shaped in various types of political discourses in India, most
notably from the 1970s onwards.
This volume is intended to address the needs of a rapidly growing
interest in interdisciplinary programmes and will also carry appeal amongst
development and policy practitioners and those who wish to pursue
interdisciplinary research questions.</td><td><div style="text-
align: justify">Rohan D’Souza is Assistant Professor,
Centre for Studies in Science Policy, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-515-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Essays Of A
Lifetime: Reformers, Nationalists, Subalterns </td><td>Sumit
Sarkar</td><td>2017</td><td>640</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>For the past
forty years or more, the most influential, respected, and popular scholar of modern
Indian history has been Sumit Sarkar. When his first monograph, The Swadeshi
Movement in Bengal 1903–1908, appeared in 1973 it soon became obvious that the book
represented a paradigm shift within its genre. As one eminent historian put it when
the work was republished in 2010: “Very few monographs, if any, have ever rivalled
the meticulous research and the thick description that characterised this book, or
the lucidity of its exposition and the persuasive power of its overall
argument.”
Ten years later, Sarkar published Modern India 1885–1947, a textbook for
advanced students and teachers. Its synthesis and critique of everything
significant that had been written about the period was seen as monumental, lucid,
and the fashioning of a new way of looking at colonialism and
nationalism.
Sarkar, however, changed the face not only of modern Indian history
monographs and textbooks, he also radically altered the capacity of the historical
essay. As Beethoven stretched the sonata form beyond earlier conceivable limits,
Sarkar can be said to have expanded the academic essay. In his hands, the shorter
form becomes in miniature both monograph and textbook. The present collection,
which reproduces many of Sarkar’s finest writings, shows an intellectually
scintillating, sceptical-Marxist mind at its sharpest.
</td><td>Sumit Sarkar is unarguably India’s best-known
and most widely admired scholar of modern Indian history. His many books include
Writing Social History (1997), Beyond Nationalist Frames (2002), and Modern Times:
India 1880s–1950s (2014). He has co-edited (with Tanika Sarkar) Women and Social
Reform in Modern India (2007), and Caste in Modern India (2013). He was for many
years Professor of History at the University of Delhi, Fellow of Wolfson College,
Oxford, and visiting professor at illustrious campuses in the USA and
Europe.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86392-09-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Essays on Modern
India</td><td>Suresh Chandra
Ghosh</td><td>2017</td><td>140</td><td>650.0000</td><td>A number of
features like the spread of English education that characterise modern India have a
genesis in institutions and systems set up in British colonial India. Set up not
merely to tighten the grip over a vast profitable colony, these were also
experiments in social engineering based on the philosophies of Macaulay, Bentham
and Mill. India provided a test-bed for ideas that could not possibly be
implemented in England itself.
The author is one of the foremost historians of Indian education. This

book brings together a collection of five essays that deal with the origin of the
system of Western education in India under Lord Macaulay and Charles Wood, and
subsequent reforms under Lord Curzon, on the use of military force to maintain
control over large swathes of the country and the influence of Utilitarianism in
Lord Dalhousie’s policies.
This book is an excellent source material for students and scholars of
history of education in British India.
</td><td>Suresh Chandra Ghosh is a former member of the
Editorial Advisory Board of Paedagogica Historica, Belgium. He held the Chair of
History of Education at Jawaharlal Nehru, New Delhi, till 2002, and was a Guest
Professor at Friedrich Schiller University Jena.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4778-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Exclusion, Social
Capital and Citizenship: Contested Transitions in South Africa and
India</td><td>Tina Uys and Sujata
Patel(Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>688</td><td>1950.0000</td><td>Historicall
y, India and South Africa have a lot in common; the migration of indentured and
passenger Indians to South Africa, the role and influence of Mahatma Gandhi in the
freedom movements, their shared commitment to install democracy in their
respective countries, and other such issues. Post-Independence, battling enormous
poverty and inequality, these countries have undergone transitions at different
points in history in their endeavour to restructure the economy and polity through
political projects which are largely elite-driven.
Exclusion, Social Capital and
Citizenship shows how though transition always carries
the promise of inclusion for social groups inhabiting the margins of society,
there is nothing inherently inclusive about the elite-dominated transitions that
occurred in South Africa and India. The people of these countries, therefore, have
articulated alternate visions of resistance to contest these.
Divided into three sections, this volume analyses whether we can use the
prism of one experience to assess another in some other country and the lessons
learnt from them through such contextualised comparisons. These and other
methodological issues are studied in this collection. The book also describes how
diasporic Indians deal with their minority status in post-apartheid South Africa;
the intellectual resources that the Muslim minority groups in India employ to
articulate their identity and assert their citizenship; and redress policies for
groups previously disadvantaged on the basis of race in South Africa and caste in
India.
Bringing together sociologists from both South Africa and India, this
volume is a must-read for students and scholars of sociology, diaspora studies and
political science. </td><td>Tina Uys is
Chairperson, Department of Sociology, University of Johannesburg,
South Africa.
Sujata Patel is Professor, Department of
Sociology, University of Hyderabad, India. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4104-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Exploring
Medieval India, Sixteenth to Eighteenth Centuries: Culture, Gender and Regional
Patterns Vol. II</td><td>Meena Bhargava
(Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>590</td><td>825.0000</td><td>Bringing together
the writings of eminent historians, Exploring Medieval
India, volumes I and II,
delve into the many interpretations, perspectives and complexities of Indian
history across the sixteenth to the late eighteenth and early nineteenth
centuries. 
Probing different aspects of India’s society and culture, this volume
comprises four thematic clusters—diverse forms of culture; gender and medievalism;
patterns of transition; and region, regional formations and the Mughal Empire. A
comprehensive introduction places the essays in perspective showing how the Mughal
Empire remained composite, intricate and loosely-structured, perhaps hegemonic but
over a disparate, divergent, energetic and lively economy and society. 
Focusing on culture in its diverse forms, section one brings to the fore
the expansion of Persian as the language of power, the development of
insha as a literary trend, the nuances of Mughal
architecture, the importance of Mughal paintings and how they became a medium of
recording the history of the Mughal empire, the various genres of music and their
explicit manifestations of the gender politics. Concepts of love, the politics of
marriage and reproduction, and the role of women within and outside the confines
of the Mughal household, form the second section. The third section discusses the
emergence of provincial and regional political configurations, the shifts in the
Indian economy and traces the growing European influence in the rise of the East
India Company. The last section contributes to the understanding of how and to
what extent different geographical conditions determined the logistics of the
outer frontiers of the Mughal empire, the importance of centralisation of
authority around local rulers, the reasons behind Akbar’s territorial expansion,
and the continued presence of pluralistic socio-cultural centres characterised by
Hindu-Muslim symbiosis. 
This book will be essential reading for students and scholars of history,
linguistics, art and aesthetics, gender, regional history and those studying the
transition period. </td><td>Meena Bhargava is Associate
Professor at the Department of History, Indraprastha College, University of
Delhi.</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-250-4103-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Exploring
Medieval India, Sixteenth to Eighteenth Centuries: Politics, Economy, Religion Vol.
I</td><td>Meena
Bhargava</td><td>2010</td><td>518</td><td>725.0000</td><td>Bringing
together the writings of eminent historians, Exploring
Medieval India, volumes I and II, delve into the many
interpretations, perspectives and complexities of Indian history across the
sixteenth to the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 
This volume comprises three broad thematic divisions: political
consolidation and the methods of legitimising rule; agrarian and commercial
trends; and religious trends and social movements. A critical introduction places
the essays in perspective and provides a broad framework for the study of Indian
history. 
Section one begins with a discussion of the evolution of the numerous
political meanings of shari’a in India. Focussing on diplomacy and diplomatic
procedures under the Mughals, this section presents process of social mobilisation
wherein an Ethiopian slave called ‘Chapu’ becomes the Malik Ambar of Ahmednagar.
Section two on agrarian and commercial trends focuses on conformity and conflicts
between the tribes and the Mughal agrarian system, foreign merchants in western
Indian sea ports, conflicts and cooperation among European traders, and a
comparative discussion of forest people and policies of the Mughals and the East
India Company. The third section on religion, social movements and disputes
discusses Naqshbandi mysticism under Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the rasa
mandala of the Gaudiya Vaishnava emanating from the mystical movement
led by Chaitanya, Aurangzeb’s religious policy and Mosque-Temple disputes in a
late eighteenth century chronicle. It further attempts a comprehensive reading of a
series of political and ideological currents underpinning empire-building
strategies over a major part of Eurasia in the sixteenth century.
This volume will be essential reading for both students and scholars of
Medieval Indian History, regional political patterns, agrarian relations,
movements and uprisings during this period.
</td><td>Meena Bhargava is Associate Professor at the Department of
History, Indraprastha College, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3245-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fall of the
Mughal Empire, The: Volumes 1-4</td><td>Jadunath
Sarkar</td><td>2007</td><td>1340</td><td>3550.0000</td><td>The four
volumes together comprise a detailed study of the causes and the result of the
events between 1707– 1803, that is between the death of Aurangzib and the conquest
of Delhi. Dr Sarkar’s pioneering work is based on a close examination of
contemporary sources and documents. The fourth edition of this book includes
extensive footnotes listing the best sources available on the subject, scholarly
acknowledgement of other historians’ views, and detailed identification in present-
day India of the villages and towns mentioned in the book.
</td><td>Jadunath Sarkar</td><td>IN,NP,BT</td>
<td>978-81-250-4279-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Feminine Power in
the Mahabharata</td><td>Kevin
McGrath</td><td>2011</td><td>240</td><td>1450.0000</td><td><s
trong>STRI is a study of bronze-age femininity as
portrayed in the Mahabharata. It focuses on the roles of wife, daughter-in-law,
and mother, and also on the kinship groups. McGrath examines marriage systems and
patterns of courtship as well as showing how different stages in a woman's
life are depicted by this epic. He carefully demonstrates that the voice of women
during pre-classical times was crucial for sustaining and maintaining dharma in
society and he shows how the matriline dominated cultural life in the court at
Hastinapura. The Sanskrit translations of these women’s voices are both impeccable
and beautiful. 
Feminists, historians, and scholars of Indian antiquity will find great
truth in this work, a truth that is profoundly relevant for twenty-first-century
India. </td><td>Kevin McGrath is an Associate
of the Department of Sanskrit and Indian Studies at Harvard University. His
previous publications include The Sanskrit Hero.
<td>978-81-7824-342-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Feminist Vision
or ‘Treason Against Men’? :Kashibai Kanitkar and the Engendering of Marathi
Literature</td><td>Meera
Kosambi</td><td>2011</td><td>352</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Kashibai Kanitkar (1861–
1948), was the first major woman writer in Marathi. She was largely self-taught
and keenly conscious of the benefits of women’s education. She promoted this and
other emancipatory measures for women through her prolific and wide-ranging
writings—both fiction and non-fiction—deploying them as a mode of social reform
discourse. 
The present book includes
translations of most of Kashibai’s works: both her novels (in abridged form); a
review of Pandita Ramabai’s American travelogue; long extracts from Kashibai’s
episodic autobiographical narrative as well as from her biography of India’s first
woman doctor, Dr. Anandibai Joshee; and an article tracing the history of women’s
education in Maharashtra.
A comprehensive introduction by
Meera Kosambi contextualizes these texts and situates Kashibai within her social
and literary milieu. Kashibai, Professor Kosambi shows, was a pioneering writer
who created a new paradigm in Marathi literature. It was she who enabled
Maharashtra’s rich tradition of women’s writings by foundational contributions
which ‘engendered’ Marathi literature.
</td><td>Meera
Kosambi (Ed.) is a sociologist trained in India, Sweden, and the
USA. She has specialized in Urban Studies and Women’s Studies. A major focus in
her research is Maharashtra’s social, cultural, and urban history. Her books
include Returning the American Gaze: Pandita Ramabai’s ‘The Peoples of
the United States’, 1889 (Permanent Black, 2003) and Crossing
Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social History (Permanent Black,
<td>978-81-7824-487-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Fiction As History
- The Novel and the City in Modern North India</td><td>Vasudha
Dalmia</td><td>2017</td><td>444</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
This book provides a panoramic view of the intellectual and cultural life
of North India over a century – from the aftermath of the 1857 uprising to the end
of the Nehruvian era.
The North’s historical cities, rooted in an Indo-Persianate culture,
began changing more slowly than the Presidency towns founded by the British.
Focusing on six major cities – Agra, Allahabad, Banaras, Delhi, Lahore, and
Lucknow – Dalmia takes up eight canonical Hindi novels set in them to trace a
literary history of domestic and political cataclysms. Her exploration of emerging
Hindu middle classes, changing personal and professional ambitions, and new
notions of married life provides a vivid sense of urban modernity.
She looks at the radical social transformations associated with post-1857
urban restructuring, and at the political flux resulting from social reform,
Gandhian nationalism, communalism, Partition, and the Cold War. These, she argues,
shaped the realm of the intimate as much as the public sphere. Love and
friendship, notions of privacy, attitudes to women’s work, and relationships
within households are among the book’s major themes.
</td><td>
Vasudha Dalmia is Professor Emerita of Hindi
and Modern South Asian Studies at the University of California, Berkeley. Her
scholarship includes a work on Bharatendu Harischandra and Banaras – a monumental
classic now available as The Nationalization of Hindu
Traditions (new edn, Permanent Black paperback, 2010). Her recent works
include Hindu Pasts (Permanent Black, 2015), and, as co-
editor The Cambridge Companion to Modern Indian Culture 
(2012), and Religious Interactions in Mughal India (2014).

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-557-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fiction As
History: The Novel and the City in Modern North India</td><td>Vasudha
Dalmia</td><td>2020</td><td>444</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This book
provides a panoramic view of the intellectual and cultural life of North India over
a century – from the aftermath of the 1857 uprising to the end of the Nehruvian
era.The North’s historical cities, rooted in an Indo-Persianate
culture, began changing more slowly than the Presidency towns founded by the
British. Focusing on six major cities – Agra, Allahabad, Banaras, Delhi, Lahore,
and Lucknow – Dalmia takes up eight canonical Hindi novels set in them to trace a
literary history of domestic and political cataclysms. Her exploration of emerging
Hindu middle classes, changing personal and professional ambitions, and new notions
of married life provides a vivid sense of urban modernity.She
looks at the radical social transformations associated with post-1857 urban
restructuring, and at the political flux resulting from social reform, Gandhian
nationalism, communalism, Partition, and the Cold War. These, she argues, shaped
the realm of the intimate as much as the public sphere. Love and friendship,
notions of privacy, attitudes to women’s work, and relationships within households
are among the book’s major themes.</td><td>Vasudha Dalmia is
Professor Emerita of Hindi and Modern South Asian Studies at the University of
California, Berkeley. Her scholarship includes a work on Bharatendu Harischandra
and Banaras – a monumental classic now available as The Nationalization
of Hindu Traditions (new edn, Permanent Black paperback, 2010). Her
recent works include Hindu Pasts (Permanent Black, 2015), and,
as co-editor The Cambridge Companion to Modern Indian Culture
(2012), and Religious Interactions in Mughal India (2014).
<td>978-81-250-5023-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Fictionalising
Myth and History: A Study of Four Postcolonial Novels</td><td>Padma Malini
Sundararaghavan</td><td>2013</td><td>292</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>Fictionalising Myth and
History offers refreshingly new perspectives on four postcolonial
novels by writers hailing from different countries: Witi Ihimaera of New Zealand,
Ngugi wa Thiong''o of Kenya, Shashi Tharoor of India and Salman Rushdie,
the India-born writer living in the UK. It reveals how the boundaries of fiction,
myth and history get blurred when forces of imperialism and resistance play out
their power struggles in different countries. Political and culture myths are being
constantly reshaped in a dynamic historical process, underlying which is the truth
that political myths that shape history are crafted by the word of command. The
novels explored here being metafictional texts, Sundararaghavan uses multiple
theories in her analysis. This includes the ideas of Ernst Cassirer, Roland
Barthes, Levi Strauss, Hayden White, and Greg Grandin among others. The book ends
with a discussion of the future of postcolonial studies in a century when old
colonies have shed their colonial bondage. Sundararaghavan examines the evidence of
historians to show the need for new directions in postcolonial studies in the light
of the emergence of financial colonisation and other hegemonic structures. The book
closes with an appendix that summarises how the myth of the Aryan invasion of India
has shaped the teaching and writing of history in India.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Padma Malini
Sundararaghavan taught for several years at Stella Maris College,
Chennai, India, and researched on postcolonial fiction, obtaining her doctoral
degree from the University of Madras. She has written articles on Indian literature
for the Routledge Encyclopaedia of Postcolonial Literatures in English and also co-
authored a travel and heritage book titled It Happened Along the
Kaveri.</div></td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-7824-464-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Finding Forgotten
Cities - How the Indus Civilization was Discovered</td><td>Nayanjot
Lahiri</td><td>2015</td><td>454</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
In the autumn of 1924 the scholar-archaeologist John Marshall made an
announcement that, at one stroke, dramatically altered existing perceptions of
South Asia’s antiquity: he proclaimed the discovery of ‘the civilization of the
Indus valley.’ Within weeks, Marshall’s news was recognized as conveying one of
the most monumental discoveries in the history of human civilization: the world
over, it became apparent that this was on the same scale as the findings of
Heinrich Schliemann (who unearthed Troy) and Arthur Evans (who dug out Minoan
Crete). 
The Troy and Crete stories have been well told, several times over. But a
detailed, archivally rich, and completely accessible narrative of the people,
processes, places, and puzzles that led up to Marshall’s proclamation on the Indus
civilization has, like the civilization itself, long remained buried. 
Now, for the first time in this book, we have the whole story,
enchantingly told. 
Nayanjot Lahiri has mined and deployed—as never before—bureaucratic
memoranda, colonial noting, marginal letters, and piecemeal musings within the
institutions and in the work of individuals who collectively discovered the Indian
subcontinent’s earliest cities. 
Spanning nearly a century, this is a tale of men such as the colourful
collector-traveller Charles Masson, who first described Harappa; the
archaeological pioneer Alexander Cunningham, Harappa’s first excavator; discerning
diggers such as Daya Ram Sahni, Rakhaldas Banerji, and Madho Sarup Vats who
uncovered Harappa and Mohenjodaro; the Italian linguist-turned-explorer Luigi Pio
Tessitori, who unearthed Kalibangan but never lived to tell the tale of his
exploits;  government officials of all kinds
who, as self-taught archaeologists, stumbled upon significant
clues in their work arenas; and, presiding over the whole process, a Cambridge
classicist brought by Lord Curzon to India as Director General of the
Archaeological Survey of India—John Marshall—who finally pieced into place a maze
of enigmatic data on the long forgotten Indus civilization.
Finding Forgotten Cities combines an astonishing
amount of detail, hitherto undisclosed, on the lives and times
of these men. It comprises a powerful narrative history of how India's
antiquity was unexpectedly unearthed. It will interest every serious reader of
history and anyone who likes to read an utterly fascinating story.
</td><td>
NAYANJOT LAHIRI is Professor, History Department, Delhi University. She
is the author of Pre-Ahom Assam (1991) andThe
Archaeology of Indian Trade Routes (1992); co-author of
Copper and Its Alloys in Ancient India (1996); and editor of
The Decline and Fall of the Indus Civilization (2000) as well
as an issue of World Archaeology entitled The
Archaeology of Hinduism (2004).
<td>978-81-250-4025-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>For the Record:
On Sexuality and the Colonial Archive in India</td><td>Anjali
Arondekar</td><td>2010</td><td>228</td><td>620.0000</td><td>For the Record considers the relationship
between sexuality and the colonial archive by posing the following questions: Why
does sexuality (still) seek its truth in the historical archive? What are the
spatial and temporal logics that compel such a return? And conversely, what kind
of “archive” does such a recuperative hermeneutics produce? Rather than render
sexuality’s relationship to the colonial archive through the preferred lens of
historical invisibility (which would presume that there is something about
sexuality that is lost or silent and needs to “come out”), Arondekar engages
sexuality’s recursive traces within the colonial archive against and through our
very desire for access.
The logic and the interpretive resources of this book arise out of two
entangled and minoritized historiographies: one in South Asian studies and the
other in queer/sexuality studies. Focusing on late colonial India, Arondekar
examines the spectacularization of sexuality in anthropology, law, literature, and
pornography from 1843–1920. By turning to materials and/or locations that are
familiar to most scholars of queer and subaltern studies, Arondekar considers
sexuality at the centre of the colonial archive, rather than at its
margins.
</td><td>Anjali Arondekar is Associate professor of
Feminist Studies at the University of California, Santa
Cruz.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-112-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Foreshadowing the
Great Rebellion: The Vellore Revolt, 1806</td><td>K. A.
Manikumar</td><td>2021</td><td>288</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
After Tipu Sultan was defeated and killed in a battle with the British in
1799, his family and descendants were gradually removed from Mysore and sent to
live in Vellore Fort. After five peaceful years, at 2 am on 10 July 1806, about
500 Indian soldiers stormed the European quarters inside Vellore Fort, and shot
down the white officers and soldiers. Their ‘revolt’ ended when British forces,
led by Colonel Robert Gillespie, arrived to take back control. This intervention
resulted in hundreds of the fleeing Indian soldiers being killed, wounded or
captured for trial. This 1806 event has variously been described as the Vellore
Massacre, Vellore Mutiny, Vellore Insurgency, Vellore Uprising, or the Vellore
Revolt, depending on the ideological perspective of the historian.
Foreshadowing the Great Rebellion examines the
causes that led up to the revolt, the events that transpired, and the aftermath
and consequences, not only for the captured Indian soldiers, but also for the East
India Company’s governance in India. The Vellore Mutiny has interesting parallels
with the First War of Independence too, establishing that all the characteristics
of the Great Rebellion of 1857 were foreshadowed in the 1806 Vellore
Uprising.
A result of the author’s painstaking efforts to collect new data from the
National Archives of Scotland, Edinburgh, and the British Library, London, this
book will be an invaluable resource for students and scholars interested in the
history of the Vellore Rebellion from a native perspective. 
</td><td>K. A. Manikumar is retired Professor of
History, Manonmaniam Sundaranar University,
Tirunelveli.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-118-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Foreshadowing the
Great Rebellion: The Vellore Revolt, 1806</td><td>K. A.
Manikumar</td><td>2021</td><td>288</td><td>695.0000</td><td>After Tipu
Sultan was defeated and killed in a battle with the British in 1799, his family
and descendants were gradually removed from Mysore and sent to live in Vellore
Fort. After five peaceful years, at 2 am on 10 July 1806, about 500 Indian
soldiers stormed the European quarters inside Vellore Fort, and shot down the
white officers and soldiers. Their ‘revolt’ ended when British forces, led by
Colonel Robert Gillespie, arrived to take back control. This intervention resulted
in hundreds of the fleeing Indian soldiers being killed, wounded or captured for
trial. This 1806 event has variously been described as the Vellore Massacre,
Vellore Mutiny, Vellore Insurgency, Vellore Uprising, or the Vellore Revolt,
depending on the ideological perspective of the historian.
Foreshadowing the Great Rebellion examines the
causes that led up to the revolt, the events that transpired, and the aftermath
and consequences, not only for the captured Indian soldiers, but also for the East
India Company’s governance in India. The Vellore Mutiny has interesting parallels
with the First War of Independence too, establishing that all the characteristics
of the Great Rebellion of 1857 were foreshadowed in the 1806 Vellore Uprising.

A result of the author’s painstaking efforts to collect new data from the
National Archives of Scotland, Edinburgh, and the British Library, London, this
book will be an invaluable resource for students and scholars interested in the
history of the Vellore Rebellion from a native perspective.
</td><td>K. A. Manikumar is retired Professor
of History, Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli.
<td>978-81-250-3919-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Foundations of
Tilak’s Nationalism: Discrimination, Education and Hindutva</td><td>Parimala V.
Rao</td><td>2010</td><td>372</td><td>1225.0000</td><td><stron
g>Foundations of Tilak’s Nationalism: Discrimination, Education and
Hindutva shows how, as opposed to being simply a
struggle of the colonised against the coloniser’s oppression, the anti-colonial
struggle in India was much more nuanced and complicated. In this process, it
examines the role of Bal Gangadhar Tilak and draws attention to issues concerning
education, gender, caste, peasantry and communalism, how these were interlinked
and had a decisive influence on his anti-colonial nationalism. The study also
deconstructs the categories of the moderate and the extremist, the reformer and
the orthodox and questions the validity of calling reformers like M. G. Ranade, G.
K. Gokhale, N. G. Chandavarkar and G. G. Agarkar as moderates, collaborators and
compradors of colonial rule. This book critically analyses
Tilak’s stance against a single Indian nationality free from caste and religious
prejudices and gender inequalities, of how he advocated the hegemonic control of
the landed elites over society contrary to that of the Reformers and inquires into
the debates concerning the Nationalist agenda of preventing women and non-Brahmins
from gaining access to education. Tilak’s was a patriarchal and orthodox position,
that ideated that teaching Hindu women to read and write would ruin their
traditional virtues making them immoral and subordinate. Criticism of the caste
system and allowing education to women and non-Brahmins, were according to Tilak,
‘un-national tendencies’ and ‘against the Hindu nation’. The author
also addresses the origin of the concept of ‘Hindutva’ and locates it not in the
conflict of interest between the Hindus and Muslims, or the Hindus and the
British, but in the discarding of religious neutrality and the enforcement of
caste restrictions. In this context, the author presents the ideology of Hindutva
as one further away from the concept of Hinduism, a rigorous representation of the
‘Muslim other’ and traces in it the consequent rise of communalism.
In refuting the value premises of viewing an individual independent of
caste identity, this book also sheds light on Tilak’s constant ridicule of the
Reformers’ emphasis on the Bhakti tradition as a source of spiritual guidance. It
introduces the reader to the vehement Nationalist critique of Vedic revivalism,
i.e., the advocation of the Vedic religion and a Vedic way of life, which included
Vedic rituals, relaxation of rigid caste restrictions and improvement in the
condition of women by adopting post-puberty marriage, widow marriage and the
education of girls that attempted to incorporate the lower caste groups into its
fold—shattering the social and economic hegemony of the Brahmins.
This meticulous piece of scholarship is a crucial insight into Tilak’s
role in India’s struggle for independence and questions the basis of his status as
an uncompromising champion of the freedom movement and his being projected as the
greatest Maharashtrian. In trying to read history from an entirely new
perspective, this book will be useful to students and scholars of modern Indian
history, education, political science and gender
studies.</td><td>Parimala V. Rao is Assistant Professor at
Zakir Husain Centre for Educational Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal
Nehru University, New Delhi. She has written extensively on the nationalist
discourse on gender, caste and peasantry.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6053-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Founts of
Knowledge</td><td>Abhijit Gupta and Swapan
Chakravorty</td><td>2015</td><td>376</td><td>1345.0000</td><td>
Founts of Knowledge is the third in a series titled ‘Book History
in India’, which was started in 2004 to showcase the latest research in what was
then a nascent field in India—the history of the book. It continues the trajectory
of the first two volumes (published by Permanent Black) in establishing book
history as a major tool of enquiry in the Indian academy, and brings together the
finest scholars and the most recent research in the area.
This volume carries the second instalment of the four-part study of
censorship of print during the Raj. It also examines print modernity and book
entrepreneurs in colonial Benares; the complex history of Konkani print culture;
the re-configuration of the community and building of a reading public by the
coming of print in undivided Bengal through studies of theBhagavata
Purana and the literary journal Bangadarsan; the construction of
childhood through Hindi children’s periodicals in north India in the early
twentieth century; early travels of the Bible in the Gangetic plain; and problems
relating to the import of British educational texts in colonial India, especially
Bengal.
This collection will be an invaluable resource for book historians,
literary and textual scholars, historians of colonial India, historians of trade,
social scientists, and researchers in media theory. It will also be of great
interest to students and scholars of history, literature, publishing studies, print
culture, and cultural studies. 
</td><td>
Abhijit Gupta is Professor,
Department of English, Jadavpur University; and Director, Jadavpur University
Press, Kolkata. He completed his graduation in English from Jadavpur
University and received a PhD from Cambridge University for his work on 19th-
century British publishing. His other research areas include science
fiction, graphic novels, crime fiction and the 19th century. His
previously published work includes A Facsimile Edition of H. Sargent's
Bengali Translation of Aeneid 1810 (2013, co-edited with Amlan
Dasgupta); New Word Order: Transnational Themes in the History of the
Book (2011, co-edited with Swapan Chakravorty); Crazy and
Crazier: Tall Tales of a Fantastic Family (Manojder odbhut
bari by Shirshendu Mukhopadhyay) (2011, translated); and Funny
and Funnier (short stories by Shirshendu Mukhopadhyay) (2010,
translated).
Swapan Chakravorty (1954–2021) was
Kabiguru Rabindranath Tagore Distinguished University Professor in the Humanities,
Presidency University and was former Director-General, National Library of India,
Kolkata. An alumnus of Presidency College, Kolkata and Jadavpur University, he
obtained his D. Phil. from the University of Oxford. He joined the English
Department at Jadavpur University in 1985 and was Head from 2005 to 2007. He was
also Joint Director, School of Cultural Texts and Records.
Professor Chakravorty was a reputed scholar of Shakespeare studies. He was
a contributory editor of The Oxford Middleton
 (2007). His published work includes Society
and Politics in the Plays of Thomas Middleton 
(1996), Print Areas: Book History in India 
(2004 co-edited with Abhijit Gupta), Nameless Recognition: The
Impact of Rabindranath Tagore on Other
Indian Literatures  (2012,
edited); New Word Order:
Transnational Themes in the History of the Book  (2011, edited
with Abhijit Gupta); and Movable Type: Book History in India
 (2008, edited with Abhijit Gupta).  Professor
Chakravorty also wrote in Bangla and edited Mudraner Sanskriti O
Bangla Boi (2007).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4248-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>From Hindi to
Urdu: A Social and Political History</td><td>Tariq
Rahman</td><td>2011</td><td>476</td><td>1550.0000</td><td>A first of its kind, this book traces the political history
and genealogy of Urdu. It also looks at the domains in which the language is used
by both Hindus and Muslims of northern India.</td><td>Tariq Rahman is an HEC
Distinguished National Professor of Sociolinguistic History and Professor Emeritus
at the National Institute of Pakistan Studies, Qaid-E-Azam University,
Islamabad.</td><td>IN</td>
<td>978-93-83166-23-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>From
'People' To 'Citizen': Democracy's Must Take
Road</td><td>Dipankar
Gupta</td><td>2017</td><td>219</td><td>650.0000</td><td>Dipankar
Gupta brings together social theory with policy practice to enlarge our
understanding of the difference that democracy makes to the life of a nation.
Unlike nationalism, democracy takes our attention away from the past to the future
by focusing on the specific concerns of 'citizenship'. Historical victories
or defeats, blood and soil are now nowhere as relevant as the creation of a
foundational base where individuals have equal, and quality, access to health,
education, and even urban services. The primary consideration, therefore, is on
empowering 'citizens' as a common category and not 'people' of any
specific community or class. When citizens precede all other considerations, the
notion of the 'public' too gets its fullest expression. Differences between
citizens are not denied, in fact encouraged, but only after achieving a basic unity
first. This book argues that the call of citizenship not only advances democracy,
but social science as well.</td><td>
Dipankar Gupta is one of India’s
leading sociologists and public intellectuals. During his distinguished career, he
has held several  professorial positions,  both in India
and  abroad. To name a few, he is former Professor of Sociology, the
Department of Sociology, Delhi School of Economics, Delhi, andtheCentre for the
Study of Social Systems, Jawaharlal Nehru University. He was also the Leverhulme
Professor, London School of Economics, and Fulbright Professor, University of
Massachusetts.
Dipankar Gupta has authored 20 books, three of which are: QED:
India Tests Social Theory, Justice before Reconciliation:
Towards a New Normal in Post-Riot Mumbai and
Ahmedabad,and The Caged Phoenix: Can India
Fly?
He was awarded Chevalier De L’Ordre des Arts et des Lettres (Knight of the
Order of Artes and Letters) by the French Government  in 2010,
and  The Doctorate, Honoris Causa by Burdwan University in
2013.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-5723-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>From Plassey to
Partition and After: A History of Modern India</td><td>Sekhar
Since its first publication in 2004, From Plassey to
Partition has come to be regarded as an authoritative history of modern
India. And this enlarged edition offers a perceptive analysis of India’s efforts
towards modernisation and democratisation since Independence. 
The book addresses important historiographical questions by taking cognisance of
emergent perspectives adopted by social science scholarship over the last twenty-
five years. As a major work of our times, it engages in though-provoking debates
on issues like political economy of eighteenth-century India, socio-religious
reform and revival, and the nationalist movement. 
The newly added concluding chapter provides a succinct account of major
developments in postcolonial India during the Nehruvian and subsequent years. It
links contemporary debates about Indian nationhood with changes in society,
economy and polity, from the years of state-directed planning under a one-party
system to the emergence of a market economy in an era of predominantly coalition
governments. 
Capturing inimitably the rhythms of India’s polyphonic nationalism, this book
will be indispensable for students of history and political science. Scholars and
researchers will benefit from its detailed and extensive bibliography. And it will
guide general readers to an understanding of contemporary India.
</td><td>
Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is Director, New Zealand
India Research Institute, Victoria University of Wellington, New
Zealand.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3702-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>From Western
Medicine to Global Medicine: The Hospital Beyond the West</td><td>Mark Harrison,
Margaret Jones, Helen Sweet
align: justify">The hospital has for many years been the symbol of modern,
scientific medicine. Indeed, it was in the hospital that modern Western medicine
was born. But until recently we had little idea of how or why these iconic medical
institutions developed outside the Western World. From Western Medicine to Global
Medicine provides the first book-length account of the
hospital’s emergence in Asia, Africa and other non-Western contexts. Its essays
examine various facets of hospital medicine from eighteenth century onwards,
including interaction with indigenous traditions of healing and with economic and
political issues during the colonial and post-colonial periods. An introductory
essay provides an overview of the varied trajectories of institutional development
taking place outside Europe and North America, while the individual contributions-
from historians, anthropologists and sociologists-provide important insights into
the varied uses and forms which hospitals have taken in non-Western contexts.

This interdisciplinary volume will
provide an indispensable introduction to anyone seeking to understand the
globalisation of Western medicine over the past century or so. It will be
invaluable to historians seeking to place Western medicine within broad historical
processes such as imperialism and modernisation, as well to those who seeks to know
more about the peculiarities of specific contexts. Analysts of contemporary medical
policy and medical cultures will also find critical insights into the factors
determining the nature and success of medical
interventions.</td><td>Mark Harrison is Professor of
the History of Medicine and Director of the Wellcome Unit for the History of
Medicine at the University of Oxford.<div> </div><div>Margaret Jones is Research Officer
at the Wellcome Unit for the History of Medicine, University of
Oxford.</div><div> </div><div>Helen
Sweet is Research Associate at the Wellcome Unit for the History of
Medicine at the University of Oxford.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-254-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gandhi is Gone.
Who Will Guide Us Now? Nehru, Prasad, Azad, Vinoba, Kripalani, JP, and Others
Introspect, Sevagram, March 1948</td><td>Gopalkrishna Gandhi
(Ed.)</td><td>2009</td><td>200</td><td>195.0000</td><td>As India became
free on 15 August 1947, and Jawaharlal Nehru became the first prime minister of the
country, the larger ‘Gandhi family’, comprising the political and non-political
associates of the Mahatma, needed to think through their future equations. Was a
dividing line to be drawn between those who had entered public office and those who
continued to do ‘constructive work’? The Mahatma had planned a discussion on
this and, in his meticulous manner, identified the venue and date for the meeting,
which he intended to attend in Sevagram on 2 February 1948. 30 January 1948
intervened. But thanks primarily to Rajendra Prasad and Vinoba Bhave, the
proposed conference did take place, after a slight deferment, in March 1948.
Without the Mahatma, the meeting acquired a new theme: ‘Gandhi is Gone. Who Will
Guide Us Now?’ The record of discussions at the conference were typed out for
limited circulation amongst the participants. The deliberations were largely in
Hindustani, with the subject of India’s future lingua franca itself being one of
the subjects of discussion. The record of that conference, unknown to the world
until now, forms a fascinating document. Nehru sparkles in it, Vinoba glows,
Kumarappa and Kripalani speak out trenchantly. The Gandhian legacy, and how to
further it, is discussed threadbare from numerous perspectives. Industrialization,
militarization, communalism, and the plight of refugees from Pakistan are among the
subjects discussed. Published here for the first time sixty years on, the
discussions of that conference remain amazingly pertinent, stimulating, and
challenging today. This book is indispensable for anyone interested in Gandhi, his
legacy, and the history of modern India.</td><td>GOPALKRISHNA GANDHI
served in the Indian Administrative SERVICE for twenty-three years, in four
diplomatic missions of the Government of Indiafor ten years, and in President K.R.
Narayanan's secretariat for two and a half years. He is currently Governor,
West Bengal.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-370-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gandhi’s Travels
in Tamil Nadu</td><td>A. Ramasamy, Translated from the original Tamil by P. C.
Ramakrishna</td><td>2023</td><td>688</td><td>1995.0000</td><td>
Gandhi’s Travels in Tamil Nadu highlights the deep
and abiding connection and friendship Gandhi had with Tamil Nadu and its people,
from the time that he, as a young lawyer, led the struggle of Indian contractual
labourers, many of them Tamilians, against the colonial government in South
Africa, to when he returned to India to lead the Congress and the freedom
movement. It covers the period from his very first visit to (what was then) Madras
State/Province in 1896, to his last visit to the state in 1946, a year before
Independence. 
Painstakingly retracing Gandhi’s footsteps in the land of Valluvar, A.
Ramasamy travelled across the country, met and corresponded with people associated
with Gandhi, pored through government archives, letters, books and newspapers of
the period, collecting important and interesting details. We learn it was in Tamil
Nadu that the British Parliamentary delegation held discussions recognising that
India’s freedom was inevitable. We learn about fearless young martyrs like
Valliammal, and of the publicised argument between Annie Besant and Gandhi over
his 1916 speech in Benares. It was also the Tamil student fraternity that first
gave Gandhi the title ‘Father of the Nation’.
As evident from Gandhi’s numerous speeches included herein, the volume
also underscores the vital contribution of the Tamil people to the Indian freedom
struggle, and draws our attention to the many Tamilian heirs to the Gandhian
legacy who continued his work well after him. Rich in anecdotal and historical
detail, carefully compiled, this book would interest anyone who wishes to know
about Gandhi’s evolution as a leader, his unique relationship with Tamil Nadu, and
the larger history of the freedom movement.
</td><td>THE AUTHOR 
A. Ramasamy (late), from Pudhuthamaraipatti
village in Madurai district, Tamil Nadu, was a journalist who served as news
editor of the dailies ThamilNadu, Gramarajyam-Weekly
and Dinamani. A staunch Gandhian, he was secretary
of the Gandhi Manram and the Harijan Seva Sangam, Madurai, and also translated
works of Gandhian literature. He authored several books in Tamil, including
Ellayil Thollai, Porkalathil Bharatham,
Lykkia Naadugal Sabai, Kulandhai Gandhi,
and Thamizhnaattil Gandhi, which took him three years to
complete. 
 
THE TRANSLATOR 
P. C. Ramakrishna is a theatre actor and member of
The Madras Players, India’s oldest English theatre group. He has translated,
dramatised and staged the Tamil novel Karunai Kolai by
Sivasankari as Mercy in English. A leading voice professional
who has lent his voice to documentaries, films and audio books, he is the author
of Find Your Voice. He is also a co-translator of
Katha Vilasam, a multi-author anthology of fifty Tamil short
stories, edited by S. Ramakrishnan. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-596-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gandhi’s Travels
in Tamil Nadu</td><td>A. Ramasamy, Translated from the original Tamil by P. C.
Ramakrishna</td><td>2023</td><td>688</td><td>1795.0000</td><td>
Gandhi’s Travels in Tamil Nadu highlights the deep
and abiding connection and friendship Gandhi had with Tamil Nadu and its people,
from the time that he, as a young lawyer, led the struggle of Indian contractual
labourers, many of them Tamilians, against the colonial government in South
Africa, to when he returned to India to lead the Congress and the freedom
movement. It covers the period from his very first visit to (what was then) Madras
State/Province in 1896, to his last visit to the state in 1946, a year before
Independence. 
Painstakingly retracing Gandhi’s footsteps in the land of Valluvar, A.
Ramasamy travelled across the country, met and corresponded with people associated
with Gandhi, pored through government archives, letters, books and newspapers of
the period, collecting important and interesting details. We learn it was in Tamil
Nadu that the British Parliamentary delegation held discussions recognising that
India’s freedom was inevitable. We learn about fearless young martyrs like
Valliammal, and of the publicised argument between Annie Besant and Gandhi over
his 1916 speech in Benares. It was also the Tamil student fraternity that first
gave Gandhi the title ‘Father of the Nation’.
The volume also underscores the vital contribution of the Tamil people to
the Indian freedom struggle, and draws our attention to the many Tamilian heirs to
the Gandhian legacy who continued his work well after him. Rich in anecdotal and
historical detail, carefully compiled, this book would interest anyone who wishes
to know about Gandhi’s evolution as a leader, his unique relationship with Tamil
Nadu, and the larger history of the freedom movement.
</td><td>
THE AUTHOR 
A. Ramasamy (late), from Pudhuthamaraipatti
village in Madurai district, Tamil Nadu, was a journalist who served as news
editor of the dailies ThamilNadu, Gramarajyam-Weekly
and Dinamani. A staunch Gandhian, he was secretary
of the Gandhi Manram and the Harijan Seva Sangam, Madurai, and also translated
works of Gandhian literature. He authored several books in Tamil, including
Ellayil Thollai, Porkalathil Bharatham,
Lykkia Naadugal Sabai, Kulandhai Gandhi,
and Thamizhnaattil Gandhi, which took him three years to
complete. 
 
THE TRANSLATOR 
P. C. Ramakrishna is a theatre actor and member of
The Madras Players, India’s oldest English theatre group. He has translated,
dramatised and staged the Tamil novel Karunai Kolai by
Sivasankari as Mercy in English. A leading voice professional
who has lent his voice to documentaries, films and audio books, he is the author
of Find Your Voice. He is also a co-translator of
Katha Vilasam, a multi-author anthology of fifty Tamil short
stories, edited by S. Ramakrishnan. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-246-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gandhi's
Conscience Keeper: C. Rajagopalachari and Indian Politics</td><td>Vasanthi
Srinivasan</td><td>2009</td><td>290</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Hailed by
Mahatma Gandhi as his conscience
keeper, Chakravarti Rajagopalachari (1878–1972; better known as
Rajaji) epitomized the practical wisdom, religious tolerance, and statesmanship
that Gandhi brought to the nationalist movement. He articulated how Gandhi’s ideas
and practices could be reconciled with the needs and aspirations of a modern
nation-state. His political and philosophical positions were argued in a manner,
and with an ideological orientation, strikingly different from that of Jawaharlal
Nehru. And yet Rajaji remains virtually unknown today. Vasanthi Srinivasan
presents Rajaji’s vision as that of a theocentric liberal. She argues that he tried
to temper majoritarian democracy with statesmanship, a free economy with civic
virtue, realistic patriotism with genuine internationalism, and secularism with a
religiosity derived from the Hindu epics. Examining his political ideas and
actions alongside his literary works, as well as in relation to statesmen-
ideologues such as Nehru and Periyar, she shows how Rajaji steered clear of
ideological dogma and charted an ethic of responsibility. This book will
interest general readers as much as scholars of Gandhi, political theory, and
Indian politics. </td><td>Vasanthi
Srinivasan is a Reader in Political Science at the University of
Hyderabad. She has taught at the College of Humanities, Carleton University,
Canada. She has been a Commonwealth Scholar as well as the recipient of a New India
Foundation fellowship.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-623-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gandhi's
Search for the Perfect Diet: Eating with the World in Mind</td><td>Nico
Slate</td><td>2019</td><td>264</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>
Mahatma Gandhi redefined nutrition as a way to improve the world. What he
chose to eat was intimately tied to his beliefs. His key values of nonviolence,
religious tolerance, and rural sustainability developed in coordination with his
dietary experiments. His rejection of sugar, chocolate, and salt expressed his
opposition to economies based on slavery, indentured labor, and
imperialism.
Gandhi's Search for the Perfect
Diet sheds new light on important periods in Gandhi's life
as they relate to his developing food ethic: his student years in London, his
politicization as a young lawyer in South Africa, the 1930 Salt March challenging
British colonialism, and his fasting as a means of self-purification and social
protest during India's struggle for independence. What became the pillars of
Gandhi's diet—vegetarianism, limiting salt and sweets, avoiding processed
food, and fasting—anticipated many of the debates in twenty-first century food
studies, and signaled the necessity of building healthier and more just food
systems.
Gandhi’s Search for the Perfect Diet will
appeal to readers interested in food, diet, Gandhi’s life, and what that life can
teach us about how to live and what to eat. The book will interest scholars and
students of history, politics, sociology, medicine, and food and nutrition
studies.
</td><td>Nico Slate is Professor of History at Carnegie Mellon
University. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-285-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ganga and Yamuna:
River Goddesses and their Symbolism in Indian Temples</td><td>Heinrich von
Stietencron</td><td>2010</td><td>202</td><td>595.0000</td><td>There are
many books on the Ganga and Yamuna rivers, pictorial and celebratory. The present
one is of a different kind. Professor von Stietencron investigates the temple
sculptures of Ganga and Yamuna in order to unveil a whole cosmos of Hindu ritual
and conceptual tradition. He shows how an entire worldview informs the planning
and sculptural embellishment of such a temple—conceived of as the body of the
deity enshrined in it. Consequently this book is a historical
study of the sculptures of the goddesses Ganga and Yamuna adorning the doorways of
Indian temples, most recognizable from the Gupta period onwards. It examines how
these gracious and purifying riverine deities have been conceived in human form.
It discusses in detail the rich store of puranic myths and legends woven around
these deities, tracing their Vedic roots and showing their evolution since then.
 Translated from the German, this is a significant work of
classical Indological scholarship. Drawing upon Sanskrit and various other
sources, it provides major insights into the complex cultural history of Hindu
religious traditions. </td><td>Heinrich von
Stietencron has been Professor of Indology and Comparative History
of Religion (1973–98) at the University of Tuebingen. He is a leading authority on
the epics and the puranas, on temple symbolism and
iconography, and on religious practice and social structure. He is chief editor of
the annotated Epic and Puranic Bibliography (1992). He has
devoted many years to field research in Orissa, documenting the many temples and
studying the manuscript traditions of the region. His several books include
Hindu Myth, Hindu History (Permanent Black, 2005). He was
awarded the Padma Shree in 2004.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4553-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gender, Sex and
the City: Urdu Rekhti Poetry, 1780-1870</td><td>Ruth
Vanita</td><td>2012</td><td>344</td><td>1795.0000</td><td>Gender, Sex and the City
explores the cosmopolitan sensibilities of Urdu poetry
written in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, especially in the
city of Lucknow, which was the centre of a flourishing Indo-Persian culture.
Through its ground-breaking analysis, it demonstrates how re??ti
(a type of Urdu poetry whose distinguishing features are a female
speaker and a focus on women’s lives) and to some degree, non-mystical
re??ta (mainstream Urdu poetry with a male
speaker), for the first time in Urdu represent women (both of
conventional families and courtesan households) as important shapers of urban
culture, especially urban speech. 
Vanita analyses how re??ti  becomes a
catalyst for the transformation of the g_?azal, first, by
focusing it not on love alone but on the practices, spaces and rituals of everyday
life; second, by bringing subordinated figures, such as women as well as servants
centre-stage; and, third, by challenging the g_?azal’s ideal
of perfect love as framed by separation and suffering.
Women characters in re??
ti  fall in love, but they also work, shop, dress, sing,
dance, eat, fast, chat, quarrel, pray, invoke spirits, and voice opinions on many
matters. The author explores the way re??ti reconfigures the
city from women’s perspective, depicting a parallel world of urban women’s meeting
places, networks and rituals. 
The first book-length study in
English of re??ti and also of non-mystical re??
ta, it demonstrates the interplay between the twoin language,
form and content. Including many first-time translations and also analyses of
neglected poems, such as Rangin’s Mas?nawi Dilpazir and
Jur’ at’s ???aja ?asan-o  Ba??shi  T?
wa’ if,  (a romance with a courtesan heroine), it also
studies in detail the works of Insha and Nisbat, among others.
With several more transcribed poems
than in its US edition, this book is a must-read for students and scholars of
literature, history, sociology, gender and sexuality studies, South Asian studies
and culture studies.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ruth
Vanita is Professor in the Department of Liberal Studies at the
University of Montana, USA. She was formerly Reader at the University of Delhi,
India, and was founding co-editor of India’s first nationwide feminist magazine,
Manushi.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-5284-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gendered
Citizenship: Historical and Conceptual Explorations</td><td>Anupama
Roy</td><td>2013</td><td>308</td><td>950.0000</td><td>Through successive
historical periods, ‘becoming a citizen’ has involved a
gradual extension of equal membership to more and more persons and groups.
However, the promise of equality masks the exclusionary framework of caste
hierarchies, gender differences, and religious divides, which determine actual
experiences of citizenship.
Historically, citizenship was constituted through a series of exclusions
whereby large sections of people, (colonised societies, slaves, women and workers)
were considered inadequate for it. Citizenship is therefore made up of multiple
margins, but it also releases powerful new imaginaries and practices of
citizenship. 
This revised edition of Gendered
Citizenship (first published in 2005) examines the gendering
of citizenship. In the context of resistance against the colonial rule, the
language of citizenship that emerged in late colonial India was based on a
gendered notion of the community—both national and political.
Pulling in arguments on how the Indian Constitution transformed the idea
of citizenship, it teases out the plural sites of citizenship which existed at
this moment, and traces the forms in which idioms of citizenship endure in
contemporary times. It explores in particular the landscapes of new
citizenship which have emerged in the form of flexible citizenship with graded
entitlements, as distinguished from spaces of stable citizenship. It
proposes that a concerted effort towards an interactive public space can congeal
into shared bonds of citizenship.
This book will be valuable for advanced students, researchers and
scholars of political science, history, sociology and gender studies. It would
also be helpful to those studying social exclusion and the general reader
interested in debates over gender and
citizenship.</td><td>Anupama Roy
is Professor at the Centre for Political Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University,
<td>978-93-5287-197-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gendered
Citizenship: Manifestations and Performance</td><td>Bishnupriya Dutt, Janelle
Reinelt and Shrinkhla Sahai</td><td>2018</td><td>368</td><td>1595.0000</td><td>
This book explores how citizenship is differently gendered and performed
across national and regional boundaries. Using ‘citizenship’ as its organizing
concept, it brings together a collection of multidisciplinary approaches to the
legal, socio-cultural and performative aspects of gender construction and
identity: violence against women, victimhood and agency, and everyday issues of
socialization in a globalized world. 
The volume examines citizenship as embodied and enacted, and explores
various perspectives on gender in relation to citizenship. The essays featured
here analyse citizenship struggles and challenges of recent significant global
issues and cover a wide range of social, civic and political spaces. 
 
Gendered Citizenship brings together scholars of politics,
media, and performance who are committed to dialogue across both nation and
discipline. This book is the culmination of a two-year project on 'Gendered
Citizenship', and is a compilation of research that is interdisciplinary and
multinational, drawing on Indian, European, and North and South American contexts.

This compilation of essays focusing on scholarship, creative practice,
and activism would be a useful resource for students, scholars, academicians,
activists and artists. 
</td><td>Bishnupriya Dutt is Professor, School of Arts
and Aesthetics, Jawaharlal Nehru University. 
Janelle Reinelt is Emeritus Professor, University of
Warwick.
Shrinkhla Sahai is a doctoral researcher at Jawaharlal Nehru University
and is an independent media critic, radio professional and Dancer.

<td>978-81-250-4472-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gendering Colonial
India: Reforms, Print, Caste and Communalism</td><td>Charu
Gupta(Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>404</td><td>1790.0000</td><td>Drawing on contemporary critical theories
and academic debates, Gendering Colonial
India examines how notions of patriarchy were recast and
challenged in colonial India between the early nineteenth and the first half of
twentieth centuries. This definitive collection of essays analyses the close
interaction between gender, caste and community identities.
This volume brings out various
regional complexities and lively public debates on social reforms for women and
their impact on issues like sati, widow remarriage,
domesticity, sexuality and education. It shows how women emerged as both objects
and subjects of popular discourse and discussions. Simultaneously, the essays
engage with concerns around masculinity, inter-caste intimacies and communal
identities.
The debates found multifaceted
expression in an emerging dynamic popular-public sphere and also in a flourishing
vernacular print culture. These in turn served as powerful tools for propagating
dominant ideas about women and for fashioning national, regional and community
identities.
The three primary texts translated
by J. Devika, Anshu Malhotra and Charu Gupta bring out the relationship, most
often fraught, between popular literature, reforms and women. 
With contributions from both
established and emerging feminist historians, this book will be an indispensible
read for students and scholars of modern Indian history, colonialism, nationalism,
gender studies and popular culture. </td><td>Charu
Gupta is Associate Professor in the Department of History, University of
Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-669-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gendering
Minorities: Muslim Women and the Politics of Modernity</td><td>Sherin B.
S.</td><td>2021</td><td>240</td><td>615.0000</td><td>Gendering
Minorities: Muslim Women and the Politics of Modernity explores the
politics of framing Muslim women’s identity in India. Against the backdrop of
colonial modernity, nationalist movements and post-Independence dialogues, it
provides details of the ‘feminist enterprises’ that Muslim women in Kerala were
involved in at several historical junctures.
Examining Muslim women’s negotiations with their cultural and religious
identities, the author also analyses the exclusion and homogenisation that did not
allow them to be viewed as active political agents. Through oral narratives, folk
songs, journal entries, little magazines and historical documents, the chapters
address the subjectivity of Muslim women in Kerala through their participation in
diverse fields such as religion, governance, sufism, and in
early twentieth-century reform movements in Kerala.
The author also examines the popular novel Barsa by
Khadija Mumtas in the context of discourses on Islam in Kerala, stating that its
construction of the Muslim woman as defined only by Islam is problematic. Through
her engagement with women and Islam in Kerala, the author presents Muslim women as
heterogenous subjects of differently conceived ideas of religion, shaped by
different variables of time, region, class, ethnicity and culture.
</td><td>Sherin B. S. is Assistant Professor,
Department of Comparative Literature, English and Foreign Languages University,
<td>978-93-83166-15-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gitanjali Reborn:
William Radice’s Writings on Rabindranath Tagore</td><td>Martin Kämpchen
(Ed)</td><td>2016</td><td>258</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
After his path-breaking translation of Tagore’s poems in 1985, Radice
evolved into an ambassador of the poet in the Western world. He also translated
Tagore’s short stories and brief poems, and finally translated Gitanjali afresh,
restoring Tagore’s original English manuscript. W.B. Yeats had, in his attempt to
edit them, seriously tampered with many Gitanjali poems.
From 2011 to 2013, when the poet’s 150th birth anniversary was celebrated,
Radice went from city to city in Asia, Europe and North America to advocate
Rabindranath’s importance as a poet and what he means to him.
Radice, himself a recognised poet and an erudite scholar, delved into the deeper
meaning of Tagore’s poems and songs, gauged his emotions and hidden thoughts and
discussed his ideas on education and the environment with an insight probably no
other Westerner has. This book presents a comprehensive collection of lectures and
essays Radice wrote during those festival years.
</td><td>
Martin Kämpchen was born in 1948 in
Boppard (Germany). He studied a year each in the USA and in Paris; his Ph.D. in
German Literatuire is from Vienna. He taught German at the Ramakrishna Mission
Institute of Culture, Kolkata. Returning to University, he did an M.A. in Madras
(Chennai) and a Ph.D. in Comparative Religion from Visva-Bharati, Santiniketan. He
has translated the Sri Ramakrishna Kathamrita and Tagore’s
poetry from Bengali to German. He has authored the only German Tagore biography
and written several books on Tagore’s relationship with Germany in English and
German.
Kämpchen is involved in the development work of
two tribal villages around Santiniketan since 25 years. He has received, among
others, the Rabindra Puruskar of the West Bengal government,
the Bundesverdienstkreuz (Order of Merit) of the German government, and the Merck
Tagore Award of the Merck Company and the Goethe Institut India.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86296-66-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gramsci’s Common
Sense: Inequality and Its Narratives</td><td>Kate
Crehan</td><td>2016</td><td>240</td><td>1475.0000</td><td>
Acknowledged as one of the classics of twentieth-century Marxism, Antonio
Gramsci’s Prison Notebooks provides an approach to class that
extends beyond economic inequality to include other forms of inequality, such as
those of race, gender, sexual orientation, and religion. 
The author, Kate Crehan explains the understanding of inequality in
Prison Notebooks, focusing in particular on Gramsci’s
interrelated concepts of subalternity, intellectuals, and common sense, and
putting them in relation to the work of thinkers such as Bourdieu, Arendt, Spivak,
and Said. 
The Gramscian concepts are clarified through case studies; for example, the idea
of the organic individual is explained through a study of Adam Smith’s work, and
Gramsci’s understanding of common sense is clarified through examining the
political narratives associated with the Tea Party and Occupy Wall Street
movements in the U.S. 
Gramsci’s Common Sense provides an accessible and
useful introduction to a key Marxist thinker whose writings throw light on the
twenty-first century’s increasing inequality.  
It will be invaluable for students and scholars of from a wide range of
disciplines, including anthropology, sociology, political science, history,
geography, and literary studies. 
</td><td>
Kate Crehan is Professor Emerita, College of
Staten Island and the Graduate Center, City University of New York. 
<td>978-81-250-3947-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Greek
Myths</td><td>Lucilla
Burn</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>450.0000</td><td>Here retold in all
their dramatic power are some of the most exciting and influential of
all Greek myths: the epic struggle of the Trojan War,
the wanderings of Odysseus, the tragic destiny of Oedipus, and the heroic
adventures of Herakles, Theseus, Perseus and Jason. The author introduces the
complex pantheon of Olympian gods and goddesses, describing their attitudes,
genealogies and often comic relationships, and illustrates the personalities and
their stories by drawing upon the artistry of the ancient culture which created
them. A concluding chapter reviews the powerful and continuing imaginative legacy
of Greek myth, from Botticelli to Freud. This book contains 50
illustrations</td><td>lucilla burn
was formerly Assistant Keeper of the Greek and Roman collections in the British
Museum. She is now Keeper of Antiquities at the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge.
She lectures widely and has published books, articles and reviews on various
aspects of classical archaeology. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-6112-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gujarat, Diu-Daman
ane Dadra Nagar Havelini Bhasha, Khand 9, Bhag 3-Bharatiya Bhasha Lok
Sarvekshan</td><td>Ganesh Devy,Kanji
Patel</td><td>2016</td><td>960</td><td>4450.0000</td><td>
communities. 
 
of India published by us. This book is Part 3 of  Volume 9
(Gujarat, Diu- Daman ane Dadra Nagar Havelini Bhasha
 [Gujarati]) of The People's Linguistic Survey of India Series (PLSI)
undertaken and executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center,
Baroda.  
The present book contains the information on 47 languages and linguistic
variety of the Gujarat State of India. The survey of languages included in this
volume are as follows: 
a]Scheduled languages : Gujarati, Urdu and
Sindhi. The regional varieties of Gujarati such as Charotari, Pattani, Vagheri,
Halari, Surati, Saurashtri/Sorathi, Jataki, Mutawaki and Kutchhi have also been
included in this volume. Similarly regional varieties of Sindhi have also been
covered in this survey. 
b]Tribal languages : Ambudi, Airani, Kathali Vasavi,
Kathodi, Kunkana, Kotal, Kotwali, Garasiya, Gamit, Gorpa, Charani,
Chaudhari,  Dangi, Rathwi, Siddi, Dungara Bhili, Dungari Bhili, Dhodia,
Tadavi, Talavia-Rathod, Dehwali, Panchamahali Bhili, Mavachi, Varali, Rathwi and
Siddi. 
c]Denotified, Nomadic Tribes [DNT] languages :
Chamathi, Dafer, Thori, Nayaki, Bahurupi, Bhantu, Madari, Mir-Mirasi, Vanjhari,
Vadi, Sandhi,  
d]Coastal languages : Kolagha, Kodi, 
Kharwa, Mangeli, Mer.
The volume is supplemented with a]11 maps depicting linguistic variety in the
State; b] elaborate bibliography given at the end of each chapter. c] an elaborate
word- index at the end of the volume
</td><td>
taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda; a renowned
literary critic and activist; founder and director of the Tribal Academy
at Tejgadh, Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akademi’s
Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He received
Sahitya  Akademi award for his book After Amnesia in
1994. He is an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy. He was
awarded the Padmashri in 2014. He is the moving spirit behind PLSI series.

Professor Kanji Patel, the volume editor, is
an English language teacher and a famous Gujarati writer. He is a professor of
English at the language department in Lunavada College in Lunavada of Panchmahala
and has become an important figure who speaks for the rights of the denotified and
nomadic tribes of Gujarat. He is one of the key members of the Technical Advisory
Committee (TAG) appointed by the Central government to ask for suggestions of
development of such tribes. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-480-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hating Empire
Properly:India, the Indies, and Enlightenment Anticolonialism</td><td>Sunil M.
Agnani</td><td>2016</td><td>304</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
This book is a novel attempt to think about the eighteenth-century view
of
India and the West Indies together, arguing that this is
how Edmund Burke and Denis Diderot actually saw them. 
The interest in more than one geographical space is revealed to be a
largely unacknowledged part of Enlightenment thought. Focusing on colonized
regions in relation to the Enlightenment, Agnani demonstrates how Burke’s horror
of the French Revolution—the defining event of modernity— was shaped by prior
reflection on these other domains. 
Exploring with sympathy the angry outbursts against injustice in the
writings of Diderot, Agnani nonetheless questions understandings of him as an
unequivocal critic of empire. 
By looking carefully at the thought of both radical and conservative
writers, Agnani asks what it means to critique empire “properly.” He draws from
Adorno’s quip that “one must have tradition in oneself, in order to hate it
properly.”
“Empire” and “the Enlightenment” are linked terms. Sunil Agnani shows us
connections between them from a new perspective, ones that have hardly been known,
much less outlined and analysed. His work is an important contribution to
political theory, history, literary studies, and postcolonial studies.
Winner of the 2014 Harry Levin Prize from the American
Comparative Literature Association 
Sunil M. Agnani’s Hating Empire Properly is an astute and
learned inquiry into the Enlightenment, colonialism, and revolution in the
anticolonial writings of Denis Diderot and Edmund Burke. Agnani’s nuanced analyses
of Diderot and Burke and “the two Indies” demonstrate the suggestive power of
‘hating properly,’ of “entering into its [empire’s] terms and allowing the
internal contradictions to be heightened rather than covered by a politic veil.”
With rich textual analyses and theoretical agility, Hating Empire
Properly more than substantiates its concluding suggestion “that the
full ‘meaning’ and significance of the fragmentary discourses of the Enlightenment
are manifest only in the colonies, rendered legible only by means of the
colonies . . .”
</td><td>
Sunil Agnani is Associate Professor with the
departments of English and History, University of Illinois at Chicago. He has held
previous positions at the University of Michigan and the Princeton Society of
Fellows. He teaches courses on the European Enlightenment, eighteenth-century
British and French literature and thought, and the literature of empire and
decolonization.
<td>978-93-86392-79-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Haunting
Bollywood: Gender, Genre, and the Supernatural in Hindi Commercial
Cinema</td><td>Meheli
Sen</td><td>2017</td><td>264</td><td>1345.0000</td><td>Hindi commercial
cinema has been invested in the supernatural since its earliest days. However, only
a small segment of these films has been adequately explored in scholarly
work. Haunting Bollywood addresses this
gap.
From Gothic ghost films of the 1950s to snake films of the 1970s and 1980s
to today’s globally influenced zombie and vampire films, Meheli Sen explores what
the supernatural is and the questions it raises about film form, history,
modernity, and gender in South Asian public cultures. Contrary to the widely held
belief that these are uniquely “local” forms, she shows that the supernatural is
dispersed among multiple genres and is constantly in conversation with global
cinematic conventions; simultaneously, the supernatural is an especially flexible
impulse that pushes Hindi films into new formal and stylistic
territories. 
Sen also argues that gender is a particularly accommodating arena in which
the supernatural plays out its most basic compulsions; thus, the interface between
gender and genre provides a productive lens into Hindi cinema’s negotiation of the
modern and the global. Haunting
Bollywood reveals that the supernatural’s unruly energies
continually resist  being contained, even as they engage with and
sometimes subvert Hindi cinema’s most enduring pleasures, from songs and stars, to
myth and melodrama.
Haunting Bollywood will be of interest to
scholars and students of literary criticism, postcolonial studies, queer theory,
history, and cultural studies.</td><td>Meheli
Sen is Associate Professor in the Department of African, Middle
Eastern, and South Asian Languages and Literatures (AMESALL) and the Cinema Studies
Program at Rutgers University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-282-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Health and
Population in South Asia: From Earliest Times to the Present</td><td>Sumit
Guha</td><td>2009</td><td>200</td><td>595.0000</td><td>We have just
witnessed the close of a millennium during which old world populations and their
new world colonies have expanded enormously. The history of human populations
acquires a new interest in an epoch when human beings are aware of the burden they
are placing on the ecosystem. Asia has long contained a major fraction of world
population, and East and South Asia have accounted for most of that fraction. This
book focuses on various aspects of the population of South Asia over the past
twenty-five centuries. 
An introduction highlights the book’s points of contact with the debates
in the population history of Asia, Europe and the Americas. This leads into a major
chapter on the population of South Asia from 200 BC to 1900 AD. This offers an
unprecedentedly long time-series for South Asia, and it is likely to be the
standard reference for some time to come. Its importance may be gauged by the fact
that very few scholars have ever discussed the period before 1800 AD, and no one
has produced an empirically defensible estimate for the population earlier than
1600. 
The later chapters in the volume are more narrowly focused on specific
aspects of the interaction between demography, climate, health, medicine and
culture. One chapter examines the variation in household structures in western
India over 200 years, another offers a novel explanation (climatic fluctuation) for
unusual features of South Asian demography in the early modern era. 
A rare document on vaccination is translated for the first time and used
to illustrate the interaction of cultural codes and medical techniques. Immensely
detailed data on military population before 1920 is used to generate important
conclusions regarding the efficacy of knowledge and hygiene in improving health.
The book includes a compact survey of the evolution of environmental hygiene in
India through the twentieth century. </td><td>Sumit Guha was educated at
St.Stephen’s College, Delhi, the Jawaharlal Nehru University and the University of
Cambridge. He has taught in St.Stephen’s College, the Centre for Development
Studies in Trivandrum, and the Delhi School of Economics. Guha’s previous books
have been published by Oxford University Press and Cambridge University
Press.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4550-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hill Politics in
Northeast India</td><td>S. K.
Chaube</td><td>2012</td><td>320</td><td>475.0000</td><td>Since the middle
of the nineteenth century, the northeast has grown from ethnocentric tribal
organisations to territorial autonomous structures through a profound process of
change in all spheres of life and society led by an educated and sophisticated
middle class. The third, revised edition of
Hill Politics in Northeast India traces the
political evolution of the region, excluding Sikkim, from the first half of the
eighteenth century when British administration was formally set up in Assam to the
twenty-first century. This volume looks at how many of the political concerns that
continue to plague the region till today have their roots in the past. It,
however, also contends that while historical problems remain, there has been
increasing awareness and interaction between the people of the northeast and the
rest of India. This thoroughly revised edition includes updated text and tables
that will help readers gain a holistic view of the politics of the hills in the
twenty-first century. 
The book will be of particular interest to students and scholars of
political science, sociology and history. It will also be useful for
administrators and lay readers who are interested in the northeast.
</td><td>S. K. Chaube retired as Professor, Department of Political
Science, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5690-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Himachal Pradesh
Ki Bhashayen (Volume11, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan </td><td>Ganesh
N.Devy and Tobdan</td><td>2015</td><td>372</td><td>2045.0000</td><td>
carrying out a nationwide survey of Indian languages especially languages of
communities.
This book is Part 1 of the Volume 11 (Himachal Pradesh ki Bhaashyen
[Hindi]) of The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and
executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.
variety of the Himachal Pradesh State of India. The languages included in this book
are: Hindi, Kanashi, Kahluri ya Bilaspuri, Kangri, Kinnauri, Kulluee, Gadi-Pahari,
Gujjar, Chambyali, Chinalbhashe, Churahi, Tinan, Stodapa, Pattani, Pangi, Punan,
Baghati, Bagali, Bhoti,  Mandayali / Mandiyali, Mahasui, Lohari-Lahul,
Sarazi, Sirmauri and Spiti.
</td><td>
Padmashree Dr. Ganesh N. Devy taught
English at the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda a renowned
at Tejgadh, Gujarat and director of the Sahitya
Akademi’s Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is
an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy. Currently, he is a
Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication
Technology (DA-IICT), Gandhinagar, Gujarat.
He is Chair, Peoples’ Linguistic Survey of India, 37, Bhasha Research and
Publication Centre, Baroda.
Tobdan was born in Khangsar village of Lahul-
Spiti district in Himachal Pradesh in 1944. He completed his education till BA-LLB.
He had a great interest in writing. After retiring from a bank’s job in 2004, he
started writing articles on History, Language and Literature, in English, Hindi and
Bhoti languages. He has published several articles and books, and a few more are
yet to be published. He runs an annual magazine “Kunjum” which is based on
languages of  Lahul-Spiti district and other districts of Himachal
Pradesh.
He is a member of Himachal Pradesh Art, Culture and Language
academy.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-530-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Himalayan
Histories: Economy, Polity, Religious Traditions</td><td>Chetan
Singh</td><td>2018</td><td>316</td><td>895.0000</td><td>This book locates
essential aspects of the material, mental, and spiritual world of western Himalayan
peasant society.
In this large and difficult region, human enterprise and mountainous
terrain long existed in a precarious balance. Natural adversity occasionally
disrupted this balance.
Small peasant communities lived here in scattered environmental niches and
tenaciously extracted from their harsh surroundings a rudimentary but sustainable
livelihood. Family organisation, social custom, and religious practices were
adapted to their purposes.
The communities were integral constituents of larger political
institutions, the state being one such. This laboriously created life-world was
enlivened by myth, folklore, legend, and religious tradition.
When colonial rule was established in the region during the eighteenth
century, it transformed the peasant’s relationship with his natural surroundings.
Old political allegiances were weakened. Yet, resilient customary hierarchies
retained their influence through religio-cultural practices. These are some of the
many themes of Himalayan history offered in this book.
Indian historians have mainly studied riverine belts and life in the
plains. Sophisticated mountain histories are relatively rare. This book, by one of
India’s most reputed historians of the Himalaya, is essential for a more complete
understanding of Indian history.
</td><td>Chetan Singh, former Professor of History at
Himachal Pradesh University, Shimla, has been researching and writing on the
history and culture of the western Himalaya for more than two decades. He was
Director, Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla, from 2013 to 2016. His
publications include Natural Premises: Ecology and Peasant Life in the
Western Himalaya, 1800–1950 (1998), and Region and Empire:
Panjab in the Seventeenth Century
(1991).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-1979-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindi
Nationalism</td><td>Alok
Rai</td><td>2001</td><td>152</td><td>375.0000</td><td>This tract looks at
the politics of language in India through a study of the history of one language—
Hindi. It traces the tragic metamorphosis of this language over the last century,
from a creative, dynamic, popular language to a dead, Sanskritised, dePersianised
language manufactured by a self-serving upper caste North Indian elite, nurturing
hegemonic ambitions. From being a symbol of collective imagination it became a
signifier of narrow sectarianism and regional chauvinism. The tract shows how this
transformation of the language was tied up with the politics of communalism and
regionalism.</td><td>Alok Rai, currently teaching in
the Humanities Department of IIT, Delhi. He holds research degrees from the
Universities of Oxford and London, and is well-known as a critic and writer on
comtemporary cultural matters.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-215-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Myth, Hindu
History - Religion, Art, and Politics</td><td>Heinrich von
Stietencron</td><td>2007</td><td>336</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Translated
from the German, this is a major work of classical Indological scholarship. Drawing
upon various sources and currents—folk, tribal, and the multilayered Sanskritic
tradition—it offers major insights into the complex cultural history
of Hindu religious traditions. Starting from the centuries
preceding the Common Era and continuing through the Gupta period up to the eleventh
century, it traces continuity and change in religion and art within the formative
period of what we know today as Hinduism. The terrain
it covers ranges from the grammatical treatises of Panini and Patanjali, to the
Dharma Shastras as well as the epics and Puranas, to inscriptions and temple
iconography. Deploying these many perspectives, it looks also at Akbar’s
religious reforms, which gain yet other dimensions via such scrutiny.
</td><td>Heinrich von Stietencron has been Professor of Indology and
Comparative History of Religion (1973–98) at the University of Tuebingen. He has
written widely, mostly in German, on the epics and the Puranas, on temple symbolism
and iconography, and on religious practice and social structure. He has devoted
many years to field research in Orissa, documenting the many temples and studying
the manuscript traditions of the region. He is chief editor of the annotated Epic
and Puranic Bibliography (1992). He was awarded the Padma Shree in 2004, the only
foreign scholar to have received this honour. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3948-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu
Myths</td><td>A. L.
Dallapiccola</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>450.0000</td><td>India has
long been regarded as the home of Hinduism, its mythology constituting the
backbone of Indian culture. The myths have been adapted over the centuries to
incorporate new or revised characters and continue to play a central role in
modern Indian life. Retold here in their colourful and dramatic splendour, they
touch on the key narrative themes of creation, preservation, destruction, delusion
and the bestowal of grace. They also portray the main deities of the Hindu
pantheon—Shiva, Vishnu and Devi—and their relationships with
anti-gods, nymphs and ascetics. Drawn from a variety of sources, most notably the
encyclopaedic texts the Puranas, the myths range from the early centuries ad to
the sixteenth century, conveying their enduring appeal and the religious teachings
derived from them. This books contains 37 illustrations.
</td><td>A. L. Dallapiccola is Honorary
Professor at the University of Edinburgh and makes research visits to India. She
is the author of Hindu Visions of the Sacred and
Indian Love Poetry as well as a Dictionary of Hindu
Lore and Legend. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-551-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Nationalism
In India: With an Introduction by Amrita Basu</td><td>Tanika
Sarkar</td><td>2022</td><td>282</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Over the past
twenty years or so, there has been a seismic shift in Indian political, religious,
and social life. A country which drew inspiration from the inclusive Hinduism of
Mahatma Gandhi, the anti-caste worldview of B.R. Ambedkar, and the agnostic
secularism of Jawaharlal Nehru is now driven by Hindutva. 
This newly dominant version of Hinduism – which blends militant
nationalism, anti-minorityism, and global Islamophobia – requires the kind of
analysis that only the sharpest scholarly historian can provide. Tanika Sarkar
has, over the past two decades, trudged a fieldwork-oriented path through the
alleys and byways of Hindutva. 
She has trawled through papers, posters, and iconography in its
organisations and institutions. She has been to the offices and homes of its
votaries, interviewing men and women who believe fervently in a Hinduised India.
And she has contextualised this new social ferment with her archival knowledge of
Hindutva from Bankimchandra to the Babri mosque and beyond.
Scholars and general readers will find her book
riveting.</td><td>Tanika Sarkar’s books include Hindu
Wife, Hindu Nation (2001), and Rebels, Wives,
Saints (2009). She was Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru
University and has taught at the University of Chicago, the University of the
Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, and St Stephen’s College,
<td>978-81-7824-265-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu
Nationalism: A Reader</td><td>Christophe
Jaffrelot</td><td>2009</td><td>402</td><td>695.0000</td><td>In India and
beyond, Hindu nationalism came into the headlines in
the 1990s, when the Ayodhya movement—to build a temple in place of a mosque—gained
momentum. This was when the Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) came to
power. This stream of Indian politics is, however, considerably older: in fact
older than the Left, the Congress, and any other. 
The first part of this reader, comprising the writings of both famous and
unknown ideologues, shows that some of the nineteenth-centuryHindu socio-religious
reformers, such as Dayananda (founder of the Arya Samaj), prepared the ground for
Hindu nationalism by positing a Vedic Golden Age. On this foundation, leaders of
the Hindu Mahasabha and the Rashtriya Swayamsewak Sangh (RSS) elaborated their
vision of Hindu India in the twentieth century. Now, V.D.
Savarkar viewed the Muslim as the perfect ‘Other’, a figure to be stigmatized and
emulated with fascinating ambivalence. A full-fledged ethno-religious concept,
Hindutva, came into being, a notion that mentors of the Jana Sangh and the BJP—
such as Deendayal Upadhyaya and Balraj Madhok— refined subsequently by adding
Gandhian nuances as well as more exclusivist overtones. The
second part of the reader outlines every major political issue on which the Hindu
nationalist movement has taken a distinct position. These include: how to
participate in party politics without diluting the core cultural doctrine; how to
cope with conversions by catering more to class needs; how to promote Hindi
without alienating South India; how to fight reservations without losing the Other
Backward Castes vote; how to criticize secularism without seeming communal; how to
reform education and the economy; how to recuperate Kashmir; and how to make the
Hindu diaspora replicate the original ideology beyond India’s
boundaries. In brief, this reader is indispensable for anyone
who wishes to understand contemporary Indian politics, society, culture, and
history.</td><td>Christophe Jaffrelot is
among the world’s most eminent and respected scholars of South Asian politics and
society. He is currently Director of CERI (Centre d’Etudes et de Recherches
Internationales) at Sciences Po (Paris), and Research Director at the CNRS (Centre
National de la Recherche Scientifique). His books include The Hindu Nationalist
Movement and Indian Politics, 1925 to the 1990s (1996), India’s Silent
Revolution: The Rise of the Low Castes in North Indian Politics (2002), and Dr
Ambedkar and Untouchability: Analysing and Fighting Caste
(2005).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-526-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Pasts :
Women, Religion, Histories</td><td>Vasudha
Dalmia</td><td>2018</td><td>374</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
In her Introduction to this book—which showcases her work as a
scholar of social, literary, and religious history—Vasudha Dalmia outlines the
central ideas which thread her writings: first, to understand in greater
historical depth the relationship between language, religion, and society in
India, as well as the ever-changing role of its religious and social institutions;
second, to recognize that the Hindu tradition, which colonials and nationalists
tend to see as monolithic, is in fact a multiplicity of distinct and semi-
autonomous strands.
Professor Dalmia’s work reveals a steady focus on Indian religious
traditions, sects, and histories which, over several hundred years, came to
collectively comprise what in the nineteenth century became known as Hinduism. In
her first essay, Max Müller’s study of the Veda is positioned within a larger
history of German philosophical interest in eastern thought. Müller appears
less an exceptional German scholar and eccentric Oxford phenomenon once his
derivation and links with earlier European Indology are made clear.
Subsequent essays look at the building blocks of colonial knowledge-
formation, law-making, and pedagogy in colonial India, and the role in these of
Banaras; at some of the major components of the Vaishnava Bhakti tradition; at
pre-modern vernacular narratives that fed into constructing the modern Hindi novel
and the Hindu ‘nari’; and at the history of modern Hindi literature.
Anyone interested in the plurality of Hinduism, women’s issues, and
Indian cultural history will find this book immensely interesting.
</td><td>
Vasudha Dalmia established her reputation
with a monumental monograph, The Nationalization of Hindu
Traditions (1997)—her classic study of the origins of Hindu and Hindi
nationalism in the ethos of nineteenth-century Banaras. She is known as a scholar
in the classic Indological mould. She has also written widely on the theatre,
including Poetics, Plays and Performances: The Politics of Modern Indian
Theatre (2007). She has co-edited books on Hinduism, literary history,
and modern Indian culture, and taught at the universities of Heidelberg and
Tuebingen. She was for several years Professor of Hindi and Modern South Asian
Studies at the University of California, Berkeley. She retired in 2014 as
Professor of Hindu Studies at Yale.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-399-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hindu Pasts :
Women, Religion, Histories </td><td>Vasudha
Dalmia</td><td>2015</td><td>374</td><td>895.0000</td><td>In her Introduction to this book—which showcases her work as a
scholar of social, literary, and religious history—Vasudha Dalmia outlines the
central ideas which thread her writings: first, to understand in greater historical
depth the relationship between language, religion, and society in India, as well as
the ever-changing role of its religious and social institutions; second, to
recognize that the Hindu tradition, which colonials and nationalists tend to see as
monolithic, is in fact a multiplicity of distinct and semi-autonomous
strands.Professor Dalmia’s work reveals a steady focus on Indian religious traditions,
sects, and histories which, over several hundred years, came to collectively
comprise what in the nineteenth century became known as Hinduism. In her first
essay, Max Müller’s study of the Veda is positioned within a larger history of
German philosophical interest in eastern thought. Müller appears less an
exceptional German scholar and eccentric Oxford phenomenon once his derivation and
links with earlier European Indology are made
clear.Subsequent essays look at the building blocks of colonial
knowledge-formation, law-making, and pedagogy in colonial India, and the role in
these of Banaras; at some of the major components of the Vaishnava Bhakti
tradition; at pre-modern vernacular narratives that fed into constructing the
modern Hindi novel and the Hindu ‘nari’; and at the history of modern Hindi
literature.Anyone interested in the plurality of Hinduism, women’s issues,
and Indian cultural history will find this book immensely
interesting.</td><td>Vasudha Dalmia established her reputation with
a monumental monograph,
The
Nationalization of Hindu Traditions
(1997)—her classic study of the origins of Hindu and Hindi
nationalism in the ethos of nineteenth-century Banaras. She is known
as a scholar in the classic Indological mould. She has also written
widely on the theatre, including Poetics,Plays and Performances: The Politics of Modern
Indian Theatre (2007).
She has co-edited books on Hinduism, literary history, and modern
Indian culture, and taught at the universities of Heidelberg and
Tuebingen. She was for several years Professor of Hindi and Modern
South Asian Studies at the University of California, Berkeley. She
retired in 2014 as Professor of Hindu Studies at
Yale.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-202-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Rulers,
Muslim Subjects: Islam, Rights, and the History of Kashmir</td><td>Mridu
Rai</td><td>2007</td><td>358</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This is a remarkable
work of scholarship which shows how Kashmir’s modern Muslim identity came into
existence. In doing this, it demonstrates the complex manner in which politics can
enforce the creation of religious identity. Kashmir is a hotbed of religious
politics. Disputed between India and Pakistan, this territory comprises a large
majority of Muslims who are subject to the laws of a predominantly Hindu and
increasingly hinduised India. How did religion and politics become so inextricably
enmeshed in defining and expressing the protest of Kashmir’s Muslims against Hindu
rule? This book is a brilliant historical study of this central issue in the
troubled politics of South Asia’s most picturesque—and most volatile—province.
Mridu Rai argues that the origins of present political conditions and problems lie
in the hundred-year period preceding the creation of India and Pakistan, when
Kashmir was ruled by a succession of Hindu Dogra kings. The Dogras wielded power
under the aegis of British imperialism, and the collusion of colonial state and
collaborating vassals played no small part in shaping a decisively Hindu
sovereignty over a subject Muslim populace. 
This sovereignty took a novel political form in Kashmir. It was
characterized by an unprecedented degree of control by rulers intent on
establishing and legitimizing their authority via Hindu forms of patronage,
tradition, ritual, and related strategies. The region’s Muslims, unlike its Hindus,
were left out of the power-sharing arrangements not simply because of their
religion but because, as Muslims, they became irrelevant to the legitimizing
devices installed by the Hindu Dogras and their British overlords. Therefore, the
protest of Kashmiri Muslims historically represents not so much a defense of Islam
as a defence of their rights by a community defined specifically as Muslims by an
explicitly Hindu ruling hierarchy. This explains the development of a consciousness
among Kashmiri Muslims of religiously-based neglect, as well as the emergence of
their ongoing political protest. Everyone interested in Kashmir and its history
will want this book, as will those who study religion, politics, legal rights, and
community identities.
</td><td>Mridu Rai did her BA at Miranda House, Delhi
University and her MA at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Her Ph.D. was from
Columbia University. She teaches History at Yale
<td>978-81-7824-065-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hindu Rulers,
Muslims Subjects: Islam Rights and the History of Kashmir</td><td>Mridu
Rai</td><td>2004</td><td>358</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This is a remarkable
work of scholarship which shows how Kashmir’s modern Muslim identity came into
existence. In doing this, it demonstrates the complex manner in which politics can
enforce the creation of religious identity. Kashmir is a hotbed of religious
politics. Disputed between India and Pakistan, this territory comprises a large
majority of Muslims who are subject to the laws of a predominantly Hindu and
increasingly hinduised India. How did religion and politics become so inextricably
enmeshed in defining and expressing the protest of Kashmir’s Muslims against Hindu
rule? </td><td>Mridu Rai teaches History at Yale
University</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-067-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Wife, Hindu
Nation: Community, Religion and Cultural Nationalism</td><td>Tanika
align: justify">This book is a brilliant historicisation and scathing
critique of many of the dominant concepts by which Indians generally, and north
Indian Hindus more specifically, think and live today. Historians, sociologists,
political scientists and serious readers who wish to understand how the immediate
past has shaped India’s life will value this incisive work of a major
historian.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Tanika Sarkar, Professor, Centre for Historical
Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-5521-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hindu-Catholic
Engagements in Goa: Religion, Colonialism, and Modernity </td><td>Alexander
Henn</td><td>2014</td><td>228</td><td>1550.0000</td><td>
Vasco Da Gama’s celebrated passage to India (1497–99) not only initiated a
period of Christian expansion, in which Jesuit missionaries declared war to the
alleged ‘idolatry’ of Hindus. The engagement with the until then largely unknown
and unexpectedly rich culture of Hinduism was also part of profound
modern transformations that, in the long run, lead Christian Europe to
recognize the plurality of religions around the globe.
Hindu–Catholic Engagements in Goa offers a novel perspective on
the Portuguese empire and Catholic hegemony in Asia that for almost half a
millennium—from 1510 to 1961—had its capital in Goa. Based on fresh archival
studies and extensive ethnography, it reveals the dramatic role of religion at the
beginning of colonialism and modernity and provides insight into Goa’s intricate
Hindu-Catholic syncretism today. 
Hindu village gods and Catholic patron saints commonly attract veneration
from people of the respective ‘Other’ religious community and, yet, do not create
confusion between the distinct identities of Hindus and Catholics. At the core of
this seeming syncretistic paradox lies a communal concern for neighborhood,
genealogy, protection and health that, at times, overrules doctrinal divides in the
village communities. Hindus and Catholics share trust in communicating with the
divine and holy in ways that occasionally favor ritual over belief and appreciate
substance before meaning. Contrary to postcolonial theories of ‘Othering’, this
book identifies religion thus as an inherently hybrid dimension of the intersection
of colonialism and modernity and identifies local, rather than universal and
epistemic, rather than ethical principles at the core of Goa’s remarkable religious
pluralism.
This book will be welcomed by scholars and students of history,
anthropology, postcolonial theory, and cultural studies. It will also appeal to
informed readers who are interested in the making of early modern
Goa. 
</td><td>
Alexander Henn is Associate
Professor of Religious Studies at Arizona State
<td>978-81-7824-652-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hindutva And
Violence: V.D. Savarkar and the Politics of History</td><td>Vinayak
Chaturvedi</td><td>2022</td><td>480</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>
Hindutva and Violence tells the story of the place
of history in Vinayak Damodar Savarkar’s political thought. It examines Savarkar’s
central claim that “Hindutva is not a word but a history.” 
For Savarkar, this history was not a total history, a complete history,
or a narrative history. Its purpose was to trace key historical events to a
powerful source – the font of motivation for “chief actors” of the past who had
turned to violence in a permanent war for “Hindutva” as the founding principle of
a Hindu nation. At the centre of Savarkar’s writings are historical characters who
not only participated in ethical warfare against invaders, imperialists, and
conquerors in India, but also became Hindus in acts of violence. He argues that
the discipline of history provides the only method for interpreting Hindutva.

This book also shows how Savarkar developed his conceptualisation of
history as a way into the meaning of Hindutva. Savarkar wrote extensively – from
analyses of the nineteenth century to studies of antiquity – to draw up his
histories of Hindus. He also turned to a wide range of works – from the epic
tradition to contemporary social theory and world history – as his way of
explicating “Hindutva” and “history”. 
By examining Savarkar’s key writings on history, historical methodology,
and historiography, Vinayak Chaturvedi provides an interpretation of the
philosophical underpinnings of Hindutva. He demonstrates that all critiques of
Hindutva require grappling with Savarkar’s idea of history. 
</td><td>Vinayak Chaturvedi is Associate Professor of
History at the University of California, Irvine.  He is the author of
Peasant Pasts: History and Memory in Western India (2007) and
the editor of Mapping Subaltern Studies and the Postcolonial
(2000) and The Pandemic: Perspectives on Asia
(2020).  His articles on historical methodology, intellectual history and
social history of South Asia have appeared in journals such as, Past
& Present, Social History, Modern Intellectual History, Postcolonial
Studies, South Asia, Left History, and
WerstattGeschichte.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-3862-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Historical
Demography and Agrarian Regimes: Understanding Southern Indian Fertility, 1881–
1981</td><td>Ravindran Gopinath</td><td>2010</td><td>265</td><td>1625.0000</td><td>
This book, situated at the interface of history and demography,
reconstructs demographic changes in southern India from 1881 to 1981. It measures
and maps fertility changes keeping in mind the trends in the present, the concerns
of the past processes and trajectories, and the spaces within which changes have
taken place. Population and fertility change is thus analysed beyond the narrow
confines of purely demographic variables with crucial emphasis on concrete
historical contexts. The work also provides, for the first time, data on mortality,
fertility and nuptiality, at the district level.
A pioneering study, it critically reviews the historiography on
demography, in particular fertility change, and provides a detailed annual series
of corrected population statistics for a full century. Applying conventional
methodology to hitherto underutilised registration data, the author shows the
dynamic trends in demographic change and their links to the larger changes in the
political and economic spheres. Further, he identifies key determinants of
fertility by analysing the interconnections between different demographic
variables.
For the first time since Kingsley Davis’ seminal work on the historical
demography of the subcontinent, The Population of India and
Pakistan (1952), this study comes as an invaluable reference
for students and scholars of history, demography and population studies.
</td><td>
Ravindran Gopinath is currently
Professor at the Department of History and Culture, Jamia Millia Islamia, New
Delhi. He does research on Indian economic history with a focus on southern
India. 

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-552-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>History and
Collective Memory In South Asia 1200–2000</td><td>Sumit
In this far-ranging and erudite exploration of the South Asian past,
Sumit Guha discusses the shaping of social and historical memory in world-
historical context. 
He presents memory as the result of both remembering and forgetting and
of the preservation, recovery, and decay of records. By describing how these
processes work through sociopolitical organizations, Guha delineates the
historiographic legacy acquired by the British in colonial India; the creation of
the centralized educational system and mass production of textbooks that led to
the unification of historical discourses under colonial auspices; and the
divergence of these discourses in the twentieth century under the impact of
nationalism and decolonization.
Guha brings together sources from a range of languages and regions to
provide the first intellectual history of the ways in which socially recognized
historical memory has been made across the subcontinent. This thoughtful study
contributes to debates beyond the field of history that complicate the
understanding of objectivity and documentation in a seemingly post-truth
world.
</td><td>
Sumit Guha read history at St
Stephen’s College, Jawaharlal University, and Cambridge University. He was a
professor of history at Brown University and is currently a professor of history
at the University of Texas, Austin. His books include Beyond
Caste (Brill Publishers and Permanent Black, 2013), and
Health and Population in South Asia (Permanent Black and
Hurst Publishers, 2001). 
<td>978-81-7824-094-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History and the
Present</td><td>Partha Chatterjee and Anjan Ghosh
align: justify">The essays in this volume bring together historians and
anthropologists to reflect on the place of history and the historical within
present-day conditions. The central focus here is on aspects of the popular, on the
ways in which the popular relates to the scientific, the professional, the
aesthetic, the religious, the legal, and the political. 
The essays represent a critique of
the disciplinary practices of history. They share some of the impulses that had
earlier produced movements such as ‘history from below’ as well as Subaltern
Studies, which had also opened historiography to the domain of the popular. But
this volume also reflects an urge to rethink the place of history in the
present.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Partha Chatterjee is the
author of A Princely Imposter? The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of Indian
Nationalism. A founder member of Subaltern Studies, he is Professor of Anthropology
at Columbia University, and Director, Centre for Studies in Social Sciences,
Calcutta. Anjan Ghosh is a Fellow of the Centre for studies in Social Sciences,
Calcutta.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-464-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>History and
Theory: The Study of State, Institutions and the Making of History</td><td>Bhairabi
Prasad Sahu and Kesavan
Veluthat</td><td>2018</td><td>360</td><td>1295.0000</td><td>
Ram Sharan Sharma (1920–2011) was one of the pioneering historians of
post-independence India. His work has shaped our understanding of Indian history
as we know it today. 
Sharma believed that history and theory are intimately linked, and that
history is a form of knowledge which is theoretically accessible. Yet, he could
combine the use of refined theoretical tools to analyse problems and communicate
them in the simplest possible language. He saw historical writing as an intensely
political activity and led the battle of ideas against colonialist, communal,
chauvinistic and obscurantist approaches to the study of history all his life.

With the underlying goal of studying the diverse forms of state, social
and political institutions, and their role in the making of history, this volume
brings together contributions from some of India’s finest historians to focus on
some of Sharma’s key preoccupations. Section I includes essays on sociology and
history, the state, trade and urbanisation, and the shudras—highlighting recent
developments, while acknowledging Sharma’s pioneering work in these areas. Section
II focuses on archaeology and its use in reconstructing history, including essays
on the pre-Satavahanas, Satavahanas, Ajivikas, servitude,
the Kaliyuga, forced labour and peasantry, war in ancient Indian thought, and
Kavya literature and historical change. The final section engages with the theory
and practice of colonialism at different locations, with essays on new religious
sects as exponents of radical socio-political ideas, the concept of civilisation,
and womanhood. 
This volume will be invaluable to all students and scholars of
history.  
</td><td>
Bhairabi Prasad Sahu is Professor,
Department of History, University of Delhi, Delhi.
Kesavan Veluthat is Director, Institute for

the Study of the Heritage of Coastal Kerala, Muziris International Research and
Convention Centre, Kodungallur, Kerala.
<td>978-81-7824-301-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History in the
Vernacular</td><td>Raziuddin Aquil and Partha Chatterjee
align: justify">Historians of India have lately been looking at the place
of history in the country, both as an academic discipline and as a mode of public
representation of the past. This book explores the status of regional and
vernacular histories in relation to academic histories by professional
historians. Was there
history writing in India before the British colonial intervention? The stock
answer to this question is ‘no’. Other than the Rajatarangini
of Kalhana, no ancient text adequately resembles a historical narrative. The
itihasa-purana tradition is largely
indistinguishable from mythology. The vamsavali and
caritra traditions do not really distinguish between the
legendary and the historical. Yet these genres of narrating the past did percolate into India’s
regional languages, being later complemented by the Persian court chronicles of
Islamic rulers, with the latter showing writing practices much closer to European
conventions of history writing. Looking closely at vernacular contexts and traditions of
historical production, the essays in this book question the assumption that there
was no history writing in India before colonialism. They suggest that careful and
appropriate techniques of reading reveal distinctly indigenous historical
narratives. Such narratives may be embedded within non-historical literary genres,
such as poems, ballads, and works within the larger itihasa-purana
tradition, but they are marked by discursive signs
that allow them to be recognized as historical. Vernacular history traditions in Assam,
Bengal, the North-East, Kerala, the Andhra-Tamil region, Maharashtra, and Uttar
Pradesh are examined here with fresh archival material and new insights, making
this a valuable book for historians, sociologists, and South
Asianists.</td><td>Raziuddin Aquil  is Fellow in History
at the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. He is the author of
Sufism, Culture, and Politics: Afghans and Islam in Medieval North India
(2007). Partha Chatterjee is Professor of Political
Science at the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta, and Professor of
Anthropology at Columbia University, New York. His many books include
The Nation and Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial
Histories (1993), and A Princely Impostor? The
Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of Indian Nationalism
(2002).</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-250-4093-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History of India
1707–1857</td><td>Lakshmi Subramanian
(Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>264</td><td>495.0000</td><td>The period 1707–
1857 was punctuated by dramatic events which had porofound consequences for the
history of the subcontinent. The ascendency of the British colonial enterprise was
a more complex process than was conventionally understood, and scholarship from
the 1980s has contributed to a more nuanced understanding of this period of flux.
This authoritative textbook identifies and examines the processes of social and
political change that took place over a century and a half. 
Synthesising and analysing decades of research on this
period, History of India
1707–1857, covers the following main themes:
<ul>
<li>The disintegration of the Mughal Empire, the emergence of successor
states, and the establishment of the East India Company’s dominance in the
subcontinent. It also examines the debate around the so-called eighteenth century
transition to capitalism, and the consequences of the colonial intervention.
</li>
<li>The processes that aided consolidation of the Raj, its methods of
governance and the bliss of its economic set up.</li>
<li>Social and intellectual constructs which developed during this period,
laying the ground for colonial dominance as well as resistance to it.</li>
<li>A comprehensive overview of developments in the fields of culture,
art, literature, music and ideas during the eighteenth and early nineteenth
centuries. </li>
<li>Resistance to the colonial enterprise, culminating in the rebellion of
1857.</li>
</ul>
Each chapter is accompanied by maps and an up-to-date bibliography as
well as an extensive glossary, making this an essential textbook for undergraduate
students of Indian history.</td><td>Lakshmi Subramanian is
Professor of History in the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata. She
has previously taught at Jamia Millia Islamia (New Delhi), University of Calcutta
and Visva-Bharati (Santiniketan)</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-380-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History of
Kerala: Prehistoric to the Present</td><td>Rajan Gurukkal and Raghava
Varier</td><td>2018</td><td>384</td><td>450.0000</td><td>
This book provides a concise and lucid outline of the history of Kerala
from the earliest period to the present, encompassing even the latest researches.
It describes the early historical times that subsume the region as part of
Tamilakam; the formation of agrarian
settlements; the formation of state, overland and overseas trade; the arrival of
the foreign trading companies; the Mysorean invasions; British dominance; the
various peasant and reform movements; the impact of the national freedom movement;
the Aikya Kerala movement; and the Communist movement, which
led to the Communist ministry and the making of modern Kerala. 
The narrative is structured in such a way that the material conditions of
production in society are analysed first and the relations, institutions,
structures and processes are discussed in this background. The chapters give
precedence to the economic and social over the political and cultural aspects of
Kerala’s history.
Written by two of Kerala’s finest historians, this book addresses the
need for a credible and updated account of the history of the region in English.
Along with precise and accessible narration, this book also includes various
pedagogical features, such as a chronological outline, maps and a table of
inscriptions. 
Students of history will find this book invaluable.
</td><td>Rajan Gurukkal is former Vice-
Chancellor, Mahatma Gandhi University, Kottayam, and currently, Vice Chairman,
Kerala State Higher Education Council, Government of Kerala,
Thiruvananthapuram.
Raghava Varier is Visiting Professor,
Malayalam University of Kerala, and former Professor of History and Epigraphy,
University of Calicut.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-90122-54-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History of
Medieval India</td><td>Satish
Chandra</td><td>2020</td><td>432</td><td>525.0000</td><td>Satish Chandra’s
History of Medieval India is a comprehensive overview of the history of the Indian
subcontinent between the eighth and eighteenth century. It focuses on:
<ul><li>The histories of the Chola, Bahmani and Vijayanagara
kingdoms.</li>
<li>The influence exerted by the Surs, Lodis, the Delhi Sultanate, and the
Mughals.</li>
<li>The importance of the Rajput kings and the Marathas.</li>
<li>Religious movements, such as Sufism and the Bhakti movement.</li>
<li>The changing political, economic and agrarian
scene.</li></ul>
For the first time, this reprint is accompanied by the free Orient
BlackSwan Smart App. This app allows students to:
<ul><li>access question banks from previous years’ competitive
examinations.</li>
<li>solve many multiple-choice questions from their phone.</li>
<li>refer to the detailed answer key at the end.</li>
<li>learn through this easy-to-use, interactive
app.</li></ul></td><td>Satish Chandra
was Chairman, University Grants Commission, and Professor, Medieval
Indian History, and Dean, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University.
He was also Chairman of the Twelve-volume Comprehensive History of Indian Scheme
of the Indian History Congress, implemented by the Comprehensive History of India
Society, and Vice-Chairman of the Society for Indian Ocean
Studies.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-90122-55-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History of Modern
India</td><td>Bipan
Chandra</td><td>2020</td><td>360</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Histor
y of Modern India presents what is arguable
the authoritative overview of the historical period
known as British India.
It moves away from a largely political narrative to offer:
<ul><li>An explanation of conditions in eighteenth-century India that
helped the British East India Company establish its rule.</li>
<li>Important insights into the primary aim of colonial rule: the economic
exploitation of India through trade and investment.</li>
<li>A detailed account of the nationalist movement.</li>
</ul>
An introduction to significant freedom fighters.
For the first time, this reprint is accompanied by the free
Orient BlackSwan Smart App. This app allows students to:
<ul><li>access question banks from previous years’ competitive
examinations</li>
<li>solve nearly 100 multiple-choice questions from their phone.</li>
</ul></td><td>One of the most eminent historians of modern Indian
history, Bipan Chandra was Chairman of the National Book Trust.
He was also Professor Emeritus, Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi, and National Research
Professor.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86689-88-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History of Modern
Telangana</td><td>Bhangya Bhukya</td><td>2017</td><td>244</td><td>325.0000</td><td>
History of Modern Telangana explores the past of
India’s youngest state. It traces Telangana’s history from the establishment of
the Asaf Jahi reign in the eighteenth century till the formation of the state of
Telangana in June 2014, and deals primarily with the socio-economic and political
developments that took place in the region during this period.
The region called Telangana has, for centuries, had a distinct culture
and a history of its own. Moving away from the dynastic perspective usually used
in conventional history writing on the erstwhile Hyderabad State, this volume
studies the social and economic conditions that led to this distinct identity. It
also explores the unique political and administrative structures of the Nizam’s
era and the changes brought about through British influence during the colonial
period.
These political processes and structures were further shaped by the
various people’s movements that occurred in the region in the first half of the
twentieth century. These movements, coupled with the political developments taking
place in the rest of India, resulted in the end of the Asaf Jahi rule and the
merger of the region with the newly-independent Indian union in 1948.
This volume studies the rich history of this region in the context of
events that were simultaneously transpiring in the rest of India. In doing so, it
offers a critical, comprehensive understanding of the modern history of
Telangana.
This book will be useful to students and scholars of history and
political science.
</td><td>Bhangya Bhukya teaches history at the
University of Hyderabad, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5053-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History of the
Bengali People: From Earliest Times to the Fall of the Sena
Dynasty</td><td>Niharranjan Ray, John W. Hood
(Tr.)</td><td>2013</td><td>660</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>Niharranjan Ray’s
highly acclaimed magnum opus, Bangalir Itihas: Adi Parva,
translated here as History of the Bengali
People is a seminal work on the history of the Bengalis
from the earliest times to the beginning of the Muslim rule in India. 
As much a work of literature as of history, this book is not a story of
kings and the extension of their power but of the life of ordinary people. Thus,
through detailed, methodical discussions on origins of the various peoples, their
language and literature, science, trade and commerce, religious practices and
rituals, there emerges a vivid picture of society and its development through the
passage of time.
This able translation by J. W. Hood has retained the vibrancy and subtle
nuances of the Bengali original. In his Foreword to this
edition of the translation, Sumit Sarkar writes: ‘Niharranjan Ray was, indeed, a
towering figure among my generation of historians. But not many scholars are
familiar with his writings these days. The new edition of the English translation,
which has done full justice to the original version, hopefully will rectify
this.’
</td><td>Niharranjan Ray (1903-1981),
renowned historian, was one of India’s last great polymaths. He has written
extensively and authoritatively on a vast range of subjects including art,
classical and modern literature, history, religion, politics and biography.

John W. Hood (trans.) obtained his PhD in
Bengali vernacular historiography from the University of Melbourne and has spent
most of his life studying and writing about Indian—especially Bengali—culture. In
addition to his Niharranjan Ray published in the Sahitya
Akademi''s ''Makers of Indian
Literature'' series, he has written a number of books
on Indian art cinema and has translated a variety of Bengali poetry and fiction
into English.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3508-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>History of the
Social Determinants of Health: Global Histories, Contemporary
Debates</td><td>Harold J. Cook, Sanjoy Bhattacharya, Anne Hardy
align: justify">Every subject has its history, including the
Social Determinants of Health. It is a subject that
investigates differences in human health that occur because of social life, from
income and class to family life and neighbourhood. Social determinants can have
very large effects on longevity, just as do other determinants, such as the
provision of medical care or clean drinking water. A Commission to study the social
determinants of health and to propose ways of improving health based upon their
analysis was therefore established under the auspices of the World Health
Organization and chaired by Professor Sir Michael Marmot. In support of the work
of the Commission, therefore, a large international meeting was organised in London
in order to bring together some of the members of the Commission and several
eminent historians to discuss the historical experience of people from around the
globe. Because historians are among those who have tried to assess how social
relationships have affected health, they can point to some determinants of health
that others might miss, while historical investigations can in turn benefit from
knowing what other analysts consider to be the most important social determinants
of health. The result produced knowledge of importance to us all. Many of the
arguments and evidence are therefore brought together here in one book, so that the
work of the Commission and some of the debates it has prompted can be better known.

This is the first volume of its kind
to bring historical studies to the investigation of the social determinants of
health from a global perspective. It brings together eminent historians of
international health to explore an important and topical subject. The contributors
summarise a large body of recent historical literature in order to make it useful
for policy analysts. It includes a wide range of international examples. It also
includes two chapters on different methods of taking oral histories, which is a
central concern for anyone who is interested in examining the recent past.

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Harold J.
Cook is the Director of the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of
Medicine at University College London.</div><div style="text-align:
justify"> </div><div style="text-align:
justify">Sanjoy Bhattacharya is Reader in History at the
Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at
UCL. </div><div style="text-align:
justify">Anne Hardy is Deputy Director of the Wellcome
Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at UCL.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3687-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History of the
World: From the Late Nineteenth to the Early Twenty-First Century</td><td>Arjun Dev
and Indira Arjun Dev </td><td>2009</td><td>288</td><td>425.0000</td><td>Lucidly written by two of India’s well-
known historians, this book presents a comprehensive overview of world history from
the last decade of the nineteenth century to present times. Using the two world
wars as their principal focal points but without in any way being euro-or West-
centric, the book chronicles the major watershed events that have shaped and
defined today’s world. Beginning with the events that led to the First World War to
the events of 9/11, the book comprehensively discusses various events and forces,
like the Black people’s struggle for equality in the US, the anti-imperialist and
nationalist movements in Asia and Africa, the formation of the United Nations, the
Cold War and the construction of the unipolar world. In the entire arrangement of
themes, the primary aim of the authors is to establish the interconnectedness of
events and their bearing on the progress of world history.
History of the World should
be essential reading for undergraduate students of history. Students of
international relations will also find the book useful. </td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Arjun Dev is presently
research Associate, Towards Freedom project, Indian council for historical
Research. He was associated with NCERT from 1963 to 2000 and retired as professor
of history and head of the NCERT’s erstwhile social science and humanitites
department. He was a key figure in curriculum development and in the publication of
a number of NCERT books. Indira Arjun Dev was professor of history at NCERT. She
was associated with various programmes of curriculum development and evaluation of
textbooks used at different levels. She has co-authored and edited a number of
textbooks, particularly on world history, India’s freedom struggle and human rights
education.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-528-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History, Bhakti,
And Public Memory - Namdev in Religious and Secular Traditions</td><td>Christian
Lee Novetzke</td><td>2018</td><td>336</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Namdev is a central figure in the cultural history of India,
especially within the field of bhakti, a devotional practice that has created
publics of memory for over eight centuries. Born in the Marathi-speaking region of
the Deccan in the late thirteenth century, Namdev is remembered as a simple, low-
caste Hindu tailor whose innovative performances of devotional songs spread his
fame widely. He is central to many religious traditions within Hinduism, as well
as to Sikhism, and he is a key early literary figure in Maharashtra, northern
India, and Punjab.
In the modern period, Namdev appears throughout the public spheres of
Marathi and Hindi and in India at large, where his identity fluctuates between
regional associations and a quiet, pan-Indian, nationalist-secularist profile that
champions the poor, oppressed, marginalized, and low caste. Christian Lee Novetzke
considers the way social memory coheres around the figure of Namdev from the
sixteenth century to the present, examining the practices that situate
Namdev's memory in multiple historical publics. Focusing primarily on
Maharashtra and drawing on ethnographies of devotional performance, archival
materials, scholarly historiography, and popular media, especially film, Novetzke
vividly illustrates how religious communities in India preserve their pasts and,
in turn, create their own historical narratives. 
</td><td>Christian Lee
Novetzke</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-259-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>History, Bhakti,
and Public Memory: Namdev in Religious and Secular Traditions</td><td>Christian
Lee Novetzke</td><td>2009</td><td>336</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Namdev is a
central figure in the cultural history of India, especially within the field of
bhakti, a devotional practice that has created publics of memory for over eight
centuries. Born in the Marathi-speaking region of the Deccan in the late thirteenth
century, Namdev is remembered as a simple, low-caste Hindu tailor whose innovative
performances of devotional songs spread his fame widely. He is central to many
religious traditions within Hinduism, as well as to Sikhism, and he is a key early
literary figure in Maharashtra, northern India, and Punjab. In the modern
period, Namdev appears throughout the public spheres of Marathi and Hindi and in
India at large, where his identity fluctuates between regional associations and a
quiet, pan-Indian, nationalist-secularist profile that champions the poor,
oppressed, marginalized, and low caste. Christian Lee Novetzke considers the way
social memory coheres around the figure of Namdev from the sixteenth century to the
present, examining the practices that situate Namdev's memory in multiple
historical publics. Focusing primarily on Maharashtra and drawing on ethnographies
of devotional performance, archival materials, scholarly historiography, and
popular media, especially film, Novetzke vividly illustrates how religious
communities in India preserve their pasts and, in turn, create their own historical
narratives.</td><td>Christian Lee Novetzke is
Associate Professor at the University of Washington's Jackson School of
International Studies in the South Asia Program and Comparative Religion
Program.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4695-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History,
Historians and Development Policy: A Necessary Dialogue</td><td>C. A. Bayly,
Vijayendra Rao, Simon Szreter and Michael Woolcock
(Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>288</td><td>1225.0000</td><td>If history
matters for understanding key development outcomes then surely historians should
be active contributors to the debates informing these understandings. This volume
integrates, for the first time, contributions from ten leading historians and
seven policy advisors around the central development issues of social protection,
public health, public education and natural resource management. How did certain
ideas, and not others, gain traction in shaping particular policy responses? How
did the content and effectiveness of these responses vary across different
countries, and indeed within them? Achieving this is not merely a matter of
seeking to ''know more'' about specific times, places and issues,
but recognising the distinctive ways in which historians rigorously assemble,
analyse and interpret diverse forms of evidence. 
 This book will appeal to students and scholars in development studies,
history, international relations, politics and geography as well as policy makers
and those working for or studying NGOs.
</td><td>C.A. Bayly is Vere
Harmsworth Professor of Imperial and Naval History, and Fellow of St Catharine’s
College, University of Cambridge. 
Vijayendra Rao is Lead Economist in the
Development Research Group, World Bank. 
Simon Szreter is Professor of History and
Public Policy, and Fellow of St John’s College, University of Cambridge.

Michael Woolcock is Senior Social Scientist in the
Development Research Group, World Bank.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-651-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Holy Science: The
Biopolitics of Hindu Nationalism</td><td>Banu
Subramaniam</td><td>2019</td><td>308</td><td>1145.0000</td><td>
Behind the euphoric narrative of India as an emerging world power lies a
fascinating but untold story of an evolving relationship between science and
religion. Evoking the rich mythology of comingled worlds, where humans,
animals, and gods transform each other and ancient history, Banu Subramaniam
demonstrates how Hindu nationalism weaves an ideal past into technologies of the
present to imagine a future nation that is modern and “Hindu.”
As in many parts of the world, India is witnessing a hypernationalism on
multiple fronts. Through five illustrative cases involving biological claims,
Subramaniam explores an emerging bionationalism. The cases are varied, spanning
the revival of Vaastushastra, the codification of “unnatural” sex in IPC Section
377 (which the Indian Supreme Court recently struck down), the unfolding debates
around the veracity of Hanuman and Rama Setu, debates on the  geographic
origins of Indians through genomic evidence, the revival of traditional systems of
Indian medicine through genomics and pharmaceuticals, the growth of and subsequent
ban on gestational surrogacy, and the rise of old Vedic gestational
sciences.
Moving beyond a critique of India’s emerging bionationalism,
Holy Science explores generative possibilities that the rich
traditions of South Asian story telling practices offer us. 
This book will be of interest to scholars of science and technology
studies, history of science, gender studies, sexuality studies and cultural
studies.  
</td><td>Banu Subramaniam is Professor of Women,
Gender, Sexuality Studies at University of Massachusetts
Amherst.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-553-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>I Am the People:
Reflections on Popular Sovereignty Today</td><td>Partha
Chatterjee</td><td>2020</td><td>212</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
The forms of liberal government that emerged after World War II are in
the midst of a profound crisis. In I Am the People, Partha
Chatterjee reconsiders the concept of popular sovereignty in order to explain
today’s dramatic outburst of movements claiming to speak for “the people”. Drawing
on thinkers such as Antonio Gramsci, Michel Foucault, and Ernesto Laclau, and with
a particular focus on the history of populism in India, I Am the
People is a sweeping, theoretically rich account of the origins of
today’s tempests. 
 
To uncover the roots of populism, Chatterjee traces the twentieth-century
trajectory of the welfare state and neoliberal reforms. Mobilizing ideals of
popular sovereignty and the emotional appeal of nationalism, anticolonial
movements ushered in a world of nation-states while liberal democracies in Europe
guaranteed social rights to their citizens. But as neoliberal techniques shrank
the scope of government, politics gave way to technical administration by experts.
Once the state could no longer claim an emotional bond with the people, the ruling
bloc lost the consent of the governed. To fill the void, a proliferation of
populist leaders have mobilized disaffected groups into a battle that they define
as the authentic people against entrenched oligarchy. 
 
Once politics enters a spiral of competitive populism, Chatterjee cautions,
there is no easy return to pristine liberalism. Only a counter-hegemonic social
force that challenges global capital and facilitates the equal participation of
all peoples in democratic governance can achieve significant transformation.

</td><td>
Partha Chatterjee is a professor of
anthropology and of Middle Eastern, South Asian, and African studies at Columbia
University. He is the author of more than twenty books, including The
Politics of the Governed: Reflections on Popular Politics in Most of the
World (Permanent Black, 2004) and The Black Hole of Empire:
History of a Global Practice of Power (Permanent Black, 2012).

<td>978-81-7824-642-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>I Am The People:
Reflections on Popular Sovereignty Today</td><td>Partha
Chatterjee</td><td>2020</td><td>212</td><td>395.0000</td><td>The forms of
liberal government that emerged after World War II are in the midst of a profound
crisis. In I Am the People, Partha Chatterjee reconsiders the
concept of popular sovereignty in order to explain today’s dramatic outburst of
movements claiming to speak for “the people”. Drawing on thinkers such as Antonio
Gramsci, Michel Foucault, and Ernesto Laclau, and with a particular focus on the
history of populism in India, I Am the People is a sweeping,
theoretically rich account of the origins of today’s tempests.
To uncover the roots of populism, Chatterjee traces the twentieth-century
trajectory of the welfare state and neoliberal reforms. Mobilizing ideals of
popular sovereignty and the emotional appeal of nationalism, anticolonial
movements ushered in a world of nation-states while liberal democracies in Europe
guaranteed social rights to their citizens. But as neoliberal techniques shrank
the scope of government, politics gave way to technical administration by experts.
Once the state could no longer claim an emotional bond with the people, the ruling
bloc lost the consent of the governed. To fill the void, a proliferation of
populist leaders have mobilized disaffected groups into a battle that they define
as the authentic people against entrenched oligarchy.
Once politics enters a spiral of competitive populism, Chatterjee cautions,
there is no easy return to pristine liberalism. Only a counter-hegemonic social
force that challenges global capital and facilitates the equal participation of
all peoples in democratic governance can achieve significant transformation.

</td><td>Partha Chatterjee is a professor of
anthropology and of Middle Eastern, South Asian, and African studies at Columbia
University. He is the author of more than twenty books, including The
Politics of the Governed: Reflections on Popular Politics in Most of the
World (Permanent Black, 2004) and The Black Hole of Empire:
History of a Global Practice of Power (Permanent Black, 2012).

<td>978-93-5287-390-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>I am the Widow: An
Intellectual Biography of Behramji Malabari</td><td>Harmony
Siganporia</td><td>2018</td><td>304</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>
An examination and critical analysis of the life-work and times of
Behramji Merwanji Malabari (1853–1912)—Parsi social reformer, journalist, poet,
proto ethnographer/anthropologist, travel writer, and a vital catalyst of change
who did much to shape the national reform discourse—I am the
Widow is an intellectual biography that
compares and analyses his diverse writings and
concerns individually, and in relation to each
other. This exercise reveals a society in transition in the late
nineteenth century, providing us with an understanding of this crucial and
formative moment in Indian history.
The book also evaluates Malabari’s lifelong commitment to working
for the uplift of women, particularly widows, even as it explores the politics of
representation and outlines some of the tensions that such a voicing of ‘women’s
issues’ by male reformers such as Malabari entails.
 Whether observing his own Parsi community, women, the British
coloniser, or India and Indians at large, as a litterateur and quasi cultural
anthropologist, Malabari possessed the ‘innate human ability to identify
with another’ as much as ‘the ability to refuse to identify solely with
oneself’. Malabari had two biographies written about him before he was
forty, and a third two years after his death.
He then vanished almost completely from the pages of
Parsi and Indian history, reduced at best to a footnote.
This fourth biography attempts to discover why.
This text will be a rare and valuable asset to scholars
of history, culture studies and literary studies. 
</td><td>Harmony Siganporia is Assistant Professor in the
Communication Area at MICA-India, Ahmedabad, and a musician.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5174-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ideas and
Institutions in Medieval India, Eighth to Eighteenth Centuries</td><td>Radhika
Seshan</td><td>2013</td><td>240</td><td>650.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>The predominant mindset about the medieval in India owes its origins
mostly to colonial historiographers. This book goes beyond that to examine in
considerable detail the changes in the systems of state and society during the
medieval period. </li>
<li>The author analyses not just the political structures of the era but also
various other aspects—be it kingship, administration of the state, the place of
various castes in society, the functioning of the judiciary, the economy—and the
ideas that they were built around. </li>
<li>The volume has looked at political philosophers of the time like Farabi,
Ghazzali, Barani and others and their concept of a state and contrasted it with the
more ‘modern’ idea of a medieval state (colonial
historiographers and others). </li>
<li>It examines the state of flux in the country with the rise and fall of
kings and empires, changes in the nature of trade, and emergence of new classes,
castes and centres of power. </li>
<li>It also analyses these changes in the south of India and looks at the
trajectory that the region followed. </li>
</ul></td><td>Radhika Seshan is Associate Professor, Department of History,
University of Pune</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5175-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ideas and
Institutions in Medieval India, Eighth to Eighteenth Centuries</td><td>Radhika
Seshan</td><td>2013</td><td>240</td><td>1250.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>The predominant mindset about the medieval in India owes its origins
mostly to colonial historiographers. This book goes beyond that to examine in
considerable detail the changes in the systems of state and society during the
medieval period. </li>
<li>The author analyses not just the political structures of the era but also
various other aspects—be it kingship, administration of the state, the place of
various castes in society, the functioning of the judiciary, the economy—and the
ideas that they were built around. </li>
<li>The volume has looked at political philosophers of the time like Farabi,
Ghazzali, Barani and others and their concept of a state and contrasted it with the
more ‘modern’ idea of a medieval state (colonial
historiographers and others). </li>
<li>It examines the state of flux in the country with the rise and fall of
kings and empires, changes in the nature of trade, and emergence of new classes,
castes and centres of power. </li>
<li>It also analyses these changes in the south of India and looks at the
trajectory that the region followed. </li>
</ul></td><td>Radhika Seshan is Associate Professor, Department of
History, University of Pune.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5685-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ideas,
Institutions, Processes: Essays in Memory of Satish Saberwal</td><td>N.
Jayaram</td><td>2014</td><td>304</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This book commemmorates
eminent sociologist Satish Saberwal who pioneered interdisciplinarity in the
social sciences in India through a series of 15 collected essays in four
different parts. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The first part takes a
biographical approach to Saberwal and includes both reminiscences by his
peers as well as an extensive interview with Saberwal. The second part is
devoted to the methodology of studying sociology in India</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The third part is dedicated
to historical perspectives, as Saberwal was interested in combining
historical and sociological approaches and considers both ancient and modern
Indian history. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The fourth part focuses on
different institutions and processes in contemporary India, and discusses
issues like education, caste, violence and environmentalism. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The different essays in the
volume draw from Saberwal’s important work on crisis, conflict, social
mobility and institutional rules and norms and generate new perspectives on a
wide variety of issues.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>N. Jayaram is Professor, Centre for Research
Methodology, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-278-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Imagining the
Urban: Sanskrit and the City</td><td>Shonaleeka
Kaul</td><td>2010</td><td>290</td><td>795.0000</td><td>When you think of
India’s ancient cities, you think of khaki archaeologists digging crumbling
structures out of ancient mud. Urban spheres, from this perspective, often look as
dull as the dust from which they emerge.
But the early Indian city wasn’t like that at all, says Shonaleeka Kaul;
it was certainly not only brick-and-mortar, nor merely an agglomeration of built-
up space. In Sanskrit literature these cities were alive, vibrant, teeming with
variety. Kaul examines Sanskrit
kāvyas over
about a thousand years to see what India’s early historic cities were like as
living, lived-in, entities. She looks at ideologies, attitudes, institutions, and
practices in ancient urban areas, showing the ways in which they often cohered
into a worldview, a mentalité. 
This is also a book about Sanskrit literature. Scholars have long argued
for a nuanced use of literary texts to achieve a more rounded understanding of
ancient history, and Kaul achieves exactly that. She takes forward the idea of a
Sanskrit ‘literary culture’, arguing that genres influence methods of historical
representation. Her book gives us a fresh view of the early city, showing
distinctive urban ways of thought and behaviour which relate in complex ways to
tradition, morality, and authority. In advocating Sanskrit
kāvyas as
an important historical source, it addresses not just ancient India specialists
but also scholars of literary history: the
kāvyas
rework history, says Kaul, providing us with ‘transhistoricity’ rather than
‘ahistoricity’.
By asking new questions about early Indian cities and ancient Indian
texts, this book asks to be read by every scholar of history, urbanism,
cityscapes, literary history, Sanskrit writings, and South Asian
antiquity.</td><td>Shonaleeka Kaul teaches in the Department of
History, University of Delhi. She was at Jawaharlal Nehru University for her PhD.
As part of visiting faculty, she has also taught at
Yale.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-209-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Imperial
Connections: India in the Indian Ocean Arena, 1860–1920</td><td>Thomas R.
Metcalf</td><td>2007</td><td>280</td><td>650.0000</td><td>An innovative
remapping of empire, Imperial Connections offers a
broad-ranging view of the workings of the British empire in the period when the
India of the Raj stood at the centre of a newly globalized system of trade,
investment, and migration. Metcalf argues that India itself became a nexus of
imperial power that made possible British conquest, control, and governance across
a wide arc of territory stretching from Africa to eastern Asia. His book, offering
a new perspective on how imperialism operates, emphasizes transcolonial
interactions and webs of influence that advanced the interests of colonial India
and Britain alike. Metcalf examines such topics as law codes and administrative
forms as they were shaped by Indian precedents; the Indian army's role in
securing Malaya, Africa, and Mesopotamia for the empire; the employment of Indians,
especially Sikhs, in colonial policing; and the transformation of East Africa into
what was almost a province of India through the construction of the Uganda railway.
He concludes with a look at the decline of this Indian Ocean system after 1920 and
considers how far India's participation in it opened opportunities for Indians
to be a colonizing as well as a colonized people.</td><td>THOMAS R.
METCALF is Professor of History Emeritus at the University of California, Berkeley.
His works on Indian history, beginning with The Aftermath of Revolt (1964) and
Land, Landlords and the British Raj (1979), established a high reputation which his
later books, including An Imperial Vision: Indian Architecture (1989) and
Ideologies of the Raj (1995), have consolidated.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-387-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Imperialists,
Nationalists, Democrats: The Collected Essays</td><td>Sarvepalli Gopal (Au) and
Srinath Raghavan
(Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>444</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The present book
gathers together thirty pieces from scattered and relatively inaccessible sources.
It is remarkable equally for the quality of the writing within it, reminiscent of
the virtues that made Gopal’s reputation. ‘The English prose of most Indian
academics is wooden’, say Ramachandra Guha and Sunil Khilnani in their preface to
this collection. ‘Gopal, who had immersed himself in the literature of the
language, was by contrast a stylist with a wry turn of phrase. Though his mother
tongue was Telugu and he spoke Tamil fairly well—as well as an Oxford-educated
Brahmin could—he wrote almost entirely in English, crafting his sentences
fastidiously …’ This is everywhere apparent in the essays here.
They range from analyses of imperialists such as Curzon and Churchill, to
nationalists such as Nehru, Gandhi, Ambedkar, and Patel, to novelist-democrats such
as E.M. Forster and Rabindranath Tagore. The Suez Crisis, cricketers and cricket-
writing, secularism and Hindutva, women and Indian law, and the English language in
South Asia are among the varied subjects that they are about.
This is not a collection only for historians and students of Indian politics. It is
a book for anyone wanting to read first-rate English prose by one of the most
thoughtful and thought-provoking writers of modern
India.</td><td>S. Gopal (1923–2002) was the most
respected Indian historian of his time. His biographies of Jawaharlal Nehru and
Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan remain the finest political lives written in the country.
His writings on Indian history and politics are admired for their flair, elegance,
insight, and thoroughness.
Srinath Raghavan is the author of War and
Peace in Modern India (2010). He is Senior Fellow, Centre for Policy
Research, New Delhi, and Lecturer in Defence Studies at King’s College London. He
is writing an international history of the India–Pakistan war of 1971 and the
creation of Bangladesh. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-387-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Imperialists,
Nationalists, Democrats: The Collected Essays</td><td>Sarvepalli Gopal (and Edited
by Srinath Raghavan)</td><td>2019</td><td>444</td><td>695.0000</td><td>S.
Gopal (1923–2002) was the most respected Indian historian of his time. His
biographies of Jawaharlal Nehru and Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan remain the finest
political lives written in the country. His writings on Indian history and
politics are admired for their flair, elegance, insight, and
thoroughness.
The present book gathers together thirty pieces from scattered and
relatively inaccessible sources. It is remarkable equally for the quality of the
writing within it, reminiscent of the virtues that made Gopal’s reputation. ‘The
English prose of most Indian academics is wooden’, say Ramachandra Guha and Sunil
Khilnani in their preface to this collection. ‘Gopal, who had immersed himself in
the literature of the language, was by contrast a stylist with a wry turn of
phrase. Though his mother tongue was Telugu and he spoke Tamil fairly well—as well
as an Oxford-educated Brahmin could—he wrote almost entirely in English, crafting
his sentences fastidiously …’ This is everywhere apparent in the essays
here.
They range from analyses of imperialists such as Curzon and Churchill, to
nationalists such as Nehru, Gandhi, Ambedkar, and Patel, to novelist-democrats
such as E.M. Forster and Rabindranath Tagore. The Suez Crisis, cricketers and
cricket-writing, secularism and Hindutva, women and Indian law, and the English
language in South Asia are among the varied subjects that they are about.
This is not a collection only for historians and students of Indian
politics. It is a book for anyone wanting to read first-rate English prose by one
of the most thoughtful and thought-provoking writers of modern
India.</td><td>Srinath Raghavan is the
author of War and Peace in Modern India (2010). He is Senior
Fellow, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, and Lecturer in Defence Studies at
King’s College London. He is writing an international history of the India–
Pakistan war of 1971 and the creation of Bangladesh.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-949258-3-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Impossible and
Necessary: Anticolonialism, Reading, and Critique</td><td>J Daniel
Elam</td><td>2021</td><td>212</td><td>975.0000</td><td>
Impossible and Necessary recovers an alternative
strain of anticolonialism. Early twentieth-century anticolonial thinkers
endeavored to imagine a world emancipated from colonial rule, but it was a world
they knew they would likely not live to see. Written in exile, in abjection, or in
the face of death, anticolonial thought could not afford to base its politics on
the hope of eventual success. J. Daniel Elam shows how anticolonial thinkers
theorized inconsequential practices of egalitarianism in the service of
impossibility: a world without colonialism. 
Bringing together the histories of comparative literature and
anticolonial thought, Elam demonstrates how these early twentieth-century theories
of reading force us to reconsider the commitments of humanistic critique and
egalitarian politics in the still-colonial present.
To trace this political theory, Elam foregrounds anticolonial theories of
reading and critique in the writing of four thinkers, Lala Har Dayal, B.R.
Ambedkar, M.K. Gandhi, and Bhagat Singh. These anticolonial activists theorized
reading not as a way to cultivate mastery and expertise, but as a way to disavow
mastery and expertise altogether.</td><td>J. Daniel
Elam is Assistant Professor, Department of Comparative Literature,
University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong. He has co-edited two books, Revolutionary Lives
in South Asia (2014) and Writing Revolution
(2017).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-030-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>In Burmese
Prisons: Correspondence May 1923–July 1926, Netaji Collected Works, volume
3</td><td>Sisir K. Bose and Sugata
Bose</td><td>2021</td><td>388</td><td>425.0000</td><td>Prison letters,
despite being subjected to the scrutiny of government censors, often supply some
of the deepest insights into the mind of a revolutionary. Subhas Chandra Bose’s
letters from Mandalay certainly underscore the truth of the poetic assertion:
‘Some walls do not a prison make, nor iron bars a cage’. They make this volume one
of the most moving in the 12-volume set of Netaji’s Collected Works. Subhas
Chandra Bose’s exile in Burmese prisons from 1924 to 1927 witnessed the
transformation of a lieutenant into a leader. During the non-cooperation movement
and its aftermath he had wholeheartedly accepted Deshbandhu Chitta Ranjan Das as
his political mentor. The apprenticeship was cut short by Deshbandhu’s death in
June 1925. When Subhas received this terrible news as a prisoner in Mandalay, he
felt, ‘desolate with a sense of bereavement’, as he wrote to his friend Dilip
Kumar Roy.
Netaji’s letters cover a very wide array of topics—art, music,
literature, nature, education, folk culture, civic affairs, criminology,
spirituality, and, of course, politics. He bore the rigours of prison life with a
combination of stoicism and humour.
This volume is indispensable to an understanding of India’s greatest
revolutionary leader and will interest all historians of modern India.
</td><td>Sisir Kumar Bose 
(1920–2000) founded the Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit
until his death in 2000. A participant in the Indian freedom struggle, he was
imprisoned by the British in the Lahore Fort, Red Fort and Lyallpur Jail. In the
post-independence period he played a key role in preserving the best traditions of
the anti-colonial movement and making possible the writing of its
history.
Sugata Bose is the Gardiner Professor of
social and political history of modern South Asia. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-085-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>In Diasporic
Lands: Tibetan Refugees and their Transformation since the Exodus</td><td>Sudeep
Basu</td><td>2018</td><td>272</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>A large number of
Tibetans migrated to India following the Chinese occupation of Tibet in 1950. Till
the end of the twentieth century, Tibetan studies focused primarily on Buddhism and
pre-1950s Tibetan history in relation to Tibetan exiles, influenced largely by
Western notions of Tibetan culture in an exotic ‘Shangri-La’. In
Diasporic Lands moves away from this norm to study the dynamics
of Tibetan refugees’ emergent culture in the midst of their hosts, and in
distinctly urban settings.Based on the author’s ethnographic
fieldwork conducted in Darjeeling town, West Bengal, this volume looks at how
places and identities are redefined and transformed by refugees negotiating their
‘belonging’ in an alien country over time. The earlier strategy of the ‘myth of
return’ to their homeland has had to be reworked, and in the process, Tibetan
refugees have moved away from the stereotyped ways in which they are portrayed to
create plural identities of their own. The volume also looks at how the refugee–
host dynamic—where the ‘hosts’ are Indians, Nepalis and ‘Bhutia’ Tibetans—plays out
in such a situation.Tibetan refugees in India grapple with
notions of what Tibet as the homeland stands for, what it means to truly belong to
the host territory and to acquire Indian citizenship. The ethnographic analysis,
which reflects on Tibet’s past and the ‘exile present’, helps us to understand the
‘lived meanings’ that Tibetan refugees in Darjeeling attach to their life in exile
and to the spaces they live and work in. It also shows how the experience of
movement to and from a place alters the idea that people have of their relation to
a specific place in the diaspora, and how this ‘sense of place’ adds meaning and
purpose to refugee lives.This volume will be of interest to
students and scholars of sociology, social anthropology, politics, cultural studies
and migration studies, as well as policy makers and human rights
activists.</td><td><div style="text-align:
left">Sudeep Basu is Assistant Professor at the
Centre for Studies in Social Management, School of Social Sciences, Central
University of Gujarat, Gandhinagar.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5908-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>In the Club:
Associational Life in Colonial South Asia</td><td>Benjamin B.
Cohen</td><td>2015</td><td>224</td><td>1300.0000</td><td>
Clubs in India are often regarded as antiquarian institutions left over
from a bygone era with little to teach us about the past or present. Yet,
In the Club presents a different picture of India’s clubland.
This book offers a comprehensive examination of social clubs across India. It
argues that clubs have been key contributors to India’s colonial associational life
and civil society, and remain important nodes in public culture today. 
Using government records, personal memoirs, private club records, and
club histories themselves, In the club explores colonial
club life with chapters arranged thematically. Legal underpinnings bind clubs
within, and to each other, across regional and national borders. Many clubs occupy
prime locations and maintain their historic interiors. All clubs faced financial
crises as they increasingly entered the global marketplace. No club could function
without servants and staff, while issues of race and class in clubs continues to
be debated today. <a></a>Women’s clubs occupy an important place in
clubland, while many clubs continue to thrive today in their postcolonial milieus.

This book will be critical reading for scholars of history and sociology
as well as social scientists interested in colonialism, associational life and
civil society in India. It will also be of interest to intellectually engaged club
members, aspiring members, or just those curious about the inner-workings of clubs
across India and beyond.
</td><td>
Benjamin B. Cohen is  Associate
Professor in the Department of History at the University of Utah.
<td>978-81-7824-347-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India and Central
Asia: A Reader</td><td>Xinru
Liu(Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>354</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Central Asia has been a
strategic region in world history because of its location in the Afro-Eurasian
land mass, and because it was the hinge between several different ecological
zones. From the border of the Iranian plateau to the edge of the Takla Makan
desert, and from the foothills of the Kunlun Mountains to the Taiga zone of
Siberia, Central Asia encompasses peoples who spoke many languages and practised
various forms of livelihood.  
For historians who have been
focused on individual civilizations, or the societies which have left written
records, Central Asia has seemed an ocean full of dark energy.  From time
to time, ‘barbaric’ nomads flew out from Central Asia to loot villages and destroy
cities in East and South Asia, and even Europe.  
In recent decades, research on the
lives of nomadic people on the steppe, archaeological excavations of urban
settlements on oases along the Amu and Sir rivers, and the discovery of more
Hellenistic remains have made scholars look at this region from a different
perspective. Looking towards Central Asia from the Indian subcontinent shows that
the dynamics in Central Asia were often the momentum for fundamental changes in
history which brought new cultural elements to South
Asia.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">XINRU LIU has a PhD from the
University of Pennsylvania. She teaches South Asia, Central Asia, and World
History at the College of New Jersey, Ewing. She is
also associated with the Institute of History and the Institute of World History,
Chinese Academy of Sciences. Her many publications include Ancient
India and Ancient China (1988); Silk and Religion: An
Exploration of Material Life and the Thought of People in A.D. 60 –1200
(1996); Connections Across Eurasia: Transportation,
Communications, and Cultural Exchange on the Silk Roads (with Lynda
Norene Shaffer; 2007); and The Silk Road in World History
(2010).</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-87358-53-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India and China
in the Colonial World</td><td>Madhavi Thampi
(Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>266</td><td>295.0000</td><td><stro
ng>India and China in the Colonial World
brings together thirteen essays by eminent Indian and
Chinese scholars as well as young researchers who look at the multidimensional
interaction between the two countries. This interaction was of many kinds and
took place at various levels. This volume casts new light on some of the problems
that have confronted the relations between India and China as new states and, in
doing so, challenges stereotyped images of this relationship.
The major areas of India-China relationships covered in this book
include some aspects of the situation during and after World War II. 
Some papers, such as those on the importance of Shanghai in Sino-Indian trade,
the presence of the Chinese community in India and  Indians in China;
Indian fighters in the Taiping Rebellion; Gandhi and the Chinese in South Africa;
and ties between south-west China and north-east India during World War II;
present the findings of new research.  Others such as those pertaining
to India-China relations in the period, such as the opium trade; the
controversial visit of Rabindranath Tagore to China; and the complexity
of  Subhash Chandra Bose’s position with relation to both China and
Japan have been put in a new light. The essays in this book
are particularly relevant as they help to understand the relationship between
India and China in the context of a historical perspective. 
</td><td>Madhavi Thampi teaches Chinese
History in the Department of East Asian Studies of Delhi University. 
She is the author of Indians in China, 1800-1949 (Delhi,
2005) and co-author of China and the Making of Bombay 
(Mumbai, 2009).  She is an Honorary Fellow at the Institute of Chinese
Studies, Delhi, and Associate Editor of China
Report.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-83166-35-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India in
Edinburgh: 1750s to the Present</td><td>Roger
Jeffery</td><td>2019</td><td>276</td><td>950.0000</td><td>
India In Edinburgh: 1750s to the present, as the
title suggests, is an extremely fascinating book. The Editor of the volume, Roger
Jeffery has brought together 10 original, well-researched and well-written essays
which bring to life the presence of India in the capital city of Scotland,
Edinburgh. On the surface Edinburgh is a purely Scottish city: its 'India'
past is not easily visible. Yet, from the late 17th century onwards, many of
Edinburgh's young men and women were drawn to India. The city received back
money and knowledge, sculpture and paintings, botanical specimens and even skulls!
Colonel James Skinner, well-known for establishing Skinner's Horse, brought
his sons to Edinburgh for their schooling. Though Sir Walter Scott visited India
only in his imagination (and tried to stop his own sons going there) he crafted a
dashing India tale involving Tipu Sultan. The money from India helped create
Edinburgh's New Town, Edinburgh's internationally-renowned schools (whose
former pupils careers ranged from tea-planters to Viceroys) and people who came to
Edinburgh from India established Edinburgh's second women's medical
college. There are many such hidden stories of Edinburgh's India connections.
In this path-breaking book they are brought to life, using novel approaches to
look at Edinburgh's past, to see it as an imperial city, a city for which
India held a special place. Focussing on the interactions between individual
lives, social networks and financial, material, cultural and social flows, leading
experts from Edinburgh's history provide fascinating detail on how
Edinburgh's links to India were formed and transformed. 
</td><td>
Roger Jeffery is Professor of Sociology of
South Asia at the University of Edinburgh, where he has taught since 1972. He has
written widely on aspects of north Indian society, based on intensive fieldwork in
villages north-east of Delhi, as well as on health policy in South Asia. Among his
edited collections are volumes on social aspects of forestry, women's education
and fertility, aspects of contemporary Uttar Pradesh, and processes of
marginalisation of ethnic and religious minorities in India. His current work
focuses on the footprint of India in Edinburgh; with Hauke Wiebe he has developed
two on-line walking tours (accessed through <a
href="https://gmail.us3.list-manage.com/track/click?
u=d27859d8faeb30b7b9700c602&id=334504d0f8&e=f596fad552"
target="_blank">curiousedinburgh.org</a>), featuring Indian connections in the city.
 
<td>978-81-250-3960-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India
Remembered</td><td>Percival Spear and Margaret Spear. Introduction by Narayana
Gupta</td><td>2010</td><td>200</td><td>750.0000</td><td>This book is “one
of memories and reflections” of historian Percival Spear, and his wife Margaret.
Their association with India began in 1924 when he joined St Stephen's
College, Delhi, as a young lecturer and stayed on in the city till 1944.
 Unlike many books of the period that studied the political
turmoil from the viewpoint of the leaders, India
Remembered looks at India during its quest for freedom in the early
twentieth century through the eyes of two perceptive people. In the first part of
the book, Percival Spear carefully writes about his two-decade long relationship
with the college, fellow teachers, missionaries, students, friends, both he and
his wife made, and the huge political storm of the freedom struggle through the
eyes of a sympathetic yet detached historian. In the second part, Margaret Spear
takes the “Verandah Viewpoint” on India—painting a sketch of the land, the
ordinary people, their lives, joys, travails and festivities.
The Spears’ passionate involvement with India is reflected in their
writing, imbued with feelings, observations and insights, that makes this memoir
an enduring read. This second edition of the book has an introduction by historian
Narayani Gupta, and will be of interest not only to students of history, but also
yet to the general reader.</td><td>Percival Spear
was an English historian who spent much of his life teaching modern
Indian social history. He taught at both Cambridge University and St
Stephen's College with great distinction. He passed away in 1982.
Margaret Spear, Percival Spear's wife,
came to India in 1933. In 1940 she joined the staff of the Director-General of
Information in India, later to become part of the Department of Information and
Broadcasting. She left India in 1944. Narayani
Gupta has loved in Delhi since 1946, the year after the Spears left
teh city. She taught history at Jamia Millia Islamia, and has worked on the
history of Delhi.</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-7824-667-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India’s Economy
from Nehru to Modi: A Brief History</td><td>Pulapre
Balakrishnan</td><td>2023</td><td>272</td><td>695.0000</td><td>How has
India’s economy fared over the first seventy-years of the country’s independence?
More specifically, how has India’s economic journey impacted the life of the
Indian citizen? Have the various economic measures and reforms since 1947 improved
or worsened matters for the people? These are the core issues addressed within
this concise and accessible book.
Given India’s large population, there has always been great
interest internationally in the steps taken to shape
the country’s economy and its consequent advance. The
country, says Pulapre Balakrishnan, has undoubtedly
progressed. It is now self-sufficient in food, industrially
capable, and globally recognised for its software services. 
Yet, while the country has ended famine, it has neither eliminated
poverty nor reduced inequality of opportunity. If India has modernised without
human development, can the India story amount to much? The author argues that an
economy focused largely on growth instead of equally on  well-being –
 which can come about only with substantial public provision of education
and health – ignores a founding premise of the Indian republic.
Written by a professional economist with impeccable academic credentials,
this invigorating short account illuminates India’s economic journey since 1947
while arguing persuasively for an appreciation of its human dimension. Students,
scholars, and the everyday reading public will be enlightened by this fresh and
comprehensive overview.</td><td>pulapre
balakrishnan is Professor of Economics, Ashoka University, Sonipat,
and Senior Fellow, Indian Institute of Management, Kozhikode. His web address is
www.pulaprebalakrishnan.in. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-657-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India’s Economy
from Nehru to Modi: A Brief History</td><td>Pulapre
Balakrishnan</td><td>2022</td><td>272</td><td>895.0000</td><td>How has
India’s economy fared over the first seventy-years of the country’s independence?
More specifically, how has India’s economic journey impacted the life of the
Indian citizen? Have the various economic measures and reforms since 1947 improved
or worsened matters for the people? These are the core issues addressed within
this concise and accessible book.
Given India’s large population, there has always been great
interest internationally in the steps taken to shape
the country’s economy and its consequent advance. The
country, says Pulapre Balakrishnan, has undoubtedly
progressed. It is now self-sufficient in food, industrially
capable, and globally recognised for its software services. 
Yet, while the country has ended famine, it has neither eliminated
poverty nor reduced inequality of opportunity. If India has modernised without
human development, can the India story amount to much? The author argues that an
economy focused largely on growth instead of equally on  well-being –
 which can come about only with substantial public provision of education
and health – ignores a founding premise of the Indian republic.
Written by a professional economist with impeccable academic credentials,
this invigorating short account illuminates India’s economic journey since 1947
while arguing persuasively for an appreciation of its human dimension. Students,
scholars, and the everyday reading public will be enlightened by this fresh and
comprehensive overview.</td><td>Pulapre
Balakrishnan is Professor of Economics, Ashoka University, Sonipat, and
Senior Fellow, Indian Institute of Management, Kozhikode. His web address is
<a href="http://www.pulaprebalakrishnan.in/">
www.pulaprebalakrishnan.in</a>.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-316-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India’s
Environmental History—A Reader: (Vol. 1: From Ancient Times to the Colonial Period,
Vol. 2: Colonialism, Modernity, and the Nation)</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan and K.
Sivaramakrishnan(Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>1096</td><td>1850.0000</td><td>Environmental history in
India has generated a rich literature on forests, wildlife, human–
animal conflict, tribal rights and commercial degradation, displacement and
development, pastoralism and desertification, famine and disease, sedentarism and
mobility, wildness and civility, and the ecology versus
equity debate. 
This reader brings together some of
the best and most interesting writing on India’s ecological pasts. It looks at a
variety of the country’s regions, landscapes, and arenas as settings for strife or
harmony, as topography and ecological fabric, in the process covering a vast
historical terrain. 
Vol 1.
provides an antidote to the existing historiography, which barely takes notice of
the era before 1800. The essays here range from prehistoric India to the middle of
the nineteenth century. They provide insights on forest and water disputes,
contests over urban and rural space, struggles over water and land, and frictions
over natural wealth which have led to a reinterpretation of source materials on
early and medieval India.
Vol 2.
Shows how colonial rule resulted in ecological change on a new scale altogether.
Forests covering over half a million sq km were taken over by 1904 and managed by
foresters.  Canal construction on a gigantic scale gave British India
perhaps more acreage than any other political entity on earth. Similar new forces
were at work in relation to the animal world, with species being reclassified as
vermin to be hunted down or as game to be selectively shot.
For all who are interested in the
diverse and detailed findings of the best scholarship on India’s environment, this
book (and its companion volume) is essential.</td><td>MAHESH RANGARAJAN is Professor of Modern
Indian University at the University of Delhi. He was a Rhodes Scholar at Oxford,
from where he got his PhD. His books include India’s Wildlife History: An
Introduction (2001), and (as co-editor) Environmental History
as if Nature Existed (2007) as well as Making Conservation
Work (2007). He chaired the Elephant Task Force in 2010 and is a well-
known commentator on politics in the Indian media.
K. SIVARAMAKRISHNAN is Professor of
Anthropology, and Forestry and Environmental Studies, at Yale University. His
research covers both historical and contemporary environmental issues in India, as
well as development and state formation. His several books include (as co-editor)
Ecological Nationalisms: Nature, Livelihoods and Identities in South
Asia (2006).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5926-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India’s First
Democratic Revolution: Dayanand Bandodkar and the Rise of the Bahujan in
Goa</td><td>Parag D. Parobo</td><td>2015</td><td>296</td><td>1200.0000</td><td>
Goa features in academic and popular discourse as a place of exceptions,
contrary in several ways to national trends. Along with its small geographical
size, Goa’s legacy of Portuguese colonialism is often cited as the leading reason
behind its character. However, such explanations disregard its complex history and
fail to address one of its most important distinctions: the fact that it brought to
power in the Assembly elections of 1963, a government driven by the Bahujan Samaj;
the first of its kind in India. This government was headed by Chief Minister
Dayanand Bandodkar, a lower caste mine owner and philanthropist, whose popularity
continued to wax over the next decade. 
Parag D. Parobo tackles the question of Goan exceptionalism in India’s
First Democratic Revolution, focusing not solely on its Portuguese past, but rather
on the variety of influences that shaped modern Goa. Central to this issue are the
comparatively little explored story of caste-based land and power relations in pre-
colonial and early colonial Goa; emerging caste movements and identity politics
among both upper castes and lower castes in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries;
and the interactions of caste politics with competing colonialisms, both Portuguese
and British.
Parobo traces the history of land relations and caste movements into the
post-Liberation period of Bandodkar’s far-reaching land reforms, which destroyed
the centrality of land in power-privilege relations, liberated lower caste tenants
from crippling dependence on landlords, and opened up new employment opportunities
for the Bahujan. Accompanied by substantial investments in education and health,
they ushered in greater equity and democratisation. Goa, therefore, scripted a
distinctive story of Bahujan success. This volume explores that history, and its
implications for Bahujan politics in India.
</td><td>Parag D. Parobo is Assistant Professor, Department of
History, Goa University.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86392-08-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India’s Foreign
Policy: Coping with the Changing World</td><td>Muchkund
Dubey</td><td>2017</td><td>464</td><td>875.0000</td><td>India’s Foreign
Policy: Principles, Challenges and Strategies  traces the values and
principles that have shaped India’s foreign policy and its evolution starting from
the Non-Aligned Movement, up to the end of the Cold War; decline of
multilateralism and the nation state; and the challenges of
globalization.
This updated edition includes a new chapter on Pakistan. It examines the
complexities in India–Pakistan relations and in that context discusses
Pakistan’s polity, society, economy and the overall thrust of its foreign
policy. It also advances compelling arguments for improving relations with
Pakistan and discusses various approaches towards achieving this purpose including
resumption of dialogue and solving outstanding bilateral problems. It further
outlines a blueprint for economic cooperation.
The book has a separate chapter on how to deal with our neighbours—Pakistan,
Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka, China, Bhutan. it presents a comprehensive analysis
of India’s economic relations with Bangladesh. It discusses in detail the recent
initiatives for improving Indo-Bangladesh cooperation.
This volume further looks at India’s relations with world powers like the United
States (US), Russia, China and Japan, the diversity and dimensions acquired by the
Indo-US strategic partnership, the long-term vision of Indo-Russian collaboration
in the realm of nuclear energy and India’s response to Chinese initiatives that
have the potential of bringing about changes in the world
order.
The book also analyses and suggests appropriate strategies for meeting the
challenges of other recent developments having far-reaching consequences for India
in the coming years. These include China’s rise as a global power, the shift of
economic power balance from the US and Europe to Asia, the Indo-US nuclear deal,
emergence of a new generation of regional and inter-regional economic groupings,
and the role of the Indian diaspora in influencing India’s development and foreign
policy.
This volume, with its insightful and informed analysis from a renowned expert in
and practitioner of India’s foreign policy, will be indispensable for
undergraduate and postgraduate students and scholars of foreign policy,
international relations and political science It will also be useful for
government bodies and policy think tanks.
</td><td>
Muchkund Dubey started his career
as a lecturer in economics, and later joined the Indian Foreign Service (IFS) in
which he served as the High Commissioner of India for Bangladesh and the Permanent
Representative of India to the United Nations, Geneva. He retired from the IFS
after serving as the Foreign Secretary to the Government of India and then joined
the School of International Studies at the Jawaharlal Nehru University as
Professor where he taught for close to eight years. He was conferred a DLitt
degree (Honoris Causa) by the University of Calcutta in 2014.  
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6049-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India’s Foreign
Policy: Coping with the Changing World</td><td>Muchkund
Dubey</td><td>2015</td><td>464</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>
India’s Foreign Policy: Principles, Challenges and Strategies
 traces the values and principles that have shaped India’s foreign policy
and its evolution starting from the Non-Aligned Movement, up to the end of the Cold
War; decline of multilateralism and the nation state; and the challenges of
globalization.
This updated edition includes a new chapter on Pakistan. It examines the
complexities in India–Pakistan relations and in that context discusses
Pakistan’s polity, society, economy and the overall thrust of its foreign
policy. It also advances compelling arguments for improving relations with Pakistan
and discusses various approaches towards achieving this purpose including
resumption of dialogue and solving outstanding bilateral problems. It further
outlines a blueprint for economic cooperation.
The book has a separate chapter on how to deal with our neighbours—
Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka, China, Bhutan. it presents a comprehensive
analysis of India’s economic relations with Bangladesh. It discusses in detail the
recent initiatives for improving Indo-Bangladesh cooperation.
This volume further looks at India’s relations with world powers like the
United States (US), Russia, China and Japan, the diversity and dimensions acquired
by the Indo-US strategic partnership, the long-term vision of Indo-Russian
collaboration in the realm of nuclear energy and India’s response to Chinese
initiatives that have the potential of bringing about changes in the world
order.
The book also analyses and suggests appropriate strategies for meeting the
challenges of other recent developments having far-reaching consequences for India
in the coming years. These include China’s rise as a global power, the shift of
economic power balance from the US and Europe to Asia, the Indo-US nuclear deal,
emergence of a new generation of regional and inter-regional economic groupings,
and the role of the Indian diaspora in influencing India’s development and foreign
policy.
This volume, with its insightful and informed analysis from a renowned
expert in and practitioner of India’s foreign policy, will be indispensable for
undergraduate and postgraduate students and scholars of foreign policy,
international relations and political science It will also be useful for government
bodies and policy think tanks.
</td><td>
Muchkund Dubey started his career as
a lecturer in economics, and later joined the Indian Foreign Service (IFS) in which
he served as the High Commissioner of India for Bangladesh and the Permanent
Representative of India to the United Nations, Geneva. He retired from the IFS
after serving as the Foreign Secretary to the Government of India and then joined
the School of International Studies at the Jawaharlal Nehru University as Professor
where he taught for close to eight years. He was conferred a DLitt degree (Honoris
Causa) by the University of Calcutta in 2014. 

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-172-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India’s Literary
History: Essays on the Nineteenth Century</td><td>Stuart Blackburn (Ed.) and
Vasudha Dalmiya (Ed.)</td><td>2006</td><td>528</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This book, the first major reassessment
of literary history in nineteenth-century India for a
generation, opens up this emerging field of literary history to nineteenth-century
India. Its essays emphasise the making of literary history, the process of
canonisation, the reinvention of literary tradition, and the writing of literary
history itself. 
A central premise of the book is that when European literary cultures
arrived in India, they came into contact with popular performance forms and complex
literary cultures that had their own histories. The essays also reach beyond the
obvious genres and include little-known texts, situating them within a wider debate
about national origins, linguistic identities, and political entitlements. Print
culture and oral tales, drama and gender, library use and publishing history,
theatre and audiences, detective fiction and low-caste novels are among the topics
covered.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Stuart
Blackburn (Ed.), Senior Lecturer, Department of South Asian Languages and
Cultures, School of Oriental and African Studies, London.</div><div
style="text-align: justify">Vasudha Dalmiya (Ed.),
Professor of Hindi, University of California,
Berkeley.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-258-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India’s New
Capitalists: Caste, Business, and Industry in a Modern Nation</td><td>Harish
Damodaran</td><td>2009</td><td>366</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Who are the major new Indian business people? What is their
social profile? Business in India was traditionally the preserve of certain
‘Bania’ communities clubbed under the Vaishya order. The term ‘Bania’, in fact,
acquired a generic connotation and could refer to the village moneylender,
shopkeeper, wholesaler, or large factory owner. More recently, India’s
commercial ethos has changed massively with the entry of businessmen from the ranks
of Brahmins, Khatris, and other castes with a predominantly scribal or
administrative background. The past four or so decades have seen a further widening
of the social base of Indian capital to include agrarian and allied service castes
such as Kammas, Naidus, Reddys, Rajus, Gounders, Nadars, Ezhavas, Patidars,
Marathas, and Ramgarhias. As a result, entrepreneurship and commerce in India
are now no longer the exclusive bastion of the old mercantile castes. The social
profile of Indian business has expanded beyond recognition. And, in order to do
business effectively in contemporary South Asia, it is necessary to understand the
culture, ethos, and ways of doing business among the region’s new trading
communities. In tracing the modern-day evolution of business communities in
India, this book is the first social history to document and understand India’s new
entrepreneurial groups. Written accessibly, and combining analytical rigour with
journalistic flair, it also contains fifteen individual case studies that embellish
its general findings.</td><td>
Harish Damodaran is Senior Assistant Editor
with The Hindu Business Line. A specialist in agri-business and commodities
reportage, he has spent more than fifteen years understanding the worldview and
functioning of Indian businessmen. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-337-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India’s Spokesman
Abroad: Letters, Articles, Speeches and Statements 1933–1937</td><td>Sisir K. Bose
and Sugata Bose(Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>458</td><td>495.0000</td><td>In
February 1933, a seriously ill and emaciated prisoner was carried out of an
ambulance on a stretcher and put on a ship about to sail from Bombay to Europe.
When the same man boarded a KLM flight in Calcutta for Europe in November 1937, he
was the President-elect of the Indian National Congress. 
The years 1933 to 1937 witnessed the transformation of a radical leader
into a statesman. This volume brings together the letters, articles, and speeches
from a fascinating, though somewhat unusual and relatively neglected, phase of the
career of Subhas Chandra Bose. An extraordinarily wide array of topics and themes
are touched upon and explored in his works of this period—imperialism,
nationalism, fascism, communism, psychology, philosophy, spirituality, urban
planning, travel, Gandhi, Ireland, love, and
more.</td><td>SISIR KUMAR BOSE 
(1920–2000) founded the Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit.
A participant in the Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British.
After Independence he authored and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs, and
research papers on Netaji’s life and times.
SUGATA BOSE is Gardiner Professor of
History at Harvard University. He is the author of several books on economic,
social, and political history, including A Hundred Horizons: The Indian
Ocean in the Age of Global Empire and His Majesty’s Opponent:
Subhas Chandra Bose and India’s Struggle Against
Empire.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4266-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian Diaspora in
the United States: Brain Drain or Gain?</td><td>Anjali
Sahay</td><td>2011</td><td>264</td><td>1750.0000</td><td><ul
type="disc">
<li>Indian
Diaspora in the United
States looks at the topic of brain drain from a new lens.
It uses Indian migration to the United States as a case study. </li>
<li>Its approach is different from the conventional way of looking at
international migration from India. The book includes discussions on “brain gain”
and “brain circulation” for source countries. </li>
<li>Recipient-countries not only benefit in the form of remittances,
investments and savings but also by networking and bringing ideas and technology
into India. </li>
<li>By achieving success in and visibility in host countries, the diaspora
community further influences economic and political benefits for their home
countries. </li>
<li>This groundbreaking work brings economic and political issues to the
dimension of migration and concerns over brain drain. With its rigorous, network
approach, this book is a valuable contribution to the studies of Indian diaspora,
labour, and globalization. </li>
</ul></td><td>Anjali Sahay is Assistant Professor
of Political Science and International Relations at Gannon University,
Pennsylvania</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-312-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indian
Secularism: A Social and Intellectual History 1890-1950</td><td>Shabnum
Tejani</td><td>2011</td><td>320</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Secularism has
been the subject of much debate. Scholars have argued that recent Hindu
nationalism is the symptom of a crisis of Indian secularism and have blamed this
on a resurgence of religion or communalism. Shabnum Tejani argues here for a more
complex and historically informed understanding. Her book is a history of how the
idea of secularism emerged in India. 
She shows that the study of secularism in India has been circumscribed by
the opposition in which it exists with communalism. Scholars have treated
these categories as reified wholes. Consequently, analyses of secularism have
obscured more than they have revealed. Indian
Secularism approaches this question from a wholly new
perspective. Beginning in the late nineteenth century and ending with the
ratification of the constitution in 1950, it examines the social, political, and
intellectual genealogies of secularism and communalism. 
The book examines how secularism came to be bound up with what it meant
to legitimately call oneself ‘Indian’ and shows why this concept’s genealogy is so
imbued with the language of religion. It argues that the emergence of the
category of secularism in India had less to do with creating an ethics of
tolerance than with a formulation of nationalism that provided a counterpoint to
challenges posed by Muslim and Untouchable communities. 
Through a detailed reconstruction of six historical moments, which
include the emergence of religious movements and key constitutional debates,
Tejani shows that the ideology of secularism that emerged in 1950 had its
conceptual preconditions in histories of nationalism, communalism, and British
colonial discourses. She also argues that the distinction between religion
and caste that has characterized debates on Indian secularism is false.
Rather than being distinct from community and caste, nationalism and communalism,
liberalism and democracy, Indian secularism was a relational category that emerged
at the nexus of all these.
This book will interest students of Indian democracy, politics, and
history, as well as of political philosophy and the sociology of
caste.</td><td>SHABNUM TEJANI is Lecturer in History at SOAS, London
<td>978-81-250-5489-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian Sign
Language(s)</td><td>G. N. Devych(Ch. Ed.), Tanmoy Bhattacharya, Nisha Grover and
Surinder P. K. Randhawa</td><td>2014</td><td>240</td><td>1750.0000</td><td>
This thirty-eighth volume of the People’s Linguistic Survey of India is
devoted to the Indian Sign Language (ISL), the language of the Deaf in India. The
articles in the volume are divided into four parts. The first discusses both its
formal linguistic and ‘orthographic’ features; the second presents the
sociolinguistic themes of the ISL such as bilingualism and language variety as well
as language planning and policy issues. Part three presents various synchronic
aspects of the ISL. The final part comprises articles on themes interfacing Sign
Languages and other knowledge systems. This very first collection of articles on
the ISL, is a critically important contribution to the discipline.

</td><td>
Chief Editor: PLSI 
G. N. Devy, taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao
University, Baroda till 1996, before leaving to set up the Bhasha Research Centre
in Baroda and the Adivasi academy at Tejgadh where he has since worked towards
conserving and promoting the languages and culture of indigenous and nomadic
communities. He has also been the recipient of many awards for his work in
literature, tribal craft and language conservation. He was awarded the Padma Shri
in 2014. He is the Chief Editor of the PLSI series. 
 
Volume Editors 
Tanmoy Bhattacharya, is an associate
professor of Linguistics at the Centre for Advanced Studies in linguistics,
university of Delhi. His research interests include syntax, psycholinguistics,
gender, disability, deaf education and sign languages. 
 
Nisha Grover, has been involved with the education of
deaf children since 1974 for which the Akshar Trust was started twenty five years
ago. 
 
Surinder P.K. Randhawa, is a senior
consultant with the Indira Gandhi National Open University, Delhi where she teaches
the BA course in the Applied sign language studies.

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-368-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India's
Environmental History—A Reader: Vol. 1: From Ancient Times to the Colonial Period;
Vol. 2: Colonialism, Modernity, and the Nation</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan and K.
Sivaramakrishnan</td><td>2013</td><td>1096</td><td>1795.0000</td><td><s
trong>Environmental history in India has generated a rich
literature on forests, wildlife, human–animal conflict, tribal rights and
commercial degradation, displacement and development, pastoralism and
desertification, famine and disease, sedentarism and mobility, wildness and
civility, and the ecology versus equity debate. 
This reader brings together some of the best and most interesting writing
on India’s ecological pasts. It looks at a variety of the country’s regions,
landscapes, and arenas as settings for strife or harmony, as topography and
ecological fabric, in the process covering a vast historical terrain. 
Vol. 1 provides an antidote to the existing
historiography, which barely takes notice of the era before 1800. The essays here
range from prehistoric India to the middle of the nineteenth century. They provide
insights on forest and water disputes, contests over urban and rural space,
struggles over water and land, and frictions over natural wealth which have led to
a reinterpretation of source materials on early and medieval India.
Vol. 2 shows how colonial rule resulted in
ecological change on a new scale altogether. Forests covering over half a million
sq km were taken over by 1904 and managed by foresters. Canal construction on
a gigantic scale gave British India perhaps more acreage than any other political
entity on earth. Similar new forces were at work in relation to the animal world,
with species being reclassified as vermin to be hunted down or as game to be
selectively shot.
For all who are interested in the diverse and detailed findings of the
best scholarship on India’s environment, this book (and its companion volume) is
essential. </td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan is Professor of Modern
Indian History at the University of Delhi. He was a Rhodes Scholar at Oxford, from
where he got his PhD. His books include India’s Wildlife History: An
Introduction (2001), and (as co-editor) Environmental History
as if Nature Existed (2007) as well as Making Conservation
Work (2007). He chaired the Elephant Task Force in 2010 and is a well-
known commentator on politics in the Indian media.
K. SIVARAMAKRISHNAN is Professor of Anthropology, and Forestry and
Environmental Studies, at Yale University. His research covers both historical and
contemporary environmental issues in India, as well as development and state
formation. His several books include (as co-editor) Ecological
Nationalisms: Nature, Livelihoods and Identities in South Asia
(2006). </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-361-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India's
Greenfield Urban Future: The Politics of Land, Planning and
Infrastructure</td><td>Ashima Sood and Loraine
Kennedy</td><td>2023</td><td>308</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>City-building
has been an enduring idiom of politics in India. Iconic capital cities such as
Jaipur, Kolkata and Chandigarh, among others, have their origins in state
initiatives, from precolonial times to the present.In
contemporary India, the impetus behind new cities has been reworked by the
prominence of private real estate actors. One compelling and emblematic image of
millennial urban transformation is the high-rise gated community. Promising high-
quality infrastructure and ‘amenities’, aspirational lifestyles and sanitised
vistas of work and leisure, these housing developments signal a decisive break from
older ways of living in the Indian city. This discontinuity is also apparent in the
geographic location of these enclaves, which are largely a feature of the peri-
urban and ‘greenfield’ frontier areas—the Gurgaons and Greater Noidas, Navi
Mumbais, Rajarhats, Whitefields and Cyberabads, Lavasas and Sri
Citys.Shaped by real-estate dynamics and policy-promoted growth
agendas, especially around high-end services sector, greenfield urban development
has brought with it economic and structural change.  India’s
Greenfield Urban Future explores this ‘urban frontier’ and the
constellations of public–private interests underpinning it through ten essays by
urban scholars who have remained deeply implicated in their respective field sites
while engaging in debates within global urban studies. The themes are wide-ranging
and varied: from struggles over land acquisition and real-estate dynamics to
emerging forms of governance and place-making in these sites of township
development.  Spanning diverse geographies across the
country, from metropolitan hubs to industrial corridors, this collection offers a
multifaceted understanding of greenfield urban development in
India.</td><td>Ashima
Sood is Associate Professor and Co-Director, Centre for
Urbanism and Cultural Economics at Anant National University,
Ahmedabad.Loraine
Kennedy is CNRS Research Director at the South Asian
Studies Centre, EHESS, Paris, and Trustee of the Glasgow-based Urban Studies
Foundation.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-466-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India's Polity
in the Age of Akbar</td><td>Iqtidar Alam
Khan</td><td>2015</td><td>234</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
Certain important facets of the Mughal polity during Akbar’s reign are the
subject of this book. Professor Iqtidar Alam Khan traces the rise of the Mughal
empire, focusing on the orientation given to it by Akbar. His Introduction
highlights political and economic processes of the first quarter of the sixteenth
century, in particular those that testify to a sharing of political authority and
the social surplus among culturally diverse ruling groups.
He then investigates the nature of Mughal assignments prior to the
introduction of the mansab system in 1575.
Looking next at Bairam Khan’s ‘regency’, he suggests that this nobleman’s ouster in
1560 was basically a victory of forces within the system resisting
centralization.
Iqtidar Alam Khan then focuses on the changing composition of the nobility
during this early phase, and accompanying shifts in Akbar’s religious policy.
Hitherto unnoticed information regarding Akbar’s person, and happenings in the
early part of his reign, furnished by one of his contemporaries, is the next
subject of analysis, followed by a careful tracing of Akbar’s changing worldview
with reference to hitherto unpublished source material.
Finally, we are shown how Akbar promoted Iranian emigrants, most of whom
were Shiites. Iqtidar Alam Khan’s argument here is that a commitment to the
principle of sulh-i kul freed Akbar from the
constraints of orthodoxy, enabling him to appoint those professing
the asna-i ‘ashari doctrines to high
positions in the state.
</td><td>Iqtidar Alam
Khan retired as Professor of History, Aligarh
Muslim University, in 1994, and was President of the Indian History Congress’ 59th
session in Bangalore, in 1997. He has authored several books on medieval India,
including Mirza Kamran: A Biographical
Study (1964); The Political Biography of a
Mughal Noble: Muni‘m Khan Khan-i Khanan, 1497–1575 
(1973); Gunpowder and Firearms: Warfare in Medieval
India (2004); and Historical Dictionary of
Medieval India. He is the editor of Akbar and His
Age (1999).
</td><td>world</td>
<td>978-81-250-5451-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Integration of
the Indian States</td><td>V. P.
Menon</td><td>2014</td><td>534</td><td>1695.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">Merging the 554 princely states
with the Indian state was one of the most structurally monumental tasks that the
Indian administration faced after Independence. </li>
<li>V. P. Menon worked closely with Sardar Patel to help integrate the
princely states with India. </li>
<li>The book details the negotiations he carried out with each of these
states. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">He has taken up the case of each
state and shown how they were persuaded to sign the Instrument of Accession which
made them a part of the Indian union.</li>
<li>He also shows how various states were grouped together to form new
administrative units. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">This reissue of the volume has a
new Introduction that contextualises it for contemporary readers. It gives us a
brief account of the author, the book and the background in which it was written.
It tells us how the process of carving out states from the jigsaw puzzle that
India was after Independence is something that continues. </li>
</ul></td><td>V. P.
Menon was Secretary, States Ministry after Independence. He played a
crucial role in integrating the princely states with the Indian
union.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-845-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Interpretations
of Jihad in South Asia: An Intellectual History</td><td>Tariq
Rahman</td><td>2020</td><td>336</td><td>875.0000</td><td>In the wake of radical
Islamist terrorist attacks described as jihad worldwide and in South Asia, it is
imperative that there should be an in-depth study of this idea of jihad as
perceived in this part of the world. Interpretations of Jihad in South
Asia tries to reconstruct for the reader the idea of jihad with its
changing interpretations.</td><td>Tariq Rahman has two
doctoral degrees: Ph.D (1985) and D.Litt (2014) from the University of Sheffield.
He was the first Pakistani to be honoured by one of Germany’s highest awards for
academic research called the Humboldt Research Award.  The President of
Pakistan conferred upon him the Pride of Performance in 2004 and the Sitara-i-
Imtiaz in 2013. </td><td>IN</td>
<td>978-81-250-4554-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Inter-Sections:
Essays on Indian Literatures, Translations and Popular Consciousness</td><td>Rana
Nayar</td><td>2012</td><td>304</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>&lt
;em>Inter-sections brings together a collection of
discursive essays that deal with a range of contemporary issues—from the history
of literary genres to the future of humanities; from locating Indian literatures
to mapping Indian English fiction and drama; from Punjabi literature, history and
culture to the theory and practice of translation; from media-driven literary
evaluation to multiple ways of shaping popular consciousness. Divided into four
(inter-)sections, these essays raise some fundamental questions regarding our
postcolonial, postmodern era and emphasise the need for an interdisciplinary
approach to mediate both thought and knowledge. The easy, accessible, non-pedantic
style of these essays is bound to engage scholars as well as lay
readers.</td><td>Rana Nayar is
Professor and Chairperson at the Department of English and Cultural Studies,
Panjab University, Chandigarh. The recipient of a Sahitya Akademi prize for
translation and a Charles Wallace India Trust Fellow, Nayar’s main areas of
interest include theatre, translation studies, and literary and cultural theory.
He has translated several modern classics of Punjabi literature into English, and
has acted in and directed over twenty theatre productions. Among his other
publications are Edward Albee: Towards a Typology of
Relationships and Breathing Spaces, a collection
of poems.</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-93-86392-53-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Intimate
Relations: Social Reform and the Late Nineteenth-Century South Asian
Novel</td><td>Krupa Shandilya</td><td>2017</td><td>168</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Intimate Relations takes a close look at
the domestic novel as a literary genre and a tool for social reform. Originating
from the intersection of literary and social reform movements, in the late
nineteenth century the domestic novel led to literary innovation and to a
rethinking of women’s roles in society and politics. 
Krupa Shandilya focuses primarily on social reform movements that changed
intimate relations between men and women in Hindu and Muslim society, namely the
widow remarriage act in Bengal (1856) and the education of women promoted by the
Aligarh movement (1858–1900). 
Both movements sought to recover the woman as a “respectable” subject for
the Hindu and Muslim nation, where respectability meant an asexual spirituality.
While most Indian literary scholarship has focused on the normative Hindu woman,
Intimate Relations links the representation of the widow in
bhadralok society with that of the courtesan of
sharif society in Bengali and Urdu novels from the 1880s to
the 1920s. By studying their disparate histories in the context of social reform
movements, Shandilya highlights the similarities of Hindu and Islamic
constructions of the gendered nation.
This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Indian history,
politics and literature, as well as women’s and gender studies.
</td><td>Krupa Shandilya is Assistant Professor of
Sexuality, Women’s and Gender Studies at Amherst
College.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4187-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Invincibility,
Challenges and Leadership</td><td>K. V Krishna
Rao</td><td>2011</td><td>452</td><td>1645.0000</td><td><stron
g>Invincibility, Challenges and Leadership is a
product of a thorough study and understanding of history, combined with the
author’s extensive personal and professional experience in the army and
government. K. V. Krishna Rao has used his wide-ranging research and experience to
give the reader an over-view of the development and rise of a few civilisations
and empires in the course of human history, and to examine the reasons for their
downfall. He takes an in-depth look at the causes and consequences of major wars
in the twentieth century; and the progress of the wars, explaining the course and
impact of major battles fought. The author then closely looks at the life and role
of major political and military rulers, to illustrate the development of these
great leaders and examine the impact they had on events. These examples are used
to identify the role of leadership in defining events, the characteristics and
virtues of good leadership, and the consequences of the presence of these leaders
in directing events.
As the author notes, to be effective leaders, or even good citizens, an
understanding of history is vital, since that gives us an opportunity to learn
from the past, and the chance to prevent repeating mistakes. This book clearly
demonstrates this fact, by merging lessons from history and discussions about
possible future challenges. This book is a must-read for those interested in world
and military history, for current and future leaders and for an understanding of
the development and qualities of leadership.
</td><td>General Krishna Rao successfully served for
forty-one years in the Army and eleven years as Governor, during a crucial period
in the sensitive northeastern states and twice in Jammu and Kashmir. During his
tenure as Governor, he brought the disturbed situation due to insurgency in the
Northeast under full control. In Jammu and Kashmir which went through a turbulent
proxy war, he was instrumental in restoring normalcy, holding credible elections
and restoring democracy, after President’s rule for seven years. 
During World War II, he served in Burma, the North-West Frontier and
Baluchistan. Thereafter, he was deeply involved in the first war against Pakistan
in the Rajauri-Poonch area in 1947–48, the second war against Pakistan in 1965 in
the Ladakh area where the Chinese also carried out some aggressive moves, and the
1971 war in East Pakistan, leading to the liberation of Bangladesh. He was awarded
the highest award Param Vishisht Seva Medal for displaying “outstanding
leadership, courage, determination and drive” during the war.  
<td>978-81-7824-370-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Is ‘Indian
Civilization’ A Myth? Fictions and Histories</td><td>Sanjay
Subrahmanyam</td><td>2013</td><td>276</td><td>595.0000</td><td>In the
title essay of this enthralling collection, Sanjay Subrahmanyam sets a provocative
ball rolling: ‘At the heart of the matter’, he says, ‘is the notion that at some
distant point in the past, say about AD 500, the concept of “Indian
civilization” had already been perfected. Everything of any
importance was in place: social structure, philosophy, the major literary works …
The central idea here is of India-as-civilization, and it very soon becomes the
same as a notion of closed India.’ Demolishing some of the myths which sustain the
notion of ‘the wonder that was India’, he shows us a region that was always more a
crossroads, a rendezvous for concepts, cultures, and worldviews. 
Subrahmanyam’s book is itself a meeting point for a dazzling variety of
ideas. It provides the cosmopolitan perspective of a multilingual world scholar
who, having begun life in New Delhi, has gone on to live in several thought-
provoking cities, including Paris, Lisbon, and Oxford. He is witty, debunking,
iconoclastic, and polemically entertaining in all that he anatomizes here—Indian
history and fiction, South Asian cultural forms, imperialism and imperialists,
secularism and Hindu nationalism, travel writing, and the central conceits in
Hemingway, Rushdie, Naipaul, and Marquez.
Subrahmanyam is renowned as a historian and biographer. This book, which
makes us rethink India and the world around it, is the first to reveal that he is
also a writer of accessible and delightful English prose.
</td><td>Sanjay Subrahmanyam is Distinguished Professor
of History at UCLA. Earlier he taught in Delhi, Paris, and Oxford. His many books
include The Career and Legend of Vasco da Gama (1997),
Three Ways to be Alien (2011), and Courtly
Encounters (2012). </td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-7824-195-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Islam and Healing:
Loss and Recovery of an Indo-Muslim Medical Tradition 1600-1900</td><td>Seema
Alavi</td><td>2007</td><td>400</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Indo-Muslim medicine—or the
Unani tradition—developed in South Asia alongside Mughal political culture. While
it healed the body, it also had a profound bearing on the social fabric of the
region. Seema Alavi’s book shows the nature and extent of this Islamic healing
tradition’s interaction with Indian society and politics from roughly 1600 to 1900.
Drawing on Persian texts for the pre-colonial phase, Alavi then moves beyond the
standard colonial archive to deploy unused Urdu texts, pamphlets, local newspapers,
and private family records. The result is a substantial revision of the existing
historiography of Indian Islam’s encounter with Western medicine. This book
represents, in fact, the first major effort at telling the story of an Islamic
healing tradition and its subsequent transformation by locating it within both pre-
colonial and colonial time frames. Alavi shows precisely how, in the period of
high colonialism, established practitioners kept their tradition alive. Their
struggles to preserve and recast the Mughal legacy, control knowledge, and
consolidate doctrinaire languages of power when confronting print culture and
Western education are compellingly documented and analysed. Without disprivileging
the state, she demonstrates how an in-house struggle for hegemony can be as potent
as external power during processes that define medical, social, and national
modernity.
In the present context, where West-dominant globalization demonizes both
Islam and cultural alternatives, the implications of this book are profound. A
pioneering work on social and medical history, it will interest all historians,
students of Islam’s interaction with the West, alternative modernities, and the
ancient as well as contemporary struggle of the local against the global.

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Seema
Alavi is Professor, Department of History and Culture, Jamia Millia
Islamia, Delhi. She has been a Fulbright Fellow, as well as a Smuts Fellow at
Cambridge University, from where her PhD was revised and published as The Sepoys
and the Company: Tradition and Transition in Northern India 1770–1830 (1995). She
has co-authored (with Muzaffar Alam) A European Experience of the Mughal Orient:
The Ijaz-i-Arsalani (Persian Letters, 1773–1779) of A.H. Polier (2001). She has
edited The Eighteenth Century in India (2002), taught at Jawaharlal Nehru
University, and been a Visiting Fellow at
Harvard.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4658-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Islam in South
Asia: A Short History</td><td>Jamal
Malik</td><td>2012</td><td>536</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>Islamic and Islamicate South Asia has become a focal point
in academia, esp. since 9/11. Where did South Asian Muslims come from? How did
they fare in interacting with Hindu cultures? How did they negotiate identity as
ruling and ruled minorities and majorities? Islam in South
Asia aims to synthesize the long history of Islam as an intrinsic
part of Indian society seeing the vantage point of such a complex history as a
series of cultural encounters that were mutually energizing.
Part I covers
early Muslim expansion and the journey of the Arabs into South Asia and their
formative phase in context of initial cultural encounter which produced a unique
blend of Islamicated culture (app. 700–1300). Part II views
the establishment of Muslim empire, cultures oscillating between Islamic and
Islamicate, centralized and regionalized power, when Muslims became part of the
Indian social fabric embodying cultural change through new urban centers and
intellectual hubs as well as the expanding agricultural societies (app. 1300–
1700). The third cluster is composed in the backdrop of regional centralization,
territoriality and colonial rule, displaying processes of integration and
differentiation, of marginalisation and privatisation of Muslim cultures in
colonial setting, that helped the cause of masculinized Islam to create new forms
of socialization which threatened to tear apart the tradition of tolerance in
Muslim societies (app. 1700–1930). Tensions between Muslim pluralism and
singularity evolving in public sphere as religious identity politics in the period
of high nationalism followed by post-colonial predicaments make up the fourth
cluster (app. 1930–2002).
The book would interest all those
interested in intellectual, cultural and social history of Muslim South Asia, and
in history of religions, as well as social scientists, social and cultural
anthropologists, theologians and Indologists.
</td><td>Jamal Malik  is Professor of Religious Studies
at the University of Erfurt, Germany. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4280-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Itihas-Lekh: Ek
Pathyapustak</td><td>E.
Sreedharan</td><td>2011</td><td>520</td><td>475.0000</td><td>This is the
Hindi edition of A textbook of Historiography by
E Sreedharan published by us.
This book traces the development of historiography from the days of
Herodotus to those of postmodernism. It covers the ancient, medieval and the modern
aspects of the subject and offers easy comprehension, clear and precise guidance
and immediate utility.
The author provides a balanced view of competing ideas and leads the
reader into vast arena of the subject. Two thousand five hundred years of
historiography, including Indian historiography and the poststructuralist critique
of history, constitute this clear, analytical work.
Written lucidly and in jargon free language,Itihas-Lekh: ek
pathyapustak: 500BC se san 2000 tak should be of interest not only to
the serious students and the teachers but to anyone interested in this
subject.
The book is appended with bibliographical details, reference and notes
rarely available elsewhere. Though the subject is complex, yet the elaborate Index
help readers to locate required information, as the book is full of names, places,
events, documents and several other rarely available sources.
</td><td>E. Sreedharan is both a teacher and
a lover of history. This is amply evident in philosophical, religious, scientific,
ideological and linguistic perspectives he brings in to lend credence to this
work, which attempts to contain between its covers of the history of history of
2500 years. He is currently working on A manual Of Historical Research
Methodology.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5689-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Jharkhand Ki
Bhashayen (Volume13, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan</td><td>Ganesh N.Devy
and Ramnika Gupta and Prabhat Kumar
Singh</td><td>2015</td><td>400</td><td>2400.0000</td><td>

communities.
This book is part 1 of the Volume 13 : Jharkhand ki Bhashyen [Hindi] of
The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI)  undertaken and
executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center.  
variety of the Jharkhand State of India. The languages included in this book are:
Angika, Asur, Bhumij, Birajiya, Birhor, Gondi, Ho, Khadiya, Khortha, Korva,
Kudukh, Kurmali, Mal Pahadiya, Mundari, Nagpuri, Panch Paraganiya, Sabar and
Santali. 
</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N. Devy taught English at

the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda; a renowned literary critic
and activist; is founder and director of the Tribal Academy at
Tejgadh, Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akademi’s Project
on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is an active
participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy.Currently, he is a Professor at
the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication Technology (DA-
IICT), Gandhinagar, Gujrat. He is Chair, People’s Lnguistic Survey of
India, 37, Bhasha Research and Publication Centre, Near Dinesh Mills,
Baroda.
Dr. Ramnika Gupta is MA from Punjab
University, Solan and B.Ed.from Central Institute of Education, New Delhi. She was
formerly Member of Parliament and Member of Legislative Assembly, Bihar. She has
worked for the upliftment of dalits, nomads and women and has been awarded and
felicitated well for her contribution to these minority communities.
 Currently, she is the Chairperson of Ramnika Foundation, Delhi.
Prabhat Kumar Singh is M.Sc. and
Ph.D (Anthropology) and had done extensive research on Kurmali language of
Jharkhand. Amongst his published works are three books and  several
research papers on this language. Currently, he is professor of Anthropology in
Ranchi University, Jharkhand.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-0624-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kashmir: Towards
Insurgency</td><td>Balraj
Puri</td><td>1993</td><td>116</td><td>90.0000</td><td>Kashmir:
Towards Insurgency attempts to understand the nature and historical
roots of the insurgency in Kashmir. It traces the complicated history of the early
years after independence when the stability of Kashmir was the subject of intense
debate and examines the process through which the emotional ties between Kashmir
and the rest of the country were eroded and the basis of secular and democratic
politics in the region were weakened. As the Indian state lost its legitimacy,
militant groups gained popular support. This tract attempts to understand the logic
of terrorism and secession and reflects on the ways in which such forces can be
politically contained and democratic processes in Kashmir
re-introduced.</td><td>Balraj Puri is
Director of Jammu and Kashmir Affairs at Jammu. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86392-65-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kerala Modernity:
Ideas, Spaces and Practices in Transition</td><td>Satheese Chandra Bose and Shiju
Sam Varughese</td><td>2017</td><td>256</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>
The southwest coast of India has always been significant within the
global network of relations, through trade and the exchange of ideas, commodities,
technologies, skills and labour. The much longer history of colonial experience
makes Kerala’s engagement with modernity complex. 
Kerala Modernity studies these complexities—the
various ideas, spaces and practices that weave together the region’s experiences
of modernity. The book emphasises the methodological need to re-examine the idea
of ‘region’ as a discursive category to explore Kerala’s regional modernity.

This interdisciplinary presentation, complete with a Dalit critique of
modernity in the Foreword, is an important contribution to literature on Kerala
and debates on alternative modernities in South Asia. It will be of interest to
students and scholars of history, sociology, and literary and cultural
studies.
</td><td>Satheese Chandra Bose is Assistant
Professor, Department of Political Science, Government Sanskrit College,
Pattambi.
Shiju Sam Varughese is Assistant
Professor, Centre for Studies in Science, Technology and Innovation Policy, School
of Social Sciences, Central University of Gujarat,
Gandhinagar.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5722-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Kerala Modernity:
Ideas, Spaces and Practices in Transition</td><td>Satheese Chandra Bose and Shiju
Sam Varughese</td><td>2015</td><td>256</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>
The southwest coast of India has always been a significant site within
the global network of relations through trade and exchange of ideas, commodities,
technologies, skills and labour. The much longer history of colonial experience
makes Kerala’s engagement with modernity polyvalent and complex. Without
understanding the multiple space-times of this region, it is impossible to make
sense of the complexities of Kerala modernity beyond its general description as
‘Malayalee modernity’.
From the colonial pepper trade and Narayana Guru’s philosophical
engagement with the question of caste to the seemingly disparate elements that
weave together an ‘eclectic past’  through the Muziris Heritage Project;
from the debates on women’s sexuality around the Suryanelli rape case to the
gendered constitution of public space during the mass annual Attukal Pongala
ritual; from the changes in state attitude towards providing piped water supply to
how Cochin port’s inter-War history has scripted urban modernity; from the shaping
of the public sphere to the radical Left politics of the 1970s and the emergence
of popular janapriya literature—this book analyses the ideas,
spaces and practices that intricately weave the region’s experiences of
modernity.
Kerala Modernity emphasises the methodological need
to re-examine the idea of ‘region’ as a discursive category to explore Kerala’s
regional modernity apart from Eurocentric and nation-centric frames of analyses.
The interdisciplinary presentation, complete with a Dalit critique of modernity in
the Foreword, will be an important contribution to literature on Kerala and the
debates on alternative modernities in South Asia. It will be of interest to
students and scholars of history, sociology and literary and cultural studies, as
well as the interested general reader.
</td><td>
Satheese Chandra Bose is Assistant Professor,

Department of Political Science, Government Sanskrit College, Pattambi,
Kerala. Shiju Sam Varughese is
Assistant Professor, Centre for Studies in Science, Technology and Innovation
Policy, School of Social Sciences, Central University of Gujarat, Gandhinagar.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4935-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Kerala’s Gulf
Connection, 1998–2011: Economic and Social Impact of Migration</td><td>K. C.
Zachariah & S. Irudaya
Rajan</td><td>2012</td><td>280</td><td>1625.0000</td><td>This volume
situates the phenomenon of migration from Kerala to the Gulf in its economic and
social contexts. Based on migration surveys carried out by the authors, the volume
is a comparative study of the surveys carried out in 1998, 2003 and 2008. It looks
at the changes migration has brought about in the lives of the families left
behind by the migrant. It also carries a two-part epilogue. While the first
analyses the panel data from the 1998 and 2008 surveys, the second evaluates the
results from the most recent survey conducted in 2011 that throws light on
migration during the global financial crises of 2008 and its aftermath on
employment in the Middle East.</td><td>K. C.
Zachariah is Honorary Professor at Centre for Development Studies,
Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala 
S. Irudaya Rajan is Chair Professor, Ministry of
Overseas Indian Affairs (MOIA) Research Unit on International Migration at the
Centre for Development Studies, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-0-86311-383-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Khaki Shorts and
Saffron Flags: A Critique of the Hindu Right</td><td>T. Basu, P. Datta, S. Sen, S.
Sarkar and T. Sarkar</td><td>1993</td><td>128</td><td>125.0000</td><td>
Khaki Shorts and Saffron Flags is a penetrating and
meticulously researched critique of the forces of Hindutva. The authors trace the
roots of the Hindutva ideology to the politics of the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh.
They discuss the history of the RSS and the Vishwa Hindu Parishad, analyse the
institutional structures of the organisations, their political language, their
attempts at transforming Hinduism, and their strategies of communal mobilisation
around the Ram Janambhoomi-Babri Masjid issue. This tract focuses not only on the
speeches and writings of the RSS and VHP, but on their video cassettes, songs,
posters and conversations. 
This important tract is essential reading for anyone who is concerned
with the real nature of the politics of Hindutva, and with the increasing
communalisation of Indian society.
</td><td>
T. Basu teaches in the Department of English,
Hindu College, Delhi University.
P. Datta and S. Sen
teach in the Department of English at Shri Venkateswara College,
Delhi University.
S. Sarkar is Professor of History at Delhi
University.
T. Sarkar teaches in the Department of
History at St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-934157-6-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Knowing the Social
World-Perspectives and Possibilities</td><td>N.
Jayaram</td><td>2017</td><td>452</td><td>1995.0000</td><td>How&l
t;/em> does research in the social sciences happen?
Comprising analyses of how research is conducted in specific areas—
through examples of problems on which significant work is being, or have been,
done—and focusing on the underlying theoretical and philosophical assumptions, the
essays in Knowing the Social World offer bird’s-eye views as
well as in-depth studies of existing research methods and practices of social
sciences.
This book of twenty essays, divided into four parts, explores a variety
of methodological approaches. It focuses on both the ‘canonical’ tradition, which
upholds the objective nature of reality and privileges positivistic knowledge, and
the ‘non-canonical’ tradition, which believes in the constructed nature of social
reality and is concerned with producing an interpretive understanding of it

The book discusses unconventional sources of social science research
data, like photographs and autobiographies, and covers a range of topics: changing
conditions of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes; changing agricultural
practices; youth in organised crime and the underworld; violence against women;
journalistic practices; and economic voting, among others.
Drawing on case studies from all parts of India, as well as from Sri
Lanka, Scotland and the Gulf, this comprehensive and interdisciplinary volume will
be invaluable to any student and scholar of sociology, political science, history
and social anthropology.</td><td>N. Jayaram
is Visiting Professor, National Law School of India University,
Bengaluru.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-83166-22-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Labour State And
Society In Rural India: A Class-Relational Approach</td><td>Jonathan
Pattenden</td><td>2017</td><td>214</td><td>850.0000</td><td>

Behind India’s recent economic growth lies a story of societal conflict that is
scarcely talked about. Across its villages and production sites, state institutions
and civil society organisations, the better and less well-off sections of society
are engaged in antagonistic relations that determine the material conditions of one
quarter of the world’s ‘poor’. Increasingly mobile and often with several jobs in
multiple locations, India’s ‘classes of labour’ are highly segmented but far from
passive in the face of ongoing exploitation and domination.
Drawing on more than a decade of fieldwork in rural South India, this book
uses a ‘class-relational’ approach to analyse continuity and change in processes of
accumulation, exploitation and domination. It focuses on the three interrelated
arenas of labour relations, the state and civil society to understand how
improvements can be made in the conditions of labourers working ‘at the margins’ of
global production networks, primarilyas agricultural labourers and construction
workers.Elements of social policy can improve the poor’s material conditions and
expand their political spacewhere such ends are actively pursued by labouring class
organisations. More fundamental change, though, requires stronger organisation of
the informal workers who make up the majority of India’s population.
</td><td>
Jonathan Pattenden is Senior Lecturer
(Associate Professor) in Politics and International Development at the University
of East Anglia, UK, and co-editor of Class Dynamics of Development
(Routledge,</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-223-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Languages of
Political Islam in India c.1200–1800, The</td><td>Muzaffar
Alam</td><td>2008</td><td>260</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book shows the
ways in which political Islam, from its establishment
in medieval north India, adapted itself to a variety of Indian contexts and became
deeply Indianized. This process, by which pre-existent Arabo-Persian traditions
were moulded to new Indian contexts, involved changes in the manner in which
Islamic rule was conceived and conducted in the subcontinent. It became gradually
apparent to the conquering Muslim sultans (and later to their successors, the
Mughals), as well as to medieval thinkers and writers of treatises on Islamic
morality, theology and political doctrine, that the conduct of Islamic statecraft
in a country comprising mostly Hindus entailed shifts in Islam’s conceptual and
institutional vocabulary. Islamic rulers could not command a vast country without
accepting certain cultural limitations to the exercise of their power. In this
process of acculturation, political Islam in India was forced to reinvent itself as
a doctrine of rule. 
From this stemmed a second change: a shift in the meanings of key Islamic
terms, especially those pertaining to statehood, and relations between rulers and
subject populations. Through a close reading of a variety of texts—ranging from
normative treatises and Sufi biographies to Persian court poetry—Muzaffar Alam
shows that the vocabularies in use went through certain changes so fundamental that
the language of Indian Islam became quite different from what was in vogue in
contexts outside. With its profound deployment of primary and secondary sources
to study Indo-Muslim statecraft vis-à-vis Islamic theocratic languages over an
eight-hundred-year stretch, this book provides major insights into the changing
nature of political Islam in India. It will interest scholars of the Islamic world,
as well as all serious readers of Indian history and comparative politics.

</td><td>MUZAFFAR ALAM is Professor in the departments of South Asian Languages and
Civilizations, and History, at the University of Chicago. Earlier, he was Professor
of History, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. His works include The Crisis of
Empire in Mughal North India, 1707-1748. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-6282-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Languished Hopes:
Tuberculosis, the State and International Assistance in Twentieth-century
India</td><td>Niels Brimnes</td><td>2016</td><td>336</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>
Tuberculosis in India is one of the most frightening challenges to public
health today. Recent WHO figures state that in 2013, India had 2.6 million cases
of tuberculosis, of which 80 per cent were new, and the disease claimed nearly
300,000 lives. This means that almost a fifth of the world’s tuberculosis related
deaths occurs in India. 
Languished Hopes: Tuberculosis, the State and International
Assistance in Twentieth-century India narrates and analyses the history
of tuberculosis in India in the twentieth century: how the disease was
‘discovered’, how it has been understood, and how national and international
agencies have struggled to bring it under control. 
The author begins in the early decades of the century, when colonial
authorities realised that tuberculosis might be a severe health threat, and traces
debates and initiatives from late colonialism through independence into post-
colonial India. His focus is on the first two decades after independence, when
tuberculosis control received unprecedented attention and underwent fundamental
transformations. 
In this period the world’s largest vaccination campaign was rolled out in
India, and new antibiotic drugs were distributed to infected Indians through the
ambitious National Tuberculosis Programme. The analysis ends with the early 1990s,
when Indian authorities realised that 80 years of control efforts had achieved
little, and prepared to revamp the official control programme. The final section
presents more promising results from the past twenty years.
Through his analysis of tuberculosis control measures in India, the
author proffers a simple message: where there is massive poverty, there will be
severe tuberculosis. Vaccines and drugs cannot do the job alone.
The book will be of interest to students and scholars of history, medical
sociology, and to health practitioners.
</td><td>
Niels Brimnes is Associate Professor in
History and South Asian Studies, Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus
University, Denmark. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-497-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Law and Identity
In Colonial South Asia: Parsi Legal Culture 1772–1947</td><td>Mitra
Sharafi</td><td>2017</td><td>368</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
This book explores the legal culture of the Parsis, or Zoroastrians, an
ethnoreligious community unusually invested in the colonial legal system
of British India and Burma. Rather than trying to maintain collective
autonomy and integrity by avoiding interaction with the state, the Parsis
sank deep into the colonial legal system itself. From the late eighteenth
century until India’s independence in 1947, they became heavy users of
colonial law, acting as lawyers, judges, litigants, lobbyists, and legislators.
They de-Anglicized the law that governed them and enshrined in
law their own distinctive models of the family and community by two
routes: frequent intragroup litigation often managed by Parsi legal professionals
in the areas of marriage, inheritance, religious trusts, and libel,
and the creation of legislation that would become Parsi personal law.
Other South Asian communities also turned to law, but none seems to
have done so earlier or in more pronounced ways than the Parsis.

</td><td>
Mitra Sharafi is an associate professor of Law and
Legal Studies at the
University of Wisconsin–Madison, with an affiliation appointment in
History. Her work has appeared in a variety of scholarly journals and
has been recognized by the Andrew W. Mellon Foundation, the National
Science Foundation, and the Social Science Research Council.
Law and Identity in Colonial South Asia won the Law
and Society Association’s 2015 J. Willard Hurst Award for best book in socio-legal
history.
<td>978-81-7824-475-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Leader Of Youth-
Netaji Collected Works Volume 6</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Sisir Kumar Bose and
Sugata Bose (Ed.s)</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
This volume brings to readers the thoughtful voice of Subhas Chandra Bose
as he spoke to audiences of students and youth across the country during the
months that he was out of prison between 1929 and February 1933.
It was in 1929 that Jatindranath Das—a young associate of Bhagat Singh—
died in Lahore Jail after a hunger strike. Jatin had served in the Congress
volunteer corps in 1928 under Subhas, who took charge of the funeral rites. In
October 1929 Subhas journeyed from Calcutta to Lahore to deliver a message of
complete emancipation to the Punjabi students’ conference, lauding Jatin’s
sacrifice.
On his return to Calcutta Bose was arrested and on 23 January 1930, the
day he turned thirty-three, he was imprisoned on charges of sedition. From behind
bars Bose watched with admiration as Gandhi made his next moves towards civil
disobedience. 
These are among the many fascinating episodes that comprise this volume,
which shows Subhas emerging as a pan-Indian leader in his own right, and as the
only real spokesman of the Left.
</td><td>
Sisir Kumar Bose (1920-2000) founded the
Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit. A participant in the
Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British. After Independence he
authored and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs, and research papers on
Netaji’s life and times.
Sugata Bose is Gardiner Professor of History
at Harvard University. He is the author of several books on economic, social, and
political history, including A Hundred Horizons: The Indian Ocean in the
Age of Global Empire and His Majesty’s Opponent: Subhas
Chandra Bose and India’s Struggle Against Empire.
<td>978-81-250-4024-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Left Politics in
Bengal: Time Travels among Bhadralok Marxists</td><td>Monobina
Gupta</td><td>2010</td><td>290</td><td>850.0000</td><td>This remarkable
book traces the Left Front government’s rise to power in the wake of the
Emergency. It tells the story of how a communist almost became India’s Prime
Minister; and how the CPI-M powering its way to electoral victory through promises
of empowerment to the most wretched, began gradually to betray its followers and
abandon its ideology. Tracking the heady 60s and 70s, Left
Politics in Bengal describes the CPI-M’s evolution from a
party leading peasant movements to one that unleashed violence to take land away
from the peasantry; from a party of unstinted opposition to the Congress to one
keeping its former adversary in power at the Centre.
The author narrates a tale both deeply personal and objective. Through
academic histories, literature, music, films, narratives of former comrades and
her own journalistic and personal experience, she explores the structures and
relations of power; specific not just to the CPI-M but communist parties in
general. Emphasising both the representation of the Left in popular mentality, and
the institutional changes wrought by the party in government, she creates a
nuanced, well-observed portrait of a government’s fall from grace.
This is a must-read for all those interested in the comtemporary politics
of India.
</td><td>Monobina Gupta is a veteran journalist. She has worked
with The Patriot, The Telegraph, Mail Today and Indo-Asian News
Service.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-379-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Letters to Emilie
Schenkl 1934–1942</td><td>Sisir K. Bose and Sugata
Bose</td><td>2023</td><td>256</td><td>395.0000</td><td>Perhaps the least
known aspect of Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose’s many-sided personality was his love
for Emilie Schenkl, his Austrian wife.
 Bose met Emilie Schenkl in June 1934 in Vienna, developed a
close relationship during his forced European exile, secretly married her in
December 1937, and had a daughter, Anita, in November 1942. 
This volume of Netaji’s Collected Works illuminates
the human and emotional aspects of his many-splendoured life. One hundred and
sixty-two of his letters, written between 1934 and 1942, are published in this
volume, along with eighteen of Emilie Schenkl's letters that have survived.
Two additional letters appear in this edition—Subhas’s ‘love letter’ for Emilie
(March 1936), written from Badgastein to Vienna, as he prepared to leave for India
after three years of European exile; and the letter of 9 February 1943, written at
dawn just before Netaji set off on his epic submarine voyage from Europe to
Asia.</td><td>
Sisir Kumar Bose (1920–2000) founded the
Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit until his death in 2000.
A participant in the Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British in
the Lahore Fort, Red Fort and Lyallpur Jail. In the post-independence period he
played a key role in preserving the best traditions of the anti-colonial movement
and making possible the writing of its history. He authored and edited
biographies,
memoirs, monographs and research papers on Netaji’s life and times. One of
India’s best pediatricians, he was Director and later President of the Institute
of Child Health, Calcutta. 
social and political history of modern South Asia including
His
Majesty’s Opponent: Subhas Chandra Bose and India’s Struggle against
Empire (The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 10th anniversary
edition 2022).
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86296-81-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Life in Peace and
Conflict: Indigeneity and State in the Chittagong Hill Tracts</td><td>Nasir
Uddin</td><td>2017</td><td>272</td><td>1300.0000</td><td>
Across the world, the modern nation-state has paid little attention to
indigenous people, and excluded them from the mainstream development process. The
state has even deprived indigenous people of their legitimate claims to land,
civil rights and legal recognition of their ethnic identity. Life in
Peace and Conflict is a collection of nine essays, many of which are
empirically grounded, on the conflict and peace-building measures between various
indigenous groups and the state in the Chittagong Hill Tracts (CHT) of
Bangladesh.
Home to eleven indigenous groups of people collectively known as the
Pahari, the CHT lies at the crossroads of South and Southeast Asia, and shares
borders with Myanmar and the Indian Northeast. As such, it is geo-politically
vital in South Asia. The policies of both the colonial and postcolonial states,
which privileged the dominant Bengali community over the Pahari, resulted in
violent conflict. After years of armed conflict, a ‘peace accord’ was officially
signed in 1997 between the State and the representatives of indigenous Pahari
people. Two decades on, however, peace still eludes the CHT—the region is still
apparently militarised, cross-border insurgency continues to haunt Indo-Bangladesh
relations, and the influx of Rohingya refugees from Myanmar has complicated an
already fraught landscape. 
While the book discusses the politics of indigeneity, it also documents
everyday forms of discrimination and resistance among dispossessed communities,
and critiques the ‘developmental’ efforts of international agencies and NGOs to
resolve conflict in an understudied region of the world. 
Students and scholars of political science, international relations,
anthropology, sociology, South Asian studies, public administration and
development studies will find this book useful. 
</td><td>
Nasir Uddin is Professor, Department of Anthropology,

University of Chittagong, Bangladesh.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-87358-33-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Literature and
Nationalist Ideology: Writing Histories of Modern Indian Languages</td><td>Hans
Harder
(Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>400</td><td>695.0000</td><td>‘This
volume takes on…big questions, making a sophisticated and significant
contribution to the great tradition of assessing the emergence of literary
modernity in South Asia.’- Vasudha
Dalmia, Professor of Hindi and Chair of the Department of South
and Southeast Asian Studies, University of California Writing
histories of literature means making selections, passing value
judgments, and incorporating or rejecting foregoing traditions. The book argues
that in many parts of India, literary histories play an important role in
creating a cultural ethos. They are closely linked with nationalism in general
and various regional ‘sub-nationalisms’ in particular. 
Literary historiography helps to establish a national literature in a way
that is not always unproblematic: systematic representation of literary works and
authors is as much part of this story as conscious omissions or political spins
in the making of a literary heritage.The contributors to this volume look at a
great variety of aspects of the historiography of modern regional languages of
India. The approach excludes classical languages of India from this approach,
except Tamil which is considered a modern and a classical language at the same
time. It includes the late yet undoubtedly successful arrival of English in the
nation’s literary corpus.</td><td>Hans
Harder teaches Modern South Asian Languages and Literatures at the
South Asia Institute, Heidelberg University,
Germany.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td>
<td>978-81-87358-60-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Literature and
Nationalist Ideology: Writing Histories of Modern Indian Languages</td><td>Hans
Harder (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>400</td><td>425.0000</td><td>Writing
histories of literature means making
selections, passing value judgments, and incorporating or rejecting foregoing
traditions. The book argues that in many parts of India, literary histories play
an important role in creating a cultural ethos. They are closely linked with
nationalism in general and various regional ‘sub-nationalisms’ in
particular.
Literary historiography helps to establish a national literature in a
way that is not always unproblematic: systematic representation of literary works
and authors is as much part of this story as conscious omissions or political
spins in the making of a literary heritage.
The contributors to this volume look at a great variety of aspects of
the historiography of modern regional languages of India. The approach excludes
classical languages of India from this approach, except Tamil which is considered
a modern and a classical language at the same time. It includes the late yet
undoubtedly successful arrival of English in the nation’s literary corpus.
</td><td>Hans Harder teaches Modern South Asian
Languages and Literatures at the South Asia Institute, Heidelberg University,
Germany.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-082-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lived
Stories</td><td>Madhu Bhaduri, With a Foreword by Aruna
Roy</td><td>2021</td><td>152</td><td>580.0000</td><td>Lived
Stories are the carefully selected memories of an early woman diplomat
of the Indian Foreign Service (IFS). On the surface, this is a collection of
episodes experienced in various parts of the world during the author’s years as a
diplomat. At a deeper level, they are carefully chosen stories that highlight
social and political events that touch upon pressing issues of our time:
majoritarianism; religious and ethnic prejudices; and the crisis of
democracy.

Also included is the story of the first successful case of extradition in this
country, that of Abu Salem, and the issue of gender discrimination, which led to an
upheaval in the IFS in 1979 and remains relevant today. Through events she
witnessed during her postings, the author discusses how notions of ‘nationalism’
and ‘patriotism’ were tested when the Soviet Union broke into fourteen new nations
and Yugoslavia into six, all in the name of nationalism. The stories from her days
in Vietnam, immediately after the country’s victory against America in 1975 despite
having no air force or navy, leads to the question: How relevant are
technologically sophisticated weapons for India, which is the world’s largest
importer of weapons?

The author also discusses how, after her retirement, she became an
activist of the RTI movement and a founder-member of the Aam Aadmi Party. These
stories will be of interest to civil service aspirants and students of history and
international relations. Discerning readers trying to make sense of the times will
also find Lived Stories
enlightening.</td><td>Madhu Bhaduri
retired from the IFS as Ambassador to Lisbon (Portugal) in 2003. After retirement,
she joined the RTI campaign as an activist, and in 2012, became a founding member
of the Aam Aadmi Party, which she was the first to leave within a year. Bhaduri has
nurtured a lifelong appreciation of literature, philosophy, music, cuisine, and
been a keen observer of paradoxes inherent in different cultures. She has published
four novels in Hindi, one of which has been translated and published in
Russian.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-2297-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Living Traditions
in Contemporary Contexts: The Madhva Matha of Udupi</td><td>Mr. Vasudeva
Rao</td><td>2002</td><td>252</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book examines a
monastic institution – the Madhava Matha of Udupi (Udipi) in Southern Karnataka –
as a site of the formation of religious opinion, of monastic training, and
practice, and the transmission of knowledge. The author brings both sociological
and textual perspectives to bear on his work.
While anthropologists and sociologists have worked on cults, practices,
categories of specialists and concepts, Vasudeva Rao’s is one of the few books to
focus on a monastic institution as the site of the formation of religious opinion
in the context of monastic training and practice. Dr Rao’s work provides an
understanding of doxa or religious opinion in the context of the Madhva tradition
of South India. In doing so, he focusses on priests rather than ascetics and thus
contributes to the growing body of literature on the forms in which Brahminic
ideology and practice take shape. In the process, Dr Rao also casts light on the
complex ways in which a tradition perpetuates itself and deals with continuity and
change. The study highlights the ways that texts are learned, remembered and
transmitted to become a part of Indian religious experience. A significant
contribution is also the ways in which the understanding of Madhva gurus and
students reflect and are influenced by the general mood and the political discourse
in the country.
</td><td>Vasudeva Rao holds a Ph.D. in Sociology from
the Delhi School of Economics, where he subsequently taught a few years. He is at
present a Consultant at the United Nations Development Programme, New
Delhi.
Apart from his work in the sociology of religion, he has also written on
education and works on issues related to child labour and education.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86689-56-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Looking Back: The
1947 Partition of India, 70 Years On</td><td>Rakhshanda Jalil, Tarun K. Saint and
Debjani Sengupta</td><td>2017</td><td>396</td><td>1595.0000</td><td>
While discourse on the Partition, especially through literary
representations, has changed radically, it is time to revisit it from a third and
perhaps fourth-generation point of view. On the 70th anniversary of India’s
Independence and Partition, this anthology of diverse narratives collects fresh
reflections on the continuing relevance and impact of 1947, and its afterlife, in
South Asia.
In what ways can we re-think and re-imagine 1947 today, in 2017? Has
the subcontinent worked through its burden of history and trauma relayed across
generations? Or are we still trapped by the curse of mutual animosity, incoherence
and distrust? Are there routes beyond polarised perceptions and attitudes that
wait to be (re-)discovered?
 Earlier Partition anthologies have underplayed the narratives
of the aged, of marginal castes and tribes who may have experienced 1947
differently. The genres of poetry, drama and reportage have likewise not been
collected and read as a whole. This anthology—of essays, memoirs, art, short
fiction, poetry, graphic narrative, reportage and drama—seeks to rectify these
omissions in a manner that is both self-reflexive and historically aware. It also
features fresh translations—from Hindi, Punjabi, Urdu and Bangla—of older, lesser-
known works together with new writing that narrates unheard and forgotten stories.
In times when India-Pakistan relations are fraught, when we remain as divided by
religion as by how we imagine the nation, this is an effort to cast new light on
our fractured and conjoined past and to help us reflect on it with humanity.
The volume would be an asset to students and scholars of South
Asian literature and history.
</td><td>
Rakhshanda Jalil is a writer, critic,
translator and literary historian.
Tarun K. Saint is an independent
scholar.
Debjani Sengupta teaches at Indraprastha
College for Women, Delhi University. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-620-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Looking Back: The
1947 Partition of India, 70 Years On</td><td>Rakhshanda Jalil, Tarun K. Saint and
Debjani Sengupta</td><td>2019</td><td>396</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>In
what ways can we re-think and re-imagine 1947 today? Has the subcontinent worked
through its burden of history and trauma relayed across generations? Or are we
still trapped by the curse of mutual animosity, incoherence and distrust? Are there
routes beyond polarised perceptions and attitudes that wait to be (re-)discovered?
Seventy years after India’s Independence and Partition, this anthology of diverse
narratives collects fresh reflections on the continuing relevance and impact of
1947, and its afterlife, in South Asia.
Earlier Partition anthologies have underplayed narratives of the aged, of
marginal castes and tribes. The genres of poetry, drama and reportage have likewise
not been collected and read as a whole. This anthology—of essays, memoirs, short
fiction, art, poetry, graphic narrative, reportage and drama—seeks to rectify these
omissions in ways that are both self-reflexive and historically aware. It also
features fresh translations—from Hindi, Punjabi, Urdu and Bangla—of older, lesser-
known works together with new writing that narrates unheard and forgotten stories
from India, Pakistan and Bangladesh. In times when we remain as divided by religion
as by how we imagine the nation, this is an effort to cast new light on our
fractured and conjoined past, and help us reflect on it with humanity. Scholars and
readers of South Asian literature, history, and Partition literature will find this
a rich and valuable contribution.
</td><td>Rakhshanda Jalil is a writer,
critic, translator and literary historian.
Tarun K. Saint is an independent scholar.
Debjani Sengupta teaches English Literature at
Indraprastha College for Women, Delhi University.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-90122-32-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lost Letters and
Feminist History: The Political Friendship of Mohandas K. Gandhi and Sarala Devi
Chaudhurani</td><td>Geraldine
Forbes</td><td>2020</td><td>188</td><td>675.0000</td><td>
In the 1920s, amidst the upheaval of the Indian national movement and its
sustained resistance to British rule, Mohandas K. Gandhi and the prominent Indian
nationalist and feminist Sarala Devi Chaudhurani developed an intense but short-
lived association. For over a year, they communicated with each other via letters
that were both politically charged and personally insightful. In Lost
Letters and Feminist History, Geraldine Forbes presents this previously
unexplored correspondence, placing them in the political context of their time.

 Focussing on spirited and uninhibited interactions on a range of topics,
the author draws attention to their political ideas and personal feelings,
particularly how these intersected and overlapped, as well as their intractable
differences.

While Gandhi's life and work have continued to fascinate historians, Sarala
Devi, like so many other remarkable women in India, has not yet been the subject of
a comprehensive biography.
Critical of writings that tend to sensationalise Gandhi's
relationships with women—among whom Sarala Devi figures prominently—Forbes'
analysis instead serves to bring her into focus as an equal participant,
highlighting her emergence and ascent as a political leader in her own
right.
</td><td>Geraldine Forbes is Distinguished Teaching
Professor Emerita, State University of New York,
Oswego.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3701-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Low and Licentious
Europeans: Race, Class and ‘White Subalternity’ in Colonial India</td><td>Harald
Fischer-Tiné</td><td>2009</td><td>452</td><td>1075.0000</td><td>Building on, yet defying and
interrogating the subaltern studies paradigm for the understanding of South Asian
history, this book re-examines some of its tacit assumptions and introduces the
category of ‘white subalternity’. Harald Fischer-Tine? explores, innovatively, the intersection of
the various systems of differentiation and hierarchy in British India between
1780 and 1914 that neatly demarcated the rulers from the ruled. In examining the
history of white non-elite groups such as European sailors, vagrants, criminals
and prostitutes, and elite efforts to either ‘reclaim’ or hide them from the
‘native gaze’, this book challenges received ways of interpreting colonial rule.
The study makes a strong case for understanding colonial power relations not in
terms of a fixed ‘white-over-black’ contestation but rather as a situational,
contextual and dynamic system. It argues that racial identity, including ‘colonial
whiteness’ was a fluid category. It faced the constant threat of being undermined
in the colony along the lines of class, gender and deviance—a result of complex
stratifications within European society. Importantly, the study shows how the
discourses and practices of the British ‘civilising mission’ in India bore
striking similarity to the project of educating and disciplining the lower classes
at home. Drawing on a
wealth of archival and published material, travelogues, autobiographies and an
exclusive collection of insightful illustrations, this book combines cutting edge
theoretical approaches with thorough empirical analyses. Fischer-Tine?’s
innovative examining of race and class and his elegant and fluid style combine to
make this an exceptional book, especially useful for anyone interested in
the social and cultural history of  British imperialism and in
the history of colonial South Asia as a whole.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Harald
Fischer-Tiné is Professor of History at the ETH 
Zürich (Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Zurich). He has published
widely on Modern South Asian History and the history of
colonialism.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3918-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>M K Gandhi's
Hind Swaraj: A Critical Edition</td><td>Suresh Sharma and Tridip Suhrud
(Eds.)</td><td>2010</td><td>212</td><td>1165.0000</td><td>Hi
nd Swaraj, Gandhi’s seminal text in Gujarati, was written between 13
and 22 November 1909 aboard the Kildonan Castle bound for South Africa. It is a
dialogue on modern civilisation, composed at a moment in modern history when the
pre-modern in the world beyond Europe could still be touched and spoken of, not as
mere memory or longing but as a living form. As a mode of exposition and argument,
Hind Swaraj stems from a cognitive universe that abides beyond the ambit of
modernity. It is perhaps the only critique of the modern order that seeks an
understanding of its salient facts. Its referents are tradition and modernity, the
ancient and modern, ethical-moral and instrumental-efficient. Hind Swaraj is a plea
for non-violence as a mode of self-affirmation and resistance against oppression
and injustice. For anyone engaged with the life and thought of Gandhi and with the
question of the meaning of life within the modern order of things, Hind Swaraj
remains a critical text.
This critical centenary edition is intended as a renewal of a deeper
engagement with the text and the discourse around it. It reinstates the 1910
edition of the English rendering and the original in Gujarati as the first textual
referent in conversation with the 1921 edition and the authorised second edition of
1939. It is presented along three axes: marginnotes (alternative
readings/translations of the Gujarati original), footnotes (notations for
categories-concepts) and Hindi translation (to mute the current placement of
English as the exclusive mediation between languages). This is also the first
edition of Hind Swaraj in two
languages.</td><td>Suresh Sharma is a
historian and anthropologist. He is Senior Fellow and Professor at the Centre for
the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS), Delhi. Currently, he is working on a
commentary on Gandhi’s Hind Swaraj and a comparative reading of St Augustine’s
Confessions and Gandhi’s My Experiments with Truth. Tridip Suhrud is a
political scientist and cultural historian, working on the Gandhian intellectual
tradition and the social history of Gujarat of the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries. Currently, he is Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of
Information and Communication Technology, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. At present, he is
working on the English translation of Govardhanram Tripathi’s four-part novel
Sarasvatichandra.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4043-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Macaulay: The
Tragedy of Power</td><td>Robert E.
Sullivan</td><td>2010</td><td>624</td><td>1695.0000</td><td>On the 150th
anniversary of the death of the English historian and politician Thomas Babington
Macaulay, Robert Sullivan offers a portrait of a
Victorian life that probes the cost of power, the practice of empire and the
impact of ideas. 
His Macaulay is a Janus-faced master of the universe: a prominent
spokesman for abolishing slavery in the British Empire who cared little for the
cause, a forceful advocate for reforming Whig politics but a Machiavellian
realist, a soaring parliamentary orator who avoided debate, a self-declared
Christian, yet a skeptic and a secularizer of English history and culture, and a
stern public moralist who was in love with his two youngest sisters. 
Perhaps best known in India for the insolent tone of the Minute of 1835
and the drafting of the Criminal Procedure Code, Macaulay’s History of
England is a celebrated western classic. His father ensured that
ancient Greek and Latin literature shaped Macaulay’s mind, but he crippled his
heir emotionally. Self-defense taught Macaulay that power, calculation, and
duplicity rule politics and human relations. In Macaulay’s writings, Sullivan
unearths a sinister vision of progress that prophesied twentieth-century genocide.
That the reverent portrait fashioned by Macaulay’s distinguished extended family
eclipsed his insistent rhetoric about race, subjugation, and civilizing slaughter
testifies to the grip of moral obliviousness.
Devoting his huge talents to gaining power—above all for England and its
empire—made Macaulay’s life a tragedy. Sullivan offers an unsurpassed study of an
afflicted genius and a thoughtful meditation on the modern ethics of
power.
</td><td>Robert E. Sullivan is Associate
Professor of History and Associate Vice President, University of Notre
Dame</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-5971-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Madhya Pradesh Ki
Bhashayen (Volume 16, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha LokSarvekshan</td><td>Ganesh N.
Devy and Damodar Jain</td><td>2015</td><td>464</td><td>2500.0000</td><td>
communities.
This book is part 1of the Volume 16 (Madhya Pradesh ki Bhaashyen [Hindi])
of The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and executed by
Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.  
variety of the Madhya Pradesh State of India. The languages included in this book
are: Urdu, Hindi, Kachwaidhari, Korku, Kauravi, Gondi, Jatwari, Jandomati,
Tordhari, Nahal, Nimarhi, Panchmahali, Pawari, Pardhi, Pati, Banjari, Bagheli,
Barela, Bundeli, Brij, Bhadawari, Bhili, Mawasi, Malwi, Rajputi, Loghdhari,
Sahariyayi, and Sikarwari, .
</td><td>
Professor Ganesh N.
Devy taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao University of
Baroda; a renowned literary critic and activist; founder and director of the Tribal
Academy at Tejgadh, Gujara; and director of the ’s Project on Literature
in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is an active participant in the
functioning of Bhasha Academy. He was awarded the Padmashri in 2014.
Currently he is Chair, People’s Lnguistic Survey of India, 37, Bhasha
Research and Publication Centre, Baroda.
Dr. Damodar Jain, the volume editor, was a
teacher trainer in a B.Ed college in Bhopal. He has conducted and been a
participant in several language training workshops organized by NCERT and SCERT,
Bhopal. Currently he is senior teacher at IASE, Bhopal.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4698-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Madhyakaleen
Bharat ka Sanskritik Itihas</td><td>Meenakshi
Khanna</td><td>2012</td><td>304</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi version of Cultural History of
Medieval India publishedby Social Science Press. The book caters to the
concurrent courses syllabus of history of the Delhi University. This is the last
in the series of three books for concurrent courses of History of Delhi
University-- Dilli : Pracheen Itihas by Upinder Singh and
Adhunik Bharat Ka Sanskritik Itihas by Dilip Menon published
by Orient Blackswan.
The readings have been edited and
put together by the eminent historian for their students. This anthology of
readings seeks to explore Indian culture in the medieval period through five
themes: Kingship traditions, social processes of religious devotion, inter-
cultural perception, forms of identities and aesthetics. Written by well-known
scholars, the ten essays in this book present sub cultures in diverse regional
settings of the subcontinent.  These readings introduce a new way of
understanding medieval Indian history by engaging with interdisciplinary methods
of research on issues that are significant to everyday existence in a plural
society like that of India. Cultural histories need to establish a correlation
between the readings of text and its multi-layered historical perspectives that
include political and economic context as well. The essays in the book seeks to
establish such interconnections between text and history.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Meenakshi Khanna, the
volume editor, is Associate Professor, Department of History, Indraprastha College
for Women, University of Delhi, Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td>
Bharat: Prashasan, Samaj Evam Sanskriti (Hindi)</td><td>Neeraj
Srivastava</td><td>2010</td><td>332</td><td>425.0000</td><td>This is the second edition of
Madhyakaleen Bharat: Prashasan, Samaj evam Sanskriti [first edition published by
Wisdom Prakashan, Allahabad in 2009], a textbook for UG and PG students of various
Indian universities across northern region. This book is a narrative of medieval
Indian history [8th to 13th century] from a new perspective which is a demand of
UPSC and allied Civil services students. 
‘Divided into 59 chapters
Madhyakaleen Bharat by Neeraj
Srivastavais paradoxically a slender text which takes the reader through the
administrative, social and cultural developments in India’s history between later
Gupta period and the climactic decades of the Delhi Sultanate. 
‘The major strength of this book
lies in the lucid presentation of factual information in a narrative style, which
even most lay readers shall find accessible and comprehensible. Author has tried
to steer clear of contentious issues, not by eluding them but by referring to the
general range of interpretations available on the subject by well known
scholars.
‘Unlike many other textbooks on the
same period, this book has a
pan-Indian focus as there is inclusion of eight relevant chapters on the history
of south India. Besides, as added attraction is the smooth amalgamation of six
chapters on the historiography of medieval India.
‘In times when authors are writing
for other authors (not readers), when writing styles are becoming extremely
complex and impenetrable, this
book clearly emerges as a reader-oriented book. Dr.
Srivastava’s long experience in providing guidance to students is clearly
reflected in the style he has chosen to write.’
Satish Chandra’s Madhyakaleen
Bharat is facts of history and a NCERT labeled textbook reissued by us. Neeraj
Srivastav’s and Satish Chandra’s book   both are for the same
market, but students/IAS aspirants don’t mind buying more than one book on this
topic. Dr Srivastava’s book is a good addition to our Hindi title list, i.e. to
have one more book on Madhyakaleen Bharat  by a young
author.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Dr Neeraj Srivastava D.Litt. in History,
taught in Ishwar Saran Degree college, Allahabad for over 10 years before he took
voluntary retirement to open his IAS coaching institute named Itihas Bodh Centre in
Allahabad, a well known coaching centre in UP.</div></td><td>WORLD</td>
Bharat: Rajniti, Samaj Aur Sanskriti, New Edition with Smart App</td><td>Satish
Chandra</td><td>2020</td><td>396</td><td>450.0000</td><td>Ma
dhyakaleen Bharat is the Hindi edition of the book,
History of Medieval India. This book covers the period between
the eighth and the seventeenth century. Generally, most books on the history of
medieval India start around AD 1206, the period of the Turkish invasion and
establishment of Turkish rule in parts of north India. Madhyakaleen
Bharat breaks this traditional pattern by starting at a much earlier
date, from the eighth century onwards. The 400 years from the eighth to the twelfth
century, although a very significant period in Indian history, is a less studied
period.
The significance of this period lies in the fact that ancient Indian
society was slowly changing and taking a new shape - marked by profound changes in
polity, economy, society and culture. Very few books that survey medieval Indian
society explore this period. The late Professor Satish Chandra has both
investigated this period and ensured that the information is comprehensible to
students and the general reader.
This textbook is presented in a lucid manner, moving away from stereotyped
analyses.
The book focuses on:
<ul>
<li>The histories of the Chola, Bahmani and Vijayanagara kingdoms.</li>
<li>The influence exerted by the Surs, Lodis, the Delhi Sultanate, and the
Mughals.</li>
<li>The importance of the Rajput kings and the Marathas.</li>
<li>Religious movements, such as Sufism and the Bhakti movement.</li>
<li>The changing political, economic and agrarian scene.</li>
</ul>
For the first time, this reprint is accompanied by the free Orient
BlackSwan Smart App. This app allows students to:
<ul>
<li>access question banks from previous years’ competitive
examinations.</li>
<li>solve many multiple-choice questions from their phone.</li>
<li>refer to the detailed answer key at the end.</li>
<li>learn through this easy-to-use, interactive app.</li>
</ul></td><td>Satish Chandra was Chairman,
University Grants Commission, and Professor, Medieval Indian History, and Dean,
School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University. He was also Chairman of the
Twelve-volume Comprehensive History of Indian Scheme of the Indian History
Congress, implemented by the Comprehensive History of India Society, and Vice-
Chairman of the Society for Indian Ocean Studies.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-638-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Making Sense Of
Indian Democracy: Theory as Practice</td><td>Yogendra
Yadav</td><td>2020</td><td>422</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Yogendra Yadav
combines the insights of political science with the political sense of an activist.
This book invites us to take a fresh look at India's first republic, 1950—
2019.
The first section provides a historical overview, the second a comparative
overview situating Indian political practices next to those in diverse countries.
The third focuses on theory and method to look at the specific nature of the Indian
state; at polls, predictions, and psephology; and at the virtues and limits of
anthropological fieldwork for understanding political praxis. The last section
proposes electoral and democratic reforms that seem desirable and feasible if
Indian democracy is to persist.
Indian politics is usually written about by journalists and scholars.
Yogendra Yadav is almost singular in the Indian political world. Possessing the
apparatus of a university professor, he is also a respected TV commentator, a
psephologist, and an original thinker. All these aspects are apparent in this book.

How did we end up here? This book responds to a question that troubles
every student of Indian democracy today. It does so by
<ul><li>tracing the history of India’s creolised democracy</li>
<li>placing its record in comparative perspective</li>
<li>assessing the relevant theoreties and methodologies</li>
<li>saying what is and what is not to be done.</li></ul>
</td><td>YOGENDRA YADAV is an academic turned activist. Before quitting
academia, he was Senior Fellow at the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies,
Delhi, where he co-authored the first report on the State of Democracy in
South Asia. He has also co-authored (with Alfred Stepan and Juan Linz)
Crafting State-Nations (Johns Hopkins University Press, 2011),
and written school textbooks in Political Science. A recipient of the Malcolm
Adiseshiah Award, and of the South Solidarity Award from the International
Political Science Association, he has been on the advisory board of
Studies in Indian Politics and the European Journal
of Political Research. He was Fellow at Wissenschaftskolleg Zu Berlin in
2009–10 and has held visiting fellowships at Columbia University, the University of
Michigan, and Brown University. He is currently the national president of Swaraj
India, a political party involved in farmers’ movements and pro-democracy
struggles.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-546-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Making Sense Of
Indian Democracy: Theory as Practice</td><td>Yogendra
Yadav</td><td>2020</td><td>422</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Yogendra Yadav
combines the insights of political science with the political sense of an activist.
This book invites us to take a fresh look at India’s first republic, 1950–
2019.
The first section provides a historical overview, the second a comparative
overview situating Indian political practices next to those in diverse countries.
The third focuses on theory and method to look at the specific nature of the Indian
state; at polls, predictions, and psephology; and at the virtues and limits of
anthropological fieldwork for understanding political praxis. The last section
proposes electoral and democratic reforms that seem desirable and feasible if
Indian democracy is to persist.
Indian politics is usually written about by journalists and scholars.
Yogendra Yadav is almost singular in the Indian political world. Possessing the
apparatus of a university professor, he is also a respected TV commentator, a
psephologist, and an original thinker. All these aspects are apparent in this
book.
How did we end up here? This book responds to a question that troubles
every student of Indian democracy today. It does so by
<ul><li>tracing the history of India's creolised
democracy</li>
<li>placing its record in comparative perspective</li>
<li>assessing the relevant theoreties and methodologies</li>
<li>saying what is and what is not to be done.</li>
</ul></td><td>
Yogendra Yadav is an academic turned
activist. Before quitting academia, he was Senior Fellow at the Centre for the
Study of Developing Societies, Delhi, where he co-authored the first report on the
State of Democracy in South Asia. He has also co-authored
(with Alfred Stepan and Juan Linz) Crafting State-Nations
(Johns Hopkins University Press, 2011), and written school textbooks in Political
Science. A recipient of the Malcolm Adiseshiah Award, and of the South Solidarity
Award from the International Political Science Association, he has been on the
advisory board of Studies in Indian Politics and the
European Journal of Political Research. He was Fellow at
Wissenschaftskolleg Zu Berlin in 2009–10 and has held visiting fellowships at
Columbia University, the University of Michigan, and Brown University. He is
currently the national president of Swaraj India, a political party involved in
farmers’ movements and pro-democracy struggles.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-884-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Making the Modern
Slum: The Power of Capital in Colonial Bombay</td><td>Sheetal
Chhabria</td><td>2020</td><td>252</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>
Mumbai has long been notorious as a city ridden by poverty and slums.
However, already by the early 1900s more than three-quarters of the city’s 1.2
million people lived in single rooms. Making the Modern Slum
traces the long histories of impoverishment and inequality that
constantly reproduced Bombay’s infamous “slum problem”.
Colonial Bombay was repeatedly beset by crises such as famine and plague,
which threatened the flow of capital. Town planners, financiers, and property
developers—Indian and British—used moments of crisis to justify interventions that
would delimit the city, securing it for commerce, and progressively excluding
laborers and migrants from it. By the early twentieth century, the slum had
emerged as a particularly useful category of stigmatization that would animate
city-making projects for decades to come.
Sheetal Chhabria locates the origins of Bombay’s slums in the combined
efforts of capitalists and government officials to turn capitalist crises into
profitable projects of city-making and slum-reform. She challenges assumptions
about colonial urbanization and cities in the global south, and also provides a
new analytical approach to urban studies and histories of
colonialism. The book shows how the wellbeing of the city—rather than of
its people—became an increasingly urgent goal of government, with agrarian
distress, famished migrants, and the laboring poor seen as threats to be contained
or excluded.
This book will be of interest to scholars in Urban Studies, History,
Sociology, and Development Studies. 
</td><td>Sheetal Chhabria is Associate Professor of
History at Connecticut College, New London, Connecticut.
<td>978-81-7824-185-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Many Lives of a
Rajput Queen, The: Heroic Pasts in India C.1500-1900</td><td>Ramya
Sreenivasan</td><td>2007</td><td>288</td><td>650.0000</td><td>This book is centred on the legend of
Padmini, the medieval Rajput queen widely believed to
have been pursued by Alauddin Khalji, Sultan of Delhi. Sreenivasan investigates
the many narratives that exist about this heroic queen's legend in India,
ranging from Sufi mystical romances in the sixteenth century to nationalist
histories in the late nineteenth century. The book explores the manner in which
early modern regional elites, caste groups, and mystical and monastic communities
shaped their distinctive versions of past times through the repeated refashioning
of this legend. It then traces the appropriations of these narrations by colonial
administrators and nationalist intellectuals for varying political ends. In the
process, the author successfully shows us not only how particular narratives about
virtuous women changed and circulated across the communities of South Asia, but
also the social and political investments in discourses of gender and history that
occurred simultaneously. This book will interest historians of memory, gender,
community, culture, and history-writing in early modern and modern South Asia. In
illustrating how significant legends about the past emerged out of particular pre-
colonial repositories of 'tradition', the book also contributes to current
debates on the nature of colonial transitions and the nature of pre-colonial
historical consciousness. </td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">RAMYA SREENIVASAN received her early training in the study of
literature, and obtained her Ph.D. from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
She is Assistant Professor of History at the University at Buffalo, State
University of New York.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-453-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Marshalling the
Past: Ancient India and its Modern Histories</td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri
</td><td>2018</td><td>462</td><td>695.0000</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Iconic sites and ‘monumental’ subjects in Indian history are the
core of this fascinating collection of essays. Nayanjot Lahiri ranges from the
Indus cities of Harappa and Mohenjodaro to Buddhist Mahabodhi and Sanchi, from the
political imprint of the 1857 revolt on bits of Delhi to the partitioning of
India’s archaeological heritage in 1947. </div><div
style="text-align: justify">Archaeologists find unexpected things
during their digs—as does Lahiri. By unearthing new archival material and by
looking at the ways in which the personal and the professional mix in their
writings, she gives us new facets of two iconic scholars of ancient India, the
archaeologist John Marshall and the historian D.D. Kosambi. Both are crucial
figures: Marshall headed the group that discovered the Indus civilization; Kosambi
changed the way in which ancient Indian history was written after Independence.
Lahiri gives us pictures of them that no one else has.</div><div
style="text-align: justify">Scholarly, perceptive, and entertaining,
Marshalling the Past offers readings of ancient India and its modern histories that
will confirm Nayanjot Lahiri’s reputation as one of the most readable historians of
her generation.</div></td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri is a
professor at the Department of History, University of Delhi—where she was once a
graduate and now teaches archaeology. An undergraduate of St Stephen’s College,
Delhi, she has taught at Hindu College (1982–93) and written several books,
including Pre-Ahom Assam (1991), The Archaeology of Indian Trade Routes (1992),
The Decline and Fall of the Indus Civilization (edited; 2000) and Finding Forgotten
Cities (2005).
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-348-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Marshalling the
Past: Ancient India and its Modern Histories</td><td>Nayanjot
Lahiri</td><td>2012</td><td>462</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Iconic sites and
‘monumental’ subjects in Indian history are the core of this fascinating
collection of essays. Nayanjot Lahiri ranges from the Indus cities of Harappa and
Mohenjodaro to Buddhist Mahabodhi and Sanchi, from the political imprint of
the 1857 revolt on bits of Delhi to the partitioning of India’s archaeological
heritage in 1947. 
Archaeologists find unexpected things during their digs—as does Lahiri.
By unearthing new archival material and by looking at the ways in which the
personal and the professional mix in their writings, she gives us new facets of
two iconic scholars of ancient India, the archaeologist John Marshall and the
historian D.D. Kosambi. Both are crucial figures: Marshall headed the group that
discovered the Indus civilization; Kosambi changed the way in which ancient Indian
history was written after Independence. Lahiri gives us pictures of them that no
one else has.
Scholarly, perceptive, and entertaining,
Marshalling the Past offers
readings of ancient India and its modern histories that will confirm Nayanjot
Lahiri’s reputation as one of the most readable historians of her
generation.
</td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri is a
professor at the Department of History, University of Delhi—where she was
once a graduate and now teaches archaeology. An undergraduate of St Stephen’s
College, Delhi,  she has taught at Hindu College (1982–93) and
written several books, including Pre-Ahom 
Assam (1991), The Archaeology of Indian
Trade Routes (1992), The Decline and Fall
of the Indus Civilization (edited; 2000)
and Finding Forgotten Cities (2005).
<td>978-81-250-3366-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Matters of
Exchange: Commerce, Medicine and Science in the Age of Empire</td><td>Harold J.
Cook</td><td>2008</td><td>580</td><td>950.0000</td><td>In this wide-
ranging and stimulating book, a leading authority on the history of medicine and
science presents convincing evidence that Dutch commerce, not religion, inspired
the rise of science in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Harold Cook
scrutinises a wealth of historical documents relating to the study of medicine and
natural history in the Netherlands, Europe, Brazil, South Africa, and Asia during
this era, and his conclusions are fresh and exciting. He uncovers direct links
between the rise of trade and commerce in the Dutch Empire and the flourishing of
scientific investigation. Cook argues that engaging in commerce changed the
thinking of Dutch citizens, leading to a new emphasis on such values as
objectivity, accumulation, and description. The preference for accurate information
that accompanied the rise of commerce also laid the groundwork for the rise of
science globally, wherever the Dutch engaged in trade. Medicine and natural history
were fundamental aspects of this new science, as reflected in the development of
gardens for both pleasure and botanical study, anatomical theatres, curiosity
cabinets, and richly illustrated books about nature. Sweeping in scope and original
in its insights, this book revises previous understandings of the history of
science and ideas.</td><td>Harold J. Cook is director of the Wellcome
Trust Centre for the History of Medicine and professor at University College
London.</td><td>IN,BD,NP,LK,BT,MV</td>
<td>978-93-5287-359-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Mayilamma: The
Life of a Tribal Eco-Warrior</td><td>Jothibai Pariyadath, Translated from the
original Malayalam by Swarnalatha Rangarajan and Sreejith
Varma</td><td>2018</td><td>152</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
Mayilamma (1940–2007) was an illiterate adivasi woman whose iconic
leadership of her community against the unrestrained extraction and pollution of
water by Coca-Cola put the nondescript village of Plachimada on the Kerala-Tamil
Nadu border on the global map of environmental activism. 
 
Mayilamma: Oru Jeevitham maps the rise of eco-activism in
Kerala alongside the realities of consumption, globalisation, widening socio-
economic inequalities and the rising ecological burdens borne by the marginalised
poor. Swarnalatha Rangarajan and Sreejith Varma’s English translation brings this
important Malayalam text into the domain of international environmental justice
writing for the first time, and shows how—in a classic David-and-Goliath struggle—
this frail fifty-year old widow became a symbol of the global resistance against
the multinational soft-drink giant. 
Mayilamma’s life story—of an earth-carer intensely involved in the protection of
livelihoods and local neighbourhoods—adopts the traditional oral mode of
narration, central to the construction of the collective memory of tribal
communities. It allows the reader to visualise the ‘slow violence’ of fissured
earth narratives, such as the stories of toxic buildup, water pollution,
deforestation, accelerated species loss and loss of habitats.
The connection between rootedness in the local and a sense of belonging
to the global ecosystem is best understood through life narratives like
Mayilamma, a story that translates the mantra of ecology—
everything is connected—into a web of concrete relations that includes not only
the ecological, but also cultural, economic and political processes. This is a
must read for students of environmental studies, ecological activists, and
everyone who feels responsible for their only home—the earth. 
</td><td>Jothibai Pariyadath, the transcriber
of Mayilamma: Oru Jeevitham, is an acclaimed Malayalam poet,
writer and translator. She published her first poetry collection,
Pesamadantha, in 2009, and has translated the poems of
Vladimir Mayakovsky into Malayalam as Mayakovskyude Kavithakal
(2012). She received the Coimbatore Kerala Cultural Centre’s literary
prize for 2012. Her blog, Kavyam Sugeyam, featuring her
recitations of more than five hundred Malayalam poems, is hugely
popular.
The Translators 
Swarnalatha Rangarajan is Professor, Department of
Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology, Madras,
Chennai.
Sreejith Varma is Assistant Professor,
Department of English, Christ Deemed-to-be University, Bengaluru, Karnataka.
<td>978-81-7824-362-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Media and
Modernity: Communications, Women, and the State in India</td><td>Robin
Jeffrey</td><td>2012</td><td>320</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Two puzzles of modern India—one well known, the other
overlooked—form the core of this book. 
For fifty years, the state of Kerala
has been famed, first as a home of Communists, then as a perplexing ‘model of
development’. But why Communists? And why development, especially in a place where
the economy usually underperformed even lowly national averages? Part of an answer
lies in the unusual place of women in Kerala and their changing role in the past
200 years. 
Another part lies in the other,
often under-analyzed focus of this book: media and communication. Printing and
publishing in Indian languages—and accompanying questions of literacy and language
identity—present tantalizing puzzles. 
Since data were first collected in
the 1950s, Kerala’s people have been India’s greatest newspaper consumers. Do
literacy and newspapers mobilize people for political action or does
politicization make people into newspaper readers? To what extent do media wait on
consumer capitalism before they break into the countryside to become truly
mass media, as they have in India in the past thirty years?

Media and
Modernity ponders these questions, first from the
perspective of Kerala, often a forerunner of developments elsewhere, and then at
an all-India level. Readers intrigued by questions of development, communications,
politics, and the role of women will find in this collection stories that surprise
and arguments that provoke.
</td><td>Robin
Jeffrey, arguably Australia’s best-known academic analyst of Indian
cultural history and politics, has been a Professor at the Australian National
University and Dean of the College of Asia and the Pacific. He is currently a
Visiting Research Professor at the Institute of South Asian Studies in Singapore.
His several books include India’s Newspaper Revolution (2000)
and Politics, Women, and ‘Well-Being’
(1993).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4501-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Medical Pluralism
in Contemporary India</td><td>V. Sujatha and Leena
Abraham</td><td>2012</td><td>408</td><td>1650.0000</td><td><s
trong>Medical Pluralism in Contemporary India
questions the dominant view of indigenous systems of medicine as cultural remnants
of a traditional past. It points out that their practitioners greatly outnumber
those of biomedicine (allopathy) and explores the reasons behind the enduring
presence and importance of health care traditions such as ayurveda, siddha and
unani.
The authors go beyond simplistic distinctions like traditional–modern and
science–culture. They draw attention to the possibility of bridging the
divide between knowledge systems, and prepare the ground for a socially and
culturally inclusive approach to healing and health care.
Aspects of commercialisation and globalisation of traditional medicines
are also examined.</td><td>V.
Sujatha is Associate Professor at the Centre for the Study of
Social Systems, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
Leena Abraham is Associate Professor at the
Centre for Studies in the Sociology of Education, Tata Institute of Social
Sciences, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5049-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Memories and
Movements: Borders and Communities in Banni, Kutch, Gujarat</td><td>Rita
Kothari</td><td>2013</td><td>200</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>Situated in
northern Kutch in Gujarat, the Banni grasslands lie on the border dividing India
and Pakistan. It is home to diverse communities; while Muslim pastoralists form the
majority, one also finds Dalit Hindus, and a community that is neither Hindu nor
Muslim. Banni’s people, have for centuries, moved freely between Sindh (Pakistan)
and Kutch (India)—a reason why, perhaps, the Indo-Pak border has not been able to
produce a sense of bounded citizenship in them. While still referring to ‘Sindh’ as
their homeland, they recognise Gujarat as their governing regime. These two
experiences of belonging give rise to the cultural imaginary of Banni. 
Memories and Movements
is an ethnographic account of present-day Banni society, where the rhetoric of
‘change and development’ have made inroads quietly but surely. Poised on the brink
of socio-economic transformation, it hosts huge tourist populations for a few
months every year. The result is an immense demand for its distinct products and
services such as its handicrafts and music. 
The labour of its women feeds the embroidery industry in Banni. Kothari
raises poignant questions, among others, about the position of Banni’s women: Do
the handicraft industries give women more freedom and self-determination? Or do
they entrench gender-inequality further? 
The author also tells the story of the entrepreneurial success and
resultant social mobility of a hitherto ‘untouchable’ community. In presenting a
picture of Banni’s complex, tiered society, she shows how its people navigate
social borders on an everyday basis and transcend territorial borders through
memory, song and story. In her insightful foreword to this volume, Urvashi Butalia
highlights how Kothari’s ‘questioning of the very notions of region and nation’ is
‘remarkably free of jargon, and yet deeply informed by theory’.
</td><td>Rita Kothari is Associate Professor,
Humanities and Social Sciences Department, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT),
Gandhinagar.
Rita Kothari has published widely on language politics, translation, and the
regions of Gujarat and Sindh. She is the author of Translating India: The
Cultural Politics of English and The Burden of Refuge: Sindhi,
Gujarat, Partition. She was also the co-editor of Decentring
Translation Studies and Chutnefying English, and translator of
Angaliyat: The Stepchild; and Unbordered Memories
and Speech and Silence.</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-250-5054-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Memory, Identity,
Power: Politics in the Junglemahals, 1890–1950</td><td>Ranabir
Samaddar</td><td>2013</td><td>328</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>First published in 1998, Memory,
Identity, Power is a full-length study of the
Junglemahals, an area lying at the margins of the Indian state of West Bengal.
Rather than folding into frontier forgetfulness, Junglemahals has seen frenetic
administrative and political activity and has been the focus of scholarly attention
because of continuous struggles by the indigenous peasants of that area. Spanning
the period between 1890 and 1950, this book describes in rigorous detail the
transition of Junglemahals from being a ‘frontier’ region administered by custom
and local power to its coming under the full-scale rule of colonial Bengal.

This transition fractured
communities and forced its people to provide evidence of ownership of their own
soil. It caused widespread unrest and unleashed a series of political
mobilisations. Samaddar analyses how these mobilisations, centred around festivals
and rites, fictive genealogies and origin myths, helped present a ‘collective
culture’, one which transcended the tensions and fissures marking the fabric of
this region. Narrated through inter-textual observations on a variety of texts
(such as witness and affidavit accounts, census handbooks and colonial survey
reports), the book presents this region as one that grappled for a historical
identity in the face of colonial settlement operations. 
Since 2005, violence has revisited
the Junglemahals. Revised, and carrying a new Preface and a discerning Postscript,
this book asks the historian to be innovative in tracking sources of so-called
obscure histories, reminds the social scientist of the complex way in which memory
works in our time, implores the cautious administrator to seek reason, and cautions
everyone of us against the violence that has visited areas and regions like the
Junglemahals—in the Past and in the present. </td><td>Ranabir Samaddar is
Director, Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata. He belongs to the school of critical
thinking. He has pioneered along with others peace studies programmes in South
Asia. He has worked extensively on issues of justice and rights in the context of
conflicts in South Asia. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4552-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Memsahibs’
Writings: Colonial Narratives on Indian Women </td><td>Indrani
Sen(Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>344</td><td>850.0000</td><td>The white women of colonial India wrote extensively; they
maintained journals and diaries, wrote letters home, authored novels and penned
their memoirs. This anthology brings together a fascinating collection of such
writings written over the period 1820s–1920s, focusing on their relations with
‘native’ women.
The compilation draws on the
experiences of medical missionaries, travellers, journalists and administrators’
wives and is organised around key sites of contact. 
A comprehensive introduction by
Indrani Sen places these writings in historical
perspective.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Indrani Sen is Associate Professor at the
Department of English at Sri Venkateswara College, University of
Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-156-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mikhail Bakhtin:
A Critical Introduction</td><td>E. V.
Ramakrishnan</td><td>2023</td><td>160</td><td>300.0000</td><td>This volume
is a critical introduction to the life and works of Mikhail Bakhtin and his
theoretical oeuvre. It outlines his major ideas such as dialogism, the dialogic
imagination, heteroglossia, polyphony, carnival, chronotope and answerability, and
their continued relevance in contemporary studies in literature and culture
studies, and folk and popular cultures. Mikhail Bakhtin
analyses the theorist’s major contributions to literary criticism and the study of
the novelistic genre, and examines Bakhtin’s legacy for the humanities as a whole.
The volume is a nuanced study of the ethical perspective in Bakhtin’s work that
locates literature at the intersection of various disciplines such as philosophy,
sociology and political science. </td><td>E. V.
Ramakrishnan, formerly Professor Emeritus at the School of
Language, Literature and Culture Studies in Central University of Gujarat, is a
bilingual critic, poet and translator. He has published several volumes of
criticism in Malayalam and English, and poetry in English. His well-known
publications include Making It New: Modernism in Malayalam, Marathi and
Hindi Poetry, The Tree of Tongues: An Anthology of Modern
Indian Poetry, Locating Indian Literature: Texts, Traditions,
Translations (Orient BlackSwan), Indigenous Imaginaries:
Literature, Region, Modernity (Orient BlackSwan), and the co-edited
Bakhtinian Explorations of Indian Culture: Pluralism, Dogma and Dialogue
through History.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-470-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>MODERN TIMES:
INDIA 1880s – 1950s : Environment, Economy, Culture</td><td>Sumit
Sarkar</td><td>2015</td><td>476</td><td>695.0000</td><td><div>Much has
changed in the world of South Asian history-writing since Sumit Sarkar’s renowned
classic, Modern India (1983). “The passage of thirty years having rendered that
work thoroughly dated, the futility of any attempt to revise it became increasingly
clear to me, especially as over this period my own historical perspectives took new
and unexpected directions”, says the author. The present work is an entirely fresh
view of the same period. Focusing on three huge areas — Economy, Environment, and
Culture — Professor Sarkar offers his magisterial perspective on
these.</div><div> </div><div>Scientific
discourses, laws, forest administration, peasants and adivasis, irrigation, and
conflicts over land-use are examined, as are agrarian relations, commercialization,
indebtedness, and famine. Trade, finance, and industry are other major focus
areas.</div><div> </div><div>Modern urban India
is scrutinized via the literature on its big cities. Sociabilities, caste
configurations, and public culture (theatre, cinema, and sports) are discussed, as
are literature, dance, music, and painting.</div><div> </div><div>In conclusion, says Professor Sarkar, “I have within
each chapter incorporated the relevant historiographical developments, changes, and
debates. Separate bibliographical sections will I hope facilitate the work of
teachers and students.”</div><div> </div></td><td>SUMIT SARKAR is among the most
influential and widely admired historians of modern India. His several books
include The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal, Modern India 1885–1947, Writing Social
History, and Beyond Nationalist Frames. Following a distinguished teaching career,
he retired as Professor of History, Delhi University. He lives in New Delhi and is
working on his next book.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-382-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Modern Times:
India1880s – 1950s - Environment, Economy, Culture</td><td>Sumit
Sarkar</td><td>2014</td><td>476</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Much has changed in the world of
South Asian history-writing since Sumit Sarkar’s renowned classic,
Modern India (1983). “The passage of thirty years having
rendered that work thoroughly dated, the futility of any attempt to revise it
became increasingly clear to me, especially as over this period my own historical
perspectives took new and unexpected directions”, says the author. The present
work is an entirely fresh view of the same period.
Focusing on three huge areas —
Economy, Environment, and Culture — Professor Sarkar offers his magisterial
perspective on these.
Scientific discourses, laws, forest
administration, peasants and adivasis, irrigation, and conflicts over land-use are
examined, as are agrarian relations, commercialization, indebtedness, and famine.
Trade, finance, and industry are other major focus areas.
Modern urban India is scrutinized
via the literature on its big cities. Sociabilities, caste configurations, and
public culture (theatre, cinema, and sports) are discussed, as are literature,
dance, music, and painting.
In conclusion, says Professor
Sarkar, “I have within each chapter incorporated the relevant historiographical
developments, changes, and debates. Separate bibliographical sections will I hope
facilitate the work of teachers and students.”
</td><td>
Sumit Sakar, is
among the most influential and widely admired historians of modern India. His
several books include The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal,
Modern India 1885–1947, Writing Social History,
and Beyond Nationalist Frames. Following a
distinguished teaching career, he retired as Professor of History, Delhi
University. He lives in New Delhi and is working on his next book. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-90122-56-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Modernity, its
Pathologies and Reenchantments</td><td>Shail
Mayaram</td><td>2020</td><td>416</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>Moder
nity, its Pathologies and Reenchantments is a tribute to one of the most
creative contemporary Indian intellectuals, Ashis Nandy, and celebrates his
contribution as a theorist, particularly his exploration of the modern self.

As an intellectual, Nandy's object of inquiry is modernity itself, both in the
West and the non-West. Even as his focus has been on the pathologies of modernity,
his work also allows us to visualise a different future. This volume highlights
that duality: the essays discuss the problems and pathologies of modernity, while
also showing us alternative pathways to the desacralisation and disenchantment in
the world.

The book is divided into two sections: Pathologies of Modernity, and Reenchantments
of Modernity. In a detailed Introduction, Shail Mayaram draws on Nandy's work
of over forty eyars and examines his reflections on colonisation and de-
colonisation; nationalism and Hindutva; secularism and cosmopolitanism; knowledge
systems and the relation to Freud; and the gender question.

The chapters together address Nandy's view of categories such as civilisation,
community and identity, as well as his critique of history and call for an
alternative to history. The contributors deepen our understanding of the
pathologies of modernity and reflect on spaces that have been resistant to
modernity, and can therefore be potential sources of reenchanting our
world.</td><td>Shail Mayaram is Professor,
Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, New
<td>978-81-7824-217-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Moveable Type:
Book History in India</td><td>Abhijit Gupta And Swapan Chakravorty
(Eds.)</td><td>2008</td><td>272</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Boo
k history is an emerging discipline in India. The editors of the
present volume began the work of consolidating the dispersed writings in the field
with Print Areas: Book History in India (Permanent Black, 2004). Reviewers welcomed
that volume as the first significant Indian contribution to an academic discourse
that is fast changing literary scholarship and challenging assumptions, if not
practices, in the social sciences.
Moveable Type brings together a wider variety
of the best recent work on the subject, combining compilation of primary data with
rigorous historical analysis. Contributions range from a magisterial history of
censorship in colonial India to reflections on the social construction of texts.
Several essays focus on the study of historically symptomatic cases, such as the
making of a Tamil encyclopaedia and the special number of a Hindi periodical.This
collection is the latest in a series that promises to be an indispensable resource
for future research in history, literature, textual scholarship, editorial theory,
and cultural studies.
</td><td>Swapan Chakravorty is
Professor of English, Jadavpur University. He is the author of Society and Politics
in the Plays of Thomas Middleton (1996) and contributory editor of The Oxford
Middleton (2007). He has co-edited Print Areas: Book History in India (2004) with
Abhijit Gupta. Chakravorty also writes in Bengali and has recently edited Mudraner
sanskriti o bangla boi (2007)
Abhijit Gupta is Reader in English,
Jadavpur University. He has co-edited Print Areas: Book History in India (2004)
with Swapan Chakravorty. He is an associate editor of The Oxford Companion to the
Book, and has finished a short-title catalogue of Bengali books over
1801-67.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-83166-16-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Much Ado Over
Coffee - Indian Coffee House Then and Now</td><td>Bhaswati
Bhattacharya</td><td>2017</td><td>432</td><td>975.0000</td><td>
Based on oral history, fiction, interesting intellectual gossip, and
records of the Coffee Board of India, Much Ado Over Coffee: Indian Coffee House
Then and Now is a many-sited description of the Indian Coffee House, possibly the
world’s first coffee house chain.
The book offers interestingly written accounts of the addas or informal
meetings, of the educated middle class in the cities of Calcutta, Allahabad and
Delhi. Addas initially flourished in the neighbourhood tea shops, and then
switched to the newly created coffee houses.
Readers will encounter their favourite writers, and other famous people
at close quarters here. Bhaswati Battacharya brings to life the lanes and by-lanes
of these cities as they were then, through the sheer gift of her ethnographic
skills. Some workers, now forgotten but who were once immensely
popular with the regular visitors of the coffee houses, live on again on these
pages bringing back old memories. In this context one should perhaps mention that
in an interesting departure, some footnotes in this book are used to carry video
links of luminaries visiting these coffee houses.Change has set in here too as
everywhere else.
</td><td>
Bhaswati Bhattacharya is a senior academic
fellow affiliated with the Centre for Modern Indian Studies at Georg August
University, Göttingen. Her publications include Bhattacharya et al.,
The Diary and Photographs of Jan Kornelis De Cock During his Trip to India, 1909-
1910, Leiden: Roel of Barkhuis, 2014; Bhattacharya, Gita Dharampal-
Frick and Jos Gommans (eds.),‘The World of Asian Commerce: Temporal and Spatial
Continuities’, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the
Orient, 50 (2007): 2-3.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3706-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>My Life is My
Message, Sadhana (1869-1905), Volumes 1-4</td><td>Narayan Desai, translated from
the original Gujarati by Tridip
Suhrud</td><td>2009</td><td>2400</td><td>9750.0000</td><td>M
ost biographies of Mahatma Gandhi tell the story of a great
political leader who led India to freedom. But for Gandhi, his politics was a part
of his spiritual quest. Swaraj meant self-rule and not merely political autonomy,
and Gandhi’s struggles were meant to aid the quest for individual self-perfection.
Everything he did—the Dandi march or his fasts for self-purification—was part of
this struggle for self-realisation.
This English translation of Narayan Desai’s epic four-volume biography in
Gujarati, Maru Jivan Ej Mari Vani—hailed as one of the finest
insights into the life of Gandhi—brings alive Gandhi’s quest as one indivisible
whole, in which “the political” is not outside the realm of “the spiritual”.
My Life is My Messageliberates
the Gandhi story from the constraining tyranny of political discourse and gives
centrestage to his “soulsearchings”. The struggle within and the struggle without,
are both seen as aspects of the same reality—just as the inner journey of the self
is depicted in its interaction with the life of the collective. What emerges is a
full picture of Gandhi. 
Drawing from a wealth of sources—what Gandhi wrote in letters, books and
newspapers, spoke in intimate conversations with his fellow “servant co-workers”,
and in speeches and interviews, besides what those around him wrote and spoke
about him—the narrative is illumined, above all, by the author’s own life as an
inveterate “Gandhijan”, ever since his childhood years in
Gandhi’s ashrams.</td><td>Born in 1924 to Durgaben and Mahadev
Desai, Narayan Desai chose not to have a formal education. He
had father’s and Gandhiji’s blessings for the decision. He worked in Gandhiji’s
secretariat with his father from 1936–46, and participated in freedom movement.
Later, he was a very active participant and leader in Vinoba Bhave’s Bhoodan
movement from 1952–60, and with Jayaprakash Narayan from 1960–76. He walked 12,000
km, received 3000 acres of land as gift and distributed it. He was National
Secretary of the Shanti Sena, the All India People’s
Committee, Chairman of the War Resistors International, and Founder Member and
Director of the World Peace Brigade. An accomplished author and editor, he has
written over 50 books in Gujarati, Hindi and English and has edited
Bhoomiputra, Yaqueen, Buniyadi
Yaqueen, Tarun Mun and Sarvodaya
Jagat. He has won many awards that include the Bharatiya Gyaanpeeth
Murtidevi Award, the Sahitya Academy Award and the Ranajitram Gold medal (highest
literary award in Gujarati). In addition he received the Jamnalal Bajaj Award for
constructive work and UNESCO Award for Non-Violence and Tolerance. Currently, he
is Chancellor of the Gujarat Vidyapeeth, founded by Gandhiji in 1920, President of
the Gujarati Sahitya Parishad. He is currently engaged in
rendering Gandhi katha in India and abroad and taking
Gandhiji’s message to the youth. The
Translator Tridip Suhrud is a
political scientist and a cultural historian, working on the Gandhian intellectual
tradition and the social history of Gujarat of the 19th and 20th centuries. He
has translated the works of Ashis Nandy and Ganesh Devy into Gujarati and novelist
Suresh Joshi into English. He translated and edited C.B. Dalal’s Harilal
Gandhi: A Life ( Orient Blackswan, 2007). His other books imclude
Writing Life: Three Gujarati Thinkers (Orient Blackswan,
2008), Hind Swaraj Vishe and An Autobiography or
The Story of My Experiments with Truth: A Table of Concordance. He has
worked (with Suresh Sharma) on a bilingual critical edition of Hind
Swaraj (forthcoming, Orient Blackswan). At present he is working on the
English translation of Govardhamram Tripathi’s four-part novel n. He is a
Professor at Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication
Technology, Gandhinagar. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-143-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nandshankar: A
Portrait in Nineteenth-century Surat</td><td>Vinayak Nandshankar Mehta Translated
from the original Gujarati by: Radhika Jayakar
Herzberger</td><td>2021</td><td>288</td><td>775.0000</td><td>Published in
1916, Nandshankar Jeevan Chitra, Vinayak Mehta’s biography of his
father Nandshankar Tuljashankar Mehta (1835–1905), Gujarat’s first novelist and an
eminent educationist and administrator, is the earliest modern father-son biography
in Gujarati.
Written at a time when the advent of English education had led to a
turbulent new stream of reform, agitating the old world of Surat, the period 1860–
1880 was also the high tide of creativity when the young Nandshankar, along with
luminaries like Narmadashankar, Navalram and Mahipatram, dominated the Gujarat
literary scene. Vinayak narrates Nandshankar’s eclectic life against the backdrop
of Surat, a vibrant cosmopolitan port, and its changing political fortunes between
the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. He creates a composite picture of the rich
cultural life of the period from fragments: remembered conversations, songs,
poetry, witty anecdotes, and sketches of eccentric teachers, inept physicians and
alcoholic judges. 
Vinayak presents facets of his father’s life: his boyhood shaped by
British schoolmasters, Nandshankar as administrator, and Nandshankar as author of
the historical novel Karan Ghelo. Drawn against a vivid and colourful
backdrop of a changing culture, Nandshankar is presented as a man who navigated the
disruptive aspects of modernity with grace and integrity. The biography, the
outcome of historiography and historical craft combined with Vinayak’s literary and
aesthetic sensibilities, reveals a work of astonishing eloquence, erudition and
foresight.
In her nuanced, scholarly and meticulously researched translation, Radhika
Jayakar Herzberger traces a hundred years of Surat’s social history, while
carefully unravelling concerns important to the biographer and his times, and
gently reading between the lines to uncover the hitherto unknown and untold story
of his father’s life.</td><td>Vinayak Nandshankar
Mehta (1885–1940) was born in Surat. He was educated at
Elphinstone College in Bombay (now Mumbai), at Kings College of Cambridge
University, and briefly at Heidelberg University in Germany. He is the author
of Nandshankar Jeevan Chitra, and Ko Jagari. As a member of the
Indian Civil Service posted in Eastern United Provinces (present-day Uttar
Pradesh), he wrote an important report on the peasant revolt of 1919–1920. Two
articles on the ‘Agricultural Sayings of the United Provinces’ (1916 and 1917), a
treatise on rural reconstruction Gram Sanghatan (1936), and a
recently recovered paper on famines sum up his concern for the peasants of India.
He died in Allahabad (now Prayagraj) in 1940.
The Translator
Radhika Jayakar Herzberger is an
Indologist, educationist, writer, and former Director, Rishi Valley Education
Centre, Chittoor District, Andhra Pradesh. She is the author of Bhartrhari
and the Buddhists: An Essay in the Development of Fifth and Sixth Century Indian
Thought (1986, 2011).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3363-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nation in
Imagination: Essays on Nationalism, Sub-Nationalisms and Narration</td><td>C.
Vijayasree, Meenakshi Mukherjee, Harish Trivedi and T. Vijay Kumar
align: justify">The book is a collection of papers presented at the 13th
Triennial conference of the Association of Commonwealth Literature and Language
Studies (ACLALS), held in 2004 in Hyderabad. The essays examine the swiftly
changing connotations of nation in today’s global world. The contributors to the
volume come from different parts of the world, and this makes the collection a
truly cross-cultural attempt to re-examine nationalism and understand its complex
negotiations in the present. The title Nation in
Imagination points to the shaping influence of narratives in the
shifting contours of the concept of nation.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Dr C. Vijayasree is
Professor of English at Osmania University, Hyderabad. </div><div
style="text-align: justify">Dr Meenakshi Mukherjee
retired as Professor of English at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Delhi. </div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">Dr
Harish Trivedi is Professor of English at Delhi University,
Delhi. </div><div style="text-align:
justify"> </div><div
style="text-align: justify">Dr T. Vijay Kumar is
Professor of English at Osmania University, Hyderabad. </div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-529-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nationalism In
The Vernacular: Hindi, Urdu, and the Literature of Indian Freedom</td><td>Shobna
Nijhawan</td><td>2018</td><td>536</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This anthology
comprises a selection of formative literary writings in Hindi and Urdu from the
second half of the nineteenth century, leading up to Indian Independence and the
creation of Pakistan. The texts here are mostly hitherto unpublished translations
into English. The anthology provides a picture of how nationalism—as a cultural
ideology and political movement—was formed in literature.
Unlike other anthologies, this one focuses on writings in two North Indian
vernaculars with a contested relationship: Hindi and Urdu. The combination is
deliberate: the relationship of Hindi and Urdu was being consolidated and sealed
even as these texts were being written. There are two separate Introductions to
this anthology. Each grounds, respectively, the peculiar paths taken by Hindi and
Urdu proponents and practitioners. 
The anthology emphasizes the shared ground of Hindi and Urdu. The Hindi and Urdu
texts are arranged into eight thematic clusters, each represented by a nationalist
mode of reasoning. Autobiographical writings in Hindi, prison poetry in Urdu, and
social reform writings around gender, caste, class, and Dalits are also included in
this fascinating collection.
</td><td>Shobna Nijhawan teaches Hindi at York
University in Canada. Her PhD, on women’s Hindi journals and nationalism, was from
the University of California, Berkeley. Her special areas of interest lie in South
and Southeast Asian Studies (Hindi/Urdu), with an emphasis on women, gender, and
sexuality.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-056-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nations and
Nationalisms: A Short Introduction</td><td>Kaustav Chakraborty, Krishna Sen
(ed)</td><td>2021</td><td>204</td><td>345.0000</td><td>This volume is a
comprehensive introduction to the idea of the nation, and offers a critical
engagement with the contending manifestations of nationhood. Nations and
Nationalisms provides an exhaustive overview of various theories and
theorists of nationalism – from classical thinkers such as Marx and Max Weber to
contemporary intellectuals like Foucault and Yael Tamir. It contextualises
nationalisms by analysing a range of issues – such as globalisation,
transnationalism, subnationalisms, stateless nationalisms, neo-nationalism and the
cyberstate – and focuses specifically on the debates on nation-building in
India.
A separate chapter surveys Indian English fiction's negotiations with
nationalism. Drawing on numerous examples from around the world, the book charts
the permutations and transformations in the conceptual space of the
nation.
</td><td>
The author:
Kaustav Chakraborty is Assistant Professor in the Department of English, Southfield
College, Darjeeling, West Bengal. His publications include Queering Tribal
Folktales from East and Northeast India.
The editor:
Krishna Sen is former Professor and Head of English at the University of Calcutta,
and was the Leverhulme Visiting Professor of English at the University of Leeds.
Her publications include A Short History of American Literature (Orient BlackSwan
<td>978-81-7824-459-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nature and
Nation : Essays on Environmental History</td><td>Mahesh
Rangarajan</td><td>2015</td><td>360</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
Writing India’s environmental history is not easy. The country’s
territorial vastness, geographical complexity, and unusual biodiversity make the
task difficult. Relatively few scholars have shown the historical range and
intellectual depth required to tackle the area compellingly and with
sophistication.
Mahesh Rangarajan is among the foremost scholars in this field. The papers
and books he has written or edited over more than two decades have helped craft and
enlarge Indian environmental thought as a whole. They have established his
reputation as a stimulating and wide-ranging historian-thinker in the
discipline.
The present collection comprises ten essays showcasing the core of
Rangarajan’s thought and interventions. They include comparisons of the
subcontinent with the world beyond, most specially with societies in Asia and
Africa once under Western domination. They also include studies of specific
historical conjunctures under regimes such as those of Jawaharlal Nehru and Indira
Gandhi, Jomo Kenyatta and Julius Nyerere.
Environmental shifts and continuities in a massive Asian society and
polity are the central focus of this book. It discusses events and processes to
show how specific environmental changes happened. It discusses the global
ecological dimensions of Indian transformations. Economy and ecology, state-making
and identity, nature and nation converge and cohere to make this a book for every
thinking person.
</td><td><div>Mahesh Rangarajan's
many books include Fencing the Forest: Conservation and Ecological Change
in India's Central Provinces, 1860–1914 (1996),India’s Wildlife History: An
Introduction(2000), The Oxford Anthology of Indian Wildlife(2 vols, edited, 2001–
2),and India’s Environmental History: A Reader (2 vols, 2012, coedited with K.
Sivaramakrishnan).Rangarajan has been Professor of History, University of Delhi,
and Visiting Faculty</div><div>at Cornell. He is currently Director, Nehru Memorial
Museum and Library, New
Delhi. </div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-500-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nature And
Nation: Essays on Environmental History</td><td>Mahesh
Rangarajan</td><td>2017</td><td>360</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
Writing India’s environmental history is not easy. The country’s
territorial vastness, geographical complexity, and unusual biodiversity make the
task difficult. Relatively few scholars have shown the historical range and
intellectual depth required to tackle the area compellingly and with
sophistication.
Mahesh Rangarajan is among the foremost scholars in this field. The
papers and books he has written or edited over more than two decades have helped
craft and enlarge Indian environmental thought as a whole. They have established
his reputation as a stimulating and wide-ranging historian-thinker in the
discipline.
The present collection comprises ten essays showcasing the core of
Rangarajan’s thought and interventions. They include comparisons of the
subcontinent with the world beyond, most specially with societies in Asia and
Africa once under Western domination. They also include studies of specific
historical conjunctures under regimes such as those of Jawaharlal Nehru and Indira
Gandhi, Jomo Kenyatta and Julius Nyerere.
Environmental shifts and continuities in a massive Asian society and
polity are the central focus of this book. It discusses events and processes to
show how specific environmental changes happened. It discusses the global
ecological dimensions of Indian transformations. Economy and ecology, state-making
and identity, nature and nation converge and cohere to make this a book for every
thinking person.
</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan’s many books include
Fencing the Forest: Conservation and Ecological Change in India's
Central Provinces, 1860–1914 (1996), India’s Wildlife History:
An Introduction (2000), The Oxford Anthology of Indian
Wildlife (2 vols, edited, 2001–2), and India’s Environmental
History: A Reader (2 vols, 2012, coedited with K. Sivaramakrishnan).
Rangarajan has been Professor of History, University of Delhi, and Visiting
Faculty at Cornell. He is currently Director, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library,
New Delhi.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5614-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nature without
Borders</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan, M. D. Madhusudan and Ghazala
Shahabuddin(Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>280</td><td>1175.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>This book explores the ways in which conservation of biodiversity can
coexist with human actions and interests through a series of eight essays. These
are tied together by an analytical introduction by the editors. </li>
<li>It seeks to supplement the dominant discourse of conservation in India,
which has traditionally depended on fencing off fragments of habitats and guarding
them against human encroachment. However, formally designated Protected Areas
occupy a very small proportion of territory and are therefore limited in value.
Nature and natural processes transcend human boundaries and cannot be contained
within the borders of nature reserves. </li>
<li>This eclectic collection of essays explores inclusive
conservation approaches in a spectrum of landscapes, from lake restoration in a
metropolis to the issue of overfishing on the coastline. </li>
<li>In the cases studied here, conservation action takes the producers’ or
residents’ own imperatives into account along with wider ecological challenges.
This method of conservation forges links with a range of actors: cultivators,
herders, fishers and plantation owners, in addition to the government, the middle
class and literati. </li>
</ul></td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan is
Director, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi.
M. D. Madhusudan is Senior Scientist and
Trustee, Nature Conservation Foundation, Mysore.
Ghazala Shahabuddin is an independent
researcher. She was formerly Associate Professor, School of Human Ecology,
Ambedkar University Delhi.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4532-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nature,
Environment and Society: Conservation, Governance and Transformation in
India</td><td>Nicolas Lainé and T. B. Subba
(Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>260</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>The future of
humanity lies uncertain as nature falls prey to the loot and plunder initiated in
the name of development, growth and progress today. As the vast riches of the
earth continue to be endangered, a global consciousness regarding the importance
of natural resources, biodiversity, etc. is on the rise. Given such a scenario,
what is required is further understanding of man’s interaction with the
environment. 
This contributory volume examines the interrelationship between nature
and society in South Asia. It focuses on four points: perception of natural
resources during colonial rule, conservation of nature, role of governments in
administering environment, and transformation of nature as a result of development
or industrial projects. 
The book divided into three broad themes, analyses the major decisions
taken in India with regard to environment after Independence and their
consequences; the relationship between communities which consider natural
environment as an essential part of their identity, and as a key factor for
social, political and economical issues; and the urban explosion and/or the
construction of infrastructure such as dams or roads that have impacted the
relationship between different social groups and their territory. It also examines
the set-up (policy and stakes), process and consequences (often the displacement
of populations) of such projects in three different states of India.
Offering a wide variety of case studies representing a large panel of
approaches and methodologies from Sociology, Economics, History, Anthropology, and
Development Studies, this volume will be an useful read for students and scholars
of environmental studies, and NGOs working towards conserving nature.
</td><td>Prof T. B. Subba is Professor and
Head, Dept. of Anthropology, North-Eastern Hill University, Shillong.
Dr Nicolas Laine is a doctoral student in Social
Anthropology at the School for Advanced Studies in Social Sciences (EHESS),
Paris.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86296-99-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Navigating the
Labyrinth: Perspectives on India’s Higher Education</td><td>Devesh Kapur and Pratap
Bhanu Mehta (Eds)</td><td>2017</td><td>284</td><td>1300.0000</td><td>
In India, few things open faster than colleges, but few sectors reform
more slowly than higher education. Demographic changes, economic growth and
integration into the global economy, the rising demand for higher education, and
the increase in the number of private colleges have led to a massive expansion in
Indian higher education. While challenges of access and cost have been long-
standing, much of this expansion has been of dubious quality, the result of
sustained and deep regulatory and governance failures. 
This book analyses these and other complex challenges facing higher
education in India, and suggests possible solutions to some of them. The
contributors highlight a range of issues facing higher education today, through a
deeply moving account of the decline of a college in north Bihar; discussions on
the various types of post-secondary educational institutions—the research
university, teaching colleges, and vocational training institutes; initiatives,
such as community colleges, to address the problem of skill development in India;
and the financing and governance of higher education in India. 

The book combines diverse methodologies: ethnography of institutions,
case studies and data-based work, to present a complex landscape.
These critical insights into higher education in India will be useful to
scholars and researchers in education, political science, sociology, and public
policy.
</td><td>
Devesh Kapur is Professor, Political
Science, and Director, Center for the Advanced Study of India (CASI), University
of Pennsylvania.
Pratap Bhanu Mehta is President and Chief
Executive, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5958-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>New Discover
History 6</td><td>KC
Khanna</td><td>2016</td><td>156</td><td>339.0000</td><td>New Discover History 6 is a revised and updated edition
of the widely accepted Discover History series.
These books have an interactive and a child-friendly approach, so that
students enjoy learning history and civics. They are also richly illustrated so as
to make the subject come alive for the students.
Equal emphasis has been paid to major events in Indian and world history
so that students get a holistic picture of the past. Also events are covered in a
systematic and chronological manner so that the students can recognise the patterns
and understand the underlying processes that moulded our past and
present.
Several new features have been added to the books. 
<ul><li>Learning objectives that
state clearly the knowledge and skills that students will acquire by the end of the
lesson. They help students to set goals and achieve them.</li> 
<li>Timelines that provide a graphic representation
of the periods of time under study, with the main events that occurred in that
period arranged chronologically. They give students a brief and concise picture of
the period under study.</li> 
<li>Abundant and rich illustrations that are used as
teaching tools. They not only illustrate the text, but are also used to convey
information that goes beyond the text.</li> 
<li>Accurate and informative maps that present a
spatial perspective of historical events.</li> 
<li>Discover More Boxes that offer extra information
on the topics under study.</li> 
<li>Words to remember that gives a glossary of
important terms used in the chapter.</li> 
<li>In brief that sums up the main concepts in the
chapter. It is a useful tool for revision.</li> 
<li>Activities that offer a variety of tasks, such
as map work, project work, field trips, poster-making, script-writing, role-play,
chart work and making presentations.</li> 
<li>Graded exercises that cover each chapter in
detail, and move from shorter objective-type to longer detailed-answer
type.</li> 
<li>Higher Order Thinking Skills that require
students to apply what they have learnt in the chapter, and to think beyond
it.</li> 
<li>Multiple Choice Questions that test a student’s
understanding of the chapter in depth since they involve choosing the correct
answer from several similar options.</li> 
<li>Picture Study that offers picture-based
questions that encourage students to observe, identify, and recall
facts.</li> 
<li>Websites for further reference that supply
Internet links to augment the topics under study. These are also useful for
projects.</li></ul> </td><td>Dr KC Khanna
was a teacher of history at the famous Ravensdale School at Shimla for more than 20
years. He was an expert in the field of history, and his book India and the world
(now known as New Discover History) was one of the best known and most respected
text books for middle-school history.</td><td>World</td>
Khanna</td><td>2016</td><td>160</td><td>355.0000</td><td><em&g
t;New Discover History 7 is a revised and updated edition of
the widely accepted Discover History series.
present.
type.</li> 
it.</li> 
facts.</li> 
projects.</li></ul> </td><td>Dr KC Khanna
was a teacher of history at the famous Ravensdale School at Shimla for more than 20
years. He was an expert in the field of history, and his book India and the world
(now known as New Discover History) was one of the best known and most respected
text books for middle-school history.</td><td>World</td>
Khanna</td><td>2016</td><td>160</td><td>385.0000</td><td><em&g
t;New Discover History 8 is a revised and updated
edition of the widely accepted Discover History series.
present.
type.</li> 
it.</li> 
facts.</li> 
projects.</li></ul> </td><td>Dr KC
Khanna was a teacher of history at the famous Ravensdale School
at Shimla for more than 20 years. He was an expert in the field of history, and his
book India and the world (now known as New Discover History) was one of the best
known and most respected text books for middle-school history.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6311-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>New Perspectives
in the History of Indian Education</td><td>Parimala V.
Rao</td><td>2016</td><td>352</td><td>975.0000</td><td>New
Perspectives in the History of Indian Education brings together
essays on the milestones in the development of modern education in India since the
mid-nineteenth century. It offers readings on a wide range of interconnected themes
and the debates which have shaped the contours of the educational policy of
contemporary India.The essays critique the existing anti-
imperialist, postmodern and nationalist historiographies of Indian education, and
bring forth the shortcomings of these approaches. Basing themselves on archival
sources, they overturn the existing myths created by these historiographies and
shed new light on the role of the colonial state, missionaries and Indian
nationalist leaders.The empirically rich essays focus on the
initiatives to promote education among the socially and educationally backward
Dalit communities and the status of Dalit institutions. The authors argue
forcefully about the centrality of education in fostering social mobility and
change. The essays on women’s education discuss how intensely controversial it was
to educate girls, and how women struggled to establish their identity and make
their voices heard in a traditional society undergoing a transition to modernity.
The essays also critically examine the colonial state policy and the attitude of
nationalist leaders towards the introduction of mass and compulsory
education.This volume will be immensely useful for students and
scholars in departments of education, history and sociology. It will also be of
interest to educationists, policymakers and the general reader who wants to
understand the evolution of modern education in
India.</td><td>Parimala V. Rao is
Associate Professor, Zakir Husain Centre for Educational Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru
University.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5125-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>New Perspectives
in the History of Indian Education</td><td>Parimala V.
Rao</td><td>2014</td><td>650</td><td>1750.0000</td><td>New
Perspectives in the History of Indian Education brings together essays
on the milestones in the development of modern education in India since the mid-
nineteenth century. It offers readings on a wide range of interconnected themes
and the debates which have shaped the contours of the educational policy of
contemporary India.
The essays critique the existing anti-imperialist, postmodern and
nationalist historiographies of Indian education, and bring forth the shortcomings
of these approaches. Basing themselves on archival sources, they overturn the
existing myths created by these historiographies and shed new light on the role of
the colonial state, missionaries and Indian nationalist leaders.
The empirically rich essays focus on the initiatives to promote education
among the socially and educationally backward Dalit communities and the status of
Dalit institutions. The authors argue forcefully about the centrality of education
in fostering social mobility and change. The essays on women’s education discuss
how intensely controversial it was to educate girls, and how women struggled to
establish their identity and make their voices heard in a traditional society
undergoing a transition to modernity. The essays also critically examine the
colonial state policy and the attitude of nationalist leaders towards the
introduction of mass and compulsory education.
This volume will be immensely useful for students and scholars in
departments of education, history and sociology. It will also be of interest to
educationists, policymakers and the general reader who wants to understand the
evolution of modern education in India.</td><td>Parimala
V. Rao is Associate Professor, Zakir Husain Centre for Educational
Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-923046-1-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Night of the Gods:
Durga Puja and the Legitimation of Power in Rural Bengal</td><td>Ralph W.
Nicholas</td><td>2013</td><td>240</td><td>675.0000</td><td>D
urga Puja is the most visible annual event in West Bengal. This
ethnographic account shows that Durga Puja in the countryside was a very different
event from the modern version of the puja, one that symbolized
legitimacy and counterposed generous redistribution against the ruthless
collection of revenues. The offerings and sacrifices that were integral to the
traditional pujas provided communion for the landholding
families as well as their dependents in the community. 
Among the many features of the puja that are
peculiar to Bengal is the notion that autumn is the night of the gods when worship
is ‘untimely’, that spring is the proper time for the
observance.</td><td>Ralph Nicholas is
Emeritus Professor of Anthropology and the Social Sciences at the University of
Chicago.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3021-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nomad Called
Thief, A : Reflections on Adivasi
Silence</td><td>G.N.Devy</td><td>2006</td><td>199</td><td>525.0000</
td><td>A collection of essays on Adivasis. Tribal groups (adivasis) in
India have often been excluded, marginalized and oppressed by `mainstream’ society.
In many ways this exclusion, marginalization and oppression is fostered by the way
in which `mainstream’ society looks at the adivasis – as exotic, dangerous, or
`primitive’ others. Devy’s book looks at the problems of adivasis, the threat to
their physical environment, the terror and indignity of the stigma of being
considered “criminal” tribes and their induction into the communal violence in
Gujarat. But he also discusses the simple sophistication of Adivasi knowledge
systems, language and literature, as also initiatives taken along with tribals in
the areas of health, microfinance and preservation of cultural
forms.</td><td>Prof. G.N. Devy was for many years, Professor of English
at MS University, Baroda. Turning full time to activism, he founded the Bhasha
Research and Publication Centre at Baroda to document the cultural practices,
languages and literatures of tribals. He is also a founder-member of the Adivasi
Academy at Tejgadh – an open `university’ for the study of tribal life and
knowledge, and of the world through tribal eyes. He is currently Professor of
Humanities at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information Technology. He is
the author of several books – 3 of these have been published by Orient Blackswan
(After Amnesia, Of Many Heroes and Indian Literary Criticism).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86689-43-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nonviolence in
Modern Indian History</td><td>David
Hardiman</td><td>2017</td><td>272</td><td>1595.0000</td><td>How relevant
are nonviolent Gandhian protests in India, decades after Independence? What tools
and techniques of nonviolence can history offer us in the face of the surge in
communalism and fundamentalism? What are the limits of nonviolence as a strategy?
Nonviolence in Modern Indian History throws
light on how acts of nonviolent dissidence have been used with varying degrees of
success by people of different political persuasions. Far from looking at
nonviolence as an absolute moral imperative, the essays here show how this concept
evolved over time: how Gandhi and other practitioners developed and modified the
technique according to the prevailing circumstances, how the older doctrine of
ahimsa related to Gandhian nonviolence, and how constructive work programmes
underpinned the movement and offered healthy alternatives to the systems under
protest.
The book also examines how nonviolence has been utilised as a political
strategy for a wide range of interests in post-Independence India, such as the
struggles for land and those against a nuclear plant. As a compendium of essays
critiquing nonviolence, this book will be useful to students and scholars of
conflict and peace studies, Gandhian studies, history and political
science.</td><td>David Hardiman is Emeritus
Professor of History, University of Warwick, UK. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4555-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>North-East India:
A Handbook of Anthropology</td><td>T.B.
Subba</td><td>2012</td><td>452</td><td>975.0000</td><td>With contributions from both senior and young
anthropologists, North-East India: A Handbook of Anthropology
brings together nineteen essays on North-East India. Carefully crafted with the
most up-to-date and competent review of literature on North-East India, the book is
divided into four sections.
The first section of the book deals
with the prehistoric archaeology of North-East India and discusses the status of
archaeological research in the region. The chapters in the second section
reconstruct the colonial context in the light of the then socio-economic and
political scenario of the country in general and the region in particular, the
evolution of various colonial policies towards the tribes of the region, also
giving us a glimpse of Hutton and Mills as ethnographers and administrators. The
following section focuses on approaches and models of physical anthropology of
North-East India, understanding human growth, dermatoglyphics, dental anthropology
and population genetics. The last section probes into the social-cultural
anthropology of the region with chapters on tribal social organisation and
agrarian relations, among others.</td><td>T. B.
Subba is Professor and Head of the Department of Anthropology, North-
Eastern Hill University, Shillong.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6230-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nursing and
Empire: Gendered Labor and Migration from India to the United States</td><td>Sujani
K. Reddy</td><td>2016</td><td>288</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>
Drawing on extensive archival research and compelling life-history
interviews, Nursing and Empire examines the lives of Indian
nurses, which have unfolded against a complex backdrop of Anglo-American
capitalist imperialism and the emergence of a postcolonial Indian nation-state
still tied to this global system. 
The bookbegins with the movement of white, U.S.-based single female
medical missionaries to India and proceeds through the remaking of the colonial
medical map through race-based segregation in the U.S. and the “open door
imperialism” of the Rockefeller Foundation in India. It ends with the Cold War
emigration of Indian nurses as one outcome of the critical role played by U.S.
medical interests in a colonial “civilizing mission.” 
Complicating the long-held view of Indian women as passive participants
in the movement of skilled labor in this period, Reddy demonstrates how these
"women in the lead" pursued new opportunities afforded by their
mobility. At the same time, Indian nurses also confronted stigmas based on the
nature of "women’s work", religious and caste differences within the
migrant community, and the racial and gender hierarchies of the U.S.
Spanning two centuries and multiple geographic spaces, Nursing
and Empire sheds light on histories of capitalist expansion and
marginalized women’s histories of resistance and labor migration. 
This book will be of considerable interest to scholars and students of
gender studies, labor history, and U.S.–India relations. 
</td><td>Sujani K. Reddy is Associate Professor,
American Studies, State University of New York Old
Westbury.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-6291-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Odishara Bhasha
Samooh (Volume 22, Part 3) (Odiya) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan
</td><td>Ganesh Devy (Chief Editor),D. P. Pattanayak, Mahendra Kumar
Mishra</td><td>2016</td><td>744</td><td>3950.0000</td><td>
communities. 
 
of India being published by us. This book is Part 3 of Volume 22,
Odishara Bhasha Samooha  [the Languages of Odisha]
[Odiya] of The People's Linguistic Survey of India Series (PLSI) undertaken
and executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center,
Baroda.  
The book contains the information on language and linguistic variety of
the Odisha State of India. The languages included in this book are: 
Scheduled Languages : 1. Odiya  2. Santhali
 
Non-Scheduled Languages : 1. Agariya; 2. Oraon; 3.
Olar Pata  4. Kamar  5. Kishan  6. Kui  7.
Kuvi  8. Kurmali 9.Koda  10. Koshali  11. Koya 12.
Gadaba  13. Gondi  14. Juan 15. Jhadiya Parja  16.
Don  17. Didayee  18. Delki Khadiya  19. Durva 
20. Paudi Bhuyan  21. Bada Prja 22. Banjara  23. Bonda 
24. Birhal  25. Binjhal  26. Bhatara  27.
Bhunjia  28. Manda 29. Munda  30. Mundari  31.
Saura  32. Sadari  33. Halvi  34. Ho  35
Lodha
This volume looks at history, linguistic details, grammar, literature and
word list of the languages included, covering a wide linguistic range across
books, religious texts and periodicals. It brings together the finest scholars as
well as teachers, nomadic peoples and laymen to do the research in the area of
languages of Odisha.
Unique features: 
1. Competition: There is as yet no comprehensive
work done on languages apart from the Grierson’s survey which was done way back
some 100 years ago during the British regime in India. 
2. India-focused unique feature: The volume on
Odisha’s scheduled and non-scheduled languages designed to understand the impact
of languages  in community, caste, religion and multiplicity of culture.
This sets the book apart from the earlier survey done by foreign authors. 
  3. Style: Written in simple language,
accessible to all readers and research scholars. 
</td><td>
taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda; a renowned
at Tejgadh, Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akademi’s
Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He received
Sahitya  Akademi award for his book After Amnesia in
1994. He is an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy. He was
awarded the Padmashri in 2014. He is the moving spirit behind PLSI
series.  Dr. Mahendra Kumar
Mishra, is State Head, Elementary Education at ICICI Foundation for
Inclusive Growth, Chhattisgarh,
Raipur
Dr. D.P.Pattanayak , who retired as the

Director, Central Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore and Additional Secretary,
Ministry of HRD, Government of India. A recipient of many awards, both national
and international, he was honoured with the Padmashri in 1987. His interests are
multilingualism and mother tongue education, minor, minority and endangered
languages, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics etc. Professor Pattanayak
was among the very few scholars of his time to challenge western concepts of
language education. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4202-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Other Landscapes:
Colonialism and the Predicament of Authority in Nineteenth-Century South
India</td><td>Deborah Sutton
</td><td>2011</td><td>256</td><td>895.0000</td><td><strong&gt
;Other Landscapes investigates the ordering and
disordering of colonial authority in South India during the nineteenth century.
The colonisation of the Nilgiri hills required a landscape to be constituted
within the colonial bureaucratic order. This landscape was organised by the
imperatives of improvement and marked out by ethnographic, agricultural and
arboreal typologies. It was against this scheme of people, property and resources
that colonial legislation and settler occupation were to be consolidated. However,
this imagined landscape over which legislation was passed could neither match nor
capture the complexities of the many lives inhabiting the hills. In the spaces
between legislation and the everyday, colonial authority was forced constantly to
transgress of its own norms and principles. Violence, inefficiency, corruption and
loss of profit seeped through the margins of colonial governance.

Other Landscapes
performs a double manoeuvre; mining the colonial archive
for the histories of colonisation and using these histories as a means to
interrogate the nature of the authority which laid down that archive. 
This book will be of interest to historians, anthropologists,
sociologists and
environmentalists.</td><td>deborah
sutton is a lecturer in the Department of History, Lancaster
<td>978-81-250-4758-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Other
Orientalisms: India between Florence and Bombay, 1860–1900</td><td>Filipa Lowndes
Vicente</td><td>2012</td><td>360</td><td>1950.0000</td><td>Other
Orientalisms analyses different forms of knowledge about
India through the circulation of people, ideas, information, images and objects
between Florence and Bombay through the last decades of the nineteenth century.
During this period, Florence became a centre of studies on India, organizing and
promoting exhibitions, museums, journals, and international conferences. Based on
the relationship between two Indianists – the Italian Angelo de Gubernatis,
professor of Sanskrit in Florence, and the Goan historian José Gerson da
Cunha, doctor and historian in Bombay – this book reveals an India created in
different places and manifested by multiple voices.
By being marginal to the main European colonial metropolis, the
institutional, intellectual and visual experience of Florentine Orientalism
enriches the debate on power and colonial knowledge that has been very much at the
centre of the social sciences in the last decades. 
Likewise, by exploring the
intellectual world of Bombay in the second half of the nineteenth century, made up
of people from a variety of cultural, national and religious backgrounds, this
book contributes to the wider cultural history of colonial India.
By combining fascinating unpublished
materials of this period, with a deep analysis embedded in contemporary
historiographical approaches such as European and India encounters in a colonial
context; the debate on “orientalism” initiated by Edward W. Said, or the global
circulation of knowledge, people and objects, this books provides new insights
into different fields.
</td><td>Filipa Lowndes Vicente is a researcher at the Institute
of Social Sciences, University of Lisbon (ICS-UL), Portugal. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5513-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Out of Line :
Cartoons, Caricature and Contemporary India</td><td>Christel
R.Devadawson</td><td>2014</td><td>292</td><td>1425.0000</td><td>
<ol>
<li>This book explores the career of ‘graphic satire’, i.e., newspaper
cartoons, in independent India (post-1947)</li>
<li>It offers detailed analyses of the work of prominent practitioners of
the genre, including: Shankar Pillai, R. K. Laxman, Abu Abraham, O. V. Vijayan and
the collaborative team of Jug Suraiya and Ajit Ninan </li>
<li>Chapter 1 reflects on Shankar’s endearing yet thoughtful portrayals of
Nehru in his ‘Man of the Week’ series, which addresses the challenges confronting
the early years of the republic </li>
<li>In Chapter 2, the author deals with Laxman’s character the ‘Common
Man’, a usually silent witness who testifies to the complexities of the post-
Nehruvian era </li>
<li>Chapter 3 deals with Abu Abraham’s Emergency-era series ‘Private
View’, which sought to keep the national conscience alive through this difficult
period</li>
<li>Chapter 4 explores O. V. Vijayan’s dark and bitterly ironic graphic
world, which deals with the inequities of development and the failures of justice
in 1980s India</li>
<li>Chapter 5 takes up the collaborative work of Jug Suraiya and Ajit
Ninan, who address the issues and concerns of a more self-confident, post-
liberalisation nation, including environmentalism, multinational capital and
international warfare.</li>
<li>Christel Devadawson interprets the genre of graphic dissent as a form
of national ‘lifewriting’—the autobiographical recording of self, memory and
experience—that brings to light the trials and travails of democracy in the young
nation-state.</li>
</ol>
</td><td>Christel Devadawson is Professor, Department of
English, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3685-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Out of the East:
Spices and the Medieval Imagination</td><td>Paul
Freedman</td><td>2009</td><td>288</td><td>565.0000</td><td>The demand for
spices in medieval Europe was extravagant and was reflected in the pursuit of
fashion, the formation of taste, and the growth of luxury trade. It is inspired
geographical and commercial exploration, as traders pursued such common spices as
pepper and cinnamon and rarer aromatic products, including ambergris and musk.
Ultimately, the spice quest led to imperial missions that were to change world
history. This engaging book explores the demand for spices: why were they so
popular, and why so expensive? Paul Freedman surveys the history, geography,
economics, and culinary tastes of the Middle Ages to uncover the surprisingly
varied ways that spices were put to use- in elaborate medieval cuisine, in the
treatment of disease, for the promotion of well-being, and to perfume important
ceremonies of the Church. Spices became symbols of beauty, affluence, taste, and
grace, Freedman shows, and their expense and fragrance drove the engines of
commerce and conquest at the dawn of the modern
era.</td><td>Paul Freedman is Chester D. Tripp
Professor of History, Yale University. His previous books include Images of the
Medieval Peasant and The Origins of Peasant Servitude in Medieval
Catalonia.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-040-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Outcaste Bombay:
City Making and the Politics of the Poor</td><td>Juned
Shaikh</td><td>2021</td><td>240</td><td>995.0000</td><td>What is the
history of caste in a city? Indian modernizers assumed that the various processes
of modernity, including industrial capitalism, would attenuate caste and create the
possibility of new social relationships, including class solidarity. Instead,
capitalism relied on caste to recruit and discipline labor, and the colonial and
postcolonial governments deployed it for housing, city planning, and provisions for
social welfare. On its part, caste adapted to housing, urban planning, and even
land tenures. Even the purported antitheses of capitalism—Marxism and Communism—
could not annihilate caste. As a result, caste became robust even as it was
shrouded beneath the veneer of modern urban life.
Outcaste Bombay examines the interplay of caste and
class in twentieth-century Bombay. It studies processes that are transnational—
capitalism, Marxism, urban planning, literature—and the ways in which they became
relevant to life in the city. It focuses on urban outcastes—Dalits primarily, and
also the urban poor—to trace their interaction with city-making and urban politics,
their sense of self and community, and the cultural life they fashioned in
Bombay.
This interdisciplinary book draws on rare English and Marathi-language
sources—including novels, poems, and manifestoes—and contributes to debates in the
fields of South Asian history, global Marxism, social anthropology, urban studies,
labor studies, Dalit studies, and
literature.</td><td>JUNED SHAIKH is associate
professor of history at the University of California, Santa
Cruz.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-90122-31-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Padi
Bhavajalaalu: Vyavasayika, Paarisraamika Samajala Madya oka Maha Antharamlo neti
Sankshobha Mulaalu</td><td>S. Jaipal Reddy, Foreword by Gopal Krishna
Gandhi</td><td>2020</td><td>360</td><td>525.0000</td><td>
Padi Bhavajalaalu is the Telugu version of our book,
Ten Ideologies: The Great Asymmetry between Agrarianism and
Industrialism. 
In modern history, the Industrial Revolution is seen as the biggest break,
helping humankind move from the Agrarian to the Industrial era.
In Padi Bhavajalaalu, eminent scholar and
politician S. Jaipal Reddy presents an overview of world history and studies the
four great movements that laid the foundation of the Industrial
Revolution: 
• The Renaissance; 
• Humanism; 
• Protestant Reformation; and 
• The Scientific Revolution.
He also points out that these movements were themselves influenced by the legacy of
China, India and West Asia.
The author believes that ideology is just as important today; if social
ideologies die out, primordial cultural identities based on religion, race, or
nation will reawaken, thereby dividing society further. In this context, he
discusses ten major ideologies that shaped the world: (i) Nationalism, (ii)
Democracy, (iii) Liberalism, (iv) Capitalism, (v) Evolutionary Socialism, (vi)
Revolutionary Socialism, (vii) Feminism, (viii) Environmentalism, (ix) Nuclear
Pacifism, and (x) Globalism.
Informative and incisive, this reader provides a rare and compact coverage
of ideologies, and a study of the great asymmetry between pre-industrial passions
and post-industrial weapons.
</td><td>S. Jaipal Reddy, born in 1942, hails
from a well-to-do farming family of Madugul village of Mehaboobnagar district (now
in Telangana). He was elected President of Osmania University Students' Union
for two consecutive years (1963–65) and was President of the Andhra Pradesh Youth
Congress for seven years (1965–71). He was elected as an MLA to the Andhra Pradesh
Assembly four times, from 1969–84, and to Parliament seven times, from 1984–2014.
He served as Union Cabinet Minister three times for such portfolios as Information
& Broadcasting, Urban Development, Petroleum & Chemicals, and
Science & Technology.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6003-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Palashi Theke
Partition O Tarpor: Adhunik Bharater Itihash</td><td>Sekhar
Bandyopadhyay</td><td>2015</td><td>712</td><td>570.0000</td><td>Palashi
Theke Partition O Tarpor: Adhunik Bharater Itihash is a Bangla version of the Book
From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of Modern India published by Orient
BlackSwan.
 Since its first publication in 2004,  Palashi Theke

Partition has come to be regarded as an authoritative history of modern
India. And this enlarged edition of this book offers a perceptive analysis of
India’s efforts towards modernization and democratization since
Independence.
 The book addresses important historiographical questions by taking
cognizance of emergent perspectives adopted by social science scholarship over the
last twenty-five years. As a major work of our times, it engages in thought-
provoking debates on issues like political economy of eighteenth-century India,
socio-religious reform and revival, and the nationalist movement.
 The newly added concluding chapter 9 provides a succinct account of

major developments in postcolonial India during the Nehruvian era and subsequent
years. It links contemporary debates about Indian nationhood with changes in
society, economy and polity, from the years of state-directed planning under a one-
party system to the emergence of a market economy in an era of predominantly
coalition governments.

Capturing inimitably the rhythms of India’s polyphonic nationalism, this book
will be indispensable for students of history and political science. Scholars and
researchers will benefit from its detailed and extensive bibliography. And it will
guide general readers to an understanding of contemporary India.

</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is
Director, New Zealand India Research Institute, Victoria University of Wellington,
New Zealand.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5850-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Palassi se
Vibhajan Tak aur Uske Baad : Adhunik Bharat Ka Itihas</td><td>Sekhar
1]Palassi se Vibhajan tak aur Uske Baad : Adhunik
Bharat ka Itihas  is the second edition
of  the most popular textbook Palassi se Vibhajan tak : Adhunik
Bharat ka Itihas published by Orient BlackSwan.
This enlarged version has been also termed as the second
edition of this book.
2]This is the Hindi version of the most popular English textbook
From Plassey to Partition and After published by Orient BlackSwan in 2015 which
has also been termed as the second edition of this book. 
3]The features of the revision are: 
a] A new Chapter 9 has been added. Chapter 9 titled ‘Swatantrata aur Vibhajan ke
Pashchat’ [After Independence and Partition] is the last chapter of this book. This
chapter covers the significant development taken place in the history of modern
India until 2014. This chapter talks about the problems of partition and refugees;
Nehruvian State and its policy; the decline of Congress party system; the major
political development in coalition era; rise of the Dalit parties like BSP; and
the environment movements like Chipko, Narmada Bachao andolan etc. This chapter
also covers India-US Civil Nuclear Deals [ signed in 2008]; ASEAN; BRICS; and has
also included a discussion on the spectacular come back of BJP led NDA. 
b] Updated Bibliography   
c]One new map ‘India in 1956’ has been added –
which gives the reorganization of states after the independence in 1947. 
Whereas  in the first edition Maps given were up till 1947. 
d]New Preface  for the second edition 
e]New  cover 
 
4]This book is essentially a college level textbook on the history of Modern
India. It is a general history of India under British rule from the eighteenth
century to the events and movements up to 2014. It is divided in to nine thematic
chapters which focus more on the Indian people than on the colonial rulers. In
other words, it is a very useful account of the emergence of India as a nation
and  its development in contemporary times as of 2014. It is the most
updated book on its subject as it incorporates most recent researches in this area
of study.  
5]From the prelims of this book: 
As the praise of the first edition : 
“The best and most objective account of the period” – Tony Ballantyne,
New Zealand Journal of Asian Studies. 
“Accessible and thorough, this laudable textbook, will find place in every
undergraduate’s essential reading list and in every history library.” – Partho
Datta, The Book Review 
“This book takes into account the materialistic factors in [its] analysis, which
makes [it] more comprehensive than many others.” – M. Abul Fazal, Dawn

</td><td>
Sekhar Bandyopadhyaya is Professor of Asian History and Director, New
Zealand India Research Institute, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand.
He is also Associate Dean in the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences. He has
taught at Calcutta University  and Kalayani University in India. He has
written several articles in various journals and authored Caste, Politics
and the Raj: Bengal, 1872-1937. Hisbook From Plassey to
Partition : History of Modern India 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-310-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Partial Recall:
Essays on Literature and Literary History</td><td>Arvind Krishna
Mehrotra</td><td>2011</td><td>298</td><td>650.0000</td><td>India’s poets
have been among the finest writers of English prose—earlier, Henry Derozio and
Toru Dutt; more recently, Nissim Ezekiel, A.K. Ramanujan, Dom Moraes, and Adil
Jussawalla. Writers of this kind, representing the ‘common reader’ tradition of
unpretentious and jargon-free writing about literature and life, are something of
a rarity in India. Arvind Krishna Mehrotra—renowned poet, critic, translator,
editor, and anthologist—enriches an uncommon stream with this brilliant
collection.
The essays gathered here, rich in literary detail and accessible insight,
were written over the past thirty years. Among them are Mehrotra’s homage to his
friend and fellow poet Arun Kolatkar; a perceptive appreciation of A.K. Ramanujan;
a scathing scrutiny of R. Parthasarathy; a radical redefinition of the modern
Indian poem; a literary-historical view of Kabir; and a wide-ranging introduction
to the entire corpus of Indian writing in English from 1800 to the
present.
Mehrotra, who has lived much of his life in Allahabad, writes also about
the provincialization of India’s middle-sized cities, the decimation of cultural
heritage across urban north India, and the joys and pains of growing up in a small
town where everyone knew everyone. 
Forthright in manner and cosmopolitan in their references, Mehrotra’s
writings are an exceptional mix of the autobiographical and the literary, an
antidote to the everyday annihilation of English prose by journalists at one end
and literary critics at the other. 
This is a book to be enjoyed, savoured, dipped into, and read—again and
again.</td><td>ARVIND KRISHNA MEHROTRA was born in Lahore in 1947 and
educated at the universities of Allahabad and Bombay. He has published four
collections of poetry, two volumes of translations, and edited several books,
including An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in
English. He lives in Allahabad and Dehra Dun.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-539-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Partition’s
Legacies</td><td>Joya
Chatterji</td><td>2019</td><td>572</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>Joya
Chatterji provides here a selection of her finest and most influential essays.
“Partition, nation-making, frontiers, refugees, minority formation, and categories
of citizenship have been my preoccupations,” she says. These are also the major
themes of this book.
Chatterji’s Bengal Divided (1994) shifted the focus
from Muslim fanaticism as the driving force of Partition towards “secular”
nationalism and Hindu aggression. Her Spoils of Partition
(2007) rejected the idea of Partition as a breaking apart, showing it as a process
for remaking society and state. Her third (jointly written) book, Bengal
Diaspora (2016), challenged the idea of migration and resettlement as
exceptional situations. Partition’s Legacies can be seen as
continuous with Chatterji’s earlier work as well as a distillation and expansion of
it.
According to David Washbrook, “What emerges from these essays is often
quite startling. The demarcation of Partition followed no master plan but was made
up of myriad ad hoc decisions. Refugee policy, immigrant
rights, and even definitions of national citizenship were produced out of day-to-
day struggles on the streets and in the courts . . .” 
Known for the elegance of her prose as much as for the sharpness of her
insights into Indian history, Joya Chatterji’s new book will enthral everyone
interested in modern India’s apocalyptic past.
</td><td>Joya Chatterji is Professor of South Asian History at
the University of Cambridge and Fellow of Trinity College. She has been Editor-in-
Chief of the journal Modern Asian Studies. She was recently elected Fellow of the
British Academy. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-3527-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Pathways of
Empire: Circulation, ‘Public Works’ and Social Space in Colonial Orissa, c. 1780–
1914</td><td>Ravi
Ahuja</td><td>2009</td><td>376</td><td>1775.0000</td><td>More and
‘improved’ roads, railways and canals—are they ‘in the public interest’ under all
circumstances? Phrases like ‘public works’ or ‘infrastructure’ are rarely
subjected to historical reflection. Colonial, nationalist and postcolonial
operators have presented their transport policies as if they were informed by the
needs of a ‘general public’ and not shaped according to preferences of
particularistic forces. Pathways of
Empire moves beyond the technocratic progressivism of
earlier writings on the history of transport. For the first time theories of
‘produced social space’ are concretised in order to open a new perspective on
India’s social history of circulation and infrastructure. Moreover, the prevalent
and narrow focus on railways is overcome. The effects of the ‘steam revolution’
are thus located in the wider context of existent South Asian regimes of
circulation. 
Part I of this book develops a conceptual framework of social space that
is applied in Part II to the specific historical contexts of the British-ruled
districts and princely states of Orissa in the long nineteenth century. It
reconstructs the slow transformation of an ancien régime
of circulation that largely survived the colonial annexation of coastal
Orissa by half century into a new regime of circulation that was well tuned in to
the exigencies of colonial capitalism by World War I. Drawing
upon extensive and unexplored archival materials, Ravi Ahuja discusses a wide
range of issues including caravan and river trade, rural resistance against roads
and canals, the effects of the 1866 famine, pilgrimage and migration, the
commercialisation of princely states and the modernisation of forced
labour.
Interesting features of this book are eight historical maps grouped
towards the end of the book and a 20 x 30 pull out map which shows in great detail
the uneven terrain of Orissa and the feudatory states. The latter is folded and
tucked into a pocket on the inside of the back cover. 
</td><td>Ravi Ahuja teaches modern South Asian
history at the School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS) in London. He has
published widely on various problems of social history since the eighteenth
century including labour, urbanism, infrastructure and war.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4505-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Pedagogy for
Religion: Missionary Education and the Fashioning of Hindus and Muslims in
Bengal</td><td>Parna
Sengupta</td><td>2012</td><td>224</td><td>1595.0000</td><td>Offering a new
approach to the study of religion and empire, this innovative book challenges a
widespread myth of modernity—that Western rule has had a secularizing effect on the
non-West. Sengupta reveals instead the paradox that the pursuit and adaptation of
modern vernacular education, mainly imported to the colonies by Protestant
missionaries, opened up new ways for Indians to reformulate ideas of community
along religious lines. Debates over the mundane aspects of schooling, rather than
debates between religious leaders, transformed the everyday definitions of what it
meant to be a Christian, Hindu, or Muslim. Thus instruction
in science also became a means to instruct the Indian child about the primacy of
reason and rationality over superstition. Modern education,
Pedagogy for Religion argues, did
not secularize religious traditions in India as much as it reformulated definitions
of religion and religious community as a part of a larger global process.

This book will interest students of modern Indian history, Empire,
education as well as gender studies. </td><td>Parna
Sengupta is Associate Director of Stanford Introductory Studies at
Stanford University. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-167-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Periyar: A Study
in Political Atheism</td><td>Karthick Ram
Manoharan</td><td>2022</td><td>148</td><td>225.0000</td><td>This volume is
a thematic study of the work and ideas of Periyar E. V. Ramasamy. It analyses
Periyar's emancipatory, irreverent and revolutionary critique of religion
using the idea of 'political atheism'. Drawing extensively from
Periyar's own writings, contemporary accounts of Dravidian politics and the
theory of Anarchism, this groundbreaking study provides a new perspective on
Periyar's engagements with religion, caste and their collaborations with the
state. Periyar is not just a new appraisal of
'Periyarism' but a reminder of its continuing significance in global
conversations on justice, equality and
liberty.</td><td>Karthick Ram Manoharan is Assistant Professor,
Social Sciences, at National Law School of India University,
Bengaluru.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3949-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Persian
Myths</td><td>Vesta Sarkhosh
Curtis</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>450.0000</td><td>The traditional
tales and stories of ancient Iran describe confrontations between good and evil,
the victories of the gods, and exploits of heroes and fabulous supernatural
creatures such as the magical bird Simurgh and the div or
demons. Much of our information about Iran’s pre-Islamic past comes from the holy
book of the Zoroastrian religion, the Avesta. Although not
written down in its present form until the thirteenth or fourteenth century, parts
of the Avesta date back originally to between 1400 and 1200
BC. As well as the words of the prophet Zoroaster and stories about Ahura Mazda,
the Wise Lord, it also incorporates earlier pagan myths which reappear in the
Shahnameh (Book of Kings). A magnificent
epic in rhyme completed in ad1010 by the poet Firdowsi and featuring his most
famous hero, Rustum. Dr Curtis draws upon all of these sources to retell for
modern readers the stirring legends of ancient Iran, which have inspired centuries
of manuscript illustrations. This book contains 42
illustrations.</td><td>Vesta Sarkhosh
Curtis is curator of ancient Iranian coins in the British Museum
and is editor of Iran, published by the British Institute of
Persian Studies. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-83166-04-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Persistence of
Poverty in India </td><td>Nandini Gooptu and Jonathan Parry
#(Eds.)</td><td>2014</td><td>446</td><td>745.0000</td><td>
What distinguishes Persistence of
Poverty from most other poverty studies is the way in which it conceptualises the
problem. This volume offers a variety of alternative analytical perspectives and
fresh insights into poverty that are key to addressing the problem.  In
looking at the day to day lived realities of the poor the volume  points
out that in order to understand poverty one must take into account the wider
system of class and power relations in which it is rooted. This volume suggests
that ’democracy in India may be as big a part of the problem as it is of the
solution.’   
</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Nandini
Gooptu is Fellow of St Antony's College, Oxford, and
currently Head of the Department of International
Development at Oxford University. She is the author of The
Politics of the Urban Poor in Early-Twentieth Century India (Cambridge
University Press, 2001) and several highly acclaimed edited
volumes.</div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">Jonathan
Parry is Emeritus Professor of Anthropology at the London School of
Economics and Political Science.  He is the author of  Caste
and Kinship in Kangra (Routledge 1979), Death in Banaras (Cambridge University
Press, 1994), and several distinguished edited volumes.</div>
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86392-47-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Pharmocracy:
Value, Politics, and Knowledge in Global Biomedicine</td><td>Kaushik Sunder
Rajan</td><td>2017</td><td>344</td><td>1595.0000</td><td>
In this book, Kaushik Sunder Rajan introduces the concept of
“pharmocracy” to explain the structure and operation of the global, multinational
pharmaceutical industry. He highlights pharmocracy's logic in two case studies
from contemporary India: the controversial introduction of an HPV vaccine in 2010,
and the Indian Patent Office's denial of a patent for an anticancer drug in
2006 and the ensuing legal battles. 
In each instance, health was appropriated by capital and transformed from
a state of well-being into an abstract category dependent on capital's
interests. These cases demonstrate the precarious situation in which pharmocracy
places both health and democracy, as India's accommodation of global
pharmaceutical regulatory frameworks puts the interests of its citizens against
those of international capital. 
Continuing Sunder Rajan’s theoretical explorations into the relationships
among biosciences, the market, and political economy,
Pharmocracy contributes to debates in the humanities and
social sciences around questions of health, law, and political economy. It will be
of interest to anthropologists, sociologists, historians, and political
theorists, as well as to legal scholars, public health practitioners, policymakers
and pharmaceutical industry analysts. 
</td><td>Kaushik Sunder Rajan is Associate Professor of
Anthropology at the University of
Chicago.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-554-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Plain Speaking: A
Sudra's Story</td><td>A.N.
Sattanathan</td><td>2020</td><td>245</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
The memoirs and lectures of A.N. Sattanathan, presented here in a fully
annotated edition, with a critical introduction, constitute a key literary-
historical document of the caste struggle.  Sattanathan’s
autobiographical fragment is a unique record of non-brahmin low-caste life in
rural South India, where the presence of poverty and caste prejudice is the more
powerful for being understated.  
As the experience—sparsely and beautifully rendered—of the low-caste but
not stereotypically ‘untouchable’ villager, it is, quite simply, revelatory, and
will make an impact as such on the English-educated reader, to whom that
experience has been so far unavailable.  
In a complementary narrative, Sattanathan’s lectures—on ‘The Rise and
Spread of the Non-Brahmin Movement’ as ‘the most outstanding event in South Indian
History in the twentieth century’—offer a lucid summary of the cultural and
historical conditions that find more personal and immediate expression in the
memoirs.  
</td><td>
A.N. Sattanathan had a distinguished career
in the all-India services. He was Collector of Customs and Central Excise,
Calcutta, and in later life wrote and published widely on politics and economics
in India.  In 1969 he was appointed Chairman of the first Tamilnadu
Backward Classes Commission and made a lasting impact on the state’s policy of
affirmative action towards lower castes.
Uttara Natarajan is Reader in English at
Goldsmiths College, where she teaches and researches in nineteenth-century English
literature.  Her publications include Hazlitt and the Reach of
Sense and Blackwell Guides to Criticism: The Romantic
Poets.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-8028-031-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Poetry and
History: Bengali Mangal-kabya and Social Change in Precolonial Bengal</td><td>David
L.Curley</td><td>2008</td><td>312</td><td>650.0000</td><td>This collection
of scholarly essays analyzes Bengali mangal-kabya, a
genre of narrative literature. By careful attention to methods of literary
criticism, they contribute to a more sophisticated use of precolonial Bengali
literature as a source for social history. They will be be interesting and
important for students of Bengali history and literature
alike.</td><td>David Curley is Associate Professor in the Department of
Liberal Studies at Western Washington University, U.S.A.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4656-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Polio Eradication
and Its Discontents: A Historian’s Journey Through an International Public Health
(Un)Civil War</td><td>William
Muraskin</td><td>2012</td><td>168</td><td>675.0000</td><td>There are many infectious diseases which kill millions of
children every year the world over, but polio is not one of them. So why did the
World Health Assembly in 1988 choose the eradication of polio as a global goal?
This is the key question that William Muraskin asks and it inexorably leads to the
unravelling of the official ‘heroic story’ of the fight against polio.
The author finds that the public
health agenda of every single nation of the world was effectively hijacked by a
small group of people working at the global level. They were out to show that
eradication was a viable tool in fighting the disease. For this group, the disease
of poliomyelitis was not in itself primarily significant but rather it was a
‘disease of opportunity’ which could be used to prove that disease 
eradication in general was a viable instrument of public health. 
Muraskin finds that the most
powerfully argued and cogent protest against the top–down global polio eradication
effort, and the distortion in national health priorities that has resulted from
it, comes from India.  A distinguished group of Indian medical doctors
and scientists, whom he calls the Indian Dissenters, ‘speak not only for their
nation but for most other developing countries as well’
Polio Eradication and
Its Discontents reveals the decades-old fight between proponents of
the Sabin Oral Polio Vaccine (OPV) and the champions of the Salk Inactivated Polio
Vaccine (IPV). It also highlights the potential long-term economic burden on the
developing world that has resulted from the vaccine choices made at the global
level.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">William Muraskin is Professor in the Department
of Urban Studies, Queens College, City University of New
York.</div></td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-250-5267-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Political Culture
and Economy in Eighteenth-Century Bengal: Networks of Exchange, Consumption and
Communication</td><td>Tilottama
Mukherjee</td><td>2013</td><td>448</td><td>1695.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>Books on eighteenth-century Bengal talk of how the economy declined
when the British took over the revenue administration.</li>
<li>This volume is different from other books written on this period
because it breaks away from the well-trodden path of eighteenth-century
historiography that looks at the period as one that saw a general
decline.</li>
<li> It explores the major components of the distributive economic
networks of markets, overland and riverine communication systems and consumption.
</li>
<li>It analyses their interaction with the state, both during the
Nizamat and the early years of the rule of the English East
India Company in Bengal. </li>
</ul>
</td><td>Tilottama
Mukherjee teaches in the Department of History, Jadavpur
University, Kolkata.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86296-77-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Politics and the
Right to Work: India’s National Rural Employment Guarantee Act </td><td>Rob Jenkins
and James Manor</td><td>2016</td><td>340</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>India’s
National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (NREGA), passed in 2005, has been among the
developing world’s most ambitious anti-poverty initiatives. By ‘guaranteeing’ 100
days of work annually to every rural household, NREGA has sought to advance the
Indian constitution’s commitment to securing citizens’ ‘right to work’.
Politics and the Right to Work offers a detailed
analysis of the politics surrounding NREGA: the approach to political change that
informed its design, the public advocacy and parliamentary tactics involved in its
passage, the political dynamics shaping implementation at state and local levels,
the institutional constraints on reforming how NREGA operates, and its complex
impacts on the political capacities of poor people.
Based on their extensive—primarily qualitative—field research, the authors
examine how rights are being reconceived to promote pro-poor development and the
challenges of making states more accountable to their most disadvantaged citizens.
Their analysis of the politics of NREGA provides a window into the inner workings
of Indian democracy and the complex character of the Indian state as it seeks to
upgrade the country’s social welfare provision to match its growing economic
strength.
This book will be invaluable to scholars and students of political
science, social policy, and the political economy of development.
</td><td>Rob Jenkins is Professor of Political Science
at Hunter College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York.
James Manor is the Emeka Anyaoku Professor Emeritus of
Commonwealth Studies at the School of Advanced Study, University of
London.
<td>978-81-7824-372-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Politics as
Performance</td><td>S.V.
Srinivas</td><td>2012</td><td>454</td><td>995.0000</td><td>This book examines the deep connection between cinema and
politics in India. it provides a picture of the Telugu cinema, as both industry and
cultural from, over fifty formative years. It argues that films are directly
related both to the rise of an elite which dominates Andhra Pradesh and other parts
of India, and to the emergence of a new idiom of mass
politics.</td><td>S.V. Srinivas is Senior Fellow at the Centre
for the Study of Culture and Society, Bangalore, and co-ordinator of the Culture:
Industries and Diversity in Asia (CIDASIA) research programme there. He was
educated at St Stephen's College, Delhi, and the University of Hyderabad. He
has taught at Arunachal University (now Rajiv Gandhi University), Doimukh, and held
visiting positions at the National University of Singapore and Hokkaido University.
He was ICCR Visiting Professor of Indian Culture and Society at Georgetown
University for 2012–13. His publications include the book
Megastar (2009) as well as many essays on popular culture as
an industry.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-532-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Politics As
Performance: A Social History of the Telugu
Cinema</td><td>S.V.Srinivas</td><td>2018</td><td>695</td><td>695.0000</
td><td>This book provides a picture of the Telugu cinema, as both industry
and cultural form, over fifty formative years. It argues that films are directly
related both to the prominence of an elite which dominates Andhra Pradesh and other
parts of India, and to the emergence of a new idiom of mass politics.
Looking in particular at the career of Andhra Pradesh’s best-known film
star Nandamuri Taraka Rama Rao (NTR), S.V. Srinivas reveals how the Telugu cinema
redefined ideas of linguistic identity and community feeling within a non-literate
public in South India. Dissecting NTR’s remarkable election campaign of 1982–3, he
shows processes of political transformation and electoral mobilization via film,
newspapers, and audio cassettes. He uncovers the complicated ways in which Indian
politics can be linked with movie-going and, more broadly, cultural consumption.
Cinematic and political performance are shown to be inextricably connected in ways
disctinctively Indian.
NTR and the Telugu cinema, Srinivas argues, have shaped important aspects
of Indian political and cultural modernity. Their legacies continue into the
present time—when film has yielded pride of place to television, when the future of
Andhra Pradesh’s statehood is unclear, and when Indian star-politicians no longer
feel certain of success in the quest for power.
</td><td>S.V. Srinivas is Senior Fellow at the Centre
for the Study of Culture and Society, Bangalore, and co-ordinator of the Culture:
Industries and Diversity in Asia (CIDASIA) research programme there. He was
educated at St Stephen’s College, Delhi, and the University of Hyderabad. He has
taught at Arunachal University (now Rajiv Gandhi University), Doimukh, and held
visiting positions at the National University of Singapore and Hokkaido University.
He was ICCR Visiting Professor of Indian Culture and Society at Georgetown
University for 2012–13. His publications include the book
Megastar (2009) as well as many essays on popular culture as
an industry.
<td>978-93-5442-140-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Postsecular
Theory: Texts and Contexts</td><td>Shuhita Bhattacharjee (Author), Sumit
Chakrabarti (Ed.)</td><td>2023</td><td>264</td><td>490.0000</td><td>This
volume is a critical introduction to the populous field of postsecular theory. A
nuanced theoretical intervention into the ‘secular’ and the religious, it engages
with both theory and praxis. Postsecular Theory charts the
basic premises and sustained scholarship of the field, providing panoramic
coverage and critical summation. It analyses a range of literary texts and issues
from contemporary culture, to model literary praxis of postsecular
theory.
The series: 
Literary/Cultural Theory provides concise, lucid and nuanced
analyses of a range of key concepts, theorists and
texts in contemporary literary and cultural
theory.</td><td>The
author:  
Shuhita Bhattacharjee is Assistant Professor of
Literature and Gender Studies in the Department of Liberal Arts, and Adjunct
Professor in the Department of Design, at Indian Institute of Technology
Hyderabad.
The editor: 
Sumit Chakrabarti is Professor at the Department
of English, Presidency University, Kolkata. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3528-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Power, Knowledge,
Medicine: Ayurvedic Pharmaceuticals at Home and in the World</td><td>Madhulika
Banerjee</td><td>2009</td><td>360</td><td>1850.0000</td><td>If the presence of
Ayurveda in modern times invites surprise, its
renewed vigour in the age of globalisation gives rise both to romantic celebration
and incredulous hostility. This kind of response suggests that our understanding
of modern Ayurveda has not kept pace with the growth of the phenomenon itself. It
is not that Ayurveda has not been studied, but that much of the wealth of
scholarship lies in highly specialised and somewhat insular disciplines like
Indology, Medical Research, History and Medical Anthropology. The big picture of
contemporary Ayurveda eludes this scholarship.
The present book seeks to fills this gap by
drawing insights from all the various disciplines that have analysed different
aspects of Ayurveda, yet keeping its principal focus on making sense of some of
the big changes that have marked the transformation of Ayurveda in the twentieth
century. The author suggests that this transformation cannot be seen as purely
cognitive, technological or economic change, for it involves an irreducible
political play between regimes of knowledge and exercise of state power.
 Tracing the birth of
Ayurvedic pharmaceutical in colonial times, this book
analyses how the working of post-colonial state, civil society and industry has
shaped contemporary Ayurveda. It argues that processes of commercialisation and
standardisation have resulted in pharmaceuticalisation of this ancient medical
system accounting for both the resilience and shrinkage of Ayurveda as a medical
system. The book would engage not just those interested in the phenomenon
of Ayurveda or those involved in health policy but any social scientist
interested in technological choice, knowledge and power or
alternative modernity.</td><td>MADHULIKA BANERJEE teaches
at the Department of Political Science at the University of Delhi. Her work in the
politics of alternative medical knowledge has been a result of her independent
research interest. Parts of this work were published in journals before, but this
is her first book. She is currently interested in community health groups using
traditional medical knowledge in their work with disadvantaged communities towards
greater health security.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3042-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pracheen
Bharatacha Parichay (Marathi)</td><td>R S
Sharma</td><td>2009</td><td>360</td><td>395.0000</td><td>In this
extraordinary work, Professor R S Sharma discusses the economic, social, political
and cultural aspects of Indian history from the prehistoric period to the seventh
century. He explains the rise, development and spread of the early Indian cultural
milieu in lucid and accessible language. Professor Sharma depicts the broad
heritage of India through the political system, literature, philosophy, religion,
as well as science and technology.
Professor Sharma’s seminal work translated from the Hindi, is invaluable

for students, scholars and teachers of ancient Indian
history.</td><td>Professor R S Sharma (1919–2011) was
Professor and Head, Department of History, Delhi University. Earlier, he taught at
Patna and Canada universities. He was also the founding Chairperson of the Indian
Council of Historical Research (ICHR), New Delhi. He received the V K Rajwade
Lifetime Award for his research and contribution to History.
Professor Sharma, who wrote in both Hindi and English, published
about 80 books, several of which have been translated into different
languages. His important works include: Sudras in
Ancient India, Material Culture and Social Formations in Ancient India, Aspects of
Political ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Indian Feudalism, Looking for
the Aryans, Advent of the Aryans in
India, and Early
Medieval Indian Society: A Study in Feudalisation.
The translator, Dr Binda Paranjape, is Reader, Department of History,

Banaras Hindu University. She was a Fulbright-Nehru visiting lecturer in 2013–
14.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-2651-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Prarambhik Bharat
ka Parichay (Hindi)</td><td>R S
Sharma</td><td>2004</td><td>384</td><td>410.0000</td><td>Praramb
hik Bharat ka Parichay is an introduction to ancient Indian
history from prehistoric times to the seventh century. It deals with polity,
economy, society, religion, philosophy and science and technology in ancient India
and highlights the contributions of ancient India in these fields.
This edition is a revised, updated and upgraded version
of Prachin Bharat (Ancient
India), previously published by the NCERT. The book
has been revised to suit the requirements of college and university students. Four
new chapters (chapters 4, 5, 6 and 11) have been added, while several have been
extensively revised in the light of new research; for example, Chapter 9 on the
Neolithic Age, Chapter 10 on Harappan Culture, and Chapter 12 on the Rig Vedic Age
include new evidence.
The book contains a detailed and

updated bibliography.

A special feature is the chronology, provided at the end of each
chapter, which enables students to understand historical events in the correct
chronological sequence in which they occurred.</td><td>Professor
R S Sharma (1919–2011) was Professor and Head, Department of History,
Delhi University and Emeritus Professor of History, Patna University. Earlier, he
taught at the University of Toronto. He was also the founding Chairperson of the
Indian Council of Historical Research (ICHR), New Delhi. He received the V K
Rajwade Lifetime Award for his research and contribution to History. 
Professor Sharma, who wrote in both Hindi and English, published
about 80 books, several of which have been translated into different
languages. His important works include: Sudras in
Ancient India, Material Culture and Social Formations in Ancient India, Aspects of
Political ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Indian Feudalism, Looking for
the Aryans, Advent of the Aryans in
India, and Early Medieval Indian Society: A
Study in Feudalisation.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86689-09-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Prastavna :
Bhashaka Svatva-Volume 1, Part 1 - Bhartiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan</td><td>Ganesh
Devy</td><td>2017</td><td>148</td><td>1295.0000</td><td>The Peoples’
Linguistic Survey of India is a right based movement for carrying out a nation-
wide survey of Indian languages especially languages of fragile communities such
as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communities.
This book is Part 1 of Volume 1 ( Prastavana : Bhashaka Svatva (Hindi))
of  The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and
executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.
The first volume of the PLSI series brings to the reader the journey
undertaken in 2010, by a group of visionaries led by Dr G.N. Devy to document the
languages of India as they existed then. The aim of the People’s Linguistic Survey
of India was to document these languages, spoken in India’s remotest corners.
India’s towns and cities too have found a voice in this survey. What this journey
did was to bring a groundswell of support from people from all walks of life,
leading to The Being of Bhasha.
This volume discusses the living Indian languages; language : speech and
writing; what is People’s Linguistic Survey about; The PLSI process; and the Being
of Bhasha followed by four appendinces on some growing non-scheduled languages;
UNESCO list of languages in danger; unclassified mother tongues in the 1961
Census; and the list of Indian languages known to the country.</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N Devy taught English at
the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda till 1996 before leaving to set
up the Bhasha Research and Education Centre, Baroda. A renowned literary critic
and activist he is the founder and director of the Tribal Academy at
Tejgadh, Gujarat where he has since worked towards conserving and
promoting the languages and culture of indigenous and nomadic communities. He was
also the director of the Sahitya Akademi’s Project on Literature in Tribal
Languages and Oral Folk Traditions till 2014. He has been the recipient of several
awards for his work in literature, tribal craft and language conservation. He was
awarded the Padmashree in 2014. He is the Chief editor of the PLSI series and
Chair, People’s Linguistic Survey of India, 37, Bhasha Research and Publication
Centre, Baroda.
Dr Rajendra Prasad Pandey is affiliated with School of Translation
Studies, Indira Gandhi National Open University.  

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-512-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Print and
Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in Colonial North
India</td><td>Francesca Orsini</td><td>2017</td><td>328</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
Print and Pleasure tells the story behind the boom
in commercial publishing in nineteenth-century North India. 
How did the new technology of printing and the enterprise of Indian
publishers make the book a familiar object and a necessary part of people’s
leisure in a largely illiterate society? What genres became popular in print? Who
read them and how were they read? 
Our perception of North Indian culture in this period has been dominated
by the notion of a competition between Hindi and Urdu, and the growth of language
nationalism. Print and Pleasure argues that many other forces
were also at work which, in the pursuit of commercial interests, spread quite
different and much more hybrid tastes. 
The importance of this major new book lies in showing, moreover, that
book history can greatly enrich our understanding of literary and cultural
history. Francesca Orsini mines a huge and largely untapped archive in order to
reveal that popular songbooks, theatre transcripts, meanderingly seralized
narratives, flimsily published tales, and forgotten poems are as much a part of
colonial history as the elite novels and highbrow journals that are more
frequently the subject of historical studies.
</td><td>Francesca Orsini is Reader in the Literatures
of North India at the School of Oriental and African Studies. Her previous books
include The Hindi Public Sphere: Language and Literature in the Age of Nationalism
(2002) and the edited volume Love in South Asia: A Cultural History (2006). She is
currently involved in a project that seeks to rethink North Indian literary culture
from a comparative and multilingual perspective. The next book to be edited by her,
Before the Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Cultures, will appear
soon.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-249-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Print and
Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in Colonial North
India</td><td>Francesca
Orsini</td><td>2009</td><td>328</td><td>695.0000</td><td><str
ong>Print and Pleasure tells the story behind the boom
in commercial publishing in nineteenth-century North India. 
How did the new technology of printing and the enterprise of Indian
publishers make the book a familiar object and a necessary part of people’s
leisure in a largely illiterate society? What genres became popular in print? Who
read them and how were they read? 
Our perception of North Indian culture in this period has been dominated
by the notion of a competition between Hindi and Urdu, and the growth of language
nationalism. Print and Pleasure
argues that many other forces were also at work which, in the pursuit of
commercial interests, spread quite different and much more hybrid tastes.

The importance of this major new book lies in showing, moreover, that
book history can greatly enrich our understanding of literary and cultural
history. Francesca Orsini mines a huge and largely untapped archive in order to
reveal that popular songbooks, theatre transcripts, meanderingly seralized
narratives, flimsily published tales, and forgotten poems are as much a part of
colonial history as the elite novels and highbrow journals that are more
frequently the subject of historical
studies.</td><td>Francesca Orsini is Reader
in the Literatures of North India at the School of Oriental and African
Studies. Her previous books include The Hindi Public Sphere: Language and
Literature in the Age of Nationalism (2002) and the edited volume Love in South
Asia: A Cultural History (2006). She is currently involved in a project that seeks
to rethink North Indian literary culture from a comparative and multilingual
perspective. The next book to be edited by her, Before the Divide: Hindi and Urdu
Literary Cultures, will appear soon.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-314-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Print Areas: Book
History in India</td><td>Abhijit Gupta and Swapan Chakravorty
(Eds.)</td><td>2010</td><td>260</td><td>295.0000</td><td>In recent years,
the growth of History of the Book as a major, multi-disciplinary area of
investigation has energised traditional disciplines such as history and literary
studies in new and unforeseen ways. History of the Book looks at literature as it
is embodied in its technological products—mainly those of the print industry, but
also manuscripts, engravings, and electronic texts. It studies the various
personnel associated with the making of books: not just authors, but also
printers, publishers, illustrators, booksellers, and of course, readers. In so
doing it has restored a measure of historicism and objectivity to literary
studies, by insisting on a rigorous engagement with the records and what they tell
us about modes of production, transmission and distribution of books.
Despite being a country with a
long, rich and complex book culture, India does not have a comprehensive history
of its books. Print Areas is the
first attempt to write such a history and brings together the work of leading
contemporary historians of the book in India. This pioneering volume features
essays looking at some of the most fascinating examples of India’s encounter with
the book. The choice of the essays also reveals the range of possible approaches
to the study of books. There are histories of major publishing houses such as
Macmillan and Oxford University Press as well of the first edition of a single
book of nonsense verse; perspectives are offered on Benares as a centre of
publishing, the role played by print in shaping Maharashtra politics and the
cultural impact of popular books in Bengal. These essays will be of interest not
just to the historian or literary scholar but also to those interested in
questions of tradition and modernity in colonial and postcolonial
India.</td><td>Abhijit Gupta  is
Reader, English Dept, Jadavpur University, Kolkata.
Swapan Chakravorty is Professor, English Dept,
Jadavpur University, Kolkata.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5568-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rabindranath
Tagore : One Hundred Years of Global Reception</td><td>Martin Kämpchen, Imre
Bangha and Uma Das Gupta (Editorial
Adviser)</td><td>2014</td><td>692</td><td>2250.0000</td><td>
When Tagore won the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1913 for his own
English translation of Gitanjali (Song Offerings), he became
the first non-European to do so, achieving immediate fame.Translations in other
languages of this and other works followed. Reams were written on his writings,
and his personality. As aworld citizen, Tagore aimed at bringing the ‘East’ and
the ‘West’ together for an inclusive humanism. His was assumed to be the Voice of
India—indeed of Asia and the colonised world. The Nobel Prize gave him the
authority to speak, and the intellectual elite of many countries
listened.
The editors of Rabindranath Tagore:  One Hundred Years
of Global Reception had asked Tagore experts worldwide to narrate how
the Bengali author was received from 1913 until our time. Their thirty-five essays
arranged by region or language group inform us about translations, the impact of
Tagore’s visits, and his subsequent standing in the world of letters. Tagore’s
reception while often enthusiastic was not always adulatory, occasionally
undergoing dramatic metamorphoses, and diverse political and social milieus and
cultural movements responded to him differently. This nuanced global reception is
for the first time dealt with comprehensively and systematically in this volume
presented as a work of reference. These essays remind us that Tagore’s works keep
being reprinted or retranslated for he continues to be relevant to modern
readers.
</td><td>Martin Kämpchen, a PhD in German
Literature from Vienna and Comparative Religions from Visva-Bharati, is an author,
biographer, researcher and translator of Tagore.
Imre Bangha a PhD in Hindi from Visva-
Bharati, Santiniketan, is Associate Professor of Hindi, University of Oxford. He
works on Old Hindi literature and on the Hungarian reception of Tagore.
The editorial adviser Uma Das Gupta, The
contributors are Tagore experts from around the
world.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86392-75-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Raising the
Curtain: Recasting Women Performers in India</td><td>Lata
Singh</td><td>2017</td><td>208</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>Raising the Curtain, through the study of women performers
in colonial and Independent India, problematises the question of gender and
patriarchy. Women performers, being the most public women, unsettle the category of
gender divided along castes, class, sexuality and the private/public
paradigm.
Women performers do not form a

homogenous category; their roles, agency, issues, concerns and lives differ
significantly because of their different social and cultural locations. They ranged
from the royally patronised nagarbandhu and ganika in ancient India, to the lower-
caste performers of popular theatres, to the politically powerful tawaifs in
medieval India, to subaltern women actresses in elite theatre of colonial India, to
educated middle-class women of the Indian People’s Theatre Movement of the 1940s,
whose primary aim was to bring about social and political change.
Colonial modernity and middle-class

respectability discourse stigmatized and criminalised women performers by creating
a fuzzy boundary between them and prostitutes. By foregrounding the status and
position of these women in brahmanical/middle-class patriarchal society, the study
enters larger debates in feminist and cultural historiographies to understand what
marriage, family and domesticity, the middle-class respectability quest meant for
women and how actresses have used theatre to carve their own space, identity and
labour.
This volume also highlights cultural

labour, which has remained invisible in mainstream labour history and also devalued
in mainstream society because of its linkage with caste, class, gender, sexuality
and cultural politics. This problematises the question of sexuality taking the
debate beyond sexual choice, agency and autonomy.
Through the use of a wide range of

sources, this finely crafted book fills a significant gap in the study of subaltern
cultural history and feminist historiography. It will be essential reading for
scholars and students of subaltern history, sociology, gender studies, as well as
of the theatre.
</td><td>Lata Singh is Associate Professor, Centre for

Women’s Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5466-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rajasthan Ki
Bhashayen (Volume 26 Part 1)-Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan </td><td>Ganesh N.
Devy (Chief editor), Madan Meena and Suraj Rao(Vol.
Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>428</td><td>2795.0000</td><td>The Peoples’
Linguistic Survey of India [PLSI] is a right based movement for carrying out a
nation-wide survey of Indian languages especially languages of fragile communities
such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communities. 
      &nbsp
;        &a
mp;nbsp;       &
nbsp;   
This book is Part-1 of the Volume-26 (Rajasthan-Hindi)
of The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and
executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.  
This book contains the information on language and linguistic variety of
the Rajasthan State of India. The languages included in this book are: Khadi
Marwari, Godwadi, Ghanchi, Jagrouti, Daang, Dingle, Dhaati, Dhundhadi, Talhaiti,
Thali, Deswali, Ghawadi, Naagarchaali, Pachwara, Bagadi, Bajigari, Bikaneri, Braj,
Sansi (Bhatu), Maad, Maarwadi, Mirasi, Merwadi, Mewadi, Mewati, Vagadi,
Shekhawati, Sarayaki, Sindhi and Hadouti. 
</td><td>Dr Ganesh N. Devy, formerly
Professor of English at theMaharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda, a renowned
literary critic and activist, is founder and director of the Tribal Academy at
Tejgadh Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akademi’s Project on Literature in
Tribal Languages and Oral Traditions. He is an active participant in the
functioning of Bhasha Academy. He has been awarded the Padma Shri in 2013 for his
work in the field of linguistic research of the endangered languages in India.
Currently, he is a Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and
Communication Technology ( DA-IICT ), Gandhinagar, Gujrat; and Chair and Chief
Editor of the series People’s Linguistic Survey of India [PLSI].
Dr Madan Meena is a visual artist and
researcher. He has worked extensively with artists and crafts persons from local
communities in Rajasthan. His doctoral dissertation from University of Rajasthan
was on ‘Art of the Meena Tribes’. He has travelled extensively and has had held
exhibitions of his paintings in many parts of the country. He has published two
books on the subject, Joy of Creativity and
Nurturing Walls. His interest in the languages has lead him
to start his work on the language of the Kanjar community residing in Rajasthan.
He currently works and lives in Kota in Rajasthan.
Dr Suraj Rao, has Doctorate in Rajasthani,
Hindi and History. He is based in Udaipur. He has published several articles and
books on Rajasthani language and literature. He has been given the Sahitya Akademi
award [2013] for his Rajasthani translation [from Urdu language] of Gyan
Singh Shatir published bySahitya Akademi.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-778-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Reading India:
Selections from Economic and Political Weekly, Volume III
(1991–2017)</td><td>Pulapre Balakrishnan, Suhas Palshikar, and Nandini
Sundar</td><td>2019</td><td>552</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>
The period 1991–2017 was marked by communal aggression, the official
start of economic liberalisation, growing inequality, and state militarisation.
All of these have been reflected in the pages of the Economic and
Political Weekly, which stood steadfast witness—quietly, reflectively,
but also urgently and passionately.
Reading India, Vol. III (1991–2017), the final
commemorative volume celebrating 50 years of the EPW,
provides a selection of papers published during this period, reflecting on the
social, political, and economic changes of the time. The chapters focus on five
themes that dominated India’s public sphere: the question of secularism
versus communalism; social justice and power-sharing by the
backward castes; political configurations in a post-Congress polity; the
entrenchment of impunity instead of the rule of law; and the political economy of
economic policy.
The contributors to this volume have observed, analysed, and commentated on a
range of topics, from the lack of justice for victims of the 2002 Gujarat
massacres, farmer suicides, and agrarian distress, to the Indo–China border
dispute. Focusing on India’s society, economy, and polity, the volume includes
research on the environment, health, education, censorship, and free speech, among
other themes which have formed subjects of prescient debates that will help us to
make sense of the present times as well. 
</td><td>
Pulapre Balakrishnan is Professor at Ashoka
University and Senior Fellow, Indian Institute of Management, Kozhikode.
Suhas Palshikar is former Professor of
Politics and Public Administration, Savitribai Phule Pune University, Pune, and
Chief Editor, Studies in Indian Politics.
Nandini Sundar is Professor at the

Department of Sociology, Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-715-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Reading India:
Selections from The Economic Weekly, Volume 1 (1949-1965)</td><td>Bardhan, Sudipto
Mundle, Rohini Somanathan</td><td>2019</td><td>448</td><td>975.0000</td><td>
The Economic Weekly was launched in 1949, shortly
after Indian Independence. This period was full of hope and expectation, but also
questioning and rethinking. Under the leadership of its illustrious founding
editor, Sachin Chaudhuri, the journal soon became a major platform for the finest
minds of the time, providing a diverse range of scholarship and space for
differing, often conflicting, ideological positions. 
Reading India: Selections from The Economic Weekly: Volume 1:
1949–1965 brings together landmark studies in sociology, politics and
economics that capture the major analytical and policy debates published in the
journal from 1949–65.The articles span a wide range of studies, exploring diverse
topics, from the classic anthropological village studies, the issue of caste and
religious identity, to economic policy debates on growth and investment, and
agricultural and industrial policies. The final section discusses the influence of
leaders such as Gandhi, Nehru and Tagore, analyses the positions of national and
regional languages, and looks at the fostering of socio-economic development in
independent India.
The volume also presents a sample of the many excellent Indian and
foreign scholars with a deep knowledge of local and historical contexts and
commitment to a new India—M. N. Srinivas, Bernard Cohn, Iravati Karve, Amartya
Sen, V. K. R. V. Rao, Rajni Kothari, André Béteille, and Ghanshyam Shah,
to name a few. 
</td><td>
Pranab Bardhan is Professor Emeritus of
Economics, University of California, Berkeley. 
Sudipto Mundle is Distinguished Fellow,
National Council of Applied Economic Research and has worked as a director at the
Asian Development Bank. He has also served as a member of the Fourteenth Finance
Commission.
Rohini Somanathan is Professor of Economics
at the Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6090-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Readings on Dalit
Identity: History, Literature and Religion</td><td>Swaraj
Basu</td><td>2015</td><td>416</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Social oppression
over the centuries in the name of caste and tradition denied a large section of the
Indian population its rightful place in society. The cultural world and
contribution of these people remained largely ignored. Resistance to the ideology
of caste and the assertion by Dalits for equity and justice have found expression
through writings over a period of time.
Since the 1970s, there have been attempts by scholars across disciplines
to shed light on the cultural world of Dalits by constructing alternative
historical and religious traditions, and even today, Dalit identity continues to be
an important agenda of academic debate.
This volume brings together a diverse selection of writings that looks at

how, through the reinterpretation of history, literature and religion, Dalits
challenged their ascribed status and created a new identity for themselves. It
examines the Dalit deconstruction of the Aryan migration theory, rewriting of the
historical narrative, identity formation, cultural symbolism and memory, Dalit
literature and women in Dalit autobiographies, ideas and notions of work, religion
and caste identity, and the linkage between Dalit conversion and the question of
decolonisation.</td><td>Swaraj Basu is Professor, School of Social Sciences,
Indira Gandhi National Open University.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-394-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Reconsidering
Untouchability : Chamars and Dalit History in North India</td><td>Ramnarayan
S.Rawat</td><td>2014</td><td>292</td><td>595.0000</td><td><div style="text-
align: justify">Often identified as leatherworkers or characterized as a
criminal caste, the Chamars of North India have long been stigmatized as
untouchables. In this pathbreaking study, Ramnarayan S. Rawat shows that in fact
the majority of Chamars have always been agriculturalists, and their association
with the ritually impure occupation of leatherworking has largely been constructed
through Hindu, colonial, and postcolonial representations of
untouchability. </div><div style="text-align:
justify">Rawat undertakes a comprehensive reconsideration of the history,
identity, and politics of this important Dalit group. Using Dalit vernacular
literature, local-level archival sources, and interviews in Dalit neighborhoods, he
reveals a previously unrecognized Dalit movement which has flourished in North
India from the earliest decades of the twentieth century and which has recently
achieved major political
successes. </div></td><td>Ramnarayan S. Rawat is
Assistant Professor of History at the University of
Delaware. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-210-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Recovering
Subversion: Feminist Politics Beyond the Law</td><td>Nivedita
Menon</td><td>2007</td><td>288</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book is about
the relation between law and feminist politics. Nivedita Menon identifies a key
dilemma that faces a radical politics today, namely the 'paradox of
constitutionalism'. This occurs when various differing moral visions come up
against the universalising drive of constitutionality and the language of universal
rights. By examining three issues that the women's movement in India has
engaged with—the practice of selective abortion of female foetuses, sexual
violence, and reservations for women in representative institutions—Menon unfolds a
two-pronged argument, namely that 
<ol><li> the language of rights and citizenship is no longer
unproblematically available to an emancipatory politics; and</li>
<li> that specifically in the context of feminist politics it has become
increasingly difficult to sustain 'woman' as the subject of such a
politics, despite (or perhaps because of) the explosion of 'gender' as a
category of analysis in official state and NGO discourse.</li></ol>
</td><td>Nivedita Menon is Professor, Department of
Political Science, Delhi University. She has published extensively on gender and
politics and is the editor of Gender and Politics in India (1999).
<td>978-81-87358-48-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Reflections on
Cambridge</td><td>Alan
Macfarlane</td><td>2009</td><td>243</td><td>450.0000</td><td>The
traditions and creativity of Cambridge University have survived 800 years. In
celebration, this first-ever combined historical and anthropological account
explores the culture, the customs, the colleges and the politics of this famous
institution. As Professor there for nearly forty years, the author sets forth on
a personal yet dispassionate attempt to understand how this ancient university
developed and changed, and how it continues to influence those who pass through
it. This book delves into the history and architecture as well as the charm and
the ghosts of Cambridge presenting a valuable resource for anyone who studies,
teaches, visits, or is intrigued by this great intellectual
centre.</td><td>Alan Macfarlane is
Professor of Anthropological Science, University of Cambridge, and Life Fellow,
King’s College Cambridge. In 1986 he was elected a Fellow of the
British Academy. He was born in Assam, India, and his work covers Britain, India,
China and Japan . Throughout his distinguished career, Alan Macfarlane has
published widely in history and anthropology. His publications include
<A
href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/witchcraft/book.html"
target="_blank">Witchcraft in Tudor and Stuart
England</A> (1970,1999) Routledge, London; Resources and
Population (1976) CUP; <A
href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/FILES/individualism.html"
target="_blank">The Origins of English
Individualism</A> (1978) Blackwell, Oxford; <A
href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/FILES/guide.html"
target="_blank">A Guide to English Historical
Records</A> (1983) CUP ; <A
href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/FILES/culture.html"
target="_blank">The Culture of Capitalism</A>
(1987) Blackwell, Oxford; <A
href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/savage/book.html"
target="_blank">The Savage Wars of Peace</A> (1997)
Blackwell, Oxford; <A
href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/tea/book.html"
target="_blank">Green Gold: The Empire of Tea</A>
(2003) (with Iris Macfarlane) Ebury Press,
London.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-646-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Religion and
Empire in Portuguese India: Conversion, Resistance, and the Making of
Goa</td><td>Ângela Barreto
Xavier</td><td>2022</td><td>432</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>How did the
colonisation of Goa in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries take place? How was
it related to projects for the conversion of Goan colonial subjects to
Catholicism? And how did these contribute to the making of Goan
identity?
In this closely argued work, Ângela Barreto Xavier asks these
questions by reading the relevant secular and missionary archives and texts. She
shows how the twinned drives towards conversion and colonisation in Portuguese
India resulted in various outcomes, ranging from negotiation to passive resistance
to moments of extreme violence. 
She reveals that, in the process, Portuguese Goa emerged as a space with
a specific identity resulting from these contestations and interactions. The Goan
elites were also able to internalise this complex body of cultural resources to
further their interests and narrate their own myths and
histories.</td><td>ângela barreto xavier’s research
interests include the history of political ideas and the cultural history of
early-modern empires, specifically issues related to power, religion, and
knowledge. She is currently a researcher at the Institute of Social Sciences of
the University of Lisbon.
Professor Barreto Xavier’s several books include Catholic
Orientalism: Portuguese Empire, Indian Knowledge, 16th–18th Centuries 
(co-authored with Ines G. Županov, 2015); Monarquias Ibéricas em
Perspectiva Comparada(Iberian Monarchies in Comparative Perspective,
edited with Federico Palomo and Roberta Stumpf, 2018); and O Governo dos
Outros: Imaginação Política no Império
Português(Governing the Others: Political Imagination in the
Portuguese Empire, edited with Cristina Nogueira da Silva,
2016).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-90122-00-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Religion and
Secularities: Reconfiguring Islam in Contemporary India</td><td>Sudha Sitharaman
and Anindita
Chakrabarti</td><td>2020</td><td>240</td><td>875.0000</td><td>The
resurgence of religion and its militant mixing with politics is now a ubiquitous
feature of our times. Since 9/11, discussions on religion, particularly Islam,
have been characterised by debates surrounding the rise of political Islam, war on
terror and the ascent of religious politics globally. Islam, particularly, appears
as the bearer of a frightening tradition, and stereotypes render it an anathema
in the modern world. The notion of a unitary, timeless and unchanging religion
has been reinforced not only by sections of academia and the media, but also
through the Muslim communities’ interpretations and representations of their own
religion.
Religion and Secularities challenges these quotidian
‘facts’ about Islam. It brings together a collection of essays focusing on the
reconfiguration of Islam in the world’s largest democracy, India. Investigating the
relationship between religion, civil society and the state, this volume explores
the nation’s long history with Islam as well as the categorisation of Muslims as a
minority community.
Based on ethnographic studies conducted in different regions of the
country—from Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal to Karnataka and Kerala—this volume
addresses the diverse issues of religious piety that include community activism
and civic participation; disputes and debates around visitation to historic-
religious sites; the changing contours of matrilineal practices in a Muslim
community; and how Muslim women negotiate personal/Islamic law in a plural
judicial landscape. The essays highlight the impossibility of understanding
contemporary Islam outside the logic of modern, secular-liberal governance—a
standpoint that helps take the secularism debate forward.
This volume will be valuable for students and scholars of sociology,
social anthropology and religious studies. 
</td><td>Sudha Sitharaman is Professor,
Department of Sociology, Pondicherry University, Puducherry.
Anindita Chakrabarti is Associate Professor of
Sociology, Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of
Technology, Kanpur.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-8028-038-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Renaissance
Reborn: In Search of a Historical Paradigm</td><td>Sukanta
Chaudhuri</td><td>2010</td><td>224</td><td>650.0000</td><td>The term
‘Renaissance’ has been used to refer to various
movements in cultural history – originally in Europe, and later, by extension, to
other civilizations. This book brings together a collection of articles by
thirteen Italian and Indian scholars on the European and Indian renaissances.
Between them they cover the work of major writers in Europe (Dante, Petrarch) and
India (Bankim Chandra, Vidyasagar, Tagore); cultural and socio-historic movements
like humanism, nationalism, the Reformation and Orientalism; and crucial social
sectors like the growth of the vernaculars, the changing status of women and
pursuit of science. </td><td>Sukanta Chaudhuri is Professor of English
and Director, School of Cultural Texts and Records at Jadavpur
<td>978-81-250-3269-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rethinking
1857</td><td>Sabyasachi
Bhattacharya(Ed.)</td><td>2007</td><td>360</td><td>1695.0000</td><td><s
trong>Rethinking 1857, edited by Sabyasachi Bhattacharya, marking
the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of 1857, explores the possibilities and
limits of recent thinking on the 1857 Uprising. The way we interrogate the past
differs from generation to generation. The questions we ask today are moulded by
the concerns of our times. Coming from perceptibly different points of departure,
the contributors of this volume converge on one central theme: gaining new insights
into the events and people that made 1857. This anthology includes fifteen
essays divided into four thematic groups. The first theme is the questioning of the
conventional historiography of 1857. The second theme is the impact of 1857 on
tribal and dalit communities who have been marginalised by the mainstream of Indian
society, as well as by dominant traditions in historiography. The third group
considers uprisings in regions beyond the north Indian Gangetic heartland, which
have scarcely merited mention in the narratives of 1857 till recent times.
Finally, the last theme is the alternative polity that was posited, briefly and
without success, during the Uprising of 1857 -- an area that has hardly been dealt
with by historians. Including an extensive introduction by the editor,
Rethinking 1857 brings together some of the papers presented at a conference
organised by the Indian Council of Historical Research to mark the one hundred and
fiftieth anniversary of the 1857 Uprising. </td><td>Sabyasachi
Bhattacharya is Chairman, Indian Council for Historical Research, New Delhi. He was
formerly at the Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru
<td>978-81-250-3388-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rethinking Gandhi
and Nonviolent Relationality: Global Perspectives</td><td>Debjani Ganguly and John
Docker
(Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>372</td><td>1125.0000</td><td>Conceived,
debated and written in the shadow of our new wartorn millennium, this work brings
together an impressive and varied group of scholars across the disciplinary divide
to rethink Gandhi’s legacy and nonviolent ethics. What
traction do peace and Gandhi have in these violent times when religious
fundamentalisms of various kinds are competing with the arrogance and
unilateralism of imperial capital? In what possible registers can Gandhian moral
vernaculars-ahimsa, stayagraha, sarvodaya-address the ravages of our contemporary
world? In rethinking Gandhi’s
relevance in the new world order, the contributors approach Gandhi, not purely as
an ‘Indian’ figure, but as an activist-thinker whose transcultural nonviolent
ethics of the everyday eminently translates across a range of political sites. The
volume also gives us vignettes of Gandhi’s more eccentric aspects-his
vegetarianism, his fasts and medical practice, and his experiments in communal
living. Without deifying Gandhi, the volume sensitively explores the sheer
worldliness and embodied nature of Gandhi’s thought, practice and
legacy.</td><td>Debjani Ganguly is Head of
the Humanities Research Centre in the Research School of Humanities, Australian
National University, Canberra. She is literary and cultural historian and has
published in the areas of postcolonial studies, global Anglophone writing,
theories of world literature, caste and dalit studies, cultural histories of mixed
race, the cosmopolitanism of Gandhian thought, and Indian literary criticism. Her
recent publications include Caste and Dalit Lifeworlds ( Orient Blackswan, 2005),
Edward Said: The Legacy of a public Intellectual (co-ed, MUP, 2007) and Pigments of
the Imagination (Journal of Intercultural Studies, special issue, co-editor,
2007) John Docker is Adjunct Professor in
the Humanities Research Centre, Australian National Univeristy, Canberra. Since the
publication of 1942: The Poetics of Diaspora (Continuum, 2001), he has researched
and written on monotheism and polytheism and most recently, ion genocide in
relation to the Enlightenment and to colonialism. He has recently published Is
History Fiction (University of Michigan press, 2005), co-authored with historian
Ann Curthoys, and The Origins of
Violence.</td><td>IN,PK,LK,NP,BT,MV</td>
<td>978-93-5287-907-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Rethinking Social
Justice</td><td>S. Anandhi, Karthick Ram Manoharan, M. Vijayabaskar and A.
Kalaiyarasan</td><td>2020</td><td>368</td><td>875.0000</td><td>
The discourse of social justice has been much contested in India ever
since the time of the Mandal Commission report. Nearly four decades on, debates on
culture and identity remain strong. Rather than studying the concept of social
justice in isolation, in distinct social, political or economic terms,
Rethinking Social Justice offers a more transdisciplinary
approach to envisioning a just society that encompasses the intersecting issues of
caste, capital, nationalism, gender, region, urban planning and visual
representation.
 Divided into five broad thematic sections—Politics of Culture and
Identity; Critical Social History; Nation and the Region; Political Economy; and
Cinema and Society—this volume brings together perspectives from across
disciplines to rethink the question of social justice, in the process opening up a
view of the panorama of Indian politics.
This collection is an homage to M. S. S. Pandian who, through his
writings on political economy, Dravidian politics, film studies, and social and
intellectual history, interrogated questions of caste, identity and cultural
elitism in his broader quest for social justice. In this volume, eminent scholars—
friends and colleagues of Pandian—enter into a dialogue with Pandian’s life-work,
cut short by his untimely demise in 2014. They build upon his legacy to not only
critically evaluate politics and society, but also subject mainstream culture to
an equally critical evaluation.
Social scientists, activists, journalists, policymakers and film
critics will find immense value in this insightful collection of essays.
</td><td>S. Anandhi is Professor, Madras
Institute of Development Studies, Chennai.
Karthick Ram Manoharan is Assistant Professor
of Political Science, Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta.
M. Vijayabaskar is Professor, Madras
Institute of Development Studies, Chennai.
A. Kalaiyarasan is Assistant Professor,
Madras Institute of Development Studies, Chennai.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5582-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rethinking Western
India : The Changing Contexts of Culture, Society and Religion</td><td>Dušan
Deák and Daniel Jasper
(Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>308</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">While investigating the
cultural, social and political dynamics in Maharashtra, Rethinking
Western India looks into the relations and processes that make up
what are usually thought to be regional problems.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The essays show how the
regional must be understood in contexts that supersede the region and
geographical determinism.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The opening essays not only
contextualise Maharashtrian texts as coherent wholes, but also the meanings
contained within these texts, thereby addressing “the semantics of the
social”.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">A focus on “the mechanics
of the social”—the interface of actions that articulate societal
relationships at different levels, and of different characters—is attempted
by the next set of essays.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The concluding essays
emphasise how local dynamics are as much a part of forces ostensibly “beyond
Maharashtra”, as they are products of dynamics within Maharashtra. There is,
therefore, a deep analysis of the social and cultural referents upon which
collective identities are built.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Dušan
Deák is Docent of Oriental Languages and Literatures,
Department of Comparative Religion, Comenius University, Bratislava, Slovak
Republic.</div>
<div style="text-align:
justify">Daniel Jasper is Associate Professor
of Sociology, Moravian College, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania,
USA.</div>
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-388-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Revisiting 1956:
B. R. Ambedkar and States Reorganisation</td><td>Sudha Pai and Avinash
Kumar</td><td>2019</td><td>256</td><td>975.0000</td><td>While much has
been written on Ambedkar’s views on caste and identity, Buddhism, and the lower-
caste movements led by him, his views on the issue of states reorganisation have
not attracted serious scholarship. This book addresses this lacuna by revisiting
the mid-1950s when the first round of states reorganisation took place and the
principles on which this was undertaken.
Ambedkar feared that fostering cultural identities would result
in separate nationalities. In 1956, when the States Reorganisation Commission
submitted its report, he identified its flaws, and famously laid down his ‘One
state, one language’ principle. Unfortunately, the speeches, tracts and articles
that Ambedkar produced on these lines were soon forgotten.
In contemporary India, as new states are being formed,
Ambedkar’s works find renewed relevance. Revisiting 1956 presents these works by
Ambedkar that reveal his remarkable and consistent vision on state formation that
administrators can learn from today. In presenting his criteria for reorganisation
of states—viability, size, economic feasibility, equality, federal balance, and the
divisive issue of language—he has already addressed concerns that we now have
today.
This book will be invaluable for students and scholars of
political science, demography, public administration and Indian
history.
</td><td>Sudha Pai is former Professor,
Centre for Political Studies, and Rector (Pro-Vice Chancellor), Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi.

Avinash Kumar is Assistant Professor, Centre for Informal Sector and
Labour Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
<td>978-81-250-5514-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Revisiting 1956:
B. R. Ambedkar and States Reorganisation</td><td>Sudha Pai and Avinash
Kumar</td><td>2014</td><td>256</td><td>1425.0000</td><td>In 1938, when he
opposed the formation of Karnatak Province along linguistic lines, Ambedkar pointed
out, ‘… we have been living together … only to emphasise the fact that those who
want that this unity be sundered … must consider this matter in a much more serious
way and not on grounds which are purely sentimental.’
When the Indian identity was in its embryo, he feared that fostering
cultural identities would result in separate nationalities. By 1953, after the
formation of Andhra State, he pointed at the lack of proper thinking that had gone
into the merger. In 1956, when the States Reorganisation Commission submitted its
report, he identified its flaws, and famously laid down his ‘One state, one
language’ principle. 
The speeches, tracts and articles that Ambedkar produced on these lines
were soon forgotten. And now, as new states are being formed, Ambedkar’s works find
renewed relevance. When he called the merger of Telangana and Telugu-speaking areas
of Madras Presidency as ‘artificial’, Ambedkar showed remarkable vision that
administrators can learn from. In laying criteria for reorganisation of states—
viability, size, economic feasibility, equality, federal balance, and the divisive
issue of language—he has already addressed concerns that the contemporary common
man now asks. 
Along with addressing students and scholars of political science,
demography, public administration and Indian History, Revisiting
1956 resurrects the leader’s works from oblivion and presents relevant
portions from them for the general, interested reader.
</td><td>Sudha Pai is Professor, Centre for
Political Studies, and Rector (Pro-Vice Chancellor), Jawaharlal Nehru University,
New Delhi.
Avinash Kumar is Assistant Professor, Centre
for Informal Sector and Labour Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6412-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Revisiting India’s
Partition: New Essays on Memory, Culture, and Politics</td><td>Amritjit Singh,
Nalini Iyer, and Rahul K. Gairola
(Eds)</td><td>2016</td><td>400</td><td>1695.0000</td><td>
Revisiting India’s Partition: New Essays on Memory, Culture,
and Politics is a contributory volume on the Partition of India
on the eve of Independence. There are 19 essays in the book drawn from
interdisciplinary backgrounds on several topics pertaining to the Partition,
including decolonisation and post-colony, economic development and nation-
building, cross-border skirmishes, terrorism, and nationalism. The volume covers
areas beyond Punjab and Bengal and includes analyses of Sindh, Kashmir, Hyderabad,
and more broadly South India, the Northeast, and Burma. It, in
fact, extends and expands on the original notion of the ‘Long Partition’
to examine the cultural, political, economic, and psychological impact the
Partition continues to have on communities in South Asia and throughout the
diaspora. 
Useful for scholars in literary and cultural studies, history, political
studies, sociology, Asian/South Asian studies, and women’s studies, the book has a
thought-provoking introduction which provides a multi-vocal, multi-focal,
transnational commentary on the Partition in relation to motifs, texts, and
regions that have earlier been ignored. 
</td><td>
Amritjit Singh is Langston Hughes Professor
of English at Ohio University.  
Nalini Iyer is Professor of English and Director of
Research at Seattle University. 
Rahul K. Gairola is Assistant Professor of English
and Comparative Literature at IIT-Roorkee. 
<td>978-93-5287-612-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Revolution in
Reform: Trade-Unionism in Lahore, c. 1920–70</td><td>Ahmad
Azhar</td><td>2019</td><td>248</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>
Late-colonial Lahore witnessed the rise of organised workers’ politics
with the unionisation of native Indian workers at the Mughalpura railway workshops
in 1920. Various ideological tendencies—the Owenist, Labourite and Communist
traditions—began to come together while power struggles gradually led to rifts
within the trade-union. Revolution in Reform: Trade-Unionism in Lahore,
c. 1920–70 explores these previously unrecognised
ambivalences.

Ahmad Azhar questions previous research that have traditionally considered
labour politics of inter-war Punjab as mere preludes to Partition. He studies
crucial moments: the railway strike of 1920; Mughalpura’s quest for autonomy in
the inter-war years; the relation of labour politics with ‘Swaraj’ and the Indian
National Congress (1919–47); and the Meerut Conspiracy Case and the Royal
Commission on Labour in India.
The author also reconstructs events of the time from the narrative of Mirza
Ibrahim, a key worker–militant leader, to analyse the repression faced by workers
in the Mughalpura movement under communist hegemony. Through hitherto unused ego
documents (mostly in the vernacular) of leaders such as J. B. Miller, M. A. Khan,
Bashir Ahmed Bakhtiar and Saif-ur-Rehman, the author brings alive the conflicting
aspects of trade-union leadership in a politically charged period in the history
of inter-war Punjab, and post-Partition Pakistan. 
</td><td>Ahmad Azhar is Assistant Professor, Department of
Social Sciences, Lahore School of Economics, Lahore, Pakistan.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3950-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Roman
Myths</td><td>Jane F.
Gardner</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>450.0000</td><td>The
myths of the Romans are stories not about the gods but about the
Romans themselves. Writers such as Livy, Virgil and Ovid presented myths as if
they were actual histories of the origins and early days of Rome. The stories of
Aeneas, Romulus and Remus and the ‘Seven Kings’ give varying accounts of the
founding of the city; Rome’s destiny—her divinely fore-ordained rise to power—is
stressed in all of them. Some myths provided models of virtuous and public-
spirited behavior which citizens (both men and women) were encouraged to emulate.
They could also add lustre to the reputations of Rome’s ruling families, and
stress their fitness for power, by describing past acts of heroism and civic duty.
Roman myths were, in short, propaganda. Jane F. Gardner retells some of the best-
known stories, and a few less well-known, examining their place in the society,
religion and literature of ancient Rome. This book contains 39
illustrations</td><td>Jane F.
Gardner is Emeritus Professor of Ancient History in the Department
of Classics, University of Reading and former Curator of the Ure Museum of Greek
Archaeology. She is the author of numerous books and articles on Roman society and
Roman law.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-6024-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rule by Numbers:
Governmentality and Colonial India</td><td>U.
Kalpagam</td><td>2015</td><td>372</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>
Rule by Numbers examines aspects of the production
of statistical knowledge as part of colonial governance in India using Foucault’s
ideas of “governmentality.” The modern state is distinctive for its bureaucratic
organization, official procedures, and accountability that in the colonial context
of governing at a distance instituted a vast system of recordation bearing
semblance to and yet differing markedly from the Victorian administrative state.

The colonial rule of difference that shaped liberal governmentality
introduced new categories of rule that were nested in the procedures and records
and could be unraveled from the archive of colonial governance. Such an exercise
is attempted here for certain key epistemic categories such as space, time,
measurement, classification and causality that have enabled the constitution of
modern knowledge and the social scientific discourses of “economy,” “society,” and
“history.” 
The different chapters engage with how enumerative technologies of rule
led to proliferating measurements and classifications as fields and objects came
within the purview of modern governance rendering both statistical knowledge and
also new ways of acting on objects and new discourses of governance and the
nation. The postcolonial implications of colonial governmentality are examined
with respect to both planning techniques for attainment of justice and the role of
information in the constitution of neoliberal subjects. 
The book would be useful to researchers and advanced post-graduate
students in the fields of history, political science, postcolonial studies,
anthropology, sociology, economics, and public administration. 

</td><td>
U. Kalpagam is professor at the G.
B. Pant Social Science Institute, University of Allahabad. She is both an
economist and an anthropologist.  
<td>978-81-250-6415-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rupture, Loss and
Living: Minority Women Speak about Post-conflict Life</td><td>K. Lalita and Deepa
Dhanraj</td><td>2016</td><td>448</td><td>1595.0000</td><td>
Rupture, Loss and Living: Minority Women Speak about Post-
conflict Life is an oral history volume that brings together narratives
of women survivors of collective violence from three places in India— Hyderabad,
Mumbai and Gujarat. These voices represent different classes, rural and urban
locations and span three decades of violent events. 
Thematically presented— ‘I Began to See the World for What it is’, ‘Loss
and Trauma’, ‘Negotiating Survival and Livelihood’, ‘Claiming Accountability,
Seeking Justice’ – this book explores the gendered complexities of negotiating the
immediate and long term aftermath of collective violence. 
In the Introduction, the editors provide an analytical framework built
from ideas articulated in the narratives. Such a framework helps to interrogate
and contextualise questions of agency, identity and justice. Concepts such as
rupture, loss, dignity and accountability are laid bare in order to understand the
processes and politics of recovery and survival.  
This book goes beyond a restrictive understanding of collective violence
and its impacts to challenge existing assumptions on Minority women’s engagement
with public and private institutions in a post-conflict context. The narratives
presented here foreground a critique of power and contemporary society, rooted in
Minority women’s experiences of violence and survival.
This unique and deeply moving compilation will be of great interest to
activists and policymakers working in areas of post-violence recovery and
minorities and citizenship, as well as to scholars of women’s studies, feminism,
political science, sociology, cultural politics and ethnography/oral history.

</td><td>
Deepa Dhanraj is a Bangalore-based
documentary filmmaker, feminist researcher and writer.
K. Lalita is a feminist scholar and
activist, currently associated with Yugantar, and Anveshi – Research Centre for
Women's Studies in Hyderabad. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3868-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Sacrificing
People: Invasions of a Tribal Landscape</td><td>Felix
Padel</td><td>2010</td><td>504</td><td>950.0000</td><td>Sacrificing
People is a new, updated edition of Felix Padel’s classic
case study of colonialism, originally entitled The
Sacrifice of Human Being:
British Rule and the Konds of Orissa. The journey of the book, like the
struggle of the Konds, is from colonial intrusion to developmental
destruction.
The book puts into perspective the
communal murders and ethnic cleansing that happened in the district of Kandhamal
where the Konds are concentrated, in 2007–8, where an explosion of orchestrated
violence occurred, mostly in the form of attacks against Christians, on a scale
recalling violence at the time of colonial invasion (1830s-60s), when invading
forces burnt dozens of Kond villages. The role and words of the first missionaries
in Orissa, who targeted this district in particular, is analysed to throw light on
recent events. The book’s increasing relevance is also due to Bauxite cappings on
the high mountains dominating the Konds’ landscape in southern Orissa. Their base
rock was named ‘Khondalite’, honouring the Konds, but their high aluminium content
has elicited an invasion of mining companies with even greater impact on the Kond
culture and environment than the British invasion. As renowned anthropologist Hugh Brody
writes in his Foreword to this new edition, “it is impossible to read Padel’s work
without being drawn into its flow of history, anthropology and profound insights
into the way colonial projects have shaped how we see the world in general, India
as a nation and tribal peoples in particular.” Moving beyond the particulars of a
remote resource conflict, Sacrificing People offers a way of
comprehending the roots of human violence by understanding ourselves and our place
in the modern structures of power and control, whose core is a sacrifice of human
being—a cruelty and dominance more extreme than human sacrifice because it
sacrifices the essence of being human. This book will fascinate scholars and the discerning public alike,
as a meticulously researched, exceptionally original study of the forms of
domination that permeate the modern world.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Felix Padel is a
freelance anthropologist trained in Oxford and Delhi universities. Interested in
tribal cultures, the natural environment and tracing the origins of society, he
connects his life and work with his great-great grandfather Charles Darwin. He is
also a performing musician in Indian and Western traditions, and lives in Wales and
Orissa.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4189-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sacrificing
People: Invasions of a Tribal Landscape</td><td>Felix
Padel</td><td>2011</td><td>504</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>Sacrificing
People is a provocative anthropological study of the
structures of power and authority which the British rule imposed on a tribal people
of Central India, the Konds. The Konds practised human sacrifice and in the pretext
of rooting out this ‘barbaric’ ritual, the British waged wars of conquest against
them subjecting them to a century of exploitation. 
Recalling the violence during the
colonial period, this book puts into perspective the violence and ethnic cleansing
in the district of Kandhamal (2007–8) when invading forces burnt dozens of Kond
villages. It also brings to light how mining companies have invaded the Kond
territory due to the rich Bauxite cappings dominating their largest mountains and
displaced several million tribal people.
From colonial intrusion to
developmental displacement, the author draws attention to how the colonial mindset
and system of exploitation continue till date. Who is an innocent victim? When is
the taking of life justified? Who claims the right to do so? Who is sacrificing
whom? It is through these questions that this book analyses the roots of human
violence which sacrifices the essence of being human.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Felix Padel is an
anthropologist trained in Oxford and Delhi universities and connects his life and
work with his great-great grandfather Charles
Darwin.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-0-10106-936-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Samagra Andhurla
Charitra - Samskruthi Charithara Purvayugam nunchi Rashtra Vibhajana,
Ananthara Parinamala Varaku (Telugu)</td><td>Sivanagi Reddy Emani and NVS Ravi
Kumar</td><td>2016</td><td>424</td><td>495.0000</td><td>This is a text of
History based on the syllabus of for the aspirants of Andhra Pradesh Public Service
Commission [APPSC]. It is aimed for the aspirants of civil services in Andhra
Pradesh. The book covers the history of Andhra Pradesh from its ancient times to
the medieval and modern times until the bifurcation of Andhra Pradesh State into
Telangana and Andhra Pradesh in 2014. The book provides the latest information on
the division of the State.
There is a free booklet of questions packaged with this book which will
help students to self-evaluate their understanding of the subject. There are also
more than 35 photographs given in the book.
The book is written in a very lucid manner and easy to understand way.
</td><td>A well known historian, Professor Shivnagi Reddy

Emani is currently, Chairman, Board of Studies, Department of Travel and
Tourism, Vikramsimhapuri University, Nellore, Andhra Pradesh.
Dr N V S Ravi Kumar is a renowned historian. currently

Head of Department of History, Heritage and Tourism Studies, HMV, Vidyanagar,
Hyderabad. He has 22 years of experience in teaching and research.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3696-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Samkaleen Vishwa
Ka Itihas 1890-2008 (Hindi)</td><td>Arjun Dev & Indira Arjun
Dev</td><td>2009</td><td>304</td><td>395.0000</td><td>
This is the Hindi edition of  History of the
world by Arjun Dev and Indira Arjun Dev published by us. 
The book provides a comprehensive overview of world History from 1890 to 2008.
It lays emphasis on the forces and factors that have shaped the contemporary
world. This book gives an account of all major events that took place in the world
during this period. Book also provides information of  the developments in
the world  like Terror strike in the US, Afghan War, Iraq War
etc.
</td><td>
Arjun Dev is presently Research Coordinator,
Towards Freedom Project, Indian Council for Historical Research, New Delhi. He
retired as professor of History and Head of the NCERT’s erstwhile social science
and humanities department.
Indira Arjun Dev was a professor of history
at NCERT. She has co-authored and edited a number of textbooks on world history,
India’s freedom struggle and human rights education.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-88189-21-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sangam Atlas
Pratiyogee Pareekshaon ke liye (Second edition) with Smart
App</td><td> </td><td>2020</td><td>112</td><td>295.0000</td><td><e
m>Sangam Atlas Pratiyogee Pareekshaon ke liye (Second Edition) is the
Hindi version of Orient BlackSwan Atlas for Competitive Exams. This Atlas brings
the world closer through its completely updated maps and graphical representations
in the form of pie-charts and histograms. These authoritative maps cover physical
and political themes relevant to India and the continents of the world. This Atlas
has been specially designed for students preparing for competitive examinations
conducted by the Union Public Service Commission (UPSC) and other examining
bodies.
Preparing for competitive exams?
<ul><li>This Atlas is a comprehensive resource for aspirants
to UPSC, State Public Service Commissions and other competitive exams.</li>
<li>Includes a dual index of around 7,500 entries, including the most recent
changes in India and the world.</li>
<li>The interactive quizzing tool in the accompanying Orient BlackSwan Smart
App enables practise and revision.</li></ul>
Download the free Orient BlackSwan Smart App, or use your
Android device to scan the QR code found on the inside cover, to
<ul><li>access question banks from previous years’
competitive examinations pertaining to Indian and world geography;</li>
<li>solve over 300 multiple-choice questions from your phone;</li>
<li>learn and retain answers through visual guides and map-pointing tools;
and glance at the key statistics for all states and union territories of India, and
countries of the world.</li></ul>
India-specific features
<ul><li>Detailed maps of all the states and union territories
of India</li>
<li>Two special maps of India: one, depicting natural disasters, flood- and
drought-prone areas, and paths of cyclonic storms; and two, showing sites rich in
cultural and natural heritage</li>
<li>Three-dimensional histograms and pie-charts providing the latest
statistical data for the various states and union territories</li>
<li>Maps of India showing soil degradation, ground and river water quality,
inland waterways, access to water, milk production, health and religions</li>
<li>Maps of India showing population, density of population, literacy and sex
ratio based on the 2011 Census data</li>
<li>A map of India showing the different types of universities/institutions
in the country</li>
<li>A unique map of India on space science, with a list of satellites
launched since 1975</li></ul>
World maps
<ul><li>A special map showing the geographic extremes of
India and the world</li>
<li>A special map of the SAARC nations</li>
<li>Historical maps that introduce students to social changes in India and
the world</li>
<li>World maps showing drainage basins, forest cover, agricultural regions,
industrial regions, cultural realms and languages</li>
<li>A special map of the world depicting the age of the earth’s crust,
tectonics, tsunamis and earthquakes</li>
<li>A handy list of nations of the world, along with key statistics regarding
their area, population, literacy rates, etc.</li></ul>
</td><td> </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5990-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sarasvatichandra
Part I: Buddhidhan’s Administration</td><td>Govardhanram Madhavram Tripathi and
Tridip Suhrud (Translator)</td><td>2015</td><td>408</td><td>925.0000</td><td>
A novel of epic proportions, written in four parts from 1887 to
1901, Sarasvatichandra is both an enactment and the embodiment of
the life philosophy of one man, and his sole mission.
Part I, Buddhidhan’s Administration, narrates the story of one
individual’s extraordinary rise from poverty to power, to become the Karbhari of
Suvarnapur. East India Company’s growing presence in the Indian native states
provides the setting for the rivalry between Buddhidhan and the ruling Karbhari,
Shathrai, and the royal intrigue involving Bhupsinh, claimant to the throne of
Suvarnapur. The parallel story threading through all four
parts is of an unusual and abiding love between Sarasvatichandra
and Kumud who, betrothed young, fall in love before marriage—through an exchange of
letters, words and worlds.
Written sixty years before Independence, the novel holds up a fascinating
mirror to Gujarati society of that time, the joint family, particularly the role of
women, and life in the princely states, against the backdrop of a nation in
transition at the turn of the century—culturally, politically, and
ideologically.
Before the advent of Gandhi, arguably no other work has so profoundly
influenced the ethos and imagination of Gujarat as Sarasvatichandra. Part
II, III, and IV, also translated by Tridip Suhrud, an acknowledged scholar of
nineteenth and twentieth century Gujarat, are forthcoming.
</td><td>
Govardhanram Madhavram Tripathi 
(1855–1907) was born at Nadiad, Gujarat. He is also the author
of Snehmudra (1889), The Classical Poets of Gujarat and
Their Influence on Society and Morals (1894), and Lilavati
Jivankala (1905).
Tridip Suhrudworks at the Sabarmati Ashram
Preservation and Memorial Trust, Ahmedabad, Gujarat. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6158-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sarasvatichandra
Part II: Gunasundari’s Household</td><td>Govardhanram Madhavram Tripathi,Tridip
Suhrud (tr.)</td><td>2016</td><td>256</td><td>725.0000</td><td>
An epic novel written in four parts from 1887 to 1901,
Sarasvatichandra is both the enactment and embodiment of the
life philosophy of one man, and his sole mission.
Part II, Gunasundari’s Household, details the complex
dynamics of a Hindu joint family. Minister of Ratnanagari, Vidya Chatura and
Gunasundari were married as children. Intelligent and eager, a young Gunasundari
is educated by her husband to share his pleasures of literature, poetry,
philosophy. But this blissful aesthetic conjugality is disrupted when his
relatives come to live with them. She must suddenly manage a household of fourteen
individuals, each with different needs and idiosyncracies. Govardhanram’s acute,
often delightfully wry observations on human nature, the household dynamics, his
sharp characterisation and descriptions of a pregnant Gunasundari struggling to
keep the family ‘joint’ and content are perceptive and thought-provoking.
The novel holds up a fascinating mirror to Gujarati society, the joint
family, particularly the role of women, and life in the princely states against
the backdrop of India, pre-Independence, in transition at the turn of the
nineteenth century—culturally, politically and ideologically. Before Gandhi,
arguably no other work has so profoundly influenced the ethos and imagination of
Gujarat as Sarasvatichandra. Parts III and IV, also translated
by Tridip Suhrud, an acknowledged scholar of nineteenth- and twentieth-century
Gujarat, are forthcoming. 
</td><td>
The Author 
Govardhanram Madhavram Tripathi (1855–1907) was born at Nadiad, Gujarat. He is
also the author of Snehmudra (1889), The Classical
Poets of Gujarat and Their Influence on Society and Morals (1894), and
Lilavati Jivankala (1905).  
The Translator 
Tridip Suhrud works at the Sabarmati Ashram
Preservation and Memorial Trust, Ahmedabad, Gujarat. <a></a>
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-238-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Scandal of
Empire, The: India and the Creation of Imperial Britain</td><td>Nicholas B.
Dirks</td><td>2008</td><td>412</td><td>395.0000</td><td>Many have told of
the East India Company's extraordinary excesses in eighteenth-century India, of
the plunder that made its directors fabulously wealthy. But this is only a fraction
of the story. When Warren Hastings was put on trial by Edmund Burke, it brought
the Company's exploits to the attention of the public. Through the trial and
after, the British government transformed public understanding of the Company's
corrupt actions by creating an image of a vulnerable India that needed British
assistance. Intrusive behavior was recast as a civilizing mission. 
In this fascinating, devastating account of the scandal that laid the
foundation of the British Empire, Nicholas Dirks explains how this substitution of
imperial authority for Company rule helped erase the dirty origins of empire and
justify the British presence in India.
 The Scandal of Empire reveals that the
conquests and exploitations of the East India Company were critical to
England's development. It shows how mercantile trade was inextricably linked
with imperial venture and scandalous excess, and how these three things provided
the ideological basis for far-flung British expansion. In this brilliantly
readable and powerful critique, Dirks shows how the empire projected its own
scandalous behavior onto India itself. By returning us to the moment when the
scandal of empire became acceptable he gives us a new understanding of the modern
culture of the colonizer and the colonized.
</td><td>Nicholas B. Dirks is the Franz Boas Professor of
Anthropology and History, and Vice President for Arts and Sciences and Dean of the
Faculty, at Columbia University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-3680-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Scripting Lives:
Narratives of 'Dominant' Women in Kerala</td><td>Sharmila
Sreekumar</td><td>2009</td><td>324</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>How does one examine the lives women
script in the intimacy of diaries, letters and other personal narratives and how
can one relate these to the social worlds in which they are produced? Centring
its investigation on contemporary Kerala, it examines a range of diverse and
seemingly disconnected discourses around the Kerala model, tourism, AIDS and sexual
violence and argues that present-day Kerala maps two opposing worlds. It imagines
itself as a perfected utopia and, simultaneously, also as a dystopiaa society that
is on the edge of collapse. The book attempts to explore these divergent self-
descriptions of Kerala. Concurrently it also analyses a range of personal
narratives to trace how “dominant women” configure their selves. It deploys the
term “dominant women” to signal women of relative privilege, whose experience
speaks simultaneously of devaluation and dominance. Their lives also signal the
asymmetries, the instabilities and the inequalities within the category “woman”.
These women are, in many ways, the subject of the development narratives of the
state. The book reveals how discourses apparently removed from women’s everyday
shape their personal experiences and, in turn, how women’s self-formations
overwrite, extend and rework these “larger” discourses. Sreekumar’s writing is
compelling and textured. Her research, based on a wide range of women’s narratives,
makes this a riveting journey into the makings of modern-day
Kerala.</td><td>Sharmila Sreekumar is Associate
Professor in the Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, IIT
Bombay.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-659-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Scripts of Power:
Writing, Language Practices, and Cultural History in Western India</td><td>Prachi
Deshpande</td><td>2023</td><td>332</td><td>995.0000</td><td>This book is a
cultural history of western India from a fascinatingly new perspective: language
use, writing practices, and relations of power. Its principal focus is the Modi
script, a cursive form widely used for writing the Marathi language from the
medieval era until quite recently. Examining the changing domains in which Modi
flourished and declined over several centuries, Deshpande charts the
interconnections of writing, script, language use, and structures of social and
regional power in early-modern and modern South Asia. 
Positioning the career of this cursive form within a cluster of scripts,
documents, and language practices, Scripts of Power tracks
changing meanings within literate groups, bureaucratic power, and linguistic
identity. It presents a critical genealogy of diverse power relations that
produced the “regional vernaculars” of the Indian subcontinent – many of which,
including Marathi, are official state languages in India today. 
Deshpande’s cultural history reveals multiple fractures in language at
its sites of usage over time. It unsettles the notions of language as merely
instrumental for communication, or as a primordial basis for identity, and makes
us see language as history and practice.
In deploying script as its entry point for large reflections on the
relationship of politics with language, identity, and power, this book will
fascinate and absorb all who are interested in Indian cultural
history.</td><td>Prachi Deshpande
is Associate Professor of History at the Centre for Studies in
Social Sciences, Calcutta. Her research areas are language histories, cultures of
documentation and multilinguality, historiography, and memory. She is the author
of Creative Pasts: Historical Memory and Identity in Western India,
1700–1960 (Columbia University Press and Permanent Black, 2007), and
has taught previously at, among other places, the University of California,
Berkeley. She won the Infosys Prize for Humanities in 2020.
<td>978-81-7824-654-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Searching For
Ashoka: Questing for a Buddhist King from India to Thailand</td><td>Nayanjot
Lahiri</td><td>2022</td><td>260</td><td>895.0000</td><td>This book spans
the gap between travelogue, travel history, and historical memory in relation to
the Emperor Ashoka. It explores how this most famous emperor of ancient India has
been remembered and recast over time. Through several journeys in pursuit of
mnemonic fragments, Nayanjot Lahiri unravels Ashoka’s various avatars across
India, as well as in sites and cities associated with Buddhism in Sri Lanka,
Myanmar, and Thailand.
Her travels show how Ashoka came to be remembered – and forgotten – in
distinctive ways at particular points in time and in specific locations. Ashoka’s
visibility from antiquity to the modern era, Lahiri argues, involved a reinvention
of his persona. Unlike the historical emperor, who spoke expansively about humane
governance, in his afterlife he is a jumble of representations within Buddhist
reimaginings. Lahiri shows how, by remembering Ashoka selectively, later kings
appropriated and remoulded history to suit their own social vision or political
agenda.
This is the first book on the afterlife of Ashoka to highlight the
considerable variety in historical memories of the emperor, even as it reveals the
threads that bind the several
remembrances.</td><td>Nayanjot
Lahiri is Professor, History Department, Ashoka University. She has
written scholarly monographs on ancient India as well as accessible books for
larger audiences which have gained her a large following. Her acclaimed biography
Ashoka in Ancient India (2015) fetched her the 2016 John F.
Richards Prize in South Asian history. Finding Forgotten
Cities (2005), Marshalling the Past (2012), and
Time Pieces (2018) are among her best-known
books.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-292-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Seeking History
through Her Source: South of the Vindhyas</td><td>Aloka Parasher
Sen</td><td>2022</td><td>268</td><td>1085.0000</td><td>In the late
twentieth century, the scope of history writing has expanded beyond textual
sources to include additional sources such as literature, coins, art, and
architecture. Meanwhile, history writing on ancient India continues to be burdened
by an Indological discourse, which takes ‘India’ as a monolithic whole and
interprets sources in ways that contribute to a pan-Indian meta-narrative. Sources
which are fragmentary in nature, or located far from the so-called centres of
civilisation, are relegated to the footnotes and margins, merely as tools of
corroboration. 
Seeking History through Her Source corrects this
imbalance by interrogating ‘sources’ in innovative ways. The authors seek
historical realities south of the Vindhyas, and contextualise oft-neglected
sources in their respective local niches. They highlight literary, art-historical
and archaeological sources—such as the Jātakas,
Cankam literature,
Kāvya narratives, coins and
praśastis of local rulers—while also highlighting
fragmentary sources, such as label inscriptions and statuettes. Thus, literature
and myths, and even non-textual traditions are centred as valid ways to address
new areas of historical research, and complicate dominant narratives for a more
nuanced and inclusive understanding of the past. 
This book will be invaluable to teachers, scholars, and students of
history, as well as to readers interested in learning how history can also be
constructed from fragmentary and regional sources.
</td><td> Aloka Parasher Sen is Professor
Emerita in the Department of Sanskrit Studies, University of Hyderabad,
<td>978-81-250-5017-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Selected Works of
C. Rajagopalachari: Vol. I, 1907–21</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan, N. Balakrishnan,
Deepa Bhatnagar
(Eds.)</td><td>2014</td><td>472</td><td>2075.0000</td><td>Chakravarti
Rajagopalachari (1878–1972), popularly known as Rajaji, was the first Governor
General of independent India (1948–50).  A lawyer by profession, he was
drawn into the non-violent nationalist movement steered by Mahatma Gandhi and came
to be known as his ‘conscience-keeper’. He was awarded India’s highest civilian
award, the Bharat Ratna in 1955.  A prolific writer, he is also known for
his books on the Mahabharata and the
Ramayana. 
This volume looks at the period when Rajaji became involved in the freedom
movement (1907–21).  It is a collection of articles and letters he wrote
to prominent leaders like Gandhi, Gokhale, Vijiaraghavachariar, and in newspapers
like The Hindu, Madras Mail and
Commonweal. These give us an insight into the thoughts of one
of the most important leaders of the Indian national movement in the Madras
Presidency. 
Selected Works of C. Rajagopalachari, Vol. I, 1907–21 is
the first in a series of ten volumes published in association with Nehru Memorial
Museum and Library (NMML) on the writings of Rajaji.
</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan is
Director, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library (NMML). 
N. Balakrishnan is Deputy Director, NMML. 
Deepa Bhatnagar is in charge of the Research and
Publications Division and NMML Archives. </td><td>World</td>
C. Rajagopalachari: Vol. II, 1921–22</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan, N. Balakrishnan,
Deepa Bhatnagar(Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>528</td><td>2100.0000</td><td>Selected Works of C.
Rajagopalachari, Vol. 2, 1921–22, is part of a series of ten volumes
that gather together the writings of Rajaji over the period 1907–72. The second
volume covers a brief but significant phase in Rajaji’s political life, beginning
with his arrest for participating in the non-cooperation movement in December 1921
and his imprisonment in Vellore Central Jail. Rajaji’s jail diary is published
here with detailed annotations for the first time. By the time Rajaji was released
from jail in March 1922, Mahatma Gandhi, by then his close associate, had been
arrested and remanded to Yeravda Jail. The mantle of bringing out the nationalist
weekly Young India fell on Rajaji’s shoulders. Through the
columns of Young India,Rajaji kept alive Gandhiji’s message of
non-violence and his emphasis on the importance of khaddar and the spinning wheel.
Besides his various editorials and articles in Young India,
the present volume also contains letters, speeches and other writings of Rajaji
during these years. The volume ends with his spirited defence of the non-
cooperation programme opposing council entry at the 37th Session of the Indian
National Congress at Gaya in December 1922. Overall, the collection offers a close
commentary on the non-cooperation movement and its
aftermath.</td><td>Mahesh
Rangarajan is Director, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library
(NMML). 
N. Balakrishnan is Deputy Director, NMML. 
Deepa Bhatnagar is in charge of the Research and
Publications Division and NMML Archives.</td><td>World</td>
C. Rajagopalachari: Vol. III, 1923–25</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan, N. Balakrishnan
and Deepa Bhatnagar</td><td>2015</td><td>568</td><td>2245.0000</td><td>
Chakravarti Rajagopalachari, the last Governor General of India, was, in
the words of his grandson Rajmohan Gandhi, a ‘prophetic political figure’ who
predicted in 1916 the success of Gandhi’s satyagraha in India. A true follower of
Gandhi, C.R., or Rajaji (as he was called), gave up a lucrative practice as a
lawyer in 1919 to fight for the country’s independence. He explained Gandhi’s
political moves to the Indian public in speeches, and in articles in Gandhi’s Young
India. Gandhi spoke of Rajaji as one of satyagraha’s finest exponents and also as
his ‘conscience-keeper’, a remark that underscored their personal
relationship.
Selected Works of C. Rajagopalachari, Vol. III,
1923–25 is the third in a series of ten volumes being published
in association with the Nehru Memorial Museum and Library on the writings of
Rajaji, covering the period between 1907 and 1972. This volume begins with Rajaji’s
efforts to educate the people on the significance of the Council-boycott resolution
passed at the Gaya Congress in December 1922. A section of the Congress was in
favour of Council-entry and was eager to contest the elections to legislatures with
the formation of Swaraj Party in 1923. Others including Rajajiopted for complete
boycott and wanted Congress to focus on the constructive programme—propagation of
khadi, the removal of untouchability and prohibition. In addition to his consistent
criticism of the Council-entry programme, the book also features Rajaji’s endeavour
to spread the message of the constructive programme, and the setting up of Gandhi
Ashram at Tiruchengodu, Tamil Nadu, in February 1925 and his subsequent withdrawal
from public life. The documents in this volume also reflect Rajaji’s views on a
wide range of subjects, including the treatment of political prisoners in Indian
jails and the position of Indians in Kenya and South Africa.
This volume is a collector’s edition that will be useful for students,
researchers and academics studying the Indian national movement in all its
facets.
</td><td>
<ol>
<li>
Mahesh Rangarajan is Director,
Nehru Memorial Museum and Library (NMML), Teen Murti House, New Delhi.
</li>
<li>
N. Balakrishnan is former Deputy
Director, NMML.
</li>
<li>
Deepa Bhatnagar is Head,
Research and Publications Division and NMML Archives.
</li>
</ol>
 
</td><td>World</td>
C. Rajagopalachari: Vol. IV, 1926–30</td><td>Mukesh Kumar and Shilpa
Menon</td><td>2017</td><td>578</td><td>2245.0000</td><td>
The present volume is the fourth in a series of ten volumes of the
Selected Works of C. Rajagopalachari being published in
association with Nehru Memorial Museum and Library. This volume begins with
Rajaji’s enthusiasm for constructive work and ends with his active participation
in the civil disobedience movement and imprisonment, covering five momentous years
of his life from 1926 to 1930—a very significant phase in India’s freedom
struggle. Having established the Gandhi Ashram at Tirichengodu in 1925, Rajaji
continued to propagate khadi and the spinning wheel as crucial to relieving rural
economic distress. Carrying on crusades for total prohibition and the removal of
untouchability, Rajaji became the voice of the Mahatma in the South. Gandhiji
spoke of Rajaji as one of satyagraha’s finest exponents and also as his
‘consciencekeeper’, a remark that underscored their personal
relationship.
In March 1930 when Gandhiji gave the clarion call for civil disobedience,
Rajaji took upon himself the task of carrying his message to the masses. On 30
April 1930, with a band of 100 followers, Rajaji led a civil disobedience campaign
to protest the salt tax at Vedaranyam. He was arrested and sentenced to nine
months’ imprisonment. 
Besides speeches, articles and notes on khadi and prohibition, letters to
Gandhiji, Purushotamdas Thakurdas, Mahadev Desai and his co-workers, the volume
also includes the full collection of informal talks with young political prisoners
at Bellary Jail, titled Chats Behind Bars. It gives an
insight into life in prison. 
This volume is a collector’s edition that will be a useful tool of
reference on the life of Rajaji. It narrates a very important phase in the history
of India’s struggle for freedom, making it a reference for scholars, researchers,
academics, and lay readers studying the Indian national movement.
</td><td>Mukesh Kumar is Assistant
Research Officer, Research and Publications Division, Nehru Memorial Museum and
Library (NMML)
Shilpa Menon is Senior Research
Assistant, Research and Publications Division, NMML.</td><td>World</td>
C. Rajagopalachari: Vol. V, 1931–35</td><td>Shakti Sinha, Ravi K. Mishra and
Narendra Shukla</td><td>2019</td><td>728</td><td>2845.0000</td><td>
The present volume is the fifth in a series of ten volumes of the
Selected Works of C. Rajagopalachari being published in
association with Nehru Memorial Museum and Library.
 This volume traces Rajaji’s political journey from his release from
imprisonment in 1931 to his eventual inability to take up the Presidentship of the
Indian National Congress in 1935, as he recovered from ill-health following a
series of arrests. By this time, the civil disobedience had been called off and
the Congress was looking towards representation in legislatures. Rajaji’s
extensive campaigns in Madras helped the national party to secure a resounding
victory in the Central Legislative Assembly elections.
The letters, articles, statements, speeches and interviews that comprise this
volume throw further light on the finer details of Rajaji’s convictions and his
political career. The Poona Pact and temple entry satyagraha are given particular
emphasis, reinforcing his concern with and investment in the upliftment of
untouchables. Resolute in his involvement with civil resistance, Rajaji continued
to engage with colonial authorities during the Swadeshi and boycott movement.

Similarly, prohibition of consumption of all sorts of alcoholic substances and
Hindi prachar constituted a significant part of Rajaji’s discourse and activism
during the period under discussion. The volume concludes with his reflections on
the Gandhian era and on Congress’ work towards attaining Swaraj.
This volume is a collector’s edition that will be a useful tool of reference on
the life of Rajaji. It narrates a very important phase in the history of India’s
struggle for freedom, making it a reference for scholars, researchers, academics,
and lay readers studying the Indian national movement.
</td><td>
Shakti Sinha is Director, Nehru Memorial
Museum and Library.
 Ravi K. Mishra is Deputy Director, Nehru
Memorial Museum and Library.
 Narendra Shukla is Head, Research and
Publications Division, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library. 
</td><td>World</td>
C. Rajagopalachari: Vol. VII, 1940–46</td><td>Ravi K. Mishra and Narendra
Shukla</td><td>2022</td><td>452</td><td>2595.0000</td><td>This seventh
volume details Rajaji’s correspondence from January 1940 to March 1946, which gives
an overview of the political climate of the time and the final phase of India’s
freedom struggle.
It discusses important events in Indian history, such as the Cripps
Mission, Quit India movement, deliberations on the Hindu–Muslim settlement, and the
elections to the central and provincial legislatures, held between December 1945
and January 1946, for which Rajaji campaigned actively for the Congress.

This volume covers a decisive phase of Rajaji’s political journey,
detailing his difference with the Indian National Congress on the timing of the
Quit India movement as well as on the demand for Pakistan, which resulted in his
resignation from the party in 1942, and his subsequent return in 1945. 
It also discusses his work on matters of national importance, notable
among which was the ‘Rajaji/C.R. Formula’, which formed the basis of the Gandhi-
Jinnah talks in 1944. 
</td><td>Ravi K. Mishra is Deputy Director, Nehru
Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi.
Narendra Shukla is Head, Research and Publications

Division, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-948295-0-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Selections from
the Prison Notebooks</td><td>Antonio Gramsci, Edited and translated by Quintin
Hoare and Geoffrey
Nowell-Smith</td><td>2020</td><td>580</td><td>775.0000</td><td>O
ne lets a man starve until he is fifty; when he is fifty, one finally notices him.
In private life, such behaviour would warrant a good kicking. In the case of the
State, it appears to be a “merit” (1933). 
Antonio Gramsci (1891–1937)
Even today, our States and their actors tell the same story. This
explains the continued appeal of Antonio Gramsci’s Prison
Notebooks for our cultural theorists and political commentators,
including Raymond Williams, Stuart Hall, Edward Said, and Terry Eagleton, and the
New Left Review contributors. Gramsci’s relentless conflict
with alternative and oppositional forces finds the most lucid and extended
expression in his Prison Notebooks. 
Selections from the Prison Notebooks,translated,
edited, and annotated helpfully in this edition, will make it easier for both the
seasoned scholar and budding researcher who wish to study Gramsci’s salient
reflections and political observations. 
Gramsci’s major ideas and sketches of polemical thought have been ordered
under larger units in this book. The introductory essay places the
Notebooks in their socio-historical background. The
considerable range of their address and focus will inspire and challenge students
who have only had limited access to Gramscian terminology, such as hegemony,
national-popular, subaltern, war of position, organic intellectual, etc. 

This book is a precious resource for scholars and students from a wide
range of disciplines, including anthropology, sociology, political science,
history, geography, education, cultural studies and literary studies. 
</td><td>Antonio Gramsci was an Italian
Marxist thinker and theorist whose thoughts and ideas continue to be influential
even today.
Editors and translators: Quintin Hoare is a British leftist
intellectual and literary translator.
Geoffrey Nowell-Smith is Honorary
Professorial Fellow in the School of History at Queen Mary, University of
London.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-6129-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Selling Empire:
India in the Making of Britain and America, 1600–1830</td><td>Jonathan
Eacott</td><td>2016</td><td>472</td><td>1775.0000</td><td>
Linking four continents over three
centuries, <e
m>Selling
Empire <strong&g
t;demonstrates the centrality of India—both as an idea and a place—to the making
of a global British imperial system. In the seventeenth century,
Britain was economically, politically, and militarily weaker than India, but
Britons increasingly made use of India’s strengths to build their own empire in
both America and Asia. Early English colonial promoters first thought of America as
a potential India, hoping that the emerging Atlantic colonies could produce Asian
raw materials. When this vision failed to materialize, Britain’s circulation of
Indian manufactured goods—from umbrellas to cottons—to Africa, Europe, and America
then established an empire of goods and encouraged many British people to debate
whether or not their empire itself was good for Britain or India. 
Eacott takes a new look at the British empire's history and geography by
tracing the development of consumer culture, the American Revolution, and British
industrialization through the commercial intersections linking the Atlantic and
Indian Oceans. From the seventeenth to the nineteenth century and beyond, the
evolving networks, ideas, and fashions that bound India, Britain, and America
shaped the persisting global structures of economic and cultural power and
interdependence.  
This book will be of considerable interest to students and scholars of Indian,
British, colonial American, imperial, and global history. 
 
</td><td>Jonathan Eacott is associate professor of history at
the University of California, Riverside.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-694-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Servants'
Pasts: Late-Eighteenth to Twentieth-Century South Asia – Vol. 2</td><td>Nitin Sinha
and Nitin Varma</td><td>2019</td><td>340</td><td>1785.0000</td><td>The
importance of domestic service as a growing area of occupation and employment in
contemporary South Asia is marked by a surprising silence about it in historical
scholarship.

The second volume of Servants’ Pasts covers the colonial and
postcolonial periods. It lays out the intricate relationship between domestic work
and employment in light of the growth of first, new moral regimes under colonialism
and second, public avenues of employment under colonial institutions such as the
municipality, school and hospital. 
A ‘reformed’ language of intimacy, conjugality and ‘duties’ developed in middle-

class households, which impinged on the mistress-servant relationship while a
distinct grammar of ‘racialised distancing’ underpinned the relationship between
Europeans and Indians. These changes redefined the social and administrative
relationships between state and subjects, masters/mistresses and servants, and more
broadly, between colonisers and colonised.
At the heart of this book is the claim to push for a ‘domestic turn’ in the writing
of South Asian social history. The essays explore the making of the site of the
domestic at each historical conjuncture in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries
by exploring its interaction with, and plotting its formation through laws,
customs, norms, and practices. 
</td><td>Nitin Sinha is Senior Research Fellow, Leibniz
Zentrum Moderner Orient, Berlin, and Principal Investigator of the European
Research Council-funded project, ‘Domestic Servants in Colonial India’ (ERC-Stg.
2015–18).

Nitin Varma is Fellow, International Research Center ‘Work and Human Life
Cycle in Global History (Re:Work), Berlin.
<td>978-93-5287-664-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Servants'
Pasts: Sixteenth to Eighteenth Century, South Asia, Vol. 1</td><td>Nitin Sinha,
Nitin Varma, Pankaj Jha</td><td>2019</td><td>440</td><td>2001.0000</td><td>
Domestic servants have always been, and continue to be, ubiquitous in the
households of middle and upper income rural and urban South Asia. They are also
strikingly visible in art forms: paintings, sculptures, photographs, cinema, plays,
stories, etc. Yet, they remain absent from scholarly research with very few recent
exceptions.
Domestic service was an important category of labour and social
relationships in early modern and colonial India but the domestic servant has
largely remained absent from historians’ accounts of South
Asia. Servants’ Pasts, Sixteenth to Eighteenth Century South
Asia, Vol. 1, much like Vol. 2, covers a
range of polities; it specifically explores the period from the sixteenth to the
eighteenth century, and provides untold accounts of the ideals and practices of
master/mistress-servant relationships during that period.
Young and seasoned scholars from diverse backgrounds use various sources—
stories, letters, ledges, visuals, biographies, chronicles, newspaper reports and
legal injunctions—to unravel the complex relationships around service and
servitude. Contract, loyalty, patronage, ethical concerns and not least, coercion—
both affectionate and violent—mark the nature of this relationship.
</td><td>
Nitin Sinha is Senior Research Fellow,
Leibniz Zentrum Moderner Orient, Berlin, and Principal Investigator of the
European Research Council-funded project, ‘Domestic Servants in Colonial
India’.
Nitin Varma is Fellow, Re: Work, IGK Work
and Human Life Cycle in Global History, Berlin.
Pankaj Jha is Associate Professor, Lady Shri
Ram College for Women.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-83166-08-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Shades of
Difference : Selected Writings of Rabindranath Tagore</td><td>Radha Chakravarty
(Ed.)</td><td>2015</td><td>312</td><td>850.0000</td><td>This unusual
collection brings together Rabindranath Tagore's writings on forms of
difference based on gender, caste, class, nation, community, religion, language,
art, literature, philosophy, social custom and political belief. Via new
translations, along with Tagore's own writings, lectures and conversations in
English, this illustrated anthology presents his complex, dynamic approach to
commonly perceived dualities -- such as life/death, nature/culture, male/female,
tradition/modernity, East/West, local/universal, urban/rural etc. -- to highlight
his humanistic vision and its significance for us today.
The accompanying Audio Visual material, Tagore & His
World, provides a broader context for Tagore’s evolution as a thinker
and artist, offering glimpses of his life, travels, educational vision and
creative experiments in the visual and performing arts. Through a range of
contemporary adaptations from diverse sources and in different languages, it marks
how Tagore’s spirit lives on today, his legacy undiminished, for the world at
large.</td><td>Radha Chakravarty is
a writer, critic and translator. She has co-edited The Essential Tagore,
nominated Book of the Year 2011. She is the author of Feminism and Contemporary
Women Writers and Novelist Tagore: Gender and Modernity in Selected Texts. She has
translated some of Tagore’s important works, as well as the writings of several
major Bengali writers from India and Bangladesh. She has also edited and co-edited
a number of anthologies of South Asian literature. She was nominated for the
Crossword Translation Award, 2004. She is Professor of Comparative Literature and
Translation Studies, Ambedkar University,
<td>978-93-83166-10-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Shades of
Difference: Selected Writings of Rabindranath Tagore</td><td>Radha Chakravarty
(Ed.)</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>650.0000</td><td>
This unusual collection brings together Tagore’s writings on forms of
difference based on gender, caste, class, nation, community, religion, social
customs and political beliefs. Via new translations, along with Tagore’s own
writings, lectures and conversations, this illustrated anthology presents his
complex, dynamic approach to commonly perceived dualities – like life/ death,
nature/ culture, tradition/ modernity, East/ West, local/ universal etc.- to
highlight his humanistic vision and its significance for us today. 
The accompanying Audio Visual Material, Tagore & His World, provides a
broader context for Tagore’s evolution as a thinker and artist, offering glimpses
of his life, travels, educational vision and creative experiments in the visual
and performing arts.

</td><td>
Radha Chakravarty is a writer, critic and translator.
She has co-edited The Essential Tagore, nominated the  New Statesman Book
of the Year 2011. She is the author of Feminism and Contemporary Women Writers
and Novelist Tagore: Gender and Modernity in Selected Texts. 
She  was nominated for the Crossword Translation Award, 2004.
She is Professor of Comparative Literature & Translation Studies at
Ambedkar University, Delhi.
<td>978-81-250-4026-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Shivaji and his
times</td><td>Jadunath
Sarkar</td><td>2010</td><td>352</td><td>550.0000</td><td>As a historian,
Jadunath Sarkar (1870-1958) is a study in himself. This re-issue of his classic
work fulfils a demand from all students and researchers of Indian history and
society.
Shivaji and his times is much more than a
biography of the great Maratha leader. It deals with the tangled web of Deccan
history in the seventeenth century, describes Shivaji’s relations with the
Mughals, provides a detailed knowledge of the internal affairs of the Mughal
Empire at the period of its decline, and also analyses Shivaji’s relations with
the English and Portuguese. The book concludes with a description of Maratha
government, institutions and policy in the seventeenth century, and of Shivaji’s
achievements, character and place in history.
Some original reviews of Shivaji and his
times:
“The reputation of Professor Jadunath
Sarkar as a sound critical historian ... will be confirmed and extended by his new
volume on Shivaji ... Prof. Sarkar’s bold and deliberately provocative book merits
the closest study.”
-
Vincent A. Smith
“All his books are good; but perhaps
the best of them is the Life and Times of Shivaji. It is full of research, and
gives a striking picture of the great event—the birth and development of the
Maratha nation.”
- H.
Beveridge</td><td>As a historian,
Jadunath Sarkar (1870-1958) is a study in himself. His best-
known works are a multi-volume work on Aurangzeb, works on Shah Jahan, Shah Alam
II, the rise of the Marathas and an account of the military history of medieval
India.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3675-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sinhalese
Monastic Architecture: The Viharas of Anuradhapura</td><td>Senake
Bandaranayake</td><td>2009</td><td>424</td><td>1295.0000</td><td>Anuradhap
ura was the major centre of Sinhalese Buddhism and the principal city of Sri Lanka
from the 3rd century BC to 10th century AD. The focus of this study is the remains
of the Buddhist monasteries in and around the city, devising a framework to study
Sinhalese monastic architecture and attempting to interpret the Sinhalese
tradition. Major forms and concepts are placed in their historical and
architectural contexts. 
This is the most comprehensive and systematic treatment of the
monasteries of Anuradhapuras. It brings together and re-examines material
uncovered by over one hundred years of archaeological exploration and research in
Sri Lanka.
The Introduction reviews the historical and archaeological significance
of Anuradhapura, the concept of a Sinhalese tradition and considers constructional
methods. 
Section One of the book deals with the monastic plan and examines the
four major types of monastery or sub-monastery. 
Section Two explores the form and development of the main building types
in the monasteries. 
Section Three discusses architectural form in general.
The essentially mixed brick-and-timber architecture of Anuradhapura is a
classic expression of the Sinhalese tradition with its roots in the organic
building conventions of the country. It represents a particular and distinctive
characterisation of the architecture of Monsoon Asia to be viewed within the broad
perspective of the unity and differentiation of cultures in the
region.</td><td>
Senake Bandaranayake is Emeritus Professor of Archaeology, University
of Kelaniya. 
Professor Bandaranayake has published over one hundred research papers
and authored or edited a number of books including Sri Lanka-Island
Civilisation (1977);  Sigiriya: Excavations and
Research (1984); Ivan Peries Paintings: 1938-88 
(1986; co-authored with Manel Fonseka); The Settlement Archaeologyof the
Sigiriya-Dambulla Region (1990; co-editor);  The Rock
and Wall Paintings of Sri Lanka (1996) and most recently
Sigiriya: City, Palace, Gardens, Monasteries,
Paintings (2005) and The University of the Future and the
Culture of Learning (2007). 
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK,BU,ID,MY,PH,SG,TH,CN,JP,TW</td>
<td>978-81-7824-635-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sirajuddaullah
and the East India Company 1756–1757: Background to the Foundation of British Power
in India</td><td>Brijen
K.Gupta</td><td>2020</td><td>184</td><td>595.0000</td><td>In the first
half of the eighteenth century there was a prolonged battle of words between
successive Nawabs of Bengal and the East India Company. The dispute was over the
private trade of the Company's employees: the Nawabs argued that while the
Company had been allowed to trade without paying into their coffers, the private
trade of Company employees was not duty-free. As pointed out by Rudrangshu
Mukherjee in his Introduction to the reprint of this classic work, Brijen Gupta was
among the first to show what "was at the heart of the conflict between the
Company and Sirajuddaulah . . . [the issue that] paved the way for the Battle of
Plassey as well as its momentous aftermath."
Brijen Gupta was also, says Professor Mukherjee, among the first to
draw attention to "the meshing of the interests of the Company and the British
government in London. It continues to be argued by some British historians . . .
that there was no official plan or project to acquire possessions in India, let
alone build an empire. The empire came about fortuitously, in a fit of
absentmindedness, it was asserted. Contradicting and overturning this view, Gupta
showed that 'In England, in the eighteenth century, the English Company had
become a national institution in its political and economic life. The foreign
policy of England on Asian questions quite often reflected the interests of the
East India Company.' The East India Company, Gupta's book demonstrated, was
not just a trading body but a political entity articulating British imperial
ambitions."
Every student of Indian history will value this reprint of
an old, out of print, and hitherto unavailable classic.
extensive documentation of the river Ganges from source to
mouth.</td><td>Brijen K.Gupta</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-849-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Slender was the
Thread: Kashmir Confrontation, 1947–48</td><td>Lt. Gen. L. P.
Sen</td><td>2020</td><td>350</td><td>975.0000</td><td>On 22 October 1947,
tribal raiders from the North-West Frontier descended on the Kashmir Valley. Their
attacks included plunder, killings, and pillage; their objective, to devastate the
Valley and seize Srinagar.
To combat the impending crisis, in late October 1947 a battalion of the
Indian Army was flown into the Kashmir Valley at virtually a moment’s notice.
Further units followed, eventually establishing itself as the historic 161
Infantry Brigade. Snowbound and isolated, this Brigade played a key role in
defending the Valley and ejecting the invaders.
This book brings to life the unforgettable story of the 161 Infantry
Brigade’s struggles in the Kashmir Valley. Narrated by its commander, Lt. General
‘Bogey’ Sen, the book provides a wealth of detail.
General Sen also makes crucial observations on the larger political
motives for and implications of the Kashmir conflict, which has changed the course
of South Asian geopolitics.
This book places on record the events that took place in Kashmir during
1947–48, the first time that Indian soldiers fought under Indian commanders at
every level.</td><td>
Lt. General Lionel Protip 'Bogey' Sen
(1910-81) was born in Rangoon and commissioned into the Indian Army
in 1931 after receiving his training at Sandhurst. During World War II he fought
in Africa and the Arakan, and was awarded the Distinguished Service Order (DSO) in
the Battle of Kangaw. As acting Brigadier he commanded the 161 Infantry Brigade
during the most critical period of the Kashmir operations in 1947-48.
Off the battlefield, he served with distinction as Deputy Director of
Military Intelligence, Military Adviser to the Indian Mission in Japan, Chief of
General Staff, and Army Commander, Eastern and Southern
Commands.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-970-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Social History of
an Indian Caste: The Kayasths of Hyderabad (Third Edition)</td><td>Karen Isaksen
Leonard</td><td>2020</td><td>408</td><td>1175.0000</td><td>This book is a
historical study of the Kayasths of Hyderabad, who have adapted their occupational
patterns and marriage alliances to changing political and economic conditions over
200 years.
From the turbulent military campaigns of the eighteenth century to the
bureaucratic modernization of the twentieth, the Kayasths have employed diverse
strategies to serve Hyderabad State. The book traces the structural relationships
among some 320 patrilineages, combining genealogical reconstructions with extensive
research in private and official archives. The changing occupational, kinship, and
marriage patterns challenge many assumptions about caste, class, and social
mobility in Indian society, revising the traditional belief that social mobility in
India is significantly different from that in other systems of social
stratification. The extent to which Brahmanical ideas of inheritance and marriage
regulations influenced behavior is also questioned.
The Epilogue to this third edition documents the recent changes and
developments in the Mathur subcaste, tracing its movement from a cosmopolitan post-
Mughal world to a cosmopolitan and global English-speaking world in the late
twentieth and early twenty-first century.

Social History of an Indian Caste will interest
students and scholars of anthropology, sociology, political science and history.
</td><td>Karen Isaksen Leonard has published
on the history and culture of India, especially the former Hyderabad State, and on
Asian American and Muslim American history and culture. She retired in 2014, after
chairing the Anthropology department at the University of California,
Irvine.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4058-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Social Movements
and Cultural Currents 1789–1945 : Themes in Modern European History</td><td>Vandana
Joshi (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>409</td><td>525.0000</td><td>This bookis the first of the multi-volume
series entitled Themes in Modern European
History. This collection of
essays offers a critical survey of European history between 1789 and 1945 and is
essential reading for students and scholars of modern European history. The volume
is divided into two sections—social movements and cultural currents. While the
first section discusses events, representations, experiences, polities and
societies of this period, the second section looks at the wider literary and
artistic expressions.   
The first five chapters present a
panoramic view of the French Revolution, the Russian Revolution, Italian Fascism,
British Liberalism and Feminism, from their origins and focus on several key
historical moments. The chapter on feminism evaluates all the others from the
perspective of ‘the excluded other half of humanity’. The sixth (early modernism)
and the seventh (later modernism) chapters address the fundamental question of
when ‘modern’ actually begins and go on to show how radical philosophical shifts
affected the way in which many writers and artists viewed themselves and art in
relation to society and how they manifested themselves in the paintings and
literature of the period. The last chapter examines the transformation of popular
culture from its identification in the nineteenth century as an element of class
recognition into a generational, national and mass-cultural item after World War
II. <div style="text-align: justify">The annotated
bibliographies at the end of each chapter are a student-friendly pedagogical aid.
The section on European art is enhanced by the inclusion of colour reproductions
of the originals discussed in the book.</div></td><td>Vandana
Joshi is Assistant Professor, Department of History, Sri Venkateswara
College, Delhi University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-83166-14-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Society and
Culture in India: A Reader</td><td>Subas
Mohapatra</td><td>2017</td><td>468</td><td>650.0000</td><td>
Society and Culture in India is a collection of eighteen carefully chosen
essays written by internationally famous sociologists whose work is on India. It
has been designed to take the reader through the discipline of Sociology to get an
understanding of the complex nature of Indian society.
The editor of the volume, Subas Mohapatra has very perceptively grouped
the various readings in the book under five main heads, they are: ‘An Introduction
to Sociology and Pioneering Sociologists’, ‘Sociology of Caste Past and Present’,
‘Rural and Agrarian Society’, ‘Poverty and Development’ and ‘Contemporary Social
Issues’.
The essays in this book dwell on several separate subject areas of
sociology. This enables the Reader to provide a comprehensive view of the
discipline of sociology itself as well as the society it tries to
understand.
Some of the main concerns of this book are: growth and development of
sociology in India; changing nature of caste, village and rural society;
sociological analysis of poverty and contemporary issues associated with civil
society; gender inequality and secularism and communalism.
The Reader does not try to be thematically exhaustive but it nevertheless
enables one to see order beneath the everyday confusions of life in
India.
</td><td>Subas Mohapatra is an Associate

Professor of Sociology at Sri Venkateswara College, University of Delhi. He has
been engaged in teaching and research since 1984.
His areas of specialization include Social Stratification, Sociology of
Kinship, Indian Society and Sociology of Education.
He has delivered lectures and participated in discussions and seminars
in different institutions of repute. He regularly participates in television talks
and delivers lectures in Doordarshan Vyas-television programmes of
UGC.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4188-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Society and
History of Gujarat since 1800: A Select Bibliography of the English and European
Language Sources</td><td>Edward
Simpson</td><td>2011</td><td>392</td><td>1060.0000</td><td>This book consolidates scholarship on Gujarat in English
and other European languages, notably, Dutch, German, French, Italian and
Portuguese. It draws together well-known sources, as well as rare and under-
exploited research material. Detailed bibliographical references are provided for
books, chapters, periodical literature, dissertations, project reports, other
materials published since 1800; anonymous works and select government publications,
such as gazetteers and census reports, are also included. The titles considered
spread across the disciplinary boundaries of history, political and development
studies, literature and the liberal arts, sociology, cultural and social
anthropology. In these respects, the book is a comprehensive introduction to modern
traditions of scholarship on Gujarat.
The reader is however also
encouraged to treat the references as artefacts of power – each entry playing some
role in the way we have come to know what we know about Gujarat today. Writing
often has a social life, entertaining relations with other texts, with other
authors, and with a readership. Annotations pointing to some of these connections
are provided, especially when titles are uninformative, argument, data or
provenance notable, or when serendipity has demanded. In this respect, the text can
be read to trace the genealogy of certain ideas, regional traditions and
preoccupations in the literature. Taken as a whole, the book can be read creatively
as an alternative form of regional history, as a condensation of the literature
from which current ideas about Gujarat have been formed.
The book also contains a substantial
introduction based on new and original research on the key themes in the literature
on Gujarat and how these themes spill into popular politics and life in the region
at present. Society and History of Gujarat since 1800: A Select
Bibliography of the English and European Language Sources is an
invaluable guide to anyone interested in modern Gujarat, an audience which will
include activists, administrators, scholars, students and others with critically
informed minds.
</td><td>Edward Simpson is a senior lecturer in social
anthropology at the School of Oriental
and African Studies, London.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86392-64-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sociology and
History: Dialogues Towards Integration</td><td>A. M.
Shah</td><td>2017</td><td>268</td><td>875.0000</td><td>
Conceived as a series of dialogues between Shah and his fellow social
scientists, and indeed between the two disciplines of Sociology and History, essays
in this collection nuance ethnographic fact with a historical dimension in ways
that were path-breaking for their time.
The book includes Shah’s well-known study of the Vahivancha
Barots—traditional record-keepers of genealogies and narrators and creators of
myths. The focus on genealogical depth explains the vital role this group plays in
legitimizing lineage, clan, and a suitable ancestry traced back to a glorious
mythological past. M. N. Srinivas in a foreword provides the theoretical
backdrop.
By examining historical records, Shah, along with M. N.
Srinivas, questions the myth, till then accepted as a given, of the self-
sufficiency of the Indian village. An essay on the political system in eighteenth-
century Gujarat, shows the persistence over time of well-integrated structures of
power, spanning the village, provincial and imperial levels.
Shah offers several essays on theory and method in sociology
and history, anchored in review of literature, and empirical materials. A
significant inclusion is the discussion between Shah and Romila Thapar on
sociological understanding of ancient India, examining the relation between
lineage, clan, caste, and the state. Three other essays deal with the history of
sociology and anthropology in India as seen from the perspective of three early
journals.
The book will be invaluable for scholars and students of
sociology, anthropology and history.
</td><td>A. M. Shah retired as Professor, Department of

Sociology, University of Delhi, Delhi.
<td>978-81-250-6013-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Sociology and
History: Dialogues Towards Integration</td><td>A. M.
Shah</td><td>2015</td><td>272</td><td>725.0000</td><td>
Conceived as a series of dialogues between Shah and his fellow social
scientists, and indeed between the two disciplines of Sociology and History,
essays in this collection nuance ethnographic fact with a historical dimension in
ways that were path-breaking for their time.
The book includes Shah’s well-known
study of the Vahivancha Barots—traditional record-keepers of genealogies and
narrators and creators of myths. The focus on genealogical depth explains the
vital role this group plays in legitimizing lineage, clan, and a suitable
ancestry traced back to a glorious mythological past. M. N. Srinivas in a foreword
provides the theoretical backdrop. 
By examining historical records,
Shah, along with M. N. Srinivas, questions the myth, till then accepted as a
given, of the self-sufficiency of the Indian village. An essay on the political
system in eighteenth-century Gujarat, shows the persistence over time of well-
integrated structures of power, spanning the village, provincial and imperial
levels. 
Shah offers several essays on
theory and method in sociology and history, anchored in review of literature, and
empirical materials. A significant inclusion is the discussion between Shah and
Romila Thapar on sociological understanding of ancient India, examining the
relation between lineage, clan, caste, and the state. Three other essays deal with
the history of sociology and anthropology in India as seen from the perspective of
three early journals. 
The book will be invaluable for
scholars and students of sociology, anthropology and history.
</td><td>A. M. Shah retired as Professor, Department of
Sociology, University of Delhi, Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-496-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Sons Of
Sarasvati : Late Exemplars of the Indian Intellectual Tradition</td><td>Chinya V.
Ravishankar</td><td>2017</td><td>623</td><td>995.0000</td><td>The
classical Indian tradition of panditya (scholarship) has a long and distinguished
history, but is practically extinct today. Its decline is remarkably recent —
traditional panditya flourished as recently as 150 years ago. The decline is also
paradoxical, having occurred precipitously following a broad and remarkable
flowering of the tradition between the fifteenth and eighteenth centuries. The
important questions this decline poses are the subject of much ongoing work, and
the intellectual history of the period is still under construction. The present
book makes a major contribution to this project.
A notable impediment facing intellectual historians has been the lack of
critical biographies of significant figures in the Indian scholarly tradition. The
importance of personal and social context?for reconstructing intellectual histories
is widely understood. In the Indian tradition, however, authors have systematically
excluded such context from their work. Reliable biographies of figures from the
classical tradition of panditya are a rarity — very scarce in English and sparse
even in the regional languages.
This book presents translations from the original Kannada of the
biographies of Garalapuri Sastri, Srikantha Sastri, and Kunigala Ramasastri of
nineteenth-century Mysore, all representing the highest echelons of traditional
panditya at this critical period of transition. Their fields are literature,
grammar, and logic, respectively.
These biographies illuminate the personal lives of these scholars in the
social and political context of their times. They are also detailed and nearly
contemporaneous accounts by individuals with first-hand knowledge of these lives.
The translations are accompanied by copious footnotes as well as appendices that
significantly augment the material in the biographies.
</td><td>C. V.
Ravishankar has pursued life-long interests in the humanities as well
as in science and technology. He is Professor of Computer Science &
Engineering and Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Education in the Bourns
College of Engineering at the University of California, Riverside. Previously, he
was on the Electrical Engineering and Computer Science faculty at the University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor. He holds a Ph.D. in Computer Sciences from the University of
Wisconsin, Madison.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4699-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Soulmates: The
Story of Mahatma Gandhi and Hermann Kallenbach</td><td>Shimon
Lev</td><td>2012</td><td>204</td><td>1550.0000</td><td>Over six decades
after his death, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi continues to play a role in inspiring
the lives, thought and philosophy of nations and their leaders. The few relatively
unexplored gaps that remain in research into his life largely concern his personal
life, comradeship and friendships—among them, his close association with Hermann
Kallenbach, the German-Jewish architect with whom the Mahatma developed an
enigmatic friendship in South Africa, which stayed with him for the rest of his
life. 
Soulmates: The Story of Mahatma Gandhi and Hermann
Kallenbach is the first full-length, comprehensive study
of this unique relationship. The account of the strands linking these two
remarkable lives is a valuable addition to Gandhi Studies. This volume will inform
and fascinate a readership well beyond academic or professional
interests.
</td><td>Shimon Lev is an artist, researcher and writer and
lives in Israel. He is currently pursuing his Phd from the Hebrew University of
Jerusalem in Indian Studies.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4038-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Speaking of
Gandhi's Death</td><td>Peter Ronald deSouza, Tridip
Suhrud</td><td>2010</td><td>163</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>In March of
1948, a group of Gandhi’s closest associatesled by Pandit Nehru—Vinoba Bhave, J.
B. Kripalani, Maulana Azad and Jayaprakash Narayan, among others—met at Sevagram
to reflect and deliberate on Gandhi’s assassination. Sixty
years later, in a contemporary and evocative response to that moving
introspection, a group of scholars, thinkers and writers gathered at the Sabarmati
Ashram to once again reflect on Gandhi’s death as absence and memory.
This book brings together these reflections, in all their hesitation,
tentativeness, openness and counter-factual agreement. Spontaneous and engaging,
it raises some important questions—what is it to speak of Gandhi’s death? How do
we understand the meaning of his assassination? How did the new nation comprehend
the nature of his absence? Did his death burden us forever? Or did it in fact
allow the nation and the state to explore new directions? The
sublime photographs of Henri Cartier Bresson that accompany the text, cover the
story of the aftermath of Gandhi’s assassination and his funeral—photographs that
capture, as Sadanand Menon puts it, ‘not the portrait of any man, but the portrait
of a nation in the deepest moment of its sorrow’. Be it the brilliantly composed
image of Jawaharlal Nehru on the gate of the Birla Ghar, delivering his moving
‘The light has gone out of our lives and there is darkness everywhere’ speech , or
the spontaneous rhythm of the crowds gathering around Gandhi’s funeral cortege
moving through New Delhi’s Raj Path and Tilak Marg to the cremation site—the
images provide visual testimony to the silence and intensity of the
event. Speaking of Gandhi’s
Death is a contemplation, an unusual book of reflections—
reminiscent of the person and persona of the
Mahatma.</td><td>Peter Ronald deSouza is
Director, Institute of Advanced Studies, Shimla.
Tridip Suhrud is a political scientist and a cultural
historian, working on the Gandhian intellectual tradition and the social history
of Gujarat of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-311-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Stages of Life:
Indian Theatre Autobiographies</td><td>Kathryn
Hansen</td><td>2011</td><td>392</td><td>895.0000</td><td>By the end of the
nineteenth century, Western-style playhouses were found in every Indian
city.  Professional drama troupes held crowds spellbound with their
spectacular productions. 
From this colorful world of entertainment come the autobiographies in
this book. The life-stories of a quartet of early Indian actors and poet-
playwrights are here translated into English for the first time. 
The most famous, Jayshankar Sundari, was a female impersonator of the
highest order. Fida Husain Narsi also played women's parts, until gaining
great fame for his role as a Hindu saint. Two others, Narayan Prasad Betab and
Radheshyam Kathavachak, wrote landmark dramas that ushered in the mythological
genre, intertwining politics and religion with popular performance. 

These men were schooled not in the classroom but in large theatrical
companies run by Parsi entrepreneurs. Their memoirs, replete with anecdote and
humor, offer an unparalleled window onto a vanished world. India’s late-colonial
vernacular culture and early cinema history come alive here. From another
perspective, these narratives are as significant to the understanding of the
nationalist era as the lives of political leaders or social reformers. 
This book includes four substantive chapters on the history of the Parsi
theatre, debates over autobiography in the Indian context, strategies for reading
autobiography in general, and responses to these specific texts. The apparatus,
based on the translator’s extensive research, includes notes on personages,
performances, texts, vernacular usage, and cultural institutions.
</td><td>KATHRYN HANSEN is a leading scholar of South Asian
theatre history, especially the Hindi and Urdu traditions of North India. Her work
has highlighted heroic women in myth and history, theatrical transvestism in the
nationalist period, composite culture and cosmopolitanism, and community formation
through theatrical performance. She has authored Grounds for Play: The
Nautanki Theatre of North India, translated The Parsi Theatre: Its Origins and
Development, and co-edited A Wilderness of Possibilities:
Urdu Studies in Transnational Perspective. Having taught at the
University of British Columbia, the University of Chicago, and Rutgers University,
she is now Professor in the Department of Asian Studies at the University of Texas
at Austin.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-90122-04-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Striving for
Equity: Healthcare in Sri Lanka from Independence to the Millennium,
1948–2000</td><td>Margaret
Jones</td><td>2020</td><td>276</td><td>1600.0000</td><td>Since Sri
Lanka's independence in 1948, the government has been committed to providing a
healthcare system that reaches all classes, genders and ethnicities. In 1949,
health was declared a fundamental right of citizenship by Sri Lanka’s first
Minister of Health, S. W. D. Bandaranaike. Since then, Sri Lanka has been
consistently held as a model of good health at low cost.
Striving for Equity: Healthcare in Sri Lanka from Independence
to the Millennium, 1948–2000 explores the implementation of primary
healthcare in Sri Lanka against the background of a 30-year internal conflict. It
includes an analysis of how international health organisations like the WHO imposed
a global health agenda on the developing world through a study of a joint WHO–Sri
Lanka project on tuberculosis control.
The author studies selected health policy developments and programmes in
Sri Lanka from 1948–2000 with a special focus on children's health, especially
the problem of malnutrition, and the implementation of the childhood immunisation
programme.
Along with the continuing incidence of communicable diseases, non-
communicable diseases present a growing obstacle to the achievement of equity in
the twenty-first century. How the country has responded to this double disease
burden problem provides the focus of the final
chapter.</td><td>Margaret Jones is Research
Associate, Centre for Global Health Histories, Department of History, University of
York, UK.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-002-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Subaltern Studies
XI: Community, Gender and Violence</td><td>Partha Chatterjee, Pradeep Jeganathan
align: justify">In its early phase, Subaltern
Studies dealt extensively with community and violence in the context
of peasant uprisings. Once the problem of peasant involvement in the modern
politics of the nation had been posed, complexities in that relationship began to
emerge. A new dimension was introduced when the relationship between community,
gender and national politics came to be taken seriously. The present volume
confronts the whole range of new issues raised by the relations between community,
gender and the politics of violence.</td><td><div style="text-
align: justify">Partha Chatterjee, Director of the
Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata and Visiting Professor of
Anthropology, Columbia University. </div><div style="text-
align: justify">Pradeep Jeganathan, Assistant Professor
of Anthropology and Global Studies, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
USA.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-214-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Subaltern Studies
XII: Muslims, Dalits, and the Fabrications of History</td><td>Shail Mayaram, M.S.S.
Pandian and Ajay
Skaria(Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>324</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The twelfth
volume of Subaltern Studies
comprises essays broadly linked by an interest in the history of Muslims and
Dalits in South Asia, or with the manner in which dominant histories in the
subcontinent have been ‘fabricated’.
Shahid Amin examines how a persistent image of ‘the Mussalman’ came into
being via the work of Hindi writers and publicists in the late nineteenth century.
He suggests that this image was not derived from popular memory but conjured up
for political deployment. He reveals the enormous mileage gained by this image,
both ‘then’ and ‘now’.
M.T. Ansari looks at the history of Mappila peasant ‘uprisings’ in the
early twentieth century, and at how these came to be discursively constructed to
arrive at an image of the fanatic Mussalman. This then yielded the argument that
the Muslim fanatic was a religious fundamentalist who had either to be confined or
killed. This essay also thus carries resonances of present-day fabrications of
Islam.
Faisal Fatehali Devji’s essay on Gandhi’s politics of friendship offers
an interesting counterpoint to the preceding two. Focusing on the Khilafat
Movement, it studies friendship in one of Gandhi’s boldest experiments—his attempt
to rethink political relations between Hindus and Muslims. In looking at Gandhi as
‘a spoiler within the rhetoric of colonial India’, Devji points implicitly to the
importance of Gandhian ideology in contemporary India.
Milind Wakankar examines the anomalous position of Kabir within the
frameworks of caste and canonicity. His essay serves here as a bridge between the
issue of Untouchables/Dalits on the one hand and Hindu-Muslim relations on the
other.
Anupama Rao looks at the history, politics, and legal aspects of an
incident in which a Dalit kotwal was murdered on the steps of
a Hanuman temple. Governmental discourse and Dalit rights are illuminated in
important new ways in this essay.
Praveena Kodoth’s essay analyses authority, property, and matriliny in
colonial Malabar. It offers a detailed study of the codification of custom and
looks at the ideas and assumptions that shaped colonial law-making.
Rashmi Dube Bhatnagar, Renu Dube, and Reena Dube investigate the rhetoric
of bardic historians in Rajasthan and interrogate colonial perspectives of that
tradition.
Prathama Banerjee investigates a crucial imperative of nationalism—pride,
love and adoration of one’s nation—through acts of the imagination in colonial
Bengal.
</td><td>SHAIL MAYARAM is Senior Fellow at
the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi. She is the author of
Against History, Against State: Counterperspectives from the
Margins (2003) and Resisting Regimes: Myth, Memory and the
Shaping of a Muslim Identity (1997). 
M.S.S. PANDIAN’s publications include
Image Trap: M.G. Ramachandran in Films and Politics (1992).
 
AJAY SKARIA teaches history at the University of Minneapolis. He
is the author of Hybrid Histories: Forests, Frontiers and Wildness in
Western India (1999).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5442-072-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Subjugated
Nomads: The Lambadas under the Rule of the Nizams</td><td>Bhangya
Bhukya</td><td>2022</td><td>320</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Subjuga
ted Nomads traces the historical transition of the Lambadas 
from a nomadic community to peasant subjects  in Hyderabad State under
the Nizams during colonial rule. The study spans nearly two centuries, from the
early eighteenth to about the middle of the twentieth century.
The market economy and growth of transport hampered the Lambadas’ caravan
trade. The state discouraged their nomadic ways, inducing them to become peasants,
reclaiming wastelands and forest tracts. Since the zamindars claimed rights over
wastelands, they extracted taxes. Exploitation by various agencies, such as
moneylenders, and forest and revenue officials, reduced the Lambadas to working as
bonded labourers on farms. During famines and the lull between farming seasons,
some even resorted to dacoity, leading the state to brand them as a criminal
community and relocate them as ‘criminal tribes’ under surveillance. Protracted
suffering and victimisation compelled the Lambadas to revolt, an uprising that
transformed into the Telangana armed struggle at the end of the Nizams’
rule.
The Lambadas had tried to respond to challenges through a programme of
self-reform. From the 1820s, leaders emerged from within the community who
rearticulated Lambada history, spiritual beliefs and culture. These found
expression in their oral tradition, which was crucial in shaping their community
identity, now a significant element in democratic politics.
This book will interest historians, anthropologists, political
scientists, sociologists, policy makers, and social activists working on advocacy
and identity politics.</td><td>
Bhangya Bhukya is Professor,
Department of History, University of Hyderabad. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3961-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Subjugated Nomads:
The Lambadas under the Rule of the Nizams</td><td>Bhangya
Bhukya</td><td>2010</td><td>320</td><td>1425.0000</td><td>This book traces the historical transition of the Lambada
community of Hyderabad State under the Nizams during colonial rule. The study
spans nearly two centuries—from the early eighteenth to about the middle of the
twentieth century. The author shows how this community, originally caravan
traders, confronted the colonial or modern state power which had adversely
transformed their lives. 
The market economy and growth of
transport hampered the Lambadas’ caravan trade. The state discouraged their
nomadic ways, inducing them to become peasants on wastelands and in forest tracts.
From the middle of the nineteenth century, they had to depend on cattle-raising
and agriculture, often becoming agricultural labourers. The state came to view
their extension of agriculture as a threat to forest conservation, subjecting them
to harassment and eviction. They began losing their plots of land through usurious
money-lending and extortion. Zamindars claimed rights over wastelands, and
extracted taxes. Exploitation by various agencies reduced the Lambadas to working
as bonded labourers on farms. During famines and the off-season, some resorted to
dacoity. This led the state to brand them as a criminal community and relocate
them as ‘criminal tribes’ under surveillance. Protracted suffering and
victimisation compelled the Lambadas to revolt, which was transformed into the
Telangana armed struggle at the end of the Nizams’ rule.
The Lambadas had tried to respond to

the challenges faced through a programme of self-reform. From the 1820s, leaders
emerged from within the community, who rearticulated Lambada history, spiritual
beliefs and culture. These find expression in the oral tradition which was crucial
in shaping their community identity, now a significant element in democratic
politics.
</td><td>Bhangya Bhukya did his PhD from University of
Warwick, U.K and now teaches history at Osmania University in Hyderabad. He is
also a British Academy Visiting Fellow in SOAS, University of London. He has
published influential works on the history of marginalised communities of India.
His research interests are community histories, the effects of power/knowledge,
governmentality and dominance over subaltern communities, particularly adivasis
(original); the state and nationalism, and identity movements by forest and hill
peoples in the nineteenth and twentieth century.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5361-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sufivaad: Kuchh
Mahatvpurna Lekh</td><td>N R
Farooqi</td><td>2014</td><td>220</td><td>325.0000</td><td>Su
fivaad: Kuchh Mahatvpurna Lekh  provides a detail account
of Sufism, its rise, fulfillment and decline of the Chisti brotherhood of Sufis in
medieval India. 
Its contents include: Some aspects of
classic Sufism; the early Sufis of India; the emergence and efflorescence of the
Chisti Sufis: An outline of their thought and an account of popular appeal of
their shrines; the resurgence of the Chistis: a survey of the expansion and
fulfillment of a Sufi order in Mughal India; Doyen of the Sufis of the
Madhya Pradesh: Muhammad Shattari Gwaliori;  A note on Shaikh Ahmad
Sirhindi and his religious and political thought; Saiyid Ahmad of Rae Bareli: an
account of his life and thought and an appraisal of his impact on the Sufi centers
of Awadh and eastern India
Glossary related to Sufism given at the end
of the book. 
Detailed Bibliography is given at the end of each
chapter. 
There is no one book available in Hindi on the topic of Sufism. The
essays of the book are authors own research. 
This book is a good addition to our list of books on history since the
author is a well known scholar in the academic world.
</td><td>Professor N R Farooqi is
MA History from University of Allahabad; Doctorate from Wisconsin University;
started as lecturer in University of Allahabad; Also served as Professor of
History at the Lal Bahadur Shastri National Academy of Administration, Mussoorie.
He was Professor and Chairman of the History department in University of
Allahabad. He is currently Dean, Research and Development, at University of
Allahabad. He held several International fellowships including Junior Fullbright
fellowships. His main area of research are diplomatic history of Mughal India and
Indian Sufism on which he has published numerous articles in national and
international journals.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4476-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sunset of the
Sikh Empire</td><td>Sita Ram Kohli (Au.), Khushwant Singh
(Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>222</td><td>565.0000</td><td><stro
ng>Sunset of the Sikh Empire is the last book of Sita
Ram Kohli, edited by Khushwant Singh and published posthumously in 1967. The book
provides a detailed history of the ten years between the death of Maharaja Ranjit
Singh and the annexation of the Sikh Empire by the British. The author has
utilised a huge mass of material pertaining to Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s times—about
three lakh folios covering the period of the Lahore Darbar from 1811 to 1849, kept
in the tomb of Anarkali at Lahore—and British archival material from the National
Archives, New Delhi. Day-to-day events are explained in detail, with dates being
cross-referenced from various sources. This classic reissue retains the sanctity
of the 1967 edition while giving it a completely new look.
This authoritative work is a primary sourcebook that will appeal to
students and scholars of history and colonial studies.
</td><td>Sita Ram Kohli (1889–1962) was one of the most renowned
historians of the Sikh Empire. He was a lecturer in history at the Government
College, Lahore and retired, in 1951, as Principal of Ranbir College, Sangrur,
Punjab. Professor Kohli served on a number of historical organisations such as the
Indian Historical Records Commission, Indian History Congress and Punjab History
Conference. Punjabi University, Patiala, instituted an annual lecture series in
his honour. He compiled the Catalogue of Khalsa Darbar Records
(in two volumes), and published in both Punjabi and English.
<td>978-81-7824-640-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Tagore’s
University: A History of Visva-Bharati 1921–1961</td><td>Swati
Ganguly</td><td>2022</td><td>508</td><td>1200.0000</td><td>Tagor
e’s University is a history of Visva-Bharati, the world centre of
learning and culture founded by Rabindranath Tagore a hundred years ago. The
poet’s conception entailed several autonomous centres – for Asian studies, the
visual arts, music, and rural reconstruction – in defiance of the standard notions
of a university. Visva-Bharati was set up to break barriers between nations and
races by rebuilding in miniature the visva – the world torn
apart by World War I.
The book traces the first four decades of this large experiment in
building a cultural community of learning, teaching, and scholarship. It tells the
story of exceptional individuals from across Europe, Asia, America, and India who
became Tagore’s collaborators in a mini-universe of creativity and humane
intellection. It reveals why in its heyday Visva-Bharati was so internationally
renowned as an extraordinarily attractive institution.
Swati Ganguly explores the many achievements of what Tagore called his
“life’s best treasure”. She also narrates changes in the material life and spirit
of the place after Tagore, when it was shaped by the larger forces of a newly
independent India. Archives, memoirs, official documents, and oral narratives come
alive in this compellingly written and little-known history of an institution that
once redefined tradition and
modernity.</td><td>Swati Ganguly is
Professor, Department of English, Visva-Bharati. Her interests include
Rabindranath Tagore, the European Renaissance, feminism, translation, and theatre.
She has held a Charles Wallace Fellowship at the University of East Anglia,
Norwich (1996), and a New India Foundation Fellowship (2011). She has translated
short stories by Bengali women writers and co-edited two anthologies of essays on
Tagore. Tagore’s University, her first monograph, was written
in her Santiniketan home, “Nepathya”, under the strict supervision of her canine
companion Arjun.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7370-457-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Telangana
Charitra-Samskruthi Rashtra Avatharana Udyamaalu (Telugu original)</td><td>Adapa
Satyanaryana and Dyavanapalli
Telangana Charitra - Samskruthi Rashtra Avatharana Udyamaalu
[Telugu original]. This is a history of Telangana from the earliest
times to the formation of the State. This book is published under our Sangam Books
imprint.    
The formation of new State has generated public debate about its
identity, specificity and distinctiveness. History enthusiasts and general public
have been showing more interest in knowing about the historical and cultural
legacy of the region.  In all the competitive examinations Telangana
history has been included in the syllabus. But so far no authentic academic work
is available. Hence the objective is to provide a comprehensive account of the
evolution of polity, society, economy, religion and culture in the Telangana
region from ancient to the modern times. 
This book covers the entire history and culture of Telanagana from the
earliest times to the present, i.e., till the formation of new Telangana State in
2014. The book contains the information on history of ancient Telangana; medieval
Telangana and modern period. In this book proper care has been taken to organize
the themes and chronology systematically. 
In order to provide an easy grasp of the subject matter and the topics 24
colour photographs have been supplemented in the book (between the pages 176-177).
 
There are 7 maps in the book which supplements the text in a very important way.

The contents of the book includes: Introduction; Prehistory; Satavahanas;
Ikshvakus; Vishnukundins; Chalukyas; Kakatiyas; Nayakas
(Musunuru&Padmanayakas); Asaf Jahis; Socio-Economic and Political
Awakening in Telangana; Freedom Struggle in Telangana; Formation of Andhra
Pradesh; Separate Telangana Movement, Phase I and Separate Telangana Movement,
Phase II.
</td><td>
 Adapa Satyanaryana
is Professor(retired), department of history, Osmania
University. 
 Dyavanapalli Satyanarayana is teaching in
the Osamania University, History Department.

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-87358-42-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Telecommunications
Industry in India: State, Business and Labour in a Global Economy</td><td>Dilip
Subramanian</td><td>2010</td><td>690</td><td>895.0000</td><td><strong&g
t;Telecommunications Industry in India
represents the first comprehensive study of a state-run enterprise in the
telecommunications industry. The study traces over a period of half a century
(1948-2009) the growth and decline of Indian Telephone Industries (ITI). At the
heart of the monograph stands one central interrogation: How does the socio-
technical system of production in a state-controlled firm shape the relations
linking the four main actors: the state, management, union and workers?
The original contribution of this book lies in combining business
history and labour history within a single conceptual framework.  The
author evaluates the broader conclusions about the telecommunications industry
and public sector through the lens of an individual firm to arrive at a more
nuanced understanding of the dynamics of change in the globalizing Indian
economy. The work is well in command of the literature on the
global business history counterparts of ITI in the telecommunications industry.
It is further strengthened by the use of French material on the subject which is
now accessible for the first time in English.
‘This is an impressive achievement that fills a major
gap in the literature, that is genuinely inter-disciplinary, and that calls on a
range of Francophone literature on the sociology of industry and work that is
seldom cited in studies of Indian industry.’ Jonathan Parry,
FBA Emeritus Professor of Anthropology, London
School of Economics and Political Science ‘
[The work]… has the potential to become a benchmark study in
government-business-labour relations during the import-substituting
industrialization era in
India…. The proposed work
evidently has a global readership….’ 
Tirthankar Roy, 
London School of Economics and Political
Science</td><td>Dilip Subramanian is Associate
Professor at the Reims Management School and is affiliated to the Ecole des Hautes
Etudes en Sciences Sociales, Paris.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-551-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ten Ideologies:
The Great Asymmetry between Agrarianism and Industrialism</td><td>S. Jaipal
Reddy</td><td>2019</td><td>304</td><td>775.0000</td><td>
In modern history, the Industrial Revolution is seen as the biggest
break, helping humankind move from the Agrarian to the Industrial era.
In Ten Ideologies, eminent scholar and politician S.
Jaipal Reddypresents an overview of world history and studies the four great
movements that laid the foundation of the Industrial Revolution: 
<ul>
<li>The Renaissance; </li>
<li>Humanism; </li>
<li>Protestant Reformation; and </li>
<li>The Scientific Revolution. </li>
</ul>
He also points out that these movements were themselves influenced by the
legacy of China, India and West Asia.
discusses ten major ideologies that shaped the world: (i)
Nationalism, (ii) Democracy, (iii)
Liberalism, (iv) Capitalism, (v)
Evolutionary Socialism, (vi) Revolutionary Socialism,
(vii) Feminism, (viii) Environmentalism,
(ix) Nuclear Pacifism, and (x)
Globalism.
Informative and incisive, this reader provides a rare and compact
coverage of ideologies, and a study of the great asymmetry between pre-industrial
passions and post-industrial weapons. 
</td><td>S. Jaipal Reddy, born in 1942, hails from a well-to-do
farming family of Madugul village of Mehaboobnagar district (now in Telangana). He
was elected President of Osmania University Students’ Union for two consecutive
years (1963–65) and was President of the AP Youth Congress for seven years (1965–
71). He was elected as an MLA to the AP Assembly four times, from 1969–84, and to
Parliament seven times, from 1984–2014. He served as Union Cabinet Minister three
times for such portfolios as Information & Broadcasting, Urban Development,
Petroleum & Chemicals, and Science & Technology.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-367-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ten Ideologies:
The Great Asymmetry between Agrarianism and Industrialism</td><td>S. Jaipal
Reddy</td><td>2018</td><td>304</td><td>895.0000</td><td>In modern history,
the Industrial Revolution is seen as the biggest break, helping humankind move
from the Agrarian to the Industrial era.

In Ten Ideologies, eminent scholar and politician S. Jaipal
Reddy presents an overview of world history and studies the four great movements
that laid the foundation of the Industrial Revolution:
<ol><li>The Renaissance; </li>
<li>Humanism; </li>
<li>Protestant Reformation; and </li>
<li>The Scientific Revolution. </li></ol>
He also points out that these movements were themselves influenced by the
legacy of China, India and West Asia.
discusses ten major ideologies that shaped the world: (i)
Nationalism, (ii) Democracy, (iii)
Liberalism, (iv) Capitalism, (v)
Evolutionary Socialism, (vi) Revolutionary Socialism,
(vii) Feminism, (viii) Environmentalism,
(ix) Nuclear Pacifism, and (x)
Globalism.
Informative and incisive, this reader provides a rare and compact
coverage of ideologies, and a study of the great asymmetry between pre-industrial
passions and post-industrial weapons. </td><td>S.
Jaipal Reddy, born in 1942, hails from a well-to-do farming family of
Madugul village of Mehaboobnagar district (now in Telangana). He was elected
President of Osmania University Students’ Union for two consecutive years (1963–65)
and was President of the AP Youth Congress for seven years (1965–71). He was
elected as an MLA to the AP Assembly four times, from 1969–84, and to Parliament
seven times, from 1984–2014. He served as Union Cabinet Minister three times for
such portfolios as Information & Broadcasting, Urban Development, Petroleum
& Chemicals, and Science & Technology.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-079-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Terrestrial
Lessons: The Conquest of the World as Globe</td><td>Sumathi
Ramaswamy</td><td>2017</td><td>452</td><td>1850.0000</td><td>
Why and how did debates about the form and disposition of our Earth shape
our sense of selves and being in the world in colonial modernity? Sumathi
Ramaswamy explores this question for British India with the aid of the terrestrial
globe, which since the sixteenth century has circulated as a worldly symbol, a
scientific instrument, and not least, as an educational tool for inculcating
planetary consciousness. 
  
In Terrestrial Lessons, Ramaswamy provides the
first in-depth analysis of the globe’s history and impact on the Indian
subcontinent during the colonial era and afterwards. Drawing on a wide array of
archival sources, she describes its transformation from a thing of distinction
possessed by elite men into that mass-produced commodity used in classrooms
worldwide—the humble school globe.  
Adopting a methodology drawn from recent object theory, the book
demonstrates how a modern planetary awareness was cultivated in schools across
India and became central to colonial pedagogy. The terrestrial lessons conducted
with the aid of the school globe also constituted the earliest form of science
education in the subcontinent. This is also the first study of the globe as it
left the shores of Europe to travel to and circulate in the Indian
subcontinent.
Traversing the length and breadth of British
India, Terrestrial Lessons is an
unconventional history of this master object of pedagogical modernity that will
fascinate historians of cartography, science, and Asian studies. 
</td><td>Sumathi Ramaswamy is professor of History at
Duke University</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-518-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Text And
Tradition In South India</td><td>Velcheru Narayana
Rao</td><td>2017</td><td>490</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
There has long been a general consensus among “insiders” in the world of
South Asian scholarship that Velcheru Narayana Rao’s contribution to understanding
Indian cultural history, literary production, and intellectual life— specifically
from the vantage of the Andhra region—has few parallels. However, unlike the
writings of his friend A.K. Ramanujan, Narayana Rao’s writings in English remain
little recognized by the broader public. 
Nevertheless, several features make Narayana Rao’s work utterly
extraordinary. He is one of the very rare scholars to be able to reflect
magisterially on both the pre-colonial and colonial periods. In part, this is
because of his mastery of the “classical” Telugu tradition. As Sanjay Subrahmanyam
puts it in his Introduction, “To command nearly a thousand years of a literary
tradition is no small feat, but more important still is VNR’s ability constantly
to offer fresh readings and provocative frameworks for interpretation.” Further,
Narayana Rao’s work moves fluidly between the Sanskrit and vernacular traditions,
and between the worlds of orality and script. 
The essays and reflections in Text and Tradition in South India
bring together the diverse contributions made by Velcheru Narayana Rao
to the rewriting of India’s cultural and literary history. No-one seriously
interested in the history of Indian ideas, the social and cultural history of
South India, and the massive intellectual traditions of the subcontinent can do
without this book.
</td><td>
Velcheru Narayana Rao (b. 1932) is a renowned scholar of Indian cultural
and literary history. After his education in India, he taught Telugu and Indian
literatures for thirty-eight years at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. He has
also taught at the University of Chicago, and is currently Visiting Distinguished
Professor of South Asian Studies at Emory University. He has written more than
fifteen books, many in collaboration with David Shulman and Sanjay Subrahmanyam.
These include Textures of Time: Writing History in South
India (Permanent Black, 2001), and a translation of Peddana’s
The Story of Manu (with David Shulman; Harvard University
Press, 2015).
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-472-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Text And Tradition
In South India</td><td>Velcheru Narayana
Rao</td><td>2016</td><td>490</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
There has long been a general consensus among “insiders” in the world of
South Asian scholarship that Velcheru Narayana Rao’s contribution to understanding
Indian cultural history, literary production, and intellectual life— specifically
from the vantage of the Andhra region—has few parallels. However, unlike the
writings of his friend A.K. Ramanujan, Narayana Rao’s writings in English remain
little recognized by the broader public. 
Nevertheless, several features make Narayana Rao’s work utterly
extraordinary. He is one of the very rare scholars to be able to reflect
magisterially on both the pre-colonial and colonial periods. In part, this is
because of his mastery of the “classical” Telugu tradition. As Sanjay Subrahmanyam
puts it in his Introduction, “To command nearly a thousand years of a literary
tradition is no small feat, but more important still is VNR’s ability constantly
to offer fresh readings and provocative frameworks for interpretation.” Further,
Narayana Rao’s work moves fluidly between the Sanskrit and vernacular traditions,
and between the worlds of orality and script. 
The essays and reflections in Text and Tradition in South India
bring together the diverse contributions made by Velcheru Narayana Rao
to the rewriting of India’s cultural and literary history. No-one seriously
interested in the history of Indian ideas, the social and cultural history of
South India, and the massive intellectual traditions of the subcontinent can do
without this book.
</td><td>Velcheru Narayana Rao (b. 1932) is a renowned
scholar of Indian cultural and literary history. After his education in India, he
taught Telugu and Indian literatures for thirty-eight years at the University of
Wisconsin-Madison. He has also taught at the University of Chicago, and is
currently Visiting Distinguished Professor of South Asian Studies at Emory
University. He has written more than fifteen books, many in collaboration with
David Shulman and Sanjay Subrahmanyam. These include Textures of Time:
Writing History in South India (Permanent Black, 2001), and a
translation of Peddana’s The Story of Manu (with David
Shulman; Harvard University Press, 2015).
</td><td>world</td>
<td>978-81-250-3547-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Texts Histories
Geographies: Reading Indian Literature</td><td>PP
Raveendran</td><td>2009</td><td>260</td><td>1550.0000</td><td><strong&g
t;Texts Histories Geographies is a critical reading of trends, texts
and authors belonging to the broad field of Indian literature from a theoretically
informed perspective. The essays constituting the volume interrogate, both directly
and by implication, the canonical views on the categories of ‘India’, ‘literature’
and ‘Indian literature’, and the book can be said to represent a critical attitude
that has till recently been admitted only into the periphery of literary debates.
Consideration of Indian literature from a self-consciously non-dominant position is
what the book attempts by raising questions about politics, theory, history,
genealogy, location, culture and translation with reference to Indian literature.
Though literary and cultural texts from several languages are used for this
purpose, the central argument has been elaborated with the support of texts and
authors from two specific literatures: Indian English literature and Malayalam
literature.
The topics that are discussed in the book include issues concerning
modernity, nationalism, colonialism, textuality, historicity, identity and
diaspora. For this the work draws upon a broad range of writing by such authors as
Raja Rao, Jayanta Mahapatra, Shashi Deshpande, Kamala Das, Mahasweta Devi, OV
Vijayan, Meenakshi Mukherjee, Arundhati Roy, CV Raman Pillai, Kumaran Asan, MT
Vasudevan Nair and Ayyappa Paniker.
</td><td> </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-90122-98-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The (Un)governable
City: Productive Failure in the Making of Colonial Delhi, 1858–1911</td><td>Raghav
Kishore</td><td>2020</td><td>276</td><td>975.0000</td><td>Mirza Ghalib,
the poet laureate of Delhi, had lamented the transformation of the city into a
cantonment in the aftermath of the Great Rebellion of 1857. No longer the Mughal
imperial capital, Delhi was stripped of its political status and incorporated
within the province of Punjab as punishment by the colonial rulers.
The (Un)governable City, dedicated entirely to
Delhi’s provincial history under colonial rule, explores this radical
transformation of urban governance in Delhi between 1858 and 1911 as bureaucracy
expanded and new modes of governance reshaped the city—spatially, politically and
culturally.
Contesting the view that the aftermath of the rebellion was a period of
political stability, the author creatively demonstrates how the tensions,
contradictions and failures of colonial policies were responsible for the
unintended development of state capacity and also provided opportunities for
Delhi’s residents and social groups to assert their claims to city spaces. This
volume brings to scrutiny Delhi’s cultural, economic and political transitions, and
the relationships between local, regional and imperial governments during this
period.
The book presents fresh material on Delhi’s urban property relations after
1857, the Delhi municipality’s policing of public spaces, colonial arboriculture
plans to ‘improve’ suburban lands, processional activities, as well as railway,
traffic management and commercial growth initiatives after the
1880s.</td><td>Raghav Kishore is LSE Fellow
in International History (History of Empire) at the London School of Economics and
Political Science, UK. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6290-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Alchemy of
Empire: Abject Materials and the Technologies of Colonialism </td><td>Rajani
Sudan</td><td>2016</td><td>232</td><td>1625.0000</td><td>
The Alchemy of Empire unravels the non-European
origins of Enlightenment science. Focusing on the mundane materials of empire-
building, this study traces the history of substances like mud, mortar, ice, and
paper, as well as forms of knowledge like inoculation. It demonstrates how East
India Company employees deployed the field of alchemy in order to make sense of the
new worlds they confronted, often resorting to analogy as reason when analysis
failed.
Rajani Sudan questions the assumptions of the Enlightenment developed in

the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, focusing on the European notion that
“Reason belonged uniquely to the West.” She identifies key substances that were
appropriated, first through trade and then through colonial governance, and that
eventually became intellectual products of European science. Colonialism is thus
read not only as a form of governance but as a technology of empire.
Sudan argues that the Enlightenment was born largely out of Europe’s (and
Britain’s) sense of insecurity and inferiority in the early modern world. Through
an in-depth study of the imperial archive, Sudan uncovers the history of British
Enlightenment in the literary artifacts of the eighteenth century, ranging from the
correspondence of the East India Company and the papers of the Royal Society to the
poetry of Alexander Pope and the novels of Jane Austen.
This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of

eighteenth- and nineteenth-century British studies, as well as those interested in
the intersections of history, science, ecology, and literature.
</td><td>RAJANI SUDAN is Associate Professor of English
Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas.
<td>978-81-250-3921-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Art of Not
Being Governed: An Anarchist History of Upland Southeast Asia</td><td>James C.
Scott</td><td>2010</td><td>462</td><td>1925.0000</td><td>For two thousand years the disparate groups that now reside
in Zomia (a mountainous region the size of Europe that consists of portions of
seven Asian countries) have field the projects of the organised state societies
that  surround them— slavery, conscription, taxes, corvee labour,
epidemics and warfare. Significantly, writes James C.Scott in this iconoclastic
study, these people are not innocent who have yet to benefit from all that
civilization has to offer; they have assessed state-based civilizations and have
made a conscious choice to avoid them. The book is essentially an
“anarchist  history” , the first-ever examination of the huge literature
on state-making that evaluates why people would deliberately  and
reactively remain stateless. Among the strategies employed by the people of Zomia
to remain stateless are physical dispersion in rugged terrain; agriculture
practices that enhance mobiliy; pliable ethnic identities; devotion to prophetic,
millenarian leaders; and maintenance of a largely oral culture that allows them to
reinvent their histories and genealogies as they move between and around
states. 
The Art of Not Being Governed challenges us with a
radically different approach to history that views events from the perspective of
stateless peoples and redefines state-making as a form of “internal colonialism.”
In contrast to the Western ideal of the social contract as fundamental to state-
making Scott finds the disturbing mechanism of subjugation to be more in line with
the historical facts in mainland area studies  that  will be
applicable to other runaway, fugitive, and marooned communities, they Gypsies,
Cossacks, tribes fleeing slave raiders, Marsh Arabs, or San-bushmen.
 In accessible language, James
Scott, recognized worldwide as an eminent authority in Southeast Asian, peasant,
and agrarian studies, tells the story of the peoples of Zomia and their unlikely
odyssey in search of self-determination. Along the way he redefines our views on
Asian politics, history, and demographics, and even our fundamental ideas about
what constitutes civilization.</td><td>James C. Scott is Sterling Professor of
Political Science, professor of anthropology, and codirector of the Agrarian
Studies Program, Yale University, and a fellow of the American Academy of Arts
and Sciences.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-5488-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Being of
Bhasha: A General Introduction</td><td>G. N. Devy
(Ed)</td><td>2014</td><td>152</td><td>1475.0000</td><td>The first volume
of the People’s Linguistic Survey of India brings to the reader the journey
undertaken in 2010, by a group of visionaries led by G. N. Devy to document the
languages of India as they existed then. The aim of the People’s Linguistic Survey
of India was to document these languages, spoken in India’s remotest corners.
India’s towns and cities too have found a voice in this survey. What this journey
did was to bring a groundswell of support from people from all walks of life,
leading to The Being of Bhasha.</td><td>G. N.
Devy, taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda till 1996,
before leaving to set up the Bhasha Research Centre in Baroda and the Adivasi
academy at Tejgadh where he has since worked towards conserving and promoting the
languages and culture of indigenous and nomadic communities. He has also been the
recipient of many awards for his work in literature, tribal craft and language
conservation. He was awarded the Padma Shri in 2014. He is the Chief Editor of the
PLSI series.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-373-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Black Hole of
Empire: History of a Global Practice of Power</td><td>Partha
Chatterjee</td><td>2013</td><td>440</td><td>695.0000</td><td>When Siraj, the ruler of Bengal, overran
the British settlement of Calcutta in 1756, he allegedly jailed 146 European
prisoners overnight in a cramped prison. Of the group, 123 died of suffocation.
While this episode was never independently confirmed, the story of “the black hole
of Calcutta” was widely circulated and seen by the British public as an atrocity
committed by savage colonial subjects. 
The Black
Hole of Empire follows the ever-changing representations
of this historical event and founding myth of the British Empire in India, from the
eighteenth century to the present. Partha Chatterjee explores how a supposed
tragedy paved the ideological foundations for the “civilizing” force of British
imperial rule and territorial control in India. 
Chatterjee takes a close look at the
justifications of modern empire by liberal thinkers, international lawyers, and
conservative traditionalists, and examines the intellectual and political responses
of the colonized, including those of Bengali nationalists. The two sides of
empire''s entwined history are brought together in the story of the Black
Hole memorial: set
up in Calcutta in 1760, demolished in 1821, restored by Lord Curzon in 1902, and
removed in 1940 to a neglected churchyard. 
Challenging conventional truisms of
imperial history, nationalist scholarship, and liberal visions of globalization,
Chatterjee argues that empire is a necessary and continuing part of the history of
the modern state. </td><td>Partha Chatterjee
is professor of anthropology and of Middle Eastern, South Asian, and African
Studies at Columbia University; and honorary professor at the Centre for Studies in
Social Sciences, Calcutta. His books include The Politics of the
Governed and Lineages of Political
Society. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-356-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Black Hole of
Empire: History of a Global Practice of Power</td><td>Partha
Chatterjee</td><td>2012</td><td>440</td><td>795.0000</td><td>When Siraj,
the ruler of Bengal, overran the British settlement of Calcutta in 1756, he
allegedly jailed 146 European prisoners overnight in a cramped prison. Of the
group, 123 died of suffocation. While this episode was never independently
confirmed, the story of “the black hole of Calcutta” was widely circulated and
seen by the British public as an atrocity committed by savage colonial subjects.

The Black Hole of Empire
follows the ever-changing representations of this historical event and founding
myth of the British Empire in India, from the eighteenth century to the present.
Partha Chatterjee explores how a supposed tragedy paved the ideological
foundations for the “civilizing” force of British imperial rule and territorial
control in India. 
Chatterjee takes a close look at the justifications of modern empire by
liberal thinkers, international lawyers, and conservative traditionalists, and
examines the intellectual and political responses of the colonized, including
those of Bengali nationalists. The two sides of empire's entwined history are
brought together in the story of the Black Hole memorial: set up in Calcutta in
1760, demolished in 1821, restored by Lord Curzon in 1902, and removed in 1940 to
a neglected churchyard. 
Challenging conventional truisms of imperial history, nationalist
scholarship, and liberal visions of globalization, Chatterjee argues that empire
is a necessary and continuing part of the history of the modern
state.</td><td>PARTHA CHATTERJEE is professor of anthropology
and of Middle Eastern, South Asian, and African Studies at Columbia University;
and honorary professor at the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. His
books include The Politics of the Governed and
Lineages of Political
Society.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-660-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Brief History
of a Very Big Book: The Making of the Tamil Encyclopaedia</td><td>A.R.
Venkatachalapathy</td><td>2022</td><td>168</td><td>595.0000</td><td>In the
age of Wikipedia, it has been forgotten how important the Encyclopaedia
Britannica once was in the mind of the English-reading Indian. Seen as
the supreme repository of knowledge, it was also a status symbol sought as
bookshelf adornment.
What most people do not know at all is how an
intrepid band of Tamil intellectuals, inspired seventy-five years ago by the
Britannica, decided to create an encyclopaedia in their own
language. They felt a linguistic system as advanced as theirs, with a literary
history stretching two millennia, needed to showcase its civilisational
achievement: it was imperative that Tamil boast its own encyclopaedia. The odds
against realising this ideal were impossible. And yet the project of compiling the
Kalaikkalanjiyam – the Tamil Encyclopaedia – began and was
soon unstoppable.
This intriguing episode of Indian intellectual life is as forgotten as
its narration here is compelling. Book history comes brilliantly alive in A.R.
Venkatachalapathy’s vibrant chronicling – from the conception of an extravagant
idea to its execution as a printed work. This story of lofty ideals and financial
scandals, bruised egos and ideological conflicts reveals a fascinating world of
cultural enterprise, political struggle, and regional nationalism. 
This is a book for every reader of history.</td><td>
A.R. Venkatachalapathy is Professor at the Madras
Institute of Development Studies, Chennai. He has taught at Manonmaniam Sundaranar
University, Tirunelveli; Madras University; the National University of Singapore;
and the University of Chicago. An accomplished Tamil writer, he has published
widely on the social and cultural history of Tamilnadu. His publications include
The Province of the Book: Scholars, Scribes, and Scribblers in Colonial
Tamilnadu; In Those Days There Was No Coffee: Writings in
Cultural History; Who Owns That Song? The Battle for
Subramania Bharati’s Copyright; and Tamil Characters:
Personalities, Politics, Culture. He won the V.K.R.V. Rao Award in 2007.

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3673-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Burden of
Refuge: Partition Experience of the Sindhis of Gujarat</td><td>Rita
Kothari</td><td>2009</td><td>236</td><td>975.0000</td><td>Unlike most
partition narratives, the narratives of the Sindhis is not marked by violence and
bloodshed. The Hindus of Sindh came to India by ship, camel and train, and were
unharmed most of the time. The Burden of Refuge is
about Partition, and the resettlement and fragmentation of the Sindhi Hindus of
India. Rita Kothari traces the trajectory of the Sindhi Hindus from Sindh to India,
specifically to Gujarat. 
 The Burden of Refuge tells the story of
the Sindhi Hindus of Gajarat beginning with colonial Sindh and tracing the socio-
political dynamics of the pre-Partition days. Through personal narratives, Kothari
begins to life the story of various Sindhis as they migrate to India and begin
their process of resettlement. She delineates the contexts that made an atypical
commodity like the Sindhis re-modify themselves to suit more textbook notions of
Gujarati bourgeois society. In their desire to assimilate with the India
(especially Gujarat), the Sindhis gained much, but also suffered many
losses. Though Sindhis have risen from the ashes of Partition as a model immigrant
community, the Sufi syncreticism that informed their former life has been
tragically damaged and they have also suffered the loss of their language. In
Gujarat, their loss are accompanied with a desire to become ‘popular’ Hindus by
adopting a more monolithic Hindu identity and by denying their
‘Sindhiness’.
Using intergenerational voices and combining history with personal
narratives, Kothari’s book examines the phenomena of psychological violence during
and after Partition, and explores a different facet of Partition Studies. Going
beyond Partition Studies, this book also makes an important contribution to the
area of identity politics in contemporary India. This multidisciplinary study is
relevant to everyone interested in India’s past and present.
</td><td>Rita Kothari is the author of Translating
India: The Cultural Politics of English and the translator of
The Stepchild: Angaliyat; Speeches and Silence:
Literary Journeys of Gujarati Women and Unbordered Memories:
Partition Stories for Sindh. She is currently co-editing a book on
Hinglish, and is also engaged in ethnographic research on the border communities
of Gujarat. She teaches at the Mudra Institute of Communication, Ahmadabad.
<td>978-81-250-4204-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Call of the
Sea: Kachchhi Traders in Muscat and Zanzibar, c. 1800–1880</td><td>Dr Chhaya
Goswami</td><td>2011</td><td>360</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>Drawing on archival
sources, The Call of the
Sea examines the significant role played by
Kachchhi traders in connecting Muscat and Zanzibar to
the thriving emporiums of Bombay and Mandvi. It provides an
insight into the business environment and sophisticated sea-trade network in the
western Indian Ocean that existed in the nineteenth century. Kachchhi
entrepreneurs carried on a flourishing trade in ivory and cloves, among other
products. They also acted as bankers and financiers, and operated an effective
credit network for Indian mercantile communities. The maritime history
of the mercantile communities from Kachchhi is interwoven with the history of the
littoral societies of Muscat and Zanzibar.</td><td>Dr
Chhaya Goswami is an independent scholar based in Mumbai, and was a
lecturer in Elphinstone College, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-469-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Calling of
History : Sir Jadunath Sarkar and His Empire of Truth</td><td>Dipesh
Chakrabarty</td><td>2015</td><td>314</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
A leading scholar in early-twentieth-century India, Sir Jadunath Sarkar
(1870–1958) was knighted in 1929 and became the first Indian historian to gain
honorary membership in the American Historical Association. By the end of his
lifetime, however, he had been marginalized by the Indian history establishment, as
postcolonial historians embraced alternative approaches in the name of democracy
and anti-colonialism. The Calling of History examines Sarkar’s
career—and poignant obsolescence—as a way into larger questions about the
discipline of history and its public life.
Through close readings of more than twelve hundred letters to and from
Sarkar, along with other archival documents, Chakrabarty demonstrates that
historians in colonial India formulated the basic concepts and practices of the
field via vigorous—and at times bitter and hurtful—debates in the public sphere. He
shows that because of its non-technical nature the discipline as a whole remains
susceptible to pressure from both the public and the academy even today.
Methodological debates and the changing reputations of scholars like Sarkar, he
argues, must therefore be understood within the specific contexts in which
particular histories are written.
Insightful and with far-reaching implications for all
historians, The Calling of Historyoffers a valuable look at the double
life of history and how tensions between its public and private sides played out in
a major scholar’s career.
</td><td>Dipesh Chakrabarty is the Lawrence A.
Kimpton Distinguished Service Professor of History and South Asian Languages and
Civilizations at the University of Chicago. He is the recipient of the 2014 Toynbee
Prize, which is given to a distinguished practitioner of global
history.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-498-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Calling of
History: Sir Jadunath Sarkar and His Empire of Truth</td><td>Dipesh Chakrabarty
</td><td>2018</td><td>314</td><td>595.0000</td><td>A leading scholar in
early-twentieth-century India, Sir Jadunath Sarkar (1870–1958) was knighted in 1929
and became the first Indian historian to gain honorary membership in the American
Historical Association. By the end of his lifetime, however, he had been
marginalized by the Indian history establishment, as postcolonial historians
embraced alternative approaches in the name of democracy and anti-colonialism. The
Calling of History examines Sarkar’s career—and poignant obsolescence—as a way into
larger questions about the discipline of history and its public
life.Through close readings of more than twelve hundred letters
to and from Sarkar, along with other archival documents, Chakrabarty demonstrates
that historians in colonial India formulated the basic concepts and practices of
the field via vigorous—and at times bitter and hurtful—debates in the public
sphere. He shows that because of its non-technical nature the discipline as a whole
remains susceptible to pressure from both the public and the academy even today.
Methodological debates and the changing reputations of scholars like Sarkar, he
argues, must therefore be understood within the specific contexts in which
particular histories are written.Insightful and with far-
reaching implications for all historians, The Calling of History offers a valuable
look at the double life of history and how tensions between its public and private
sides played out in a major scholar’s career.
</td><td>Dipesh Chakrabarty is the Lawrence A. Kimpton
Distinguished Service Professor of History and South Asian Languages and
Civilizations at the University of Chicago. He is the recipient of the 2014 Toynbee
Prize, which is given to a distinguished practitioner of global
history.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-648-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Chipko
Movement: A People’s History</td><td>Shekhar Pathak (Intro. By Ramachandra
Guha)</td><td>2021</td><td>390</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book by
Shekhar Pathak, says Ramachandra Guha in his Introduction, “is the definitive
history of the Chipko Movement”.
In India, modern environmentalism was inaugurated by the Chipko Movement,
which began in 1973. Because it was led by Gandhians, included women participants,
occurred in “spiritual” Himalayan regions, and used innovatively non-violent
techniques of protest, the Chipko attracted international attention.
It also led to a major debate on Indian forest policy and the destructive
consequences of commercialisation. Because of Chipko, clear-felling was stopped
and India began to pay attention to the needs of an ecological balance which
sustained forests and the communities within them. In academic and policy-making
circles it fuelled a wider debate on sustainable development – on whether India
could afford to imitate the West’s resource-intensive and capital-intensive ways
of life.
Chipko’s historians have hitherto focused on its two major leaders, Chandi
Prasad Bhatt and Sunderlal Bahuguna. The voices of “subalterns” – ordinary men and
women such as Gaura Devi who made Chipko what it was – have not been recorded.
Pathak places Chipko in its grassroots contexts. He  shows that in
leadership and ideology Chipko was diverse and never a singular Gandhian
movement.
Every scholar and serious student of Indian environmentalism will need to
engage with the empirical richness and analytic solidity of this
book.</td><td>
Shekhar Pathak is the quintessential
historian-as-fieldworker: he has lived in the many valleys where the Chipko
protests took place, studied their landscapes, and talked at length to protesters
and communities. He has trawled through local newspapers of the 1970s and 1980s
and conducted oral interviews with the movement’s leaders and foot soldiers.

</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-555-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Chipko
Movement: A People's History</td><td>Shekhar Pathak (Intro. By Ramachandra
Guha)</td><td>2020</td><td>390</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
This book by Shekhar Pathak, says Ramachandra Guha in his Introduction,
“is the definitive history of the Chipko Movement”.
In India, modern environmentalism was inaugurated by the Chipko
Movement, which began in 1973. Because it was led by Gandhians, included women
participants, occurred in “spiritual” Himalayan regions, and used innovatively
non-violent techniques of protest, the Chipko attracted international
attention.
It also led to a major debate on Indian forest policy and the destructive
consequences of commercialisation. Because of Chipko, clear-felling was stopped
and India began to pay attention to the needs of an ecological balance which
sustained forests and the communities within them. In academic and policy-making
circles it fuelled a wider debate on sustainable development – on whether India
could afford to imitate the West’s resource-intensive and capital-intensive ways
of life.
Chipko’s historians have hitherto focused on its two major leaders,
Chandi Prasad Bhatt and Sunderlal Bahuguna. The voices of “subalterns” – ordinary
men and women such as Gaura Devi who made Chipko what it was – have not been
recorded. Pathak places Chipko in its grassroots contexts. He  shows that
in leadership and ideology Chipko was diverse and never a singular Gandhian
movement.
Every scholar and serious student of Indian environmentalism will need to
engage with the empirical richness and analytic solidity of this
book.</td><td>Shekhar Pathak is the
quintessential historian-as-fieldworker: he has lived in the many valleys where the
Chipko protests took place, studied their landscapes, and talked at length to
protesters and communities. He has trawled through local newspapers of the 1970s
and 1980s and conducted oral interviews with the movement’s leaders and foot
soldiers.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-547-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Concept Of
Bharatavarsha And Other Essays</td><td>B.D.
Chattopadhyaya</td><td>2019</td><td>240</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This
collection explores what may be called the idea of India in ancient times. Its
undeclared objective is to identify key concepts which show early Indian
civilization as distinct and differently oriented from other
formations.
The essays focus on ancient Indian texts within a variety of genres. They identify
certain key terms – such as Janapada, Desa, Varna, Dharma, Bhava – in their
empirical contexts to suggest that neither the ideas embedded in these terms nor
the idea of Bharatvarsa as a whole are “given entities”, but that they evolved
historically.

Professor Chattopadhyaya examines these texts to unveil historical processes.
Without denying comparative history, he stresses that the internal dynamics of a
society are best decoded via its own texts. His approach bears very effectively on
understanding ongoing interactions between India’s “Great Tradition” and “Little
Traditions”.

As a whole, this book is critical of the notion of overarching Indian unity in the
ancient period. It punctures the retrospective thrust of hegemonic nationalism as
an ideology that has obscured the diverse textures of Indian civilization.

Renowned for his scholarship on the ancient Indian past, Professor Chattopadhyaya’s
latest collection only consolidates his high international reputation.
</td><td>B.D. Chattopadhyaya retired as Professor of History,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. His work on ancient India has been widely
acknowledged. His many books include The Oxford India Kosambi: Combined
Methods in Indology and Other Writings (2009), Studying Early
India: Archaeology, Texts, and Historical Issues (2003), and
The Making of Early Medieval India
(1997).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-516-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Concept Of
Bharatavarsha And Other Essays</td><td>B.D.
Chattopadhyaya</td><td>2017</td><td>240</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
This collection explores what may be called the idea of India in ancient
times. Its undeclared  objective is to identify key concepts which show
early Indian civilization as distinct and differently oriented from other
formations.
The essays focus on ancient Indian texts within a variety of genres. They
identify certain key terms – such as Janapada, Desa, Varna, Dharma, Bhava – in
their empirical contexts to suggest that neither the ideas embedded in
these terms nor the idea of Bharatvarsa as a whole are “given entities”, but that
they evolved historically.
Professor Chattopadhyaya examines these texts to unveil historical
processes. Without denying comparative history, he stresses that the internal
dynamics of a society are best decoded via its own texts. His approach bears very
effectively on understanding ongoing interactions between India’s “Great
Tradition” and “Little Traditions”.
As a whole, this book is critical of the notion of overarching Indian
unity in the ancient period. It punctures the retrospective thrust of hegemonic
nationalism as an ideology that has obscured the diverse textures of Indian
civilization.
Renowned for his scholarship on the ancient Indian past, Professor
Chattopadhyaya’s latest collection only consolidates his high international
reputation.
</td><td>
B.D. Chattopadhyaya retired as Professor of
History, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. His work on ancient India has
been widely acknowledged. His many books include The Oxford India
Kosambi: Combined Methods in Indology and Other Writings (2009),
Studying Early India: Archaeology, Texts, and Historical
Issues (2003), and The Making of Early Medieval
India (1997).
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-032-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Decline and
Fall of the Indus Civilization</td><td>Nayanjot
Lahiri</td><td>2000</td><td>478</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This work constitutes essential reading for all those who
are interested in the decline and fall of India’s first civilisation. Students of
ancient Indian history and archaeology will find it an indispensable source of
information.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Nayanjot Lahiri, teaches Archaeology at the
Department of History, Delhi University.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-306-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Emergence of
the Delhi Sultanate: AD 1192-1286</td><td>Sunil
Kumar</td><td>2010</td><td>440</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The Sultans of
Delhi came from relatively humble origins. They were slaves who rose to become
generals in the armies of the Afghan ruler Muizz al-Din Ghuri. Their
transformation into rulers of a kingdom of great political influence in North
India was a slow and discontinuous process that occurred through the thirteenth
century. For the better part of that century, there were many
centres of social and political power in the early Delhi Sultanate. There were
military commanders with contending political ambitions, as well as urban elites
with contrasting social constituencies, religious ideologies, and personal
commitments. Such people did not always support authoritarian interventions
seeking to create a monolithic state. So, for decades, the
Sultanate seemed to disappear from political reckoning, and its resurrections were
more in the nature of reincarnations. It made its periodic reappearances in bodily
forms different from those of its precursors. Ultimately, the Delhi Sultanate
survived not just because of the political and military acumen of its rulers and
military agents, but because of the ideological investment of a variety of Muslim
émigrés that saw the Delhi Sultanate as a sanctuary for Muslims during
the period of Mongol holocaust. In The Emergence
of the Delhi Sultanate, Sunil Kumar charts the history of the
structures that sustained and challenged this regime, and of the underlying
ideologies—eliding its sometimes ephemeral form—that gave meaning to the idea of
the Delhi Sultanate.</td><td>SUNIL KUMAR is a Reader in
Medieval History at the History Department, Delhi University. His Ph.D. was at
Duke University, USA, and his publications include The Present in
Delhi’s Pasts; an edited volume, Demolishing
Myths or Mosques and Temples? Readings on History and Temple Desecration in
Medieval India; and a forthcoming book provisionally titled Sites of Power and
Resistance: A Study of Sultanate Monumental Architecture. He is also the managing
editor of the Indian Economic and Social History
Review.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-296-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Enchantment of
Democracy and India: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta
Kaviraj</td><td>2010</td><td>352</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj has long been
recognized as among India’s most thoughtful and wide-ranging political thinkers
and analysts, one of the subtlest and most learned writers on Indian politics.
Paradoxically, this has remained something of a state secret, because Kaviraj’s
writings have remained scattered in journals difficult to access. 
The essays in this volume try to
approach Indian democracy from different angles. Kaviraj argues that it is wrong
to believe that with the rise of modernity human societies suffer complete
disenchantment: modernity creates new forms of enchantment, and democracy is, in
fact, part of the political enchantment of modernity. 
Focusing on Indian democracy,
Kaviraj shows the limits of marxist and liberal political analyses. In its Indian
incarnation, he says, liberal democracy has had to inhabit an unfamiliar cultural
and historical world whose peculiarities are very different from the peculiarities
of European societies.Viewed by conventional political theory, Indian democracy
appears inexplicable. It defies all the preconditions that theory lays down for
the success of  democratic government—namely, a strong bureaucratic
state, capitalist production, industrialization, the secularization of society,
and relative economic prosperity. The durability of Indian democracy shows that
instead of asking how Indian democracy has survived, we need to ask if those are
in fact preconditions for democracy.
These and many other fascinating
issues of democracy’s relationship with religion, identity, development,
inequality, and culture comprise the themes that link the essays in this brilliant
and insightful collection.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">SUDIPTA KAVIRAJ is a
professor of Indian politics and intellectual history at Columbia University.
Earlier he taught for many years at SOAS, London University, following a long
teaching stint at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has been a fellow of
St Antony’s College, Oxford, and a visiting professor at the University of
California, Berkeley, as well as at the University of
Chicago.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-359-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Enchantment
of Democracy and India: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta
Kaviraj</td><td>2012</td><td>352</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Su
dipta Kaviraj has long been recognized as among India’s most
thoughtful and wide-ranging political thinkers and analysts, one of the subtlest
and most learned writers on Indian politics. Paradoxically, this has remained
something of a state secret, because Kaviraj’s writings have remained scattered in
journals difficult to access. 
The essays in this volume try to approach Indian democracy from different
angles. Kaviraj argues that it is wrong to believe that with the rise of modernity
human societies suffer complete disenchantment: modernity creates new forms of
enchantment, and democracy is, in fact, part of the political enchantment of
modernity. 
Focusing on Indian democracy, Kaviraj shows the limits of marxist and
liberal political analyses. In its Indian incarnation, he says, liberal democracy
has had to inhabit an unfamiliar cultural and historical world whose peculiarities
are very different from the peculiarities of European societies.Viewed by
conventional political theory, Indian democracy appears inexplicable. It defies
all the preconditions that theory lays down for the success of 
democratic government—namely, a strong bureaucratic state, capitalist production,
industrialization, the secularization of society, and relative economic
prosperity. The durability of Indian democracy shows that instead of asking how
Indian democracy has survived, we need to ask if those are in fact preconditions
for democracy.
These and many other fascinating issues of democracy’s relationship with
religion, identity, development, inequality, and culture comprise the themes that
link the essays in this brilliant and insightful collection.
</td><td>SUDIPTA KAVIRAJ is a professor of Indian politics and
intellectual history at Columbia University. Earlier he taught for many years at
SOAS, London University, following a long teaching stint at Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi. He has been a fellow of St Antony’s College, Oxford, and a
visiting professor at the University of California, Berkeley, as well as at the
University of Chicago. </td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-93-5442-307-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Essential
Writings of Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose</td><td>Sisir K. Bose and Sugata
Bose</td><td>2022</td><td>348</td><td>495.0000</td><td>The popular
perception of Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose is that of a warrior-hero and
revolutionary leader who led a life of suffering and sacrifice and who during the
Second World War waged a great armed struggle for the freedom of India. What is
often forgotten is that the warrior paused between battles to reflect on and write
about the fundamental political, economic and social issues facing India and the
world during his lifetime. Despite being immersed in the tumult of the anti-
colonial struggle, Bose in his writings delved back into India’s long and complex
history and looked forward to the socio-economic reconstruction of India once
political independence was won. The ideas he put forward were the products of a
philosophical mind  applied to careful analyses of specific historical
situations and informed by direct and continuous revolutionary experiences in
different parts of the world, of a kind unknown to any other leader of
contemporary India.
Distilled out of a twelve-volume set of Netaji’s Collected
Works, this new edition of his Essential Writings
is designed to provide a single-volume introduction to the thought of
this revolutionary leader of India’s freedom struggle on the 75th anniversary of
India’s independence and Netaji’s 125th birth anniversary.
This volume is indispensable for all those interested in modern South
Asian history and politics as well as nationalism and international relations in
the twentieth century.</td><td>Sisir Kumar Bose
(1920–2000) founded the Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its
guiding spirit until his death in 2000. A participant in the Indian freedom
struggle, he was imprisoned by the British in the Lahore Fort, Red Fort and
Lyallpur Jail. A renowned paediatrician in the post-independence period, he played
making possible the writing of its history.
Indian Ocean in the Age of Global Empire and His Majesty’s
Empire.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-048-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Formation and
History of Telangana: A Collection of Nine Critical Essays</td><td>Gautam
Pingle</td><td>2021</td><td>304</td><td>700.0000</td><td>
The creation of a separate state of Telangana was the culmination of the
aspirations of its people. Although much has been written on the reasons for this
popular aspiration for statehood, its historical roots have remained unclear.
The Formation and History of Telangana fills this gap by
identifying the causes and events that led to the formation of the state.

The essays study the origins and growth of the Kakatiya empire, the
foundational dynasty on which Andhra Pradesh and Telangana were built, and its two
defining elements: the feudal structure and the rule of the Kakatiya feudal elite.
The critical issue of land tax in South India, agricultural productivity and
income, and wealth and taxation in Telangana for over 700 years, are also
explored. 
Drawing from rare historical archives, the later essays explore two
reports that played a key role in the formation of Telangana: the Pundit Sundarlal
Report and the Report of the Official Commission appointed to investigate the 1952
Mulki riots. The book concludes with an examination of the differences between
Hindu and Muslim household incomes in Telangana, through data sourced from the
Sachar Committee, the Kundu Report and the Sudhir Commission.
</td><td>GAUTAM PINGLE is Dean of Studies and Head of
the Center for Telangana Studies at the MCR HRD Institute of Telangana,
Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-499-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Gender Of
Caste: Representing Dalits in Print</td><td>Charu
Gupta</td><td>2017</td><td>354</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
Caste and gender are complex markers of difference, hierarchy, and
inequality. They have rarely been addressed together in the context of colonial
India. The Gender of Caste rethinks the history of caste from
a gendered perspective by exploring its connections with print–public–popular
culture. 
Charu Gupta shows that the creation by elites of hegemonic print and
literary practices involved the operation of caste and gender in tandem. Caste and
gender constituted society in vital ways and caste was central to how gender was
reproduced. Deriving her material from Uttar Pradesh a century ago, she shows that
ideas about gender were critical to caste practices in relation to
Dalits.
Historicizing several axes along which Dalits were represented—gender,
caste, class, and community, she extends the preoccupations of Indian feminists
and Dalit historians. Utilizing the lens of ‘representation’, she examines
ideological discourses that constructed Dalits generally, and Dalit women
specifically. Such constructions, she argues, suggest the implicit collusion of
colonizers, nationalists, reformers, and Dalits themselves. She takes us through
historical narratives that helped engender images of Dalits and ‘untouchable’
women, reifications which North Indians internalized and reproduced towards a
cultural ‘common sense’ that persists into our own time.
This book questions both the presumptive ‘upper-casteness’ of feminist
studies and the presumptive maleness of most Dalit studies of the colonial period.
Dalit masculinity, remembrances of 1857, popular vocabularies and idioms,
conversion anxieties, and the difficulties of indentured labour are among the many
themes of this book—a major expansion of the field.
</td><td>
Charu Gupta is Associate Professor, Department of
History, University of Delhi. Her books include Sexuality, Obscenity,
Community: Women, Muslims, and the Hindu Public in Colonial India
(2002), and Contested Coastlines: Fisherfolk,
Nations and Borders in South Asia (2008; coauthored with Mukul Sharma).

<td>978-81-7824-389-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Gender Of
Caste: Representing Dalits in Print</td><td>Charu
Gupta</td><td>2015</td><td>354</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Caste and gender
are complex markers of difference, hierarchy, and inequality. They have rarely been
addressed together in the context of colonial India. The Gender of Caste rethinks
the history of caste from a gendered perspective by exploring its connections with
print–public–popular culture.
Charu Gupta shows that the creation by elites of hegemonic print and
literary practices involved the operation of caste and gender in tandem. Caste and
gender constituted society in vital ways and caste was central to how gender was
reproduced. Deriving her material from Uttar Pradesh a century ago, she shows that
ideas about gender were critical to caste practices in relation to
Dalits.

Historicizing several axes along which Dalits were represented—gender, caste,
class, and community, she extends the preoccupations of Indian feminists and Dalit
historians. Utilizing the lens of ‘representation’, she examines ideological
discourses that constructed Dalits generally, and Dalit women specifically. Such
constructions, she argues, suggest the implicit collusion of colonizers,
nationalists, reformers, and Dalits themselves. She takes us through historical
narratives that helped engender images of Dalits and ‘untouchable’ women,
reifications which North Indians internalized and reproduced towards a cultural
‘common sense’ that persists into our own time.

This book questions both the presumptive ‘upper-casteness’ of feminist studies and
the presumptive maleness of most Dalit studies of the colonial period. Dalit
masculinity, remembrances of 1857, popular vocabularies and idioms, conversion
anxieties, and the difficulties of indentured labour are among the many themes of
this book—a major expansion of the field.
</td><td>CHARU GUPTA is Associate Professor, Department
of History, University of Delhi. Her books include Sexuality, Obscenity, Community:
Women, Muslims, and the Hindu Public in Colonial India (2002), and Contested
Coastlines: Fisherfolk, Nations and Borders in South Asia (2008; coauthored with
Mukul Sharma).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-3981-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Global
Eradication of Smallpox</td><td>Sanjoy Bhattacharya and Sharon
Messenger</td><td>2010</td><td>216</td><td>1200.0000</td><td><strong&gt
;The Global Eradication of Smallpox is a product of two series of
lectures presented at the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at UCL,
London, in 2007 and 2008. The book contextualises the global programme and the many
factors contributing to the certification of smallpox eradication worldwide in
1980.

The volume contains first-hand stories of the "warriors"
involved in eradicating smallpox (a goal considered by many to be impossible),
the difficulties faced by them and the strategies adopted to overcome these
difficulties. These contributions will, therefore, be of interest to teachers and
students of public health, as well as those involved in designing and managing
current and future disease elimination and eradication programmes. All the articles
in the volume also highlight the importance of recognising the human factor in all
major global health programmes-campaign managers of global health programmes and
the members of target populations interacting in a complexity of ways. This volume
delves into this important element of the global smallpox eradication programmes,
whilst recognising that they cannot be easily quantified or made the subject of
overarching generalisations. 
The book is accompanied by a CD containing recordings of highlights of the
lectures; this will be an important research and training resource, which will be
useful to historians, public health specialists and medical
professionals.
</td><td>Sanjoy Bhattacharya is Reader at the Welcome Trust
Centre for the History of Medicine at UCL. 
<div> </div><div>Sharon Messenger
is Senior Research Assistant at the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of
Medicine at UCL.</div></td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-7824-524-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Great Agrarian
Conquest: The Colonial Reshaping of a Rural World</td><td>Neeladri
Bhattacharya</td><td>2018</td><td>542</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>
This book examines how, over colonial times, the diverse practices and
customs of an existing rural universe – with its many forms of lifelihood – were
reshaped to create a new agrarian world of settled farming. While focusing on
Punjab, this pathbreaking analysis offers a broad argument about the workings of
colonial power: the fantasy of imperialism, it says, is to make the universe
afresh.
Such radical change, Bhattacharya shows, is as much conceptual as
material. Agrarian colonisation was a process of creating spaces that conformed to
the demands of colonial rule. It entailed establishing a regime of categories –
tenancies, tenures, properties, habitations – and a framework of laws that made
the change possible. Agrarian colonisation was in this sense a deep conquest.

Colonialism, the book suggests, has the power to revisualise and reorder
social relations and bonds of community. It changes the world radically, even when
it seeks to preserve elements of the old. The changes it brings about are
simultaneously cultural, discursive, legal, linguistic, spatial, social, and
economic. Moving from intent to action, concepts to practices, legal enactments to
court battles, official discourses to folklore, this book explores the conflicted
and dialogic nature of a transformative process.
By analysing this great conquest, and the often silent ways in which it
unfolds, this book asks every historian to rethink the practice of writing
agrarian history and reflect on the larger issues of doing history.
</td><td>
Neeladri Bhattacharya taught at Jawaharlal
Nehru University for forty-one years, from where he retired in 2017 as Professor
of History. He has been a Fellow of St Antony’s College, Oxford, and has held
visiting professorships in Europe, South Africa, and the USA.
<td>978-81-7824-544-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Great
Agrarian Conquest: The Colonial Reshaping of a Rural World</td><td>Neeladri
Bhattacharya</td><td>2019</td><td>542</td><td>750.0000</td><td>This book
examines how, over colonial times, the diverse practices and customs of an existing
rural universe – with its many forms of lifelihood – were reshaped to create a new
agrarian world of settled farming. While focusing on Punjab, this pathbreaking
analysis offers a broad argument about the workings of colonial power: the fantasy
of imperialism, it says, is to make the universe afresh.

Such radical change, Bhattacharya shows, is as much conceptual as material.
Agrarian colonisation was a process of creating spaces that conformed to the
demands of colonial rule. It entailed establishing a regime of categories –
tenancies, tenures, properties, habitations – and a framework of laws that made the
change possible. Agrarian colonisation was in this sense a deep conquest.

Colonialism, the book suggests, has the power to revisualise and reorder social
relations and bonds of community. It changes the world radically, even when it
seeks to preserve elements of the old. The changes it brings about are
simultaneously cultural, discursive, legal, linguistic, spatial, social, and
economic. Moving from intent to action, concepts to practices, legal enactments to
court battles, official discourses to folklore, this book explores the conflicted
and dialogic nature of a transformative process.

By analysing this great conquest, and the often silent ways in which it unfolds,
this book asks every historian to rethink the practice of writing agrarian history
and reflect on the larger issues of doing history.
</td><td>Neeladri Bhattacharya taught at Jawaharlal Nehru
University for forty-one years, from where he retired in 2017 as Professor of
History. He has been a Fellow of St Antony’s College, Oxford, and has held visiting
professorships in Europe, South Africa, and the
USA.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4653-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The History of
Assam: From Yandabo to Partition</td><td>Priyam
Goswami</td><td>2012</td><td>308</td><td>425.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This text covers an important
period in the history of modern northeast India, from the Treaty of Yandabo in
1826 that marked the beginning of British expansion in the region, till Partition
in 1947. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It discusses the history of the
colonial province of Assam, which included most of modern Assam, Meghalaya,
Nagaland, Mizoram and Arunachal Pradesh. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It details the colonial expansion
and associated political developments and also analyses the important social,
cultural and economic changes during the period. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">A key aspect is its focus on the
growth of political consciousness in the region and the impact of the pan-Indian
national movement on the society and politics of the region. </li>
</ul></td><td>Priyam Goswami is Professor, Department of
History, Gauhati University, Guwahati.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5262-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The History of
Education in Modern India, 1757-2012 </td><td>Suresh Chandra
Ghosh</td><td>2013</td><td>416</td><td>575.0000</td><td>The History of Education in Modern
India 1757–2012, presents an overview of the education
system in India from its colonial beginnings through Independence till the present
day. It examines crucial issues that have shaped India’s education system, like
the introduction of English education, the Education Despatch of 1854, the genesis
of Curzon’s university reform of 1899–1905, and the education policy of post-
Independence India.
In addition, this fourth, revised
edition includes the latest discussions and debates around the major changes
planned for and already implemented in the education sector, including the
recommendations of the National Knowledge Commission, the Yashpal Committee Report
on the functioning of bodies in higher and technical education, and enactment of
the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009. These are
analysed against the background of the huge socioeconomic and political changes
brought about in post-liberalisation India.
Meticulously researched and lucidly
written by a leading authority on the subject, this book is essential reading for
students at the graduate and postgraduate levels and anyone with an interest in
the history and present state of education in India.
</td><td>Suresh Chandra
Ghosh is a former member of the Editorial Advisory Board of
Paedagogica Historica, Belgium. He held the Chair of History
of Education at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, till 2002, and was a Guest
Professor at Friedrich Schiller University Jena, known for its association with
Goethe, Hegel and Marx.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6281-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Hoodlum
Years</td><td>Ashok Mitra, with a foreword by Prabhat
Patnaik</td><td>2016</td><td>176</td><td>725.0000</td><td>The Hoodlum
Years refer to the years of terror and agony that India passed through in the
early-mid 1970s and culminated in the Emergency. At the time Ashok Mitra
contributed a series of sensitive essays to the Economic and Political Weekly that
tellingly and powerfully portrayed the horror of those years. This volume contains
a selection of these essays, written during 1972–75 and between January and April
1977.

The claustrophobic season of 1972–77, the author feels, ought to be remembered
every now and then; there is otherwise a danger of our judgement being distorted by
the familiar problem of forgetting.

With its honest and detailed analysis, this new edition comes with a Foreword by
Prabhat Patnaik.</td><td>Ashok Mitra is
former Finance Minister of West Bengal (1977–87) and former Member of the Rajya
Sabha; and a distinguished economist, essayist and political
activist.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4113-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Idea of
Gujarat: History, Ethnography and Text</td><td>Edward Simpson and Aparna Kapadia
(Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>284</td><td>995.0000</td><td>The hegemony of
India’s states on the way the country is imagined is such that it is often
forgotten that Gujarat only emerged as both a political unit and as a form of
cultural identity over the course of the last century. 
The Idea of Gujarat: History, Ethnography and
Text critically examines the processes that went into
the formation of the region and in the process unsettles a series of conventional
wisdoms about the land and its inhabitants. Individual chapters examine the work
of courts, colonial officers, politicians, scholars and gods and goddesses in the
making of the state. As a whole, the book provides a broad introduction to the
idea of Gujarat, the scope of its history, the nature of its politics, and the
dynamics of its society.
It will be of use to students and scholars interested in the study of
Gujarat, and to those concerned with wider questions of identity formation,
colonial and post-colonial knowledge practices, and contemporary
politics.</td><td>Edward Simpson is
a senior lecturer in social anthropology at the School of Oriental and African
Studies, London. 
Aparna Kapadia is a Mellon post-doctoral fellow at the
Faculty of Oriental Studies, University of Oxford. Her doctoral thesis examined
the nature of texts, power and kingship in medieval Gujarat. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-357-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Imaginary
Institution of India: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta
thoughtful and wide-ranging political thinkers and analysts, and one of the
subtlest and most learned writers on Indian politics in recent times.
Paradoxically, this has remained something of a state secret, because Kaviraj’s
writings on these subjects have remained scattered in learned journals, many of
which remain difficult to access. So the present volume fills a most important gap
in the literature on politics and political thought in South Asia.
Among Kaviraj’s many strengths is his quite exceptional ability to
position Indian politics within the frameworks of political philosophy in the West
alongside perspectives from Indian history and indigenous political thought. The
writings collected here range over a wide terrain, including studies of the
peculiar nature of Indian democracy; the specificities of the regimes of
Jawaharlal Nehru and Indira Gandhi; political culture in Independent India; the
construction of colonial power; the relationship between state, society, and
discourse in India; the structure of nationalist discourse; language and identity
formation in Indian contexts; the relation of development with democracy and
democratic functioning; and the interface of religion, politics, and modernity in
South Asia.
This volume will be indispensable for every student and scholar of South
Asian politics, history, and sociology. 
</td><td>SUDIPTA KAVIRAJ, currently a professor of politics at Columbia
University, was earlier a professor of politics at the University of Chicago.
Before that he taught for many years at SOAS, London University, following a long
stint as reader in politics at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
<td>978-81-7824-315-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Indian Army
and the Making of Punjab</td><td>Rajit K.
Mazumder</td><td>2011</td><td>325</td><td>695.0000</td><td>A handful of
Englishmen controlled the vast British Indian empire for nearly two hundred years.
Throughout this period, the colonials who ran the empire (viceroys, bureaucrats,
military men, police officers) constituted a minuscule minority of the Indian
population. That a few thousand British men dominated so many million Indians for
so long via ‘native’ collaborators (feudal princes, educated babus, peasant
recruits) has long been known. This book looks closely at the Indian army in order
to show precisely how collaboration worked to sustain a national empire and a
local economy. 
The British Indian army was the mightiest pillar of the empire. It
protected the state from internal danger and external aggression, and it helped
fulfill global imperial objectives. The bulk of this British Indian army was made
up of Indian regiments, and, after 1857, the largest recruitment into this army
was from Punjab. Rajit Mazumder investigates the social, economic and political
consequences of the creation and existence of this native army. He argues that
Punjab’s military significance resulted in a uniquely interdependent relationship
between the colonial state and dominant elements within Punjab. 
Two-fifths of the Indian army comprised Punjabi peasant recruits. The pay
and pensions of these soldiers enabled the recruited classes to live better than
their non-recruited counterparts. Punjab was favoured with other benefits: the
creation of a vast transport and communications network to protect the north-west
frontier grew into the infrastructure on which Punjab’s massive agricultural
expansion took place. 
The benefits that the province thus derived resulted in a loyalist
politics that supported British rule. At the same time, ironically, the colonial
state was unable to fully use its repressive machinery in Punjab, the province
that provided the bulk of its army. The result was that a paternalistic colonial
state and a militarized rural Punjab colluded in a mutually beneficial alliance,
not encountered elsewhere in British India. Mazumder shows that colonialism was
constrained and nationalism restricted as a consequence of the Indian army’s deep
roots in Punjab.
This is a major work of historical research. It is indispensable to
historians and sociologists, students of Punjab history and society, and the
Indian army history.</td><td>Rajit K.
Mazumder studied at the Doon School, Dehra Dun, and graduated in
economics from Delhi University.  He read history at Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi, and completed his Ph.D. at the School of Oriental and
African Studies (SOAS), London. He is a lecturer in history at St. Stephen’s
College, Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-483-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Indian
Ideology: Three Responses to Perry Anderson</td><td>Partha Chatterjee, Sudipta
Kaviraj, Nivedita Menon introduction by Sanjay
Ruparelia</td><td>2017</td><td>176</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
When the Marxist historian Perry Anderson published The Indian
Ideology—his scathing assessment of India’s democracy, secularism,
nationalism, and statehood—it created a furore. Anderson attacked subcontinental
unity as a myth, castigated Mahatma Gandhi for infusing Hindu religiosity into
nationalism, blamed Congress for Partition, and saw India’s liberal intelligentsia
as by and large a feckless lot.
Within the large array of responses to Anderson that appeared, three
stand out for the care and comprehensiveness with which they show the levels of
ignorance, arrogance, and misconstruction on which the Andersonian variety of
political analysis is based. Collectively, these three ripostes represent a
systematic critique of the intellectual foundations of The Indian
Ideology. 
Confronting Anderson’s claim to originality, Nivedita Menon exposes his
failure to engage with feminist, Marxist, and Dalit scholarship, arguing that a
British colonial ideology is at work in such analyses. Partha Chatterjee studies
key historical episodes to counter the “Great Men” view of history, suggesting
that misplaced concepts from Western intellectual history can obfuscate political
understanding. Tracing their origins to the nineteenth-century worldview of Hegel
and James Mill, Sudipta Kaviraj contends that reductive Orientalist tropes such as
those deployed by Anderson frequently mar European analyses of non-European
contexts.
Vigorous polemic merges with political analysis here, and critique with
debate, to create a work that is intellectually sophisticated and unusually
entertaining.
</td><td>
partha chatterjee is Professor of Anthropology and South Asian Studies,
Columbia University, New York, and Honorary Professor, Centre for Studies in Social
Sciences, Calcutta. His many books include Nationalist Thought and the
Colonial World (1986), The Nation and Its Fragments
(1993), A Possible India (1997), The
Politics of the Governed (2004), Lineages of
Political Society (2011), and The Black
Hole of Empire (2012). 
sudipta kaviraj is Professor of Indian Politics and Intellectual History
at Columbia University. He taught for many years at SOAS, London University,
following a long teaching stint at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has
been a Fellow of St Antony’s College, Oxford, and a visiting professor at the
University of California, Berkeley, as well as at the University of Chicago. His
most recent books are The Invention of Private Life (2014),
The Trajectories of the Indian State (2012), The
Enchantment of Democracy and India (2011), and The Imaginary
Institution of India (2010).
nivedita menon is Professor, Centre for Comparative Politics and
Political Theory, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. She is the author, most
recently, of Seeing like a Feminist (2012) and editor (with
Aditya Nigam and Sanjay Palshikar) of Critical Studies
in Politics: Exploring Sites, Selves, Power (2013). An active
commentator on contemporary issues in newspapers and on the blog kafila.org, she
has translated fiction and nonfiction from Hindi and Malayalam into
English.
sanjay ruparelia is Assistant Professor of Politics at the New School for
Social Research, New York. His publications include Divided We Govern:
Coalition Politics in Modern India (2015),and Understanding
India’s New Political Economy: A Great Transformation? (2011).

<td>978-93-5442-279-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Indian
Struggle 1920–1942</td><td>Sisir K. Bose and Sugata
Bose</td><td>2022</td><td>436</td><td>595.0000</td><td>The
Indian Struggle 1920–1942 is Netaji Subhas Chandra
Bose’s major political study of the movement for independence in which he himself
was a leading participant. The book provides a lucid, analytical narrative of the
freedom struggle, from the gathering clouds of the Non-Co-operation and Khilafat
movements to the unleashing of the mighty storm of the Quit India and Azad Hind
movements. The story of the political upheavals of the inter-war period is
enriched by Netaji’s reflections on the key themes in Indian history and a finely
etched assessment of Mahatma Gandhi’s role in it. 
Bose wrote the first part of his narrative, 1920–1934, as an exile in
Europe and the second part, 1935–1942, also in Europe eight years later. When the
first part was published in 1935 its entry into India was banned by the British
government. The book was, however, warmly welcomed in literary and political
circles in Europe. The Manchester Guardian described it as
‘perhaps the most interesting book which has yet been written by an Indian
politician on Indian politics.’ Romain Rolland hailed it as an ‘indispensable work
for the history of the Indian
movement.’</td><td>Sisir Kumar Bose
(1920–2000) founded the Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its
guiding spirit until his death in 2000. A participant in the Indian freedom
struggle, he was imprisoned by the British in the Lahore Fort, Red Fort and
Lyallpur Jail. A renowned paediatrician in the post-independence period, he played
making possible the writing of its history.
Indian Ocean in the Age of Global Empire and His Majesty’s
Empire.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5531-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Judiciary I
Served</td><td>P. Jaganmohan Reddy With a Prologue by Gautam
Pingle</td><td>2014</td><td>312</td><td>995.0000</td><td><div>The Judiciary I
Served is an account of an eminent jurist’s long and distinguished career in the
law, from his early days as a barrister to his retirement from the Supreme Court of
India. </div><div> </div><div>As a
judge of the Supreme Court, Justice Pingle Jaganmohan Reddy heard and decided on
several landmark cases which had profound and lasting implications for the country,
covering such issues as the fundamental right to property and the constitutional
rights of minority educational institutions. The Bank Nationalisation case, the
Keshavananda Bharati case and the St. Xavier’s case are some of the proceedings
about which he writes in his book. </div><div> </div><div>Justice Reddy’s years as a judge gave him a broad
experience of different contemporary issues and personalities. In this book he
provides an absorbing account of how repeated challenges, minor and major, were
faced by both state and central governments, and how upright judges struggled
against such pressures in order to uphold the proper functioning of the law.
  </div><div> </div><div>The
Prologue to this volume, by his son and academic Gautam Pingle, charts the life and
times of Justice Reddy. Personal and heartwarming, the Prologue shows how probity,
impartiality and firmness were features that marked the illustrious career of this
distinguished judge.</div><div> </div></td><td>Pingle Jaganmohan Reddy (1910–99) was
born at Waddepalli, Warangal District, in what was then the Nizam’s State of
Hyderabad. He rose rapidly through the legal profession as a Divisional Judge, then
a Judge of the High Court of Hyderabad before and after the 1948 Police Action,
Judge of the High Court of Andhra Pradesh, and Chief Justice, High Court of Andhra
Pradesh, prior to his elevation to a Judgeship in the Supreme Court of India. On
retirement from the Supreme Court in 1975, Justice Reddy served as Vice-Chancellor
of Osmania University.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5018-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Language of
Secular Islam: Urdu Nationalism and Colonial India</td><td>Kavita Saraswathi
Datla</td><td>2013</td><td>248</td><td>1625.0000</td><td>During the
turbulent period prior to colonial India’s Partition and Independence, Muslim
intellectuals in Hyderabad sought to secularize and reformulate their linguistic,
historical, religious, and literary traditions for the sake of a newly conceived
national public. Responding to the model of secular education introduced to South
Asia by the British, Indian academics in princely Hyderabad launched a spirited
debate about the reform of Islamic education, the importance of education in the
spoken languages of the country, the shape of Urdu and its past, and the
significance of the histories of Islam and India for their present. 
 
The Language of Secular Islam
pursues an alternative account of the political disagreements between Hindus and
Muslims in South Asia, conflicts too often described as the product of primordial
and unchanging attachments to religion. The author suggests that the political
struggles of India in the 1930s, the very decade in which the demand for Pakistan
began to be articulated, should not be understood as the product of an inadequate
or incomplete secularism, but as the clashing of competing secular agendas. Her
work explores negotiations over language, education, and religion at Osmania
University, the first university in India to use a modern Indian language (Urdu) as
its medium of instruction in all academic subjects. 
 
Grounded in close attention to historical evidence, The
Language of Secular Islam has broad ramifications for
some of the most difficult issues currently debated in the humanities and social
sciences: the significance and legacies of European colonialism, the inclusions and
exclusions enacted by nationalist projects, the place of minorities in the forging
of Indian nationalism, and the relationship between religion and modern politics.
It will be of interest to historians of colonial India, scholars of religion, and
anyone who follows language politics.</td><td>Kavita Datla is Assistant
Professor of History at Mount Holyoke College, Massachusetts,
USA.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-86392-68-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Languages of
Arunachal Pradesh-Volume 4, Part 2 (PLSI)</td><td>G. N. Devy and Lisa
Lomdak</td><td>2017</td><td>364</td><td>1900.0000</td><td>• The People’s
Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea of the extant and dying languages
of India.
• It is the outcome of a nationwide survey of languages that has been
documented by linguists, writers, social activists, and members of different speech
communities.
• The Languages of Arunachal Pradesh documents the major languages that
are spoken in the state—not only languages of well-known tribes, but also lesser
known ethno-linguistic groups that are found within the larger ethnic
groupings.
• The main objective of this volume is to bring numerically smaller ethno-
linguistic communities into focus and provide them with a platform to share their
views about their language and culture as they perceive
it.</td><td>G. N. Devy is the chief editor of
the PLSI series. He taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda, till 1996
Akademi at Tejgadh, where he worked towards conserving and promoting the languages
and culture of indigenous and nomadic communities. Apart from being awarded the
Padma Shree, he has received many awards for his work in literature and language
conservation.
Lisa Lomdak is an Assistant Professor of Linguistics at

the Rajiv Gandhi University, Itanagar, Arunachal Pradesh. She has presented papers
on languages of Arunachal Pradesh in international and national seminars. Her work
on ‘Arunachalee Hindi’— a colloquial form of Hindi spoken only in the state—is a
seminal work on how a completely different language has been accepted as the lingua
franca by diverse speech communities of the state.</td><td>World</td>
Assam (Volume 5, Part 2) - People’s Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G. N. Devy
and Bibha Bharali, Banani
Chakravarty</td><td>2017</td><td>568</td><td>2495.0000</td><td>The
People’s Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea of the extant and dying
languages of India. It is the outcome of a nationwide survey of languages that has
been documented by linguists, writers, social activists, and members of different
speech communities.

This volume discusses some interesting features of the languages spoken in the
valleys, hills and terrains of Assam. It discusses features of Scheduled, Non-
scheduled, and other languages of the state. The volume lists how these languages
are in use in day-to-day life of the people there. It also includes folktales, folk
songs to tell the reader about the rich culture of Assam. 
</td><td>G. N. Devy is the chief editor of
Akademi at Tejgadh. There, he worked towards conserving and promoting the languages
conservation.

Bibha Bharali teaches Assamese at Gauhati University. Her interests
include lexicography and dialectology of the Assamese language.

Banani Chakravarty teaches Assamese at Gauhati University. Her areas of
interest include sociolinguistics and social history of the Assamese
language.
Goa, Volume 8, Part II, People’s Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G. N. Devy,
Madhavi Sardesai, Damodar
Mauzo</td><td>2019</td><td>320</td><td>1945.0000</td><td>This volume of
the People’s Linguistic Survey of India (volume eight, part two) attempts a
detailed discussion of Konkani and its variations. It is unique in that such an
attempt to record this diversity hasn’t been made before. The volume sheds light on
Konkani’s linguistic richness, its struggle to be recognised as a Scheduled
Language, and the myriad influences that other languages like French, Portuguese
and Marathi have had on it. Linguistic features are discussed and folktales,
riddles, popular phrases and proverbs are provided for the reader to understand the
language better.
</td><td>
conservation.
Madhavi Sardesai was a linguist, academic and
the editor of the nationally acclaimed Konkani literary
magazine Jaag. She had
authored multiple
books apart from authoring several other academic
papers. Besides this, she also has some translations to her credit-
 Eka Vicharachi Jivit Katha was bestowed
the Sahitya Akademi Translation award in 1998. Sardesai was Associate Professor in
the Department of Konkani, University of Goa, till 2014 where she tirelessly
worked for the cause of the Konkani language.
Damodar Mauzo is a novelist and
short fiction writer, scriptwriter and critic. As an activist, he actively
participated in Goa’s struggle for statehood and Konkani’s inclusion in the Eighth
Schedule. He has over fifteen books to his credit. His 1983 Sahitya
Akademi award-winning novel Karmelin has
been translated into over a dozen languages. His story collection, translated into
English as Teresa’s Man, was nominated for the Frank O’Connor
International Prize in 2015.
</td><td>World</td>
Haryana-Volume 10, Part 2 (PLSI)</td><td>G. N. Devy and Roop Krishen Bhat &
Omkar N. Koul (Ed.s)</td><td>2017</td><td>292</td><td>1700.0000</td><td>
The People’s Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea of the
extant and dying languages of India. It is the outcome of a nationwide survey of
languages that has been documented by linguists, writers, social activists, and
members of different speech communities.
The Languages of Haryana (volume ten, part two)
covers the languages that are spoken in the state of Haryana. The book gives a
detailed description of Hindi as well as Hindi language and literature. In
addition, the volume gives information about the contribution of Haryana to the
development of Punjabi and Urdu language and literature.  Other
languages, spoken in Haryana like Ahirwati, Bagri, Bangru, Kauravi and Mewati are
also described in detail. 
</td><td>
Tejgadh, where he worked towards conserving and promoting the languages and
conservation.
Roop Krishen Bhat, former Professor, Central
Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore and Director, Directorate of Adult
Education, MHRD, Government of India is an author of more than thirty- five books.
He writes in Kashmiri, Urdu, Hindi and English. His main areas of academic
interest are language, literature, culture and media. A Sahitya Akademi
translation awardee and a prominent short story writer in Kashmiri, Bhat has been
a Senior Research Fellow of Ministry of Culture , Government of India. 
Omkar N. Koul, former Director, Central
Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore has had a distinguished career spanning over
forty years. Author of over fifty books, his main areas of academic interest are
linguistics, language education, communication and comparative literature. He has
also been associated among others, with several UNESCO programmes related to
endangered languages and mother tongue
education.     &nbsp
;        &a
mp;nbsp;       &
nbsp;       &nbs
p;       
  
</td><td>World</td>
Himachal Pradesh-Volume 11, Part 2 (PLSI)</td><td>G. N. Devy and
Tobdan</td><td>2017</td><td>512</td><td>2350.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>The People’s Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea
of the languages of India-the widely spoken ones as well as the ones slowly going
out of use.</li>
<li>The book is the outcome of a nationwide survey of languages that has
been documented by linguists, writers, social activists, and members of different
speech communities.</li>
<li>This volume covers the languages that are spoken in the state of
Himachal Pradesh.</li>
<li>The book tries to document all these languages before they disappear
and are no longer spoken.</li>
<li>The detailed linguistic descriptions given in the book have been taken
from native speakers through oral interaction/by speaking with them
directly.</li>
</ul></td><td>G. N. Devy is the chief editor of
conservation.

Formerly of the Reserve Bank of India,Tobdan is a speaker of
many languages. Apart from his home language sTodpa, he speaks English, Hindi and
Punjabi along with most of the languages spoken in Himachal Pradesh, Ladakh and
Spiti. He has worked largely on the languages of Himachal Pradesh and has even
published several titles.
Jammu & Kashmir</td><td>G.N.Devy (Ed) and Omkar N.
Koul(Ed)</td><td>2014</td><td>440</td><td>2250.0000</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">This twelfth volume of the People’s
Linguistic Survey of India attempts to document the languages of the State of Jammu
& Kashmir. The book is divided into three parts—the first part covers the
scheduled languages, Dogri and Kashmiri, the second part, the non-scheduled and
minor languages and the third part is devoted to Sanskrit, Persian, Hindi and Urdu
which have played an important role in the state and also influenced local
languages. </div><div style="text-align:
justify">In the discussions about the languages, there is information about
their contemporary status,   their historical evolution and structural
aspects.</div></td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Chief Editor: PLSI</div><div
style="text-align: justify">G. N. Devy, taught at
the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda till 1996, before leaving to set up the
Bhasha Research Centre in Baroda and the Adivasi academy at Tejgadh where he has
since worked towards conserving and promoting the languages and culture of
indigenous and nomadic communities. He has also been the recipient of many awards
for his work in literature, tribal craft and language conservation. He was awarded
the Padma Shri in 2014. He is the Chief Editor of the PLSI
series.</div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">Volume
Editor:</div><div style="text-align:
justify">Omkar N. Koul , former Director, Central
Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore has had a distinguished career spanning over
forty years. The author of over fifty books, his main areas of academic interest
are linguistics, language education, communication and comparative literature. He
has also been associated among others, with several UNESCO programmes related to
endangered languages and mother tongue education.
 </div></td><td>World</td>
Jharkhand, Volume 13, Part 2, People's Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G. N.
Devy and Ramnika Gupta, Prabhat kumar Singh
<ul>
<li>The People’s Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea of
the extant and dying languages of India. </li>
<li>It is the outcome of a nationwide survey of languages that has
been documented by linguists, writers, social activists, and members of
different speech communities.</li>
<li>The Languages of Jharkhand documents
all the indigenous languages that are spoken in the state.</li>
<li>The main objective of this volume is to bring the predominantly
tribal languages of Jharkhand into focus and attempt to preserve them in
their authenticity.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>
conservation.
Ramnika Gupta, Head of Ramnika Foundation,
has an MA from Punjab University and a Bed from Central Institute of Education.
She was MLA and former member of the Legislative Assembly of Bihar. A litterateur
dedicated to the development of Dalits, adivasis and women, she has been honoured
for her literary as well as her social work.
Prabhatkumar Singh, PhD (Anthropology), is a
professor in the Department of Anthropology, Ranchi University. He is well-known
for his extensive work on the Kurmali language spoken in Jharkhand. He is a
renowned scholar and has published three books and thirty-five research papers.
Singh has also participated and presented papers in numerous national and
international seminars.
</td><td>World</td>
Kerala and Lakshadweep</td><td>M. Sreenathan and Joseph
Koyipally(Eds.)</td><td>2015</td><td>360</td><td>2000.0000</td><td>
This fifteenth volume of the People’s Linguistic Survey of
India, The Languages of Kerala
and Lakshadweep contextualises Kerala’s language
wealth in its social ecology. This volume deals with Malayalam and provides a
description of its linguistic features. The volume also looks into the other
tribal languages of the state.  Another sizeable section of the volume is
devoted to the variant of Malayalam, Dweep Malayalam which is spoken in
Lakshadweep, and which varies considerably from the language of the mainland.

</td><td>
M. Sreenathan is Head and Dean, Department
of Linguistics, Thunchatchu Ezhuthachan Malayalam University, Vakkad,
Kerala. 
Joseph Koyipally is Associate Professor in
Comparative Literature, University of Kerala.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6144-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Languages of
Madhya Pradesh-Volume 16, Part 2 (PLSI)</td><td>G. N. Devy and Damodar Jain,
Prashant Mishra</td><td>2017</td><td>352</td><td>2025.0000</td><td>
Madhya Pradesh is the second-largest state in the country and is home to
a significant number of Scheduled Castes and Schedules Tribes of the country. The
given volume presents folktales, folk songs, and vocabulary lists for the reader
to gain a better understanding of the languages of the state. Scheduled, Non-
scheduled, and tribal languages are discussed. 
</td><td>
conservation.
Damodar Jain is a professor in IASE
(Institute of Advanced study in Education), Bhopal. He has been an integral part
of the Literacy Programme ‘Sakshar Bharat’ since 2010 and has contributed towards
making training modules and textbooks. He is also a member of
organisations  like UNICEF, and NGOs such as the Azim Premji Foundation,
Sarthak, Eklavya etc. to name a few.
Prashant Mishra is a professor and Head of
Department of English in Government S.V.P.G. College, Neemuch, Madhya Pradesh. He
has published many research papers and articles in scholarly journals and
anthologies. His areas of interest include linguistics, criticism, postmodern
theories, and pedagogical issues. 
</td><td>World</td>
Maharashtra (Volume 17, Part 2): People's Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G.
N. Devy, Arun
Jakhade</td><td>2017</td><td>808</td><td>3100.0000</td><td>The People’s
of India. It is the outcome of a nationwide survey of languages that has been
communities.

Maharashtra is India’s third largest state and also its most industrialised. This
volume informs the reader about the variety of languages that are prevalent and in
use in the state. One of its interesting features is that it discusses the
varieties of Marathi in use, and also different tribal languages. Apart from this,
it also details the languages of nomadic communities and also has a chapter on the
code language of the nomads.
</td><td>G. N. Devy is the chief editor of
conservation.

Arun Jakhade, the editor of this volume, is a well-known Marathi writer
and also a columnist. He writes both fiction and non-fiction and has received
several awards for his work. He established Padmagandha Prakashan, which is one of
the leading publishing houses in Maharashtra.
Manipur (Volume 18, Part 2)-People's Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G. N.
Devy and K. Nipuni Mao (Ed.s)</td><td>2016</td><td>488</td><td>2230.0000</td><td>
This volume documents the variety of languages prevalent in the state of
Manipur, so as to preserve them in this globalised world, where migration and
other factors are resulting in loss of languages. Critically, the book
encapsulates the world view of the speakers of the discussed languages. This book
also attempts to showcase diversity in languages spoken in the state by
contextualising the language wealth in its social ecology. The majority of the
languages spoken in the state belong to the Tibeto-Burman language family. The
Austro-Asiatic, Dravidian and Indo-Aryan language families also find
representation in the state.
</td><td>
conservation.
K. Nipuni Mao is a freelance researcher.
He holds post-graduate degrees in Linguistics (NEHU,
2001) and English Literature (EFLU, 2003), and a doctorate degree in Cultural
Studies, specialising in Oral narratives from the department of Cultural and
Creative Studies, NEHU, Shillong. He worked as a Resource Person (2004–2010) on
North-Eastern Language Development programme (NELDP).
</td><td>World</td>
Meghalaya</td><td>G. N. Devy (Ed) and Esther
Syiem(Ed)</td><td>2014</td><td>456</td><td>2300.0000</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">This nineteenth volume of the People’s
Linguistic Survey of India attempts to document the languages of the State of
Meghalaya, beginning at the grassroots and involving speakers from all walks of
life, so as to bring to readers the linguistic and cultural heritage of the state.
Apart from the dominant languages spoken in the state, Khasi, Pnar and Garo, the
varieties of these languages too are described in great detail. Care has been taken
to record the voices of the informants in the true nature of the survey, so that
the volume is not a mere cataloguing of languages, but mirrors the spirit and world
view of the speakers. For languages are an extension of people’s existence and
being.</div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">In the
discussions about the languages, there is information about their contemporary
status, while the sections on the main languages also contain information about
their historical evolution and structural aspects. The linguistic maps included in
the volume also give a general idea of areas where the main languages are spoken.
It is hoped that this volume will not only engage the reader, but will also stand
as testimony to a people’s search for their roots.</div></td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Chief Editor:
PLSI </div><div style="text-align:
justify">G. N. Devy, taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao
University, Baroda till 1996, before leaving to set up the Bhasha Research Centre
in Baroda and the Adivasi academy at Tejgadh where he has since worked towards
conserving and promoting the languages and culture of indigenous and nomadic
communities. He has also been the recipient of many awards for his work in
literature, tribal craft and language conservation. He was awarded the Padma Shri
in 2014. He is the Chief Editor of the PLSI series.</div><div
style="text-align: justify">Volume
Editor</div><div style="text-align:
justify">Esther Syiem is Professor and Head, Department
of English NEHU, Shillong. A bilingual writer, fluent in both English and Khasi,
she has published two volumes of poetry and a play in Khasi. She has done extensive
work on the Khasis and has also published articles on Khasi folk literature and has
a book on the oral discourse in the Khasi folk narrative. She has also been
involved in translation projects, translating works from Khasi to
English. </div></td><td>World</td>
Mizoram - Volume 20, Part 2-People's Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G. N.
Devy and Lalnunthangi Chhangte</td><td>2018</td><td>260</td><td>1665.0000</td><td>
<ul>
<li>The People’s Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea of
the extant and dying languages of India. </li>
<li>It is the outcome of a nationwide survey of languages that has
been documented by linguists, writers, social activists, and members of
different speech communities.</li>
<li>The Languages of Mizoram documents all
the major languages—along with their varieties that are spoken in the
state.</li>
<li>The main objective of this volume is to bring all the extant
languages of Mizoram into focus and attempt to preserve them in their
authenticity.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>
conservation.
Lalnunthangi Chhangte is a linguist,
specialising in the Tibeto-Burman languages of Northeast India. She has published
several articles and contributed to books on the Mizo language, both in English
and Mizo. She is engaged in documenting the extant and endangered languages of the
region and also helps in publishing dictionaries, readers (or primers) and other
literature. She is a life member of INTACH, Mizoram chapter. 
</td><td>World</td>
Nagaland - Volume 21, Part 2 - People's Linguistic Survey of India,</td><td>G.
N. Devy and Duovituo
Kuolie</td><td>2016</td><td>320</td><td>2050.0000</td><td><div>The People’s
of India. It is the outcome of a nationwide survey of languages that has been
communities.</div><div> </div><div>This volume
attempts to bring to the reader the wealth of languages of Nagaland and
contextualise them within contemporary linguistics. The languages surveyed have
been divided into two parts—(a) Tenyidie Group and (b) Other Naga Groups. The
content of the survey is based entirely on structural bases, mainly, phonology,
morphology and syntax. In an attempt to document these varieties of languages, this
volume aspires to preserve the languages spoken in the state of Nagaland in this
globalised world</div><div> </div></td><td>G.
N. Devy is the chief editor of the PLSI series. He taught at the Maharaja
Sayajirao University, Baroda, till 1996 before leaving to set up the Bhasha
Research Centre in Baroda and the Adivasi Akademi at Tejgadh, where he worked
towards conserving and promoting the languages and culture of indigenous and
nomadic communities. Apart from being awarded the Padma Shree, he has received many
awards for his work in literature and language
conservation. <div> </div><div>Duovituo Kuolie is Professor and
Head, Department of Linguistics and Tenydie, Nagaland University. He is also the
recipient of the Sahitya Akademi’s Bhasha Samman Award and the Governor’s
(Nagaland) award.</div></td><td>World</td>
Puducherry - Part 2, Volume 23</td><td>G. N. Devy and L. Ramamoorthy, G.
Ravisankar</td><td>2016</td><td>104</td><td>1200.0000</td><td>
The People’s Linguistic Survey of India tries to give an idea of the
This volume presents to the reader the multiethnic, multicultural and
multilingual nature of the Union Territory of Puducherry and the history and the
status of the languages in Puducherry. Formerly known as Pondicherry, Puducherry
has been greatly influenced by French culture and language which can still be seen
in the wide use of French in the region. The Union Territory comprises four small
unconnected districts—Puducherry, Karaikal, Yanam and Mahe. Each region has its
dominant language as the local official language (Tamil in Puducherry and
Karaikal, Malayalam in Mahe and Telugu in Yanam). This volume also highlights the
spiritual identity of the region. 
</td><td>
conservation.
L. Ramamoorthy heads the linguistic-data-
consortium for Indian languages at the Central Institute of Indian languages,
Mysore. He was earlier associated with the Pondicherry Institute of Linguistics
and Culture as Director-in-charge. His academic interests are sociolinguistics,
language planning and language technology. 
 
G. Ravisankar is Associate Professor in Linguistics at
the Pondicherry Institute of Linguistics and Culture. His areas of specialisation
are phonetics, phonology intonation studies, translation and speech synthesis.

</td><td>World</td>
Punjab - Volume 24, Part 2 (PLSI)</td><td>Omkar N Koul, Roop Krishen Bhat
This volume documents the languages spoken in the state of Punjab. Apart
from a detailed description of Punjabi language, the volume includes entries
describing the linguistic features of the regional dialects of Bauria, Bazigari,
Bhand, Dhaha, Gojri, Lahanda, Lubana, Odi and Sansi. A survey of folk and written
literature is also included. In addition, the volume provides information about
the invaluable contribution of Punjab to the development of Hindi and Urdu
languages and literature. 
</td><td>
conservation.
Omkar N Koul is a former Director of the
Central Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore. He has had a distinguished career
authoring over fifty books. His areas of academic interests are linguistics,
language education, communication and comparative literature.
Roop Krishen Bhat is a former Professor at
the Central Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore and Directorate of Adult
Education, MHRD, Government of India. He has over thirty-five titles in Kashmiri,
Urdu, Hindi and English. His areas of academic interest are language, literature,
culture and media
</td><td>World</td>
Rajasthan (Volume 25, Part 2)-People's Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G. N.
Devy and Madan Meena and Suraj Rao
This volume of the People’s Linguistic
Survey of India, The Languages of
Rajasthan recognises all the languages spoken in Rajasthan within its
geographical boundary. The languages have been identified on the basis of people’s
knowledge and they have been accorded the status of independent languages,
avoiding the distinction between language, dialect and sub-dialect. An important
feature of this survey is that people have been given the freedom to name their
languages. 
</td><td>
conservation.
Madan Meena is a visual artist and
researcher who has worked extensively with artists and craft-persons of Rajasthan.
He has documented and exhibited mandana wall paintings created
by the women of the Meena community.  He has also worked on the secret
language of the Kanjar community. For this he received a fellowship from the
Firebird Foundation for Anthropological Research, USA. He was the state
coordinator for ICSSR’s survey of the educational status of the nomadic and de-
notified tribes of Rajasthan. His publications include Joy of
Creativity, Nurturing Walls and Tejaji
Gatha.
Suraj Rao is
Assistant Registrar, MDS University, Ajmer. He has a PhD from Jain Vishava Bharti
Institute, Rajasthan and is currently doing his post-doctoral research at the
Department of Rajasthani, MLSU, Udaipur. He has participated in a number of
national and international conferences and presented papers on language,
literature, folklore, the cultural heritage of Rajasthan and Ancient Indian
History. He was felicitated by the Government of Rajasthan for his contribution to
Rajasthani language and literature. 
</td><td>World</td>
Sikkim - Volume 26 - Part 2</td><td>G. N. Devy and Balaram
Pandey</td><td>2018</td><td>304</td><td>1825.0000</td><td>
The given volume offers a detailed discussion about the languages spoken
in the culturally and linguistically rich state of Sikkim. Its geographical
location has allowed it to be influenced by the languages of Nepal, Tibet, Bhutan
and West Bengal. This in turn has impacted the languages of the state too.
Folktales, folk songs, origin myths and vocabulary lists are provided to help the
reader have a better understanding of the linguistic scenario of the state. The
volume examines grammatical features and also the number of speakers of each
language, with data taken from actual field work.
</td><td>
conservation.
Balaram Pandey has been working on the
languages of Sikkim and Nepal for the last twenty years. He is associated with
many projects of CIIL Mysore, Sikkim Akademi, and Nepali Sahitya Parishad
(Sikkim). His articles and research papers have been published in books and in
national and international journals. He has also contributed towards the
preparation of the Nepali Style Manual. His interests include folklore, literary
criticism, sociolinguistics and history and culture of Northeast India.
</td><td>World</td>
Tamil Nadu,Volume 27, Part 2</td><td>V. Gnanasundaram, K.
Rangan</td><td>2015</td><td>528</td><td>2575.0000</td><td>
The People’s Linguistics Survey of India provides an overview of the
extant and dying languages of India. It is the culmination of a nationwide survey
of languages that has been documented by linguists, writers, social activists, and
members of different speech communities. The volume documents the languages
prevalent in the state of Tamil Nadu. Critically, the book encapsulates the world
view of the speakers of the discussed languages.
Apart from dealing with the detailed study of the scheduled languages such
as Telugu and Malayalam, that involves the discussion on various linguistics
features as well as the literature, The Languages of Tamil
Nadu brings to the readers a certain wealth of information on Tamil, as
also the languages spoken by other speech communities like Saurashtri and Tanjavur
Marathi. It also documents the languages of the tribals like the Irula and Toda and
nomadic communities such as Narikkuravar, out of which, most are on the verge of
extinction. 
</td><td>
G. N. Devy is the chief editor of
conservation.
V. Gnanasundaram is a former
Professor cum Deputy Director of CIIL, Mysore. He has had a long and successful
career in the field of linguistics and has worked primarily on endangered tribal
languages. He has conducted a survey of indigenous mother tongues spoken in the
tribal communities of Tamil Nadu. He has publications in India as well as
abroad.
K.Rangan is former Professor and
Head of the Department of Linguistics, Tamil University, Thanjavur. His research
interests include phonology and sociolinguistics. He has been a visiting scientist
at the Department of Linguistics, MIT. He has publications in both English and
Tamil.
</td><td>World</td>
Tripura (Volume 28, Part 2)-People's Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G. N.
Devy and Sukhendu Debbarma</td><td>2016</td><td>280</td><td>1695.0000</td><td>
This volume tries to acquaint the reader with the languages spoken in
this north-eastern state of India. There are nineteen Scheduled Tribe communities
in Tripura and Kokborok is spoken by a majority of these tribes. The linguistic
data of the languages covered in this volume has been provided mostly by community
elders and experts and we hope that this book will bring to its readers a
comprehensive survey of the languages of Tripura.
</td><td>
conservation.
Sukhendu Debbarma is Professor, Department
of History, Tripura University. He has published a book on the origin and growth
of Christianity in Tripura and several papers in national and international
journals. He is a recipient of the Commonwealth Academic Staff Fellow,
UK.
</td><td>World</td>
Uttarakhand - Volume 30, Part 2 - People's Linguistic Survey of
India</td><td>Uma Bhatt, Shekhar
Pathak</td><td>2015</td><td>348</td><td>2025.0000</td><td>
members of different speech communities. The volume documents the languages
prevalent in the state of Uttarakhand. Critically, the book encapsulates the world
view of the speakers of the discussed languages.
The languages of Uttarakhand have a wide variety as well as rich heritage
because of the various linguistic influences of the different settlers who came to
India from time to time. Here, languages of the Tibeto-Burman family are spoken
along with Austro-Asiatic languages. This volume attempts to document these
varieties of languages so as to preserve them in this globalised world, where
migration and other factors are resulting in loss of languages.</td><td>
conservation.
Uma Bhatt retired as Professor of Hindi and
Linguistics from Kumaon University, Nainital. She has been editing the women’s
quarterly Uttara with her team for last twenty-five years. She is also associated
with PAHAR (People’s Association for Himalayan Area Research) and other
organisations working on Himalayan languages and literature.
Shekhar Pathak taught at Kumaon University,
Nainital; was Fellow at IIAS, Shimla and Nehru Fellow at Centre for Contemporary
Studies, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi and now works voluntarily
with PAHAR and has been editing their annual journal of same name for the last
three decades.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3967-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Last
Musha’irah of Dehli</td><td>Mirza Farhatullah Baig (author) and Akhtar Qamber
(translator)</td><td>2010</td><td>192</td><td>950.0000</td><td>The twilight Delhi of the later Mughals,
decadent in statesmanship, devastated by marauders, declining in history, still
managed to leave behind something more durable than marble and sandstone: a
magnificent body of Urdu poetry and prose. It is this facet of the city that Mirza Farhatullah Baig
Dehalvi captures in this unique literary work. Drawing upon living memory,
manuscripts and other documents, he wrote Dehli ki Akhri
Shama’, a fictional account of what purports to be the last great
musha’irah held in Delhi under the patronage of Bahadur Shah ‘Zafar’, the last
Mughal emperor. The narrative recreates for us the various stages of organizing
such an occasion, introduces us to unforgettable people and now-forgotten places,
and builds up to the climax—the musha’irah itself—at which all the important Urdu
poets of the time are present.
The present volume is the first-ever
English translation of Farhatullah Baig’s classic, accompanied by a long
introduction, textual and other annotations, and extensive glossary. Much more
than a work of translation, this is a labour of love and scholarship. 
</td><td>Mirza
Farhatullah Baig was born of Mughal stock in Delhi. Educated at the
Dehli Madrassah, Hindu College and St. Stephen’s College, Delhi, he was Director
of Education in the State of Hyderabad. Later, he became the Registrar of the high
court of Hyderabad. A distinguished writer and humorist, Baig’s essays are marked
by their richness of imagination and informality of style. His pen-portraits are
lively and sharp in characterisation. His language represents one of the best
specimens of Urdu as spoken in Delhi.<div style="text-align:
justify">Akhtar Qamber obtained graduate degrees in English literature
from the universities of Lucknow and Columbia. She taught at Isabella Thoburn
College, Lucknow, and at Miranda House, Delhi, and visited the International
Christian University at Tokyo and Western College for Women at Oxford, Ohio, on
teaching assignments. After retiring from the academic life, Qamber devoted her
time to translating from Urdu and Persian into English. Her earlier publications
include a collection of poems written originally in English, and a book on the
relationship between the work of W. B. Yeats and the Noh drama of
Japan.</div></td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-93-5287-996-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Limits of
Empire: Sub-imperialism and Pukhtun Resistance in the North-West
Frontier</td><td>Sameetah Agha</td><td>2020</td><td>252</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
The Limits of Empire presents the first
comprehensive history of the Great Pukhtun Revolt of 1897 on the North-West
Frontier of British India—one of the biggest revolts against the British in sub-
continental and British Imperial history. Through pioneering archival and field
research—including the use of rare documents drawn from archives in India,
Pakistan and London, and Pukhtun oral history accounts previously not referenced
in writings on the Frontier—it challenges the official British Imperial account of
events surrounding the revolt and the region, and its uncritical acceptance within
historiography. 
The author provides a fascinating account of the lived historical
realities of this frontier region. Evidence of sub-imperialism, such as secret
telegrams hidden from the upper echelons of the British government and public,
helps to document the contrasts between the local regional and colonial
perspectives as well as manipulations of major imperial policy failures. Rare
examples of Pukhtun oral histories further our knowledge of how colonialism
actually functioned on the North-West Frontier, and how resistance to it thrived
and ultimately prevailed. 
Reconstructing the untold story of the 1897 war, this is a meticulous and
critical historical analysis that reveals the operations of, and resistance to,
empire at its margins. It offers fresh insights into the nature of colonial
defence and expansion in India, Pukhtun resistance, and provides a new context for
understanding the limits of empire. 
This book will be invaluable for students and scholars of history, and
those interested in contemporary conflicts in India, Pakistan and
Afghanistan.
</td><td>Sameetah Agha is Associate Professor of Modern
World History, Social Science and Cultural Studies, Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, New
York.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-173-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Mahatma, His
Philosophy and His Legacy</td><td>Thomas
Weber</td><td>2018</td><td>336</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>
A collection of essays by renowned Gandhi scholar Thomas Weber,
The Mahatma, His Philosophy and His Legacy provides new
insights into Gandhi the individual, philosopher and political campaigner, and how
later generations have interpreted his life and message. The volume has been
divided into three sections—Gandhi: The Mahatma; Gandhism: His Philosophy; and The
Gandhians: His Legacy.
The first section deals directly with the life and times of Gandhi, and
covers issues relating to Gandhi’s moral development in South Africa through what
he saw as his changing obligations to his family back in India. It looks at those
who have been credited with helping Mohandas Gandhi become the Mahatma, such as
Francis Deak and the English suffragettes, and those, such as the Blue Serpent
Goddess—Nilla Cram Cook—who caused him grief. It also examines Gandhi’s attitude
to foreign travel.
The second section explores Gandhi’s philosophy—what were his
expectations of individual and social behaviour? What were his views on practical
state matters like economics and the necessity of armed forces? What did his
detractors think of his insistence on nonviolence? A particularly interesting
essay examines the dynamic between Gandhi and Adolf Hitler, two leading but very
different world figures of the time.
The final section studies Gandhi’s legacy in India and around the world.
The author shows how Gandhian philosophy influenced Western thinkers like Martin
Luther King Jr and Gene Sharp. Gandhi’s legacy in India is also examined at some
length, with essays on the state of Gandhism and the unabashed usage of the icon
that is the ‘Father of the Nation’ for political gains in twenty-first century
India.
This volume will be of interest to scholars and students of Gandhi
Studies, philosophy and history.
</td><td>Thomas Weber is an Honorary Associate in the
Department of Politics and Philosophy, La Trobe University,
Melbourne.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4200-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Making of a
Small State: Populist Social Mobilisation and the Hindi Press in the Uttarakhand
Movement</td><td>Anup
Kumar</td><td>2011</td><td>356</td><td>1750.0000</td><td>In 1994, the
reactionary student agitation against OBC reservations metamorphosed into a
jan andolan (populist social mobilisation) for creation of
Uttarakhand state. This study conceptualises jan andolan as a non-party populist
political process that temporarily claims public space and often relies on the
press to get its voices heard in the corridors of power. The mobilisation for
Uttarakhand was led by social activists and civic leaders, who formed the
Uttarakhand Samyukta Sangharsh Samitis, and was supported by
the Hindi press, particularly Amar Ujala and Dainik
Jagran.
Moving beyond explanations based on electoral caste politics,
The Making of a Small State
traces the roots of the political imagination of Uttarakhand in the series of
socio-ecological protests, such as dhandaks (peasant protests)
and Chipko. The study suggests that the new regional movements are manifestations
of political and economic deprivation. They highlight developmental regionalism
and the demand to restore community’s control over jal,
jungle and zameen. 
However, the paradox of the jan andolan was that the samitis, inspite of
their wide social base, failed to emerge as a political alternative. The study
suggests that internal contradictions in the samitis, the dependency on the press
and the news culture opened the opportunity for the Bharatiya Janata Party and the
Congress to co-opt the movement for statehood and undermine the core socio-
ecological issues by colonising the public space that was created by the
andolan.
This book is for both academic and general readers who are interested in
news media research, populist mobilisation, and political imagination of new
regional identities.
</td><td>Anup Kumar is Assistant Professor of
Communication in the School of Communication, Cleveland State
University.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-089-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Making of the
Mahatma</td><td>Chandran D. S.
Devanesen</td><td>2017</td><td>352</td><td>975.0000</td><td>First published over 50 years ago, The Making of the
Mahatma was an important contribution to the literature on the life and thought of
M. K. Gandhi. It was the first scholarly work to identify the forces that moulded
the young boy from nineteenth-century Kathiawar into a force that sealed the fate
of colonialism in the next century. This seminal volume details the first 40 years
of Gandhi’s life as a late Victorian youngster in a native princely state, as a
tentative student in London, and as an inexperienced but determined lawyer in South
Africa. Through its insights into Gandhi’s early reading, influences and social
life, it provides a critical study of the formative years that led to the writing
of his statement of beliefs—the Hind Swaraj.
The author argues that Gandhi was

influenced not just by Indian history and culture, but also by the intellectual and
spiritual environment of more than one great civilisation. We have to move beyond
the beliefs and legends that have grown around the Mahatma to more objectively
understand him as a great man produced by the historical forces of his
time.
This engaging narrative is now
reissued with a Foreword by Rajmohan Gandhi. As a well-known, influential work,
this book will interest students of history, Gandhian thought and peace
studies.
</td><td>Chandran D. S.
Devanesen (1917–82) was the first Indian principal of Madras Christian
College (MCC), Tambaram. He also served as Professor and Head, Department of
History, MCC, and was the founder Vice-Chancellor of North-Eastern Hill University,
Shillong.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5098-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The
'Medieval' in Film: Representing a Contested Time on the Indian Screen
(1920s-1960s)</td><td>Urvi
Mukhopadhyay</td><td>2013</td><td>348</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>Wars, nationalism, economic depression,
colonisation, decolonisation and, more recently, globalisation, have affected
perceptions of contemporary as well as past worlds. Cinema, a popular medium
directed to the broadest possible audience, has reacted to and in turn shaped the
changing political, social and economic conditions of the times.

This book investigates how the cinematic medium negotiated the dominant ideas of
history in order to construct a range of historical imageries. Focusing on the
medieval epoch—a notion of historical age which came only during the colonial
period as an equivalent to the European idea of Middle Ages—it studies the
influences of various nationalist imaginations of the past, unmistakably present
after the emergence of a mass-based nationalist movement in the 1920s and
30s.

The ‘pre-modern’ idea of society and governance in the medieval period came under
attack from the ‘modern’ colonial rulers. Also, because of its association with the
Islamic ruling class it was criticised by the dominant ‘Hindu’ nationalist ethos of
the time. The volume examines this contested time on screen, and raises questions
like: How did the internal organisation of the film industry guide the
articulations of certain stereotypical images of the ‘medieval’ during the 1920s to
1960s? How did dominant historiographical interpretations influence a popular
production like film in the colonial and the post-colonial situation? Did the
cinematic representation succeed in codifying ‘medieval reality’ with stereotypes
other than that of elitist vision of historicity?<div
style="text-align: justify">With an extensive filmography and detailed
bibliography, the words that populate the book are also complemented with glimpses
of posters and scenes from the films discussed in the book. An important read for
students and scholars of film studies, history, visual anthropology, South Asian
studies and culture studies.</div></td><td>Urvi Mukhopadhyay is Assistant Professor,
Department of History, West Bengal State University, Barasat.<div
style="text-align: justify">She did her Bachelor’s (1996) and Masters
(1998) in History (both from Jadavpur University, Kolkata) and completed her PhD
(2004) from School of Oriental and African Studies, University of
London.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-262-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Melodramatic
Public: Film Form and Spectatorship in Indian Cinema</td><td>Ravi
Vasudevan</td><td>2010</td><td>546</td><td>795.0000</td><td>What role has
Indian cinema played in the history of Indian cultural and political
transformations? How have Indian films addressed notions of nationhood, ideas
about nation and region, matters of social difference, and conflicts over caste
and religion? What cultural visions can be traced through the history of Indian
cinema, and how have their co-ordinates changed? What new vistas have emerged—of
national territory, new lifestyles, and urban cultures—as India has moved from the
early days of state formation, through the unravelling of national consensus, down
to contemporary globalization? The
Melodramatic Public explores these issues as they play
out in different historical moments, and in response to larger theoretical
formulations—for example, vis-à-vis the place of film in
discourses of secularism and citizenship. At the same time, it deploys the
category of melodrama to navigate this variegated field. Drawing on debates in
film studies, it reveals how melodrama relates the public and the private, as well
as modes of aesthetic expression, in different historical and cultural settings.
Vasudevan explores significant crossovers and comparative registers in Indian and
American cinema, as well as changes in the nature of Indian cinema and
melodramatic form, especially between the ‘classical’ 1950s and the contemporary
period. 
Several features make this a work of seminal importance in film studies.
First, it moves away from generalities about the ways in which film represents or
contributes to large political and cultural issues: it does so by attending to the
specifics of cultural address, film style, and film technology. Second, it
analyses the transformation of the film industry since the 1990s in terms of the
changing location of cinema in a new globalized environment. Third, it considers
the impact of digitization, both in terms of film form and audience engagement,
and through the new circuits of distribution and delivery. 
Vasudevan lays great emphasis on film analysis to explore significant
practices and changes in the realm of cinema and the world around it. While
primarily focused on popular cinema, his book also devotes attention to the work
of Satyajit Ray, as well as to the practices of art cinema and documentarists in
present times. 
</td><td>RAVI VASUDEVAN is a fellow of the Centre for the Study of
Developing Societies, Delhi, and co-initiator of ‘Sarai’, the centre's
research programme on media experience and urban history. He has taught film
studies in India and the USA, including at Jawaharlal Nehru University, Princeton
University, Jamia Millia Islamia, Jadavpur University, the Film and Television
Institute of India, and the School of Oriental and African Studies, London. He was
Van Zelst Professor at Northwestern University’s School of Radio Television Film
in 1998. He is on the editorial advisory board of the British film studies journal
Screen. His articles have been widely published and
anthologized, and he has edited Making Meaning in Indian
Cinema (2000).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-489-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Mughal
Nobility : Two Political Biographies</td><td>Iqtidar Alam
Mirza Kamran (blinded and deported to Mecca in 1553) and Mun‘im Khan (d.
1575), whose political biographies this volume carries, are known for their
prominent roles in the early Mughal state, over the time it was struggling to
consolidate itself over North India.
This was the crucial period which saw a process of gradual change in the
structure and cultural ethos of the ruling establishment that Babur had brought
with him. It came to be popularly known in India as Sultanat-i Mughlia (the Mughal
Empire). One of its distinguishing features was the plurality of persuasions from
which it drew its military personnel: Turkish-speaking Sunni Turanis, Irani or
Khurasani Shias, Indian Muslims (the so-called Shaikhzadas),
and Hindu Rajputs. The political lives of Mirza Kamran and Mun‘im Khan provide
vital insights into the changing formation and character of early Mughal
rule.
Most modern histories of this period, says Iqtidar Alam Khan, centre on
Babur, Humayun, and Sher Shah. The trajectories and careers of the upper echelons
of the nobility were never thoroughly assessed, and in some ways these two early
classic studies have served as founding pillars for Mughal prosopography. Long out
of print, they are reprinted here with a new Introduction by the author and remain
indispensable for an understanding of the politics of Mughal India.
</td><td>
Iqtidar Alam Khan retired as Professor of
History, Aligarh Muslim University, in 1994. He was President of the Indian
History Congress in 1997. He has authored several books on medieval
India, including India’s Polity in the Age of Akbar (2015);
Gunpowder and Firearms: Warfare in Medieval
India (2004); Historical Dictionary of Medieval
India. He is the editor of Akbar and His Age
(1999).
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-639-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Mughals And
The Sufis: Islam and Political Imagination in India 1500–1750</td><td>Muzaffar
Alam</td><td>2021</td><td>468</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>This book
examines the complex evolution of relationships between the Mughal court and two
dominant modes of Islamic mysticism in early-modern India: one centred around
conservative orthodoxy, the other around a more accommodating and eclectic
approach to spirituality.
Based on Persian texts, court chronicles, epistolary collections, and
biographies of Sufi mystics, this book outlines and analyses Islamic religious and
theological worldviews. It does so in order to show their influence on – and
differences with – Mughal political culture and imagination.
The relationship between Mughal power and Islam’s Indian variants has
long been oversimplified. The Mughals and the Sufis
complicates and nuances the connections and disconnections between thrones and
theocracies. Muzaffar Alam’s penetrating reflections reveal an intricate and
intimate picture of the calculated strategies of mystics and rulers, their
negotiations, conflicts, and reconciliations. They show also a shifting terrain –
from the relatively liberal outlook of Akbar (r. 1556–1605) to the greater
rigidities of Aurangzeb (r. 1658–1707).
Offering yet more evidence of Alam’s vast and sustained scholarship, this
book provides possibly the most cogent and comprehensive modern account of Indian
Islam under the Mughal Empire.</td><td>Muzaffar
Alam is the George V. Bobrinskoy Professor in South Asian Languages
and Civilizations at the University of Chicago. His several books include
The Languages of Political Islam in India, c. 1200–1800
(Permanent Black and the University of Chicago Press, 2004); Writing the
Mughal World: Studies in Political Culture (coauthored with Sanjay
Subrahmanyam; Permanent Black and Columbia University Press, 2011); and
The Crisis of Empire in Mughal North India 1707–1748 (Oxford
University Press, 1986).
<td>978-81-7824-656-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Mughals And
The Sufis: Islam and Political Imagination in India 1500–1750</td><td>Muzaffar
Alam</td><td>2022</td><td>468</td><td>795.0000</td><td>This book examines
the complex evolution of relationships between the Mughal court and two dominant
modes of Islamic mysticism in early-modern India: one centred around conservative
orthodoxy, the other around a more accommodating and eclectic approach to
spirituality.
Based on Persian texts, court chronicles, epistolary collections, and
biographies of Sufi mystics, this book outlines and analyses Islamic
religious and theological worldviews. It does so in order to show their influence
on – and differences with – Mughal political culture and imagination.
The relationship between Mughal power and Islam’s Indian variants has
long been oversimplified. The Mughals and the Sufis
complicates and nuances the connections and disconnections between thrones and
theocracies. Muzaffar Alam’s penetrating reflections reveal an intricate and
intimate picture of the calculated strategies of mystics and rulers, their
negotiations, conflicts, and reconciliations. They show also a shifting terrain –
from the relatively liberal outlook of Akbar (r. 1556–1605) to the greater
rigidities of Aurangzeb (r. 1658–1707).
Offering yet more evidence of Alam’s vast and sustained scholarship, this
book provides possibly the most cogent and comprehensive modern account of Indian
Islam under the Mughal Empire.</td><td>Muzaffar
Alam is the George V. Bobrinskoy Professor in South Asian Languages
and Civilizations at the University of Chicago. His several books include
The Languages of Political Islam in India, c. 1200–1800 
(Permanent Black and the University of Chicago Press, 2004); Writing the
Mughal World: Studies in Political Culture (coauthored with Sanjay
Subrahmanyam; Permanent Black and Columbia University Press, 2011); and
The Crisis of Empire in Mughal North India 1707–
1748 (Oxford University Press,
<td>978-81-7824-537-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Muslim World
In Modern South Asia: Power, Authority, Knowldege</td><td>Francis
Robinson</td><td>2020</td><td>418</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
This book is primarily concerned with the experience of the Muslim world
over the past two hundred years. It identifies two great processes that have
shaped it through this period: Western domination and the industrial capitalism
that came with it, and the Islamic revival which preceded the Western presence but
came to interact significantly with it. It considers the challenges which Western
dominance has offered key aspects of Muslim civilisation, and Muslim responses to
them. 
It also considers aspects of the Muslim revival and how they have come to
shape, in various ways, those responses.  The role of the transmission
of knowledge, both formal and spiritual, in forming Muslim societies is explored,
and also the particular role of the transmitters in sustaining the Islamic
dimensions of Muslim societies under Western dominance. 
Particular attention is paid to South Asia which in the nineteenth
century moved from being a receiver of influences from the rest of the Muslim
world to be a transmitter of influences to it.  Attention, too, is paid
to the imposition of the modern state and the restriction of cosmopolitan
spaces.
</td><td>
Francis Robinson has been Professor of the
History of South Asia at Royal Holloway, University of London, since
1990.  In 2008-11 he was also Sultan of Oman Fellow at the Oxford Centre
for Islamic Studies and Visiting Professor in the History of Islamic World,
Oxford.  In 2016 He was the Mellon Visiting Professor of Islamic Studies
at the University of Chicago.  In 1996-99 and 2006-09 he was President of
the Royal Asiatic Society.  
His interests are primarily in religious change in the Islamic world
since the seventeenth century and more specifically in ulama and Sufis in South
Asia.  Amongst his recent publications are: Islam and Muslim
History in South Asia (Delhi: Oxford University Pres, 2000);
The Ulama of Farangi Mahall and Islamic Culture in South Asia
(New Delhi: Permanent Black, 2001); Islam, South Asia and the
West (Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2007); The Mughal
Emperors and the Islamic Dynasties of India, Iran and Central Asia 
(London: Thames & Hudson, 2007); Islam in the Age of Western
Dominance ed., Vol. 5 New Cambridge History of Islam
(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010); Jamal Mian:
The Life of Maulana Jamaluddin Abdul Wahab of Farangi Mahall,
1919-2011  (Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2017; Delhi:
Primus books, 2018 forthcoming).
<td>978-81-7824-304-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The
Nationalization of Hindu Traditions: Bharatendu Harischandra and Nineteenth-Century
Banaras</td><td>Vasudha
Dalmia</td><td>2010</td><td>530</td><td>795.0000</td><td>This book studies how a dominant strand of Hinduism in
North India—the tradition which uses and misuses the slogan ‘Hindi–Hindu–
Hindustan’—came into being in the late nineteenth century. It uses the life and
writings of Bharatendu Harischandra (often called the Father of Modern Hindi) as
its focal point for an analysis of some of the vital cultural processes through
which modern North India, as we experience it today, came to be formed.
First published in 1997, this book has been widely recognized as a work
of exceptional scholarship with politically vital implications. It is reissued now
with a new Foreword by Francesca Orsini, highlighting the nature of its
importance.</td><td>VASUDHA DALMIA is a Professor of Hindi and Modern South Asian
Studies at the University of California, Berkeley.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-9012-210-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Orient
BlackSwan Atlas for Competitive Exams, Second Edition, with Orient BlackSwan Smart
App</td><td> </td><td>2020</td><td>112</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
The Orient BlackSwan Atlas for Competitive
Exams brings the world closer through its completely updated
maps and graphical representations in the form of pie-charts and histograms. These
authoritative maps cover physical and political themes relevant to India and the
continents of the world. This Atlas has been specially designed for students
preparing for competitive examinations conducted by the Union Public Service
Commission (UPSC) and other examining bodies.
Preparing for competitive exams? 
• This Atlas is a comprehensive resource for aspirants to UPSC, State Public
Service Commissions and other competitive exams. 
• Includes a dual index of around 7,500 entries, including the most recent
changes in India and the world. 
• The interactive quizzing tool in the accompanying Orient BlackSwan Smart App
enables practise and revision.
Download the free Orient BlackSwan Smart App, or use your
Android device to scan the QR code found on the inside cover,
to 
• access question banks from previous years’ competitive examinations pertaining
to Indian and world geography; 
• solve over 300 multiple-choice questions from your phone; 
• learn and retain answers through visual guides and map-pointing tools; and glance
at the key statistics for all states and union territories of India, and countries
of the world.
India-specific features 
• Detailed maps of all the states and union territories of India 
• Two special maps of India: one, depicting natural disasters, flood- and
drought-prone areas, and paths of cyclonic storms; and two, showing sites rich in
cultural and natural heritage 
• Three-dimensional histograms and pie-charts providing the latest statistical
data for the various states and union territories 
• Maps of India showing soil degradation, ground and river water quality, inland
waterways, access to water, milk production, health and religions 
• Maps of India showing population, density of population, literacy and sex ratio
based on the 2011 Census data 
• A map of India showing the different types of universities/institutions in the
country 
• A unique map of India on space science, with a list of satellites launched
since 1975
World maps 
• A special map showing the geographic extremes of India and the world 
• A special map of the SAARC nations 
• Historical maps that introduce students to social changes in India and the
world 
• World maps showing drainage basins, forest cover, agricultural regions,
industrial regions, cultural realms and languages 
• A special map of the world depicting the age of the earth’s crust, tectonics,
tsunamis and earthquakes 
• A handy list of nations of the world, along with key statistics regarding their
area, population, literacy rates, etc.</td><td> </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-322-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Partitions of
Memory: The Afterlife of the Division of India</td><td>Suvir
Kaul</td><td>2011</td><td>328</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The essays in this book suggest ways in which the tangled
skein of Partition might be unravelled. Two of them deal with culture and history
in what is now a part of Pakistan. Other contributors range over issues as
diverse as literary reactions to Partition; the relief and rehabilitation
measures provided to Partition refugees; and the Dalit claim, at the prospect of
Partition, to a political community differentiating them from caste-Hindus. The
power of 'national' monuments to evoke a historical past, and the power
of letters to evoke more immediately poignant pasts, are themes in some of the
other essays. Imaginatively written, and grounded in painstaking scholarship,
this is a collection for all interested in their own
histories.</td><td>Suvir Kaul teaches English
at the University of Pennsylvania. He is the author of Poems of Nation, Anthems
of Empire (2000) and of Thomas Gray and Literary Authority (1993).
<td>978-81-7824-397-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Past Before
Us - Historical Traditions of Early North India</td><td>Romila
Thapar</td><td>2014</td><td>776</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>
It has so often been said that
Indian civilization lacks historical writing—and therefore a sense of history—that
this notion passes for a truism. There has been little attempt to show up the
falsity of the generalization. In the present book—a magisterial historiographical
survey of every major form within which ancient North Indian history is embedded
or evident—Romila Thapar shows an intellectually dynamic ancient world profuse
with ideas about the past, an arena replete with societies constructing,
reconstructing, and contesting various visions of worlds before their
own.
“To determine what makes for this
historical consciousness”, says Professor Thapar, “is not just an attempt to
provide Indian civilization with a sense of history, nor is it an exercise in
abstract research. My intention is to argue that, irrespective of the question of
the presence or absence of historical writing as such, an understanding of the way
in which the past is perceived, recorded, and used affords insights into early
Indian society, as it does for that matter into other early societies.”
She argues that to possess history a
civilization does not have to reveal writing in forms regarded as belonging to the
established genres of history. In fact, a variety of ancient Indian texts reflect
a consciousness of history; and, subsequently, there come into existence
recognizable historical traditions and forms of historical writing. Both varieties
of texts—those which reflect a consciousness of history and those which reveal
forms of historical writing—were deployed to “reveal” the past, and drawn upon as
a cultural, political, religious, or other resource to legitimize an existing
social order. 
The Vedic corpus, the
Ramayana, the Mahabharata, the
itihasa-purana tradition, the Buddhist and Jaina canons, the
hagiographical and biographical literature, the inscriptional evidence, a variety
of chronicles, and dramatic forms such as the Mudrarakshasa
are all scrutinized afresh in this book: not as sources for historical data, but
instead as a civilization’s many ways of thinking about and writing its
history.
</td><td>
Romila
Thapar, described as “virtually the only living historian of
ancient and pre-modern India who has risen to the rank of world-class historians”,
is Emeritus Professor of History at Jawaharlal University, New Delhi. She holds
an Honorary D.Litt. each from Oxford University and the University of Chicago, and
is an Honorary Fellow of Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford, and SOAS, London University.
Her refusal to accept state awards has only enhanced her renown: in both 1992 and
2005 she declined the Padma Bhushan, awarded by the Indian Government, because, as
she put it, “I only accept awards from academic institutions or those associated
with my professional work, and not state awards.” In 2008 Professor Thapar was
awarded the prestigious Kluge Prize of the US Library of Congress, which honours
lifetime achievement in studies such as history which are not covered by the Nobel
Prize.
<td>978-81-7824-295-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Past Before
Us: Historical Traditions of Early North India</td><td>Romila
Thapar</td><td>2013</td><td>776</td><td>1395.0000</td><td>It has so often
been said that Indian civilization lacks historical writing—and therefore a sense
of history—that this notion passes for a truism. There has been little attempt to
show up the falsity of the generalization. In the present book—a magisterial
historiographical survey of every major form within which ancient North Indian
history is embedded or evident—Romila Thapar shows an intellectually dynamic
ancient world profuse with ideas about the past, an arena replete with societies
constructing, reconstructing, and contesting various visions of worlds before their
own.
“To determine what makes for this historical
consciousness”, says Professor Thapar, “is not just an attempt
to provide Indian civilization with a sense of history, nor is it an exercise in
abstract research. My intention is to argue that, irrespective of the question of
the presence or absence of historical writing as such, an understanding of the way
in which the past is perceived, recorded, and used affords insights into early
Indian society, as it does for that matter into other early
societies.”
She argues that to possess history a civilization does not have to reveal
writing in forms regarded as belonging to the established genres of history. In
fact, a variety of ancient Indian texts reflect a consciousness of history; and,
subsequently, there come into existence recognizable historical traditions and
forms of historical writing. Both varieties of texts—those which reflect a
consciousness of history and those which reveal forms of historical writing—were
deployed to “reveal” the past, and drawn upon as a cultural,
political, religious, or other resource to legitimize an existing social order.

The Vedic corpus, the Ramayana, the
Mahabharata, the itihasa-purana
tradition, the Buddhist and Jaina canons, the hagiographical and biographical
literature, the inscriptional evidence, a variety of chronicles, and dramatic forms
such as the Mudrarakshasa are all scrutinized afresh in this
book: not as sources for historical data, but instead as a civilization’s
many ways of thinking about and writing its history.
</td><td>Romila Thapar, described as “virtually the only living
historian of ancient and pre-modern India who has risen to the rank of world-class
historians”, is Emeritus Professor of History at Jawaharlal University,
New Delhi. She holds an Honorary D.Litt. each from Oxford University and the
University of Chicago, and is an Honorary Fellow of Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford, and
SOAS, London University. Her refusal to accept state awards has only enhanced her
renown: in both 1992 and 2005 she declined the Padma Bhushan, awarded by the Indian
Government, because, as she put it, “I only accept awards from academic
institutions or those associated with my professional work, and not state
awards.” In 2008 Professor Thapar was awarded the prestigious Kluge Prize
of the US Library of Congress, which honours lifetime achievement in studies such
as history which are not covered by the Nobel Prize.
<td>978-93-86296-65-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Past of the
Outcaste: Readings in Dalit History</td><td>Sabyasachi Bhattacharya and Yagati
Chinna Rao (Eds)</td><td>2017</td><td>480</td><td>1995.0000</td><td>
Are you fit for political power even though you do not allow a
large class of your own countrymen like the untouchables to use public school? …
the use of public wells? … the use of public streets? … to eat any food they like?
 <div style="text-align: right">—
B. R. Ambedkar, Annihilation of Caste</div>
These questions, raised by Dr Ambedkar roughly a century ago, still
hold true. The prevalence of caste-based violence and rising Dalit assertion has
led to a revival of the movement spearheaded by luminaries such as Phule, Ambedkar
and others. To comprehend this rising revolution, it is important to trace
writings of the public intellectuals and social scientists through history.
The Past of the Outcaste brings together historical
narratives of the ‘outcastes’, which together throw light on the economic, civil,
cultural and political exclusion and discrimination that is caste-based.
This collection includes statements on untouchability by leaders of the
freedom movement—for example, Gokhale, Lajpat Rai, Ambedkar and Gandhi; essays on
the history of the outcastes in the pre-colonial period; on the beginnings of
Dalit consciousness and organised resistance to caste oppression; on the
relationship between the nationalist movement and Dalits; and finally, essays
locating the Dalits in the post-independence polity in India. This carefully
edited compendium will be of use to students and scholars of history, sociology
and political science in general and those in the area of ‘exclusion studies’ in
particular.
</td><td>Sabyasachi Bhattacharya, former
Professor, Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), and
Chairman, Indian Council for Historical Research.
Yagati Chinna Rao is Professor and
Chairperson, Centre for the Study of Discrimination and Exclusion, School of
Social Sciences, JNU.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-291-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Past of the
Outcaste: Readings in Dalit History</td><td>Sabyasachi Bhattacharya and Yagati
Chinna Rao</td><td>2018</td><td>480</td><td>1345.0000</td><td>
Are you fit for political power even though you do not allow a
large class of your own countrymen like the untouchables to use public school? …
the use of public wells? … the use of public streets? … to eat any food they like?
  <div style="text-align:
right">—B. R. Ambedkar, Annihilation of
Caste</div>These questions, raised by Dr Ambedkar roughly
a century ago, still hold true. The prevalence of caste-based violence and rising
Dalit assertion has led to a revival of the movement spearheaded by luminaries such
as Phule, Ambedkar and others. To comprehend this rising revolution, it is
important to trace writings of the public intellectuals and social scientists
through history. The Past of the
Outcaste brings together historical narratives of the
‘outcastes’, which together throw light on the economic, civil, cultural and
political exclusion and discrimination that is caste-based.This
collection includes statements on untouchability by leaders of the freedom movement
—for example, Gokhale, Lajpat Rai, Ambedkar and Gandhi; essays on the history of
the outcastes in the pre-colonial period; on the beginnings of Dalit consciousness
and organised resistance to caste oppression; on the relationship between the
nationalist movement and Dalits; and finally, essays locating the Dalits in the
post-independence polity in India. This carefully edited compendium will be of use
to students and scholars of history, sociology and political science in general and
those in the area of ‘exclusion studies’ in particular.
</td><td>Sabyasachi Bhattacharya, former
Professor, Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), and
Chairman, Indian Council for Historical Research.
Yagati Chinna Rao is Professor and
Chairperson, Centre for the Study of Discrimination and Exclusion, School of
Social Sciences, JNU.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-696-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Pleasures at
Your Side: Papers from the Wanaparthy Samasthan, 1832–1911</td><td>Benjamin B.
Cohen</td><td>2019</td><td>208</td><td>395.0000</td><td>
During the Asaf Jahi period, when the city of Hyderabad served as the
capital of the Nizam’s Dominions (or Hyderabad State), Wanaparthy was the capital
of a samasthan by the same name. A samasthan was a
geographically contiguous domain with a hereditary royal head or chief. Wanaparthy
and the fourteen other samasthans within Hyderabad State were on the margins of
the daily workings of the Nizam’s Government in Hyderabad; yet they played an
important role in the state as the oldest members of its political
composition.
This collection of letters and papers from Wanaparthy—covering the reigns
of the last four Nizams—brings to light the relationship between the urban centre
of Hyderabad and the peripheral country capital of Wanaparthy. The samasthan was
unique in that it maintained almost complete autonomy throughout, and it served
others by the choice of its leaders, not by compulsion or force. The letters
reveal how the rulers of Wanaparthy—which included women—organised their domain,
complete with armed forces and revenue collection, how the Nizam’s Dominions
organised its supporters, and how the two centres of power functioned within the
larger context of nineteenth-century colonial India. 
While much is known about the Nizams, their prime ministers, and key
political participants in Hyderabad city, including the nobles and the British
Resident, this rare collection of documents provides a glimpse of the intimate and
everyday workings of a ‘little kingdom’ in the countryside. 
A rich and fascinating archive, this collection will be invaluable to
both historians and social scientists interested in Hyderabad State, Telangana,
and colonial India.
</td><td>Benjamin B. Cohen is Professor and Chair,
Department of History, University of Utah, USA. He teaches South Asian and Asian
history. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4651-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Political
Structure of Early Medieval South India</td><td>Kesavan
Veluthat</td><td>2012</td><td>308</td><td>895.0000</td><td>A major
intervention in Indian historiography when it was first published, this book
examines the power structure of the four monarchies of south India under the
Pallava, Pa??ya, Cera and Col?a kingdoms from the seventh through thirteenth
centuries of the Common Era. In this revised edition, the author has added a new
‘Introduction’ in which he addresses the question of when,
chronologically, the process of formation of a ‘state’ becomes
visible in south India. He also examines the causative factors that brought about
these changes at that particular juncture in history. The new introduction adds
immense value to this important book on medieval south Indian history. It will be
useful for students and scholars who wish to learn about the nature of state in
early medieval India as a whole.</td><td>Kesavan Veluthat is Professor,
Department of History, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-346-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Powerful
Ephemeral: Everyday Healing In an Ambiguously Islamic Place</td><td>Carla
Bellamy</td><td>2012</td><td>312</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The violent partitioning of British India along religious
lines and ongoing communalist aggression have compelled Indian citizens to contend
with the notion that an exclusive, fixed religious identity is fundamental to
selfhood. Even so, Muslim saint shrines known as dargahs attract a religiously
diverse range of pilgrims. 
In this accessible and
groundbreaking ethnography, Carla Bellamy traces the long-term healing processes
of Muslim and Hindu devotees of a complex of dargahs in northwestern India.
Drawing on pilgrims’ narratives, ritual and everyday practices, archival
documents, and popular publications in Hindi and Urdu, Bellamy considers questions
about the nature of religion in general and Indian religion in particular.

Grounded in stories from individual
lives and experiences, The Powerful
Ephemeral offers not only a humane, highly readable
portrait of dargah culture, but also new insight into notions of selfhood and
religious difference in contemporary India.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Carla Bellamy is
Assistant Professor of South Asian Religion at Baruch College.
“Bellamy's powerful analyses push back against many assumptions and ‘inherited
wisdom’ in South Asian scholarship about religion, personhood, the body, health and
violence. The author makes a concerted effort to understand the healing processes
at Husain Tekri from within indigenous categories and understanding.”—Joyce
Burkhalter Flueckiger
 </div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-5501-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Problem of
Caste</td><td>Satish Deshpande
align: justify">Caste is one of the oldest concerns of the social sciences
in India that continues to be relevant even today.  This book tracks how
scholars from different disciplines have responded to the caste question in
independent India and highlights recent shifts in perspective. 
The general perception about caste
is that it is an outdated concept that was slowly but inevitably dying out until it
was revived by colonial policies and promoted by vested interests and electoral
politics after independence.  However, this hegemonic perception changed
irrevocably in the 1990s after the controversial reservations for the Other
Backward Classes recommended by the Mandal Commission. Mandal triggered a new
awakening by revealing that only a privileged upper caste minority believed in the
declining significance of caste—for the  vast majority of Indians caste
continued to be a crucial determinant of life opportunities.  
This volume collects significant writings spanning seven decades, three
generations and several disciplines.  The introduction contextualises
established perspectives in relation to emergent concerns, and is followed by forty
essays organised into six sections.  
The first section offers a sample of disciplinary responses ranging from
sociology to law.  The second explores the relationship between caste and
class, while the third highlights the interplay between caste and
politics.  
The fourth section covers old and
new challenges in law and policy.  Emergent research areas are represented
in section five and section six showcases post-Mandal innovations in caste
studies.  
This transdisciplinary volume brings
together sociologists, anthropologists, political scientists, historians,
economists and others.  It will be essential reading for students and
scholars across these disciplines.
</td><td>Satish Deshpande is Professor,
Department of Sociology, Delhi School of Economics. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-0-86311-392-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Question of
Faith</td><td>Rustom
Bharucha</td><td>1993</td><td>104</td><td>90.0000</td><td>The
Question of Faith examines the cultural resources underlying
manifestations of ‘faith’ in the larger context of communalism and fundamentalism.
Countering the economistic and political interpretation of these phenomena, the
author focuses instead on the possibilities of resilience contained in the life-
sustaining aspects of religious experience and symbology. Exploring different
‘languages’ outside of the social sciences, this monograph travels through the
enigmas of the Kumbh Mela and the Ram Lila, the fiction of U. R. Anantha Murthy,
the cultural writings of Rammanohar Lohia, and Mahatma Gandhi’s politics of ‘faith’
to offer alternative modes of resisting the violence of our times through a deeper
respect for cultural differences and the ambivalences of ‘faith’.
</td><td>Rustom Bharucha, a renowned drama
critic, has published books and articles on the
subject.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-344-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Rise of a Folk
God: Vitthal of Pandharpur</td><td>Ramchandra Chintaman Dhere, Anne
Feldhaus(Tr.)</td><td>2011</td><td>370</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Vitthal,
also called Vithoba, is the most popular Hindu god in the western Indian state of
Maharashtra. He is also among the best-known gods outside India. His temple at
Pandharpur attracts one of the largest and most elaborate annual pilgrimages in
the world. 
This book is the foremost study of the history of Vitthal, his worship,
and his worshippers. First published in Marathi in 1984, it remains the most
thorough and insightful work on Vitthal and his cult in any language, and provides
an exemplary model for understanding the history and morphology of lived Hinduism.

Vitthal exemplifies the synthesis of Vaishnava and Shaiva elements that
not only typifies Maharashtrian Hindu religious life but also marks Vitthal’s
resemblance to another prominent South Indian god, Venkatesh of Tirupati in Andhra
Pradesh. 
Dhere's analysis highlights Vitthal’s connection with pastoralist
hero cults, and demonstrates the god’s development from a god of shepherds to a
god of the majority of the population. In addition, Dhere explores the connections
of Vitthal with Buddhist and Jain traditions. 
The book’s final chapter presents a culminating stage in the evolution of
the worship of Vitthal: the interpretation in spiritual terms of the god, his
temple, the town of Pandharpur, and the river that flows past the town.
</td><td>RAMCHANDRA CHINTAMAN DHERE is widely known as the
foremost scholar of religious traditions in Maharashtra. He has published a large
number of books on this subject. The many awards he has received for his scholarly
work include the highly coveted Maharashtra State Prize and the Sahitya Akademi
award.
Anne Feldhaus is Foundation Professor of Religious Studies at Arizona
State University, Tempe, where she teaches Hinduism, Sanskrit, and religious
geography.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-3683-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Shanti Sena :
Philosophy, History And Action</td><td>Thomas
Weber</td><td>2009</td><td>304</td><td>785.0000</td><td>The recent large-
scale communal disturbances in India have prompted some older Gandhians to voice
the opinion that the time may have come to reactivate the Shanti Sena, Mahatma
Gandhi’s Peace Army, that did impressive work in promoting communal harmony between
the late 1950’s and the mid-1970s. Although the idea of a Shanti
Sena was considered to be of fundamental importance by Gandhi, he
had little success in setting it up in his lifetime. It took the foresight and
efforts of Vinoba Bhave and Jayaprakash Narayan, and the organising ability of
Narayan Desai. The history of this peace army that they brought into life and
directed is not only an inspiring one, it is also important, given the rise in
sectarian violence in India and the recent growth of international peace teams that
looks to the Sena for motivation and guidance. Sena members worked in conflict
resolution at the grassroots level and undertook peace missions during riots,
convinced dacoits to turn themselves into authorities , carried out relief work
following wars, experimented with nonviolent defence, conducted nonviolence
training camps and even played a role in unarmed peacekeeping work in the
international sphere. Relying on interviews with key participants and archival
material, this thought-provoking work contributes greatly to the study of a unique
experiment in practical nonviolence. This is the first study of its kind that has
chronicled in such detail the activities and history of the Shanti Sena during its
most active years, and discussed the prospects for its
reinvigoration.</td><td>Thomas Weber teaches
Politics and peace Studies at La Trobe Univeristy, Melbourne. He has been
researching and writing about Gandhi’s life, thought and legacy for a quarter of a
century, and has traveled extensively in India. His major Gandhi related
publications include: Gandhi, Gandhism and the Gandhians (2006), Gandhi as Disciple
and Mentor (2004/2007), Nonviolent Intervention Across Borders: A Recurrent vision
(edited with Yeshua Moser-Puangsuwan, 2000), On the Salt March: The
Historiography of Gandhi’s March to Dandi (1997), Gandhi’s Peace Army: The Shanti
Sena and Unarmed Peacekeeping (1996) and Hugging the Trees: The Story of the Chipko
Movement(1988). He lives in the wooded hills on the outskirts
of Melbourne with his wife and child.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-291-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Small Voice
of History: Collected Essays</td><td>Ranajit Guha, Partha
Chatterjee(Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>676</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Ranajit Guha is arguably
the Indian historian whose writings have had a massive and
formative impact on contemporary scholarship in several disciplines throughout the
world: on postcolonial studies in literature, in anthropology, in history, in
cultural studies, in art history. Guha first became known as the practitioner of a critical Marxism
that ran parallel to the work of British and French Marxist historians of the
1960s and 1970s but which, instead of recreating a ‘history from below’, sought
active political engagement with the present by deploying insights drawn from
Gramsci and Mao. More recently, Guha’s writings have drawn attention to the
phenomenological and the everyday, and been noticed for their sustained critique
of the disciplinary practices of history-writing. Guha’s reputation rests most famously on
his international role as founder and guiding spirit of Subaltern
Studies, the series of essays and monographs that have, over the past
three decades, critiqued colonialist and nationalist historiographies. While
spawning new ways of thinking about history in Europe, Latin America, and the USA,
these have created a ferment richer than anything else emerging out of modern
South Asia, even as they have unsettled many existing frameworks of
thought. Guha’s
fascinatingly diverse historical and political writings, dating from the 1950s and
tucked away in obscure journals and collections, have been virtually inaccessible:
they are brought together for the first time in the present volume, which
comprises his Collected Essays in English, forty-four in number. These writings have been put together by
Partha Chatterjee, whose long association with Guha as a founder-member of the
Subaltern Studies editorial board is complemented by his own international stature
as a historian, political theorist, and public intellectual. Chatterjee’s
Introduction sketches the professional life and intellectual trajectory of India’s
most profoundly influential modern historian. Every serious student of South Asian history, politics,
and anthropology will be enriched by the astonishing diversity of insights and
learning within this book.</td><td>RANAJIT GUHA, renowned as the
founding father of Subaltern Studies, is the author of
several pathbreaking works, including A Rule of Property for
Bengal (1963), Elementary Aspects of Peasant Insurgency in
Colonial India (1983), and Dominance without Hegemony: History
and Power in Colonial India (1997). PARTHA
CHATTERJEE’s many influential books include Nationalist Thought and the
Colonial World: A Derivative Discourse? (1986), The Nation and
Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories (1993), and
A Princely Impostor: The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of
Indian Nationalism (2002).</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-250-4287-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Social
History of England</td><td>Padmaja
Ashok</td><td>2011</td><td>160</td><td>145.0000</td><td>The Social History of
England is a concise survey of the important historical
and political milestones of English history, from pre-history to the present. As a
study that examines their impact upon the society and the literature of England,
it is both crucial and indispensable for a complete understanding and appreciation
of English literature. The book encapsulates more than two thousand five hundred
years of history. It includes chapters on the origin and growth of political
parties in England and also the impact of major internal and international events
on contemporary life in England. The simple and straightforward approach of
The Social History of England is
supplemented with genealogical charts, maps and a glossary, which are very useful
to the student.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Padmaja Ashok has been teaching literature at
the undergraduate and postgraduate levels for nearly twenty-five years. She has co-
edited an anthology of prose, poetry and grammar, and has researched in the area of
Canadian literature.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-387-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Social
History of England (Second Edition)</td><td>Padmaja
Ashok</td><td>2018</td><td>168</td><td>225.0000</td><td>The
Social History of England is a concise survey of the important
milestones in English history, from pre-history to the present. As a study that
examines their impact upon the society and literature of England, this volume is
both crucial and indispensable for a complete understanding and appreciation of
English literature. The book includes chapters on the origin and growth of
political parties in England, and also the impact of major internal and
international events on contemporary life in England. The simple, straightforward
approach of The Social History of England is supplemented
with genealogical charts, maps and a glossary, which are very useful to the
student.</td><td>Padmaja Ashok taught
literature at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels for nearly thirty years.
She is the author of A Companion to Literary Forms. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5287-466-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The State of
Being Stateless: An Account of South Asia</td><td>Paula Banerjee, Anasua Basu Ray
Chaudhury, Atig Ghosh</td><td>2018</td><td>304</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Statelessness is defined as the quality of being without a state, a
nationality, or even the protection that nationality should offer. Addressing the
lacuna in literature on stateless people in post-colonial South Asia,
The State of Being Stateless brings together the lived
experiences of diverse stateless groups within a comparative framework. 
Through research conducted in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka,
Nepal, Tibet and Bhutan, the book asks some critical questions: How are certain
groups and communities—often, the minorities—rendered stateless? Is the existing
legal regime adequate to deal with the problem of statelessness? Do policymakers
now need to think beyond legal terms, as judicial activism has clearly proved
ineffective? 
</td><td>
Paula Banerjee is Vice Chancellor, The
Sanskrit College and University, Kolkata; and former Director, and member,
Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata.
Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury is Fellow,
Observer Research Foundation, Kolkata.
Atig Ghosh is Assistant Professor of
History, Visva-Bharati University, Santiniketan; and Honorary Researcher, Calcutta
Research Group, Kolkata. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-5968-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The State of Being
Stateless: An Account of South Asia</td><td>Paula Banerjee, Anasua Basu Ray
Chaudhury and Atig
Ghosh</td><td>2015</td><td>304</td><td>875.0000</td><td>Statelessness is
defined as the quality of being without a state, a nationality, or even the
protection that nationality should offer. Addressing the lacuna in literature on
stateless people in post-colonial South Asia, this study brings together the lived
experiences of diverse stateless groups within a comparative framework. Through
research conducted across dissimilar groups in different geographical locations—
India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Tibet and Bhutan—it asks some
critical questions: How are certain groups and communities—often, the minorities—
rendered stateless? Is the existing legal regime adequate to deal with the problem
of statelessness? And do policymakers now need to think beyond legal terms, as
judicial activism has clearly proved ineffective?
Demonstrating that continued situations of dislocation and/or refugeehood
can produce statelessness, the book elaborates a new way of thinking about this
increasingly important field of study, and suggests a way towards framing better
and more inclusive international and national laws to deal with this
issue.
With its cross-disciplinary approach, this volume will be invaluable for
undergraduate and postgraduate students of international relations, political
science, law, history and refugee studies. It will also be useful to research
centres and non-governmental organisations working on/with stateless and refugee
groups across the world.</td><td>Paula Banerjee
is Associate Professor, Department of South and South East Asian Studies,
University of Calcutta; and President, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata.
She is an expert on Indo-American relations; and also a full-time faculty member in
the Department of South and South East Asian Studies, University of Calcutta,
Kolkata; and editorial board member of Refugee Watch. As part of her current work
on borders and boundaries, and women in peace movements in South Asia, she has
authored numerous papers on women in conflict situations in northeast India. She is
the recipient of a number of international fellowships including the Advanced Taft
Fellowship (1991–1993) and the WISCOMP Fellow of Peace Award (2001). Her previously
published work includes Unstable Populations, Anxious States: Mixed and Massive
Population Flows in South Asia (2013); Borders, Histories and Existences: Gender
and Beyond (2010); Migration and Circles of Insecurities (2010, co-authored with
Ranabir Samaddar); and Women in Peace Politics (2008).
Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury is Fellow, Observer Research
Foundation, Kolkata. Her specialisation is in regional cooperation, energy
politics, refugees and displacement, women and conflict situations in South Asia.
As the recipient of the Public Service Broadcasting Trust (PSBT) Senior Media
Fellowship 2007 she worked on ‘Vernacular Dailies and the Ethnic and/or Religious
Stereotypes in the Time of Violence’. She also received the Kodikara Award from the
Regional Centre for Strategic Studies (RCSS), Colombo in 1998–99 and was an Indian
Council of Social Science Research Post-Doctoral Fellow (2004–06) at the Centre for
the Studies of Developing Societies (CSDS), Delhi. Her previous publications
include Women in Indian Borderlands (2011, co-edited with Paula Banerjee) and SAARC
at Crossroads: The Fate of Regional Cooperation in South Asia (2006).
Atig Ghosh is Assistant Professor of History, Visva-
Bharati, Santiniketan; Honorary Researcher, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group,
Kolkata; and part-time lecturer of history at Jadavpur University and West Bengal
State University. He has been Assistant Editor, The Bengal Post, and is currently
Managing Editor, Avantika: The World of Performing Arts. He was previously an
external fellow of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata, and
has received many academic awards, including Order of Merit, Calcutta University,
and Academic Excellence Certificate, Jagannath Hall, Dhaka
University.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-549-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Strangeness of
Tamil Nadu: Contemporary History and Political Culture in South
India</td><td>M.S.S. Pandian</td><td>2020</td><td>264</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
M.S.S. Pandian (1958–2014) was an eminent historian of South Indian
politics, caste, culture, and cinema. His writings offer distinctively Tamil
insights on these areas. In this book his chief focus is Tamil political culture
for roughly thirty years since 1985. His success lies in bringing a historical
understanding to bear on what he called “the strangeness of Tamil Nadu”.
A key figure in Pandian’s thinking was E.V. Ramasamy “Periyar”. Pandian
argues that Periyar’s ideals and strategies long remained popular among Tamil
progressives, but that their survival became difficult because of radical changes
in pan-Indian political culture. To show these changes, this book is organised
chronologically as well as along thematic sections that reflect the themes of
Periyar’s Dravidian ideology: linguistic identity, state politics, religion, and
caste.  
Periyar’s ideas, Pandian argues, can still provide productive standards
for critical analysis of politics in India. But because they are not widely known
or appreciated outside Tamil Nadu, they represent the “strangeness” of Tamil
politics instead of being adapted as progressive in the country as a
whole.
</td><td>
M.S.S. Pandian (1958–2014) was, at the time
of his untimely demise,  Professor, Department of Historical Studies,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He was co-editor of the twelfth volume of
Subaltern Studies. His books include The Image
Trap: M.G. Ramachandran in Films and Politics (1992), and
Brahmin and Non-Brahmin: Genealogies of the Tamil Political
Present (2006).
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-297-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Struggle for
Narmada: An Oral History of the Narmada Bachao Andolan, by Adivasi Leaders
Keshavbhau and Kevalsingh Vasave</td><td>Nandini Oza, Translated from the original
Marathi by Suhas Paranjape and Swatija Manorama With a Foreword by Indira
Chowdhury</td><td>2022</td><td>320</td><td>915.0000</td><td>One of the
most powerful mass movements in independent India, the Narmada Bachao Andolan (NBA)
brought together thousands of people across the country from a myriad social strata
and callings. The central role played by the communities of Narmada Valley,
especially the Adivasis, in this decades-long struggle cannot be overstated; yet
their lifelong contribution, struggles and sacrifices are neither well-recorded nor
known today. 
This first English translation of the Marathi original Ladha Narmadecha

bridges that gap and sees the Andolan from the eyes of the Adivasis who fought to
save their forest, their land and their jeeva dori—river Narmada itself. 
Nandini Oza—a full-time NBA activist for over twelve years—records this
untold history of the Andolan in the voices of two pivotal Adivasi leaders:
Keshavbhau and Kevalsingh Vasave. Both project-affected oustees whose homes and
villages were submerged by the Sardar Sarovar Dam, they talk about the history of
the struggle, their own roles in it, the impact of the dam and the Andolan on
Adivasi lives, the trauma of displacement and life in the resettlement sites. They
talk about Adivasi culture and their sustainable, eco-friendly livelihoods on the
banks of the Narmada—now lost. They interrogate the destructive development
continuing for decades, and outline future challenges for the movement. 
Underlined by humility, candour, dignity and humour, these interviews

contain vital lessons for mass movements striving to empower those on the margins
of democracy. They also foreground the critical importance of oral history, and
show us that listening to memory can be as much a political act as a
transformational one; an invaluable volume for all activists, students of ecology,
sociology, anthropology, development studies and human rights.
</td><td>NANDINI OZA, writer, activist, chronicler and

oral historian, has been a full-time Narmada Bachao Andolan activist for over
twelve years. President of the Oral History Association of India (March 2020–March
2022), she is the author of Whither Justice: Stories of Women in Prison (2006), and
Ladha Narmadecha (2017). She also maintains a website on the oral histories of the
Narmada struggle: <a
href="https://oralhistorynarmada.in/">https://oralhistorynarmada.in&lt
;/a>/ and a blog: <a
href="https://nandinikoza.blogspot.com/">https://nandinikoza.blogspot.
com</a>.
The Translators: SUHAS
PARANJAPE has been working on issues related to the participative
management of eco-system resources for the last three decades and more. He retired
from SOPPECOM (Society for Promoting Participative Ecosystem Management) as Senior
Research Fellow. He is currently a trustee for the Shankar Brahme Samaj Vidynan
Granthalaya, Pune.
SWATIJA MANORAMA has been an active member of the Forum

Against Oppression of Women for the last thirty-five years. She has co-authored
books on issues related to women’s health, her main interest area, in both Hindi
and English. She has also written and translated articles on women’s rights, gender
justice and environmental issues.
The Foreword: INDIRA CHOWDHURY
is Founder-Director Centre for Public History, Srishti-Manipal Institute
of Art, Design and Technology, Srishti, Bengaluru. She is an oral historian, and
former President of the International Oral History Association and of the Oral
History Association of India. She is the
author of The Frail Hero and Virile History: Gender and the Politics of Culture in
Colonial Bengal (1998), and Growing the Tree of Science: Homi Bhabha and the Tata
Institute of Fundamental Research (2016).
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-87358-35-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Sundarbans:
Folk Deities, Monsters and Mortals</td><td>Sutapa Chatterjee
align: justify">The lower deltaic Bengal, the
Sundarbans has always had a life of its own, unique in
its distinctive natural aspect and social development. Geographical and ecological
evidence indicates that most of the area used to be once covered with dense,
impenetrable jungle even as patches of cultivation sprang intermittently into life
and then disappeared. A continuous struggle ensued between man and nature, as
portrayed in the punthi literature that thrived in lower deltaic Bengal between the
seventeenth and nineteenth centuries. The construction of a permanent railroad connecting Calcutta to
Canning further facilitated the influx of new ideas and these, subsequently, found
expression in the spreading of co-operative movements, formation of peasant
organizations, and finally culminated in open rebellion by the peasants (Tebhaga
Movement). The struggle between men and the dangerous forests was therefore
overshadowed by the conflict among men. This book will be of great interest to
students of history, sociology, anthropology and economic
geography.</td><td>Sutapa Chatterjee Sarkar is Reader,
Department of History, West Bengal State
<td>978-81-7824-335-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Swadeshi
Movement in Bengal 1903–1908</td><td>Sumit
Sarkar</td><td>2011</td><td>520</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This classic
work of scholarship, first published in 1973, has long been out of print. It is
reprinted now with a new preface by the author and critical essays by Neeladri
Bhattacharya and Dipesh Chakrabarty. </td><td>Sumit Sarkar is
arguably the most influential and widely admired historian of modern India. His
several books include Modern India 1885–1947,
Writing Social History, and Beyond Nationalist
Frames. Following a distinguished teaching career, he retired as
Professor of History at Delhi University. He lives in Delhi and is working on his
next book.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6001-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Toda
Landscape: Explorations in Cultural Ecology</td><td>Tarun Chhabra With a Foreword
by Anthony R.
Walker</td><td>2015</td><td>624</td><td>6250.0000</td><td>The Toda people
of the Nilgiris District in south India are one of the oldest indigenous groups
in South Asia; they are also reportedly among the most studied and written-about
in the region. While the field was dominated by Western scholars in the beginning,
Indian researchers and writers began contributing to Toda studies from the early
twentieth century. 
The Toda Landscape: Explorations in Cultural Ecology
represents a major breakthrough in Toda studies. From his interactions with the
Todas from 1990 onwards, the author, Tarun Chhabra, has collected and analysed
ethnographic data that had eluded even the greatest of Western ethnographers.
Through his first-hand narrative accounts of important Toda rituals, ceremonies
and routines, all accompanied by visual documentation in the form of photographs
and maps, he provides new data that will significantly aid the preservation of
Toda traditional culture.
The Toda Landscape highlights previously unknown
aspects of Toda cultural heritage:
<ul><li>Their sacred geography—sacred waters, sacred
hills, and sacred trees and rocks.
</li><li>
Some sacred institutions, which have their own distinct, hitherto
undocumented, rituals, and the intricacies of their traditional attire and
embroidery motifs.
</li><li>
The entire domain of Toda ethnobotany. 
</li><li>
The complex interweaving of myth and reality in Toda lives,
evidenced in the routes Toda spirits are said to follow to their
afterworld.
</li></ul>
With its detailed descriptions of sparsely documented aspects of Toda
life, all complemented with stunning photographs, The Toda
Landscape is an invaluable addition to the field of social anthropology
and cultural studies. Its focus on ethnobotany and the flora and fauna of the
Nilgiris region will also greatly help students and scholars of environmental
studies and botany.</td><td><div>Tarun Chhabra
practises dentistry in Ootacamund, the heart of Toda country. He has
authored numerous papers on some unique aspects of Toda culture, and has also
lectured widely. His current passion is ecological restoration in the
Nilgiris.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-288-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Trajectories
of the Indian State: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta
thoughtful and wide-ranging political thinkers and analysts, one of the subtlest
and most learned writers on Indian politics. Ironically, this has remained
something of a state secret because Kaviraj’s writings are scattered and not easy
to access as a connected body. So the present volume—like its predecessor
The Imaginary Institution of India—fills a vital gap in South
Asian political thought.
Among Kaviraj’s many strengths is his exceptional ability to position
Indian politics within the frameworks of Western political philosophy alongside
perspectives from indigenous political thought. In order to understand
relations between the state and social groups, or between dominant and subaltern
communities, Kaviraj says it is necessary to first historicize the study of Indian
politics. Deploying the historical method, he looks at the precise character of
Indian social groups, the nature of political conflicts, the specific mechanisms
of social oppression, and many related issues.
In so doing Kaviraj reveals the variety of historical trajectories taken
by Indian democracy. Indian political structures, with their developed system of
rules and legislative orders, may seem to derive from colonialism. Yet these
structures, says Kaviraj, are comparable less to the European nation-states of the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries than to the pre-modern empire-states of Indian
and Islamic history. Scholars often work with a false genealogy: the convention of
starting the story of Indian politics with 1947, or even 1858, has led to
misconstructions. Kaviraj shows that there is no serious way into present politics
except through a longer past; Weber, Marx, and Foucault may be less important in
this enterprise than painstaking reconnections with the vernacular facts of Indian
political history.
This volume is indispensable for every student and scholar of South Asian
politics, history, and sociology. </td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj,
currently a professor of politics at Columbia University, was earlier a professor
of politics at the University of Chicago. Before that he taught for many years at
SOAS, London University, following a long stint as reader in politics at
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-352-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Trajectories
of the Indian State: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta
Kaviraj</td><td>2012</td><td>290</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj has long been
recognized as among India’s most thoughtful and wide-ranging political thinkers
and analysts, one of the subtlest and most learned writers on Indian politics.
Ironically, this has remained something of a state secret because Kaviraj’s
writings are scattered and not easy to acess as a connected body. So the present
volume—like its predecessor The Imaginary Institution of
India—fills a vital gap in South Asian political thought.
Among Kaviraj’s many strengths is
his exceptional ability to position Indian politics within the frameworks of
Western political philosophy alongside perspectives from indigenous political
thought.  In order to understand relations between the state and social
groups, or between dominant and subaltern communities, Kaviraj says it is
necessary to first historicize the study of Indian politics. Deploying the
historical method, he looks at the precise character of Indian social groups, the
nature of political conflicts, the specific mechanisms of social oppression, and
many related issues.
In so doing Kaviraj reveals the
variety of historical trajectories taken by Indian democracy. Indian political
structures, with their developed system of rules and legislative orders, may seem
to derive from colonialism. Yet these structures, says Kaviraj, are comparable
less to the European nation-states of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries than
to the pre-modern empire-states of Indian and Islamic history. Scholars often work
with a false genealogy: the convention of starting the story of Indian politics
with 1947, or even 1858, has led to misconstructions. Kaviraj shows that there is
no serious way into present politics except through a longer past; Weber, Marx,
and Foucault may be less important in this enterprise than painstaking
reconnections with the vernacular facts of Indian political history.
This volume is indispensable for
every student and scholar of South Asian politics, history, and sociology.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">SUDIPTA
KAVIRAJ, is currently a professor of Indian politics and intellectual history at
Columbia University. Before that he taught for many years at SOAS, London
University, following a long teaching stint at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Delhi. He has been a fellow of St Antony’s College, Oxford, and a visiting
professor at the University of California, Berkeley, as well as at the University
of Chicago.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-923046-0-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Tulsi and the
Cross: Anthropology and the Colonial Encounter in Goa</td><td>Rosa Maria
Perez</td><td>2012</td><td>208</td><td>650.0000</td><td>The book is the outcome of the author’s long-term
fieldwork in Goa and seeks to bridge the gaps in the anthropological research in
this state of India. The existing research, essentially historical, tends to
consider Goa as Catholic, Portuguese-speaking and framed by Portuguese cultural
references. The author offers an ethnographic approach to the understanding of the
colonial encounter and of colonialism. Her ethnographical research shows that Goa
is, and was, dominantly Hindu and the perception of Goan society as essentially
fragmented is a colonial imposition. The author takes into account indigenous
views, with special focus on a group of devadasis of a Hindu
temple. Through them the author aims to dismantle both the stereotypes staged by
Portuguese colonialism and an essentialist and Eurocentric view of the caste
system in India.</td><td>Rosa Maria Perez is Professor of Anthropology
at ISCTE-Lisbon University Institute. Over the past ten years she has been a
regular Visiting Professor at Brown University, USA. Among her recent books in
English are Kings and Untouchables: A Study of the Caste System in
Western India (Delhi 2004) and Mirrors of the Empire: Towards
a Debate on Portuguese Colonialism and Postcolonialism (Lisbon,
2002).</td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>978-81-7824-277-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Unquiet Woods
(Twentieth Anniversary Edition): Ecological Change and Peasant Resistance in the
Himalaya</td><td>Ramachandra
Guha</td><td>2010</td><td>280</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Popular initiatives to halt deforestation in the Himalaya,
such as the Chipko movement, are globally renowned. It is less well known that
these movements have a history stretching back more than a hundred years. A proper
understanding of this long duration within the forests of submontane North India
required the marriage of two scholarly traditions: the sociology of peasant
protest and the ecologically oriented study of history.
Twenty years ago there appeared on
this subject an unknown author’s first book: The Unquiet
Woods (1989) by Ramachandra Guha. Fairly quickly, the
book came to be recognized as not just another study of dissenting peasants but as
something of a classic which had willy nilly opened up a whole new field—
environmental history in South Asia. While the monograph has as a consequence been
continuously in print within India and in the West since then, its author has
become a biographer and historian of international stature.
In celebration of its twentieth year
in print, The Unquiet Woods is
now reissued with additional material: a new reflective preface by the author on
the genesis and limitations of the book which set him off on the path of writerly
success, as well as three freshly commissioned critical essays by major academic
specialists. Taken together, this additional material situates the monograph and
its influence within environmental history in India, Europe and Latin America,
and the USA.
This is a book for anyone interested
in the history of India’s environment, forests and their dwellers, the varieties
of colonial rule, and the specificities of rural rebellion. And it is a book for
anyone interested in the writings of Ramachandra Guha.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Ramachandra
Guha most recent book is the monumental India After
Gandhi: The History of the World’s Largest Democracy. His biography of
Verrier Elwin, Savaging the Civilized, fused intellectual
biography with history of anthropology. Guha is also known as an essayist,
columnist, and India’s supreme authority on cricket history. Now a writer at
large, Guha has held the Arne Naess Chair in History in Oslo, and taught at many
academic univesities and institutions including at Yale, Stanford, and
Bangalore.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-378-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Unquiet Woods
(Twentieth Anniversary Edition):Ecological Change and Peasant Resistance in the
Himalaya</td><td>Ramachandra
Guha</td><td>2013</td><td>280</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Popular initiatives
to halt deforestation in the Himalaya, such as the Chipko movement, are globally
renowned. It is less well known that these movements have a history stretching back
more than a hundred years. A proper understanding of this long duration within the
forests of submontane North India required the marriage of two scholarly
traditions: the sociology of peasant protest and the ecologically oriented study of
history.
Twenty years ago there appeared on this subject an unknown author’s first
book: The Unquiet Woods (1989) by
Ramachandra Guha. Fairly quickly, the book came to be recognized as not just
another study of dissenting peasants but as something of a classic which had willy
nilly opened up a whole new field— environmental history in South Asia. While the
monograph has as a consequence been continuously in print within India and in the
West since then, its author has become a biographer and historian of international
stature.
In celebration of its twentieth year in print, The
Unquiet Woods is now reissued with additional material: a
new reflective preface by the author on the genesis and limitations of the book
which set him off on the path of writerly success, as well as three freshly
commissioned critical essays by major academic specialists. Taken together, this
additional material situates the monograph and its influence within environmental
history in India, Europe and Latin America, and the USA.
This is a book for anyone interested in the history of India’s
environment, forests and their dwellers, the varieties of colonial rule, and the
specificities of rural rebellion. And it is a book for anyone interested in the
writings of Ramachandra Guha.</td><td>RAMACHANDRA GUHA’s most
recent book is the monumental India After Gandhi: The History of the
World’s Largest Democracy. His biography of Verrier Elwin,
Savaging the Civilized, fused intellectual biography with
history of anthropology. Guha is also known as an essayist, columnist, and India’s
supreme authority on cricket history. Now a writer at large, Guha has held the Arne
Naess Chair in History in Oslo, and taught at many academic univesities and
institutions including at Yale, Stanford, and
Bangalore.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3991-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Westward
Traveller (Translated from the original Bengali Paschimjatriki)</td><td>Durgabati
Ghose, Somdatta Mandal
(Tr.)</td><td>2010</td><td>128</td><td>475.0000</td><td>In 1932,
Durgabati Ghose, an upper middle-class Bengali woman accompanied her husband on a
trip across Europe. The Westward Traveller (originally
Paschimjatriki) is an enchanting written record of this four-month long sojourn.
Filtered through her upper middle-class upbringing and perceptions, the narrative
is observant—not only emphasising on a sense of place, space and landscape, but
also an aesthetic, intrinsic appreciation of every destination. The writing comes
alive in the author’s everyday interactions with ordinary people, be they fellow
travellers or hotel owners or even beggars. Focussing on an accurate description
of the ‘real world’, she is always concerned with verisimilitude.
An interesting fact about this
travelogue is that even within its set pattern, it offers nuggets of history. What
makes the account endearing is the various examples of intercultural encounters
and wry comments, often arising from not knowing the language and making value
judgments that can be cited at random. As Ashis Nandy says in his Foreword to this
translated work, ‘the way Durgabati recounts her adventures in Europe makes them
variations on familiar Bengali domesticity, interpersonal patterns and femininity
played outside their natural locale. This gives the travelogue a stamp of
predictability and at the same time, a touch of robust, irreverent charm and self-
confidence.’ To translate this depiction of Europe in colonial
times through the eyes of a modernising Bengali woman has been a ‘labour of love’
for translator Somdatta Mandal. Simple and lucid in style, the work retains the
traces of the times in which it was originally written and is faithful to the
intention of the narrative. Coloured in the expanding consciousness of an
individual woman, exploring previously unknown areas of the world, away from the
home and hearth characterised by conventionality, conservatism and domesticity,
this travel narrative will be a significant contribution to the history of women’s
travel narratives from colonial Bengal.</td><td>Durgabati Ghose
was born in 1905 into a prosperous Bengali family. Her father Girindra
Sekhar Basu was the founder of the Indian Psychoanalytical Society. She
accompanied her husband on a trip to Europe in 1932, and wrote about her trip in
a book title Paschimjatriki. A very loving, considerate and
liberal woman, she was loved and revered by everyone in the family till her death
on 11 January 1992. The
Translator <div style="text-align:
justify">Somdatta Mandal is Professor and current
Chairperson at the Department of English and Other Modern European Languages,
Visva-Bharati, Santiniketan, India. Recipient of several awards and
international fellowships, she has published widely both nationally and
internationally. She has written two books—Reflections, Refractions and
Rejections: Three American Writers and the Celluloid World (2002),
Film and Fiction: Word into Image (2005), and has edited and
co-edited twelve volumes of scholarly works including Indian Travel
Narratives (2010). Her current projects include South Asian Diasporic
Cinema and translations of travel narratives from colonial Bengal. She has received
an award from Sahitya Akademi for the All India Indian Literature Golden Jubilee
(1957–2007) Literary Translation Competition in the Fiction
category.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3749-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Wicked City:
Crime and Punishment in Colonial Calcutta</td><td>Sumanta
Banerjee</td><td>2009</td><td>656</td><td>1795.0000</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">“Jal, juochuri, mithye katha /
Ei tin niye Kolikata” (Forgery, swindling and falsehood: these three
make up Calcutta)—A popular couplet from early-eighteenth-century
Calcutta.</div><div style="text-align: justify">This
elegant, impeccably researched and wide-ranging work of social history is a
riveting journey into the underworld of colonial Calcutta.</div> From dusty official files to half-
forgotten popular literature of a dark past, The Wicked
City unravels a fascinating panorama of crime in the
colonial metropolis over two centuries. It begins in the eighteenth century with
the plots of bribery and murderous vendetta hatched in Governor Warren Hastings’
office in the “White Town”—the tiny European part of the city. The story then
moves into the dingy backstreets of the “Black Town”—the vast, sprawling Bengali
habitation—and offers a glimpse into the world of indigenous dacoits. As the
eighteenth century flickers out, a new century sees the dawn of new types of
crimes like counterfeiting, even as the technology used in old forms of crime like
burglary, becomes increasingly more sophisticated.
In this onward march of crime in
the course of Calcutta’s rise from fledgling town to giant metropolis, a
procession of colourful characters emerged and thrived in all their diabolic
grandeur. With all their imagination and creative devices, they elevated crime to
the status of art. After
immersing itself in the world of “criminals”, the book shifts its gaze towards the
apparatus built by the colonial rulers to deal with them. In doing so, what
clearly emerges is the symbiotic relationship between urban crimes—spawned by the
colonial ethic of acquisitiveness and aggressive pursuit of self-interest—and the
new laws and modes of punishment, fashioned by the colonial rulers to control
those crimes.</td><td>Sumanta Banerjee Born and educated in
Calcutta,  he has been a journalist by profession for more than forty
years. Currently based in Dehradun, he writes political commentaries on current
events in India, and is engaged in research on popular culture and social history
of nineteenth-century Bengal. His published works include In the Wake of
Naxalbari (1980); The Parlour and the Streets: Elite and
Popular Culture in Nineteenth Century Calcutta (1989);
Dangerous Outcast: The Prostitute in Nineteenth Century
Bengal (1998); and Logic in a Popular Form: Essays on Popular
Religion in Bengal (2002).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4571-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Writings of
Bipan Chandra: The Making of Modern India: From Marx to Gandhi</td><td>Bipan
Chandra</td><td>2012</td><td>564</td><td>1675.0000</td><td>For more than
half a century, Bipan Chandra has made unparalleled contribution to the study of
modern Indian history. He is renowned worldwide as an authority on the subject,
with a lucid and accessible style that has made him one of the most widely read
and influential historians of our times. Bipan Chandra’s writings have profoundly
influenced our understanding of the emergence of modern India, as well as of
contemporary concerns that have their roots in the colonial past.
The Writings of Bipan Chandra: The Making of
Modern India is a definitive collection of essays which
depicts Bipan Chandra’s range of interests. It presents his views and positions
qualified after an engagement of over fifty years with Independent India. The
essays present a long-term perspective of the emergence of nationalism and the
Indian national movement, with special emphasis on its Gandhian phase, and the
nature of Indian capitalism and its relationship with imperialism and the national
movement. They identify specificities of the colonial structure, and trace the
possible paths of economic transformation until independence. The volume includes
a critical appraisal of the Indian Left, and a nuanced understanding of the idea
of secularism and emergence of communalism in India.
The introduction by Aditya Mukherjee is a fitting tribute from a former
student and colleague. This volume is a celebration of the singular scholarship of
perhaps the greatest living chronicler of the Indian national movement and after.
It will be invaluable for students, teachers and everyone interested in the
history and idea of India.</td><td>Bipan Chandra is currently Chairman,
National Book Trust, and Professor Emeritus, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Delhi. He has been the President of the Indian History Congress, which endowed him
with the life-time achievement award in 2008. He was appointed National Research
Professor in 2006. Bipan Chandra was born in 1928 in Kangra, Himachal Pradesh.
</td><td>World</td>
Pamela Price: State, Politics, and Cultures in Modern South India: Honour,
Authority, and Morality</td><td>Pamela
Price</td><td>2013</td><td>348</td><td>1695.0000</td><td>Pamela Price has been a
perceptive observer and analyst of the politics and cultures of southern India for
more than three decades. She became interested in how the people in the region
honour and respect those in public life while doing research in Madurai on
Dravidian nationalism. She has also researched on similar issues in Andhra Pradesh
and Karnataka. This volume is a collection of ten of her essays that appeared
between 1979 and 2010, presenting studies from different political domains and
linguistic areas. 
This volume brings together ten of
Pamela Price’s essays that appeared between 1979 and
2010, presenting studies from different political domains and linguistic areas.
They represent the author’s long involvement with political culture in south
India.  They focus on conceptions of honour, authority, and morality.
Price examines both change and continuity in ideas, values and symbols in colonial
and post colonial south Indian politics. She outlines evolution in cultural
meanings of power and influence under imperial rule and later under electoral
regimes, giving evidence of individual agency in cultural constructions. 
A running theme in political
performances in post-colonial state politics, and one which she pursues in several
of the essays in this collection, is the politics of honour and respect commanded
by public figures that sheds light on the multifaceted nature of domination. Honour
and respect and the dynamics of competition to command these attributes are topics
of increasing interest in scholarship on south India to which she has made
significant contributions.
This volume of essays will be an
invaluable guide for students of history and politics of southern India in both the
colonial and modern periods. The book will also appeal to those interested in
understanding the culture and politics of south India.
</td><td>Pamela Price is Professor Emerita in South Asian
History at the University of Oslo.</td><td>WORLD</td>
Richard Falk: Towards Humane Global Governance </td><td>Richard
Falk</td><td>2012</td><td>560</td><td>1895.0000</td><td>Rich
ard Falk has been an inspirational figure for scholars of
international law and international relations for more than five decades. His
seminal writings, drawing on a range of intellectual traditions—anarchist,
humanist, feminist, liberal and Marxist—have offered radical thinking on issues
ranging from the Vietnam War and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict to the 9/11
terrorist attacks in the US. A prolific writer, Falk has made path-breaking
contributions in clarifying the role of international law in a turbulent world,
reforming the United Nations system and promoting international environmental
protection and justice.
This volume brings together 20 of Falk’s landmark essays, each
resonating with his commitment towards establishing what he calls a system of
humane global governance. Divided into five sections, these essays cover a variety
of issues: the major challenges before international legal scholarship today, the
failure of the United Nations to take the discourse of global democracy and global
justice forward, the need to reform the UN, the international community’s focus on
protection and sustainability and the neglect of justice, and the untapped
potential of international human rights law to achieve global justice. The way
forward, Falk emphasizes, is to establish, through global social movements,
democratic global political structures in the new millennium.
The Foreword by B. S. Chimni is a fitting tribute from a well known
scholar of international law. He writes, ‘Falk is an embodiment of a critical
intellectual who has never hesitated to speak truth to power.’ Published for the
first time in India, The Writings of Richard Falk: Towards
Humane Global Governance is a must-read for students and
scholars of international law, international relations and political
science.</td><td>Richard Falk is
Professor Emeritus of International Law at Princeton University, USA. He has
authored or co-authored 25 books, and edited or co-edited another 25 books. Falk
is also United Nations Special Rapporteaur on Occupied Palestine.
<td>978-93-83166-00-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Year of Blood.
Essays on the Revolt of 1857</td><td>Rudrangshu
Mukherjee</td><td>2014</td><td>174</td><td>550.0000</td><td>Rudrangshu
Mukherjee’s essays on the Revolt of 1857 have been brought under one cover in
The Year of Blood: Essays on the Revolt of 1857. The book
traces the eminent historian’s changing perception of the idea of the Revolt, from
his undergraduate days to the present. 
The Revolt of 1857 was a passionate phase in Indian history and the
quality of writing in this book reflects this intensity. Violence has rarely been
described with so much realism and subtlety. The imaginative use of primary source
materials add clarity to accounts such as the massacre in Satichaura Ghat and the
trial of Mangal Pandey.
Rudrangshu Mukherjee places the ‘soldier-peasant’ at the forefront of the
Revolt. In lucid prose, he is able to unravel the motives, strategies and
organization skills of the mutineers, while exposing the layers of
complexity that defined the relationship between the rulers and the
subjugated.
The horrific killings described in depth in this book cover specific parts
of Uttar Pradesh; however, the mood of the wider holocaust is captured through the
detailed captions which describe several illustrations, most of which are from
private collections.</td><td>Rudrangshu Mukherjee
is the Editor, Editorial Pages, The Telegraph.
He taught in the department of history, University of Calcutta and held visiting
appointments at Princeton University, Manchester University and the University of
California, Santa Cruz. He is the author and editor of a number of books that
include Spectre of Violence: The Massacres in Kanpur in 1857,
Delhi, 2007 (1998), New Delhi: The Making of a Capital (co-
authored) Delhi, 2009, The Penguin Gandhi Reader (edited),
Delhi, 1993, Awadh in Revolt, 1857-58: A Study of Popular
Resistance (Delhi, 1984; repr. Delhi and London, 2001), and
 Dateline, 1857: Revolt Against the
Raj ,Delhi, 2008 among others. 
<td>978-93-5287-274-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Thinking Gender,
Doing Gender: Feminist Scholarship and Practice Today</td><td>Uma
Chakravarti</td><td>2018</td><td>364</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>
In the 1980s, gender was acknowledged as a useful and necessary category
of analysis. The first generation of feminist scholars defined the new field and
provided a rich corpus of works; later generations of scholars and activists then
expanded it through their writings on culture, film and media, and
sexuality.
Thinking Gender, Doing Gender focuses on these
issues, as well as on pedagogy and classroom practice, theoretical obstacles
created by disciplinary constraints, and practices in the performing arts from a
gender perspective. This volume focuses more on doing gender
rather thinking gender: in classrooms, in the making of curricula, in the writing
and recall of history, in reading literature and cinema, and in the practice of
culture in theatre and urban spaces.
Together, the essays discuss:
<ul>
<li>Pedagogy: the classroom as a site for exploring caste, gender,
region, language and diversity; how textbooks reflect gender ideologies and
tensions between tradition / modernity; the relationship between science and
gender.</li>
<li>Countering the historical archive: recovering the everyday
experiences of women and addressing silences and biases through oral history;
the use of plays to forge a relationship between memory and politics,
utilising personal archives to add to institutional accounts of the
past.</li>
<li>Women’s relationship to culture: representations of women in
regional language writing; sex work, religion and the practice of dedication;
the connections between nation, culture and gender; theatre from the
nineteenth century and its complex handling of actresses.</li>
</ul>
As this volume documents, doing gender holds rich possibilities for
thinking about gender. Its engaging and insightful discussions make it an
invaluable addition to the corpus of feminist writing, and will be useful to
students and scholars of women’s studies, sociology and culture studies.
<h1> </h1>
</td><td>Uma Chakravarti is a feminist historian who
taught at Miranda House, Delhi University for over three decades. She writes on
early Indian history, the 19th century and on contemporary issues. She has been
associated with the women's movement and the movement for democratic rights
since the early 1980s and in this capacity she has been part of many investigations
into communal and caste based violence and state violence in conflict zones.
<td>978-81-250-6239-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Thinking Gender,
Doing Gender: Feminist Scholarship and Practice Today</td><td>Uma
Chakravarti</td><td>2016</td><td>364</td><td>1595.0000</td><td>
In the 1980s, gender was acknowledged as a useful and necessary category
of analysis. The first generation of feminist scholars defined the new field and
provided a rich corpus of works; later generations of scholars and activists then
expanded it through their writings on culture, film and media, and
sexuality.
Thinking Gender, Doing Gender focuses on these
issues, as well as on pedagogy and classroom practice, theoretical obstacles
created by disciplinary constraints, and practices in the performing arts from a
gender perspective. This volume focuses more on doing gender
rather thinking gender: in classrooms, in the making of curricula, in the writing
and recall of history, in reading literature and cinema, and in the practice of
culture in theatre and urban spaces.
</td><td>
Uma Chakravarti is a feminist historian who
taught at Miranda House, Delhi University for over three decades. She writes on
early Indian history, the 19th century and on contemporary issues. She has been
associated with the women's movement and the movement for democratic rights
since the early 1980s and in this capacity she has been part of many
investigations into communal and caste based violence and state violence in
conflict zones. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-339-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Three Ways to be
Alien: Travails and Encounters in the Early Modern World</td><td>Sanjay
Subrahmanyam</td><td>2011</td><td>248</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book
looks at individual trajectories in an early modern global context. It draws on
the lives and writings of a trio of marginal figures who were cast adrift from
their traditional moorings into an unknown world. 
The subjects include 
<ul>
<li>a “Persian” prince of Bijapur in Central India held hostage by the
Portuguese at Goa</li>
<li>an English traveller and global schemer whose writings reveal a nimble
understanding of realpolitik in the emerging world of the early seventeenth
century</li>
<li>an insightful Venetian chronicler of the Mughal Empire in the later
seventeenth century who drifted between jobs with the Mughals and various foreign
entrepôts, observing all but remaining the eternal outsider</li>
</ul>
In telling the fascinating story of floating identities in a changing
world, Subrahmanyam injects humanity into global history and shows that biography
still plays an important role in contemporary
historiography.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-478-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Three Ways to be
Alien: Travails and Encounters in the Early Modern World</td><td>Sanjay
Subrahmanyam</td><td>2018</td><td>248</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book looks at individual trajectories in
an early modern global context. It draws on the lives and writings of a trio of
marginal figures who were cast adrift from their traditional moorings into an
unknown world. The
subjects includev 
a
“Persian” prince of Bijapur in Central India held hostage by the Portuguese at
Goaan
English traveller and global schemer whose writings reveal a nimble
understanding of realpolitik in the emerging world of the early seventeenth
centuryan
insightful Venetian chronicler of the Mughal Empire in the later seventeenth
century who drifted between jobs with the Mughals and various foreign
entrepôts, observing all but remaining the eternal
outsiderIn
telling the fascinating story of floating identities in a changing world,
Subrahmanyam injects humanity into global history and shows that biography still
plays an important role in contemporary historiography. </td><td>Sanjay
Subrahmanyam</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-3548-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Through War and
Famine: Bengal,
1939–45</td><td>Srimanjari</td><td>2010</td><td>288</td><td>1495.0000</
td><td>‘Through War and Famine: Bengal, 1939-45’:
World War II and the Famine of 1943 in Bengal are the two windows
through which this book explores the history of Bengal between 1939 and 1945. The
social base of the different sections of the people in Bengal during this period
determined the impact of both the War and the famine on them. Drawing upon this
multidimensional reality, the book presents a holistic history of Bengal during
this period. The author delves into questions of how the War transformed the
relationship between the imperial state and it subjects, and their political
representatives. She focuses on the fears and hopes, and the political ambitions
and frustrations of different political groups and individuals as the state used
propaganda and force to command their loyalty. The work shows how the War provided
an opportunity to challenge the validity of the colonial classification of martial
and non-martial races as it was applied in Bengal. It highlights the tense
relations between the military and civil society and how war and deprivation drew
religious and lower-caste groups into sectarian politics. Bringing to the fore the
alterations in the economic landscape of Bengal, the author highlights the
realities of wage cuts, longer working hours, absence of insurance against injury
and non-payment of compensation. The book draws attention to the economic distress
of the peasants and the curious case of the famine unfolding in the rural interiors
and the government’s debt collection drive in 1943, that made a mockery of the
latter’s famine relief activities. It was not just a coincidence or a war-time
casualty, the author argues, that a substantial section of destitute women were
driven by circumstances into the network of prostitution in the war-years. This
book will be useful to students and scholars interested in studies on partition,
communalism, gender, and famine studies.</td><td>Srimanjari has been a
faculty member of the Department of History, Miranda House, University of Delhi,
since 1990. She has also been teaching post-graduate students as a visiting faculty
member of the Department of History, University of Delhi. Her area of
specialization is World War II with special reference to developments in Bengal
during that momentous period. Her research work has taken her to Britain in 2000
and Bangladesh in 2003. She has written articles for journals and has contributed
chapters to books on Indian history.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-542-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Till Kingdom
Come: Medieval Hinduism in the Modern Himalaya</td><td>Lokesh
Ohri</td><td>2019</td><td>414</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
Hinduism, as is well known, has taken a multitude of shapes and forms.
Some Hindu “little traditions” have remained obscure or under-studied to this day
on account of their regional remoteness.
One such offshoot is the influential cult of Mahasu, which has existed
since medieval times in a part of the western Himalaya. The deity at the core of
the cult takes the form of four primary Mahasus with territorial influence,
installed in various far-flung temples. Their geographical centre is the village
of Hanol, and the larger territory is integrated to the Mahasu politico-religious
system by a peripatetic deity with loyal followers across a considerable domain.

Mahasu remains influential in the region, its ritual practices having
remained quite distinct despite social change. An anthropological survey was
conducted in its terrain during British times, but Lokesh Ohri’s book is the first
to offer a detailed framework, a fine-grained history, and an analytically nuanced
understanding of one of the rarest branches of Hindu worship.
This book will seem invaluable to those seeking to understand the
anthropology of religion and the diversity of Hindu belief and practice.
</td><td>
Lokesh Ohri is an anthropologist and activist who has
worked for several years in the Himalaya. He was a doctoral fellow at the South
Asia Institute, University of Heidelberg, Germany and has worked on political
rituals, heritage and resource use in the mountains.
He is currently working on an extensive documentation of the
river Ganges from source to mouth. 
<td>978-81-250-5345-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Tranquebar—Whose
History? Transnational Cultural Heritage in a Former Danish Trading Colony in South
India</td><td>Helle
Jørgensen</td><td>2014</td><td>368</td><td>1895.0000</td><td><stro
ng>Tranquebar, a small fishing town on the coast of Tamil Nadu,
was a Danish trading colony from 1620 to 1845. In recent years, the drive to
develop it into a heritage destination has generated large-scale conservation and
restoration efforts aimed at
preserving the monuments of the town’s colonial past 
Alongside the proliferation of surveys and development plans, manifold
agents including local and state-level authorities, private entrepreneurs,
researchers, NGOs, and tourists—Danish and Indian—congregate in the town. Yet the
townscape also sets the scene for the everyday lives and concerns of the local
inhabitants. Tranquebar—Whose
History? explores the significances of cultural heritage
in this small town, revealing the multiple attachments to, uses of, and
negotiations around the townscape and its histories in daily life, tourism,
research and heritage development. 
The discussion moves from the differing motivations attending local and
transnational constructions of Tranquebar as a remote location, and the sometimes
contradictory expectations from development; the conflicting attitudes to
modernity and notions of aesthetics among various stakeholders; to shifting
constructions of history in which Tranquebar emerges as a postcolony, caught
between colonial nostalgia, collective memory and contemporary narrations of anti-
conquest.
This volume will be useful to those engaged in anthropology, history,
postcolonial studies and cultural studies. It will also be of interest to students
of heritage and tourism, heritage practitioners and to the general
reader.</td><td>Helle Jørgensen
lectures at the Department of Culture and Society,
Aarhus University, Denmark</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-3270-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Trial of Bahadur
Shah Zafar, The</td><td>Pramod K.
Nayar</td><td>2007</td><td>392</td><td>1345.0000</td><td>Bahadur Shah Zafar, the poet-
king, was catapulted into the limelight when the ‘mutineers’ from Meerut arrived in
Delhi on 11 May 1857. After the ‘mutiny’, the last of the great Mughals went on
trial on 27 January 1858 for aiding and abetting the ‘mutineers’ of 1857. The 21-
day trial in the Diwan-i-Khas, the Hall of Special Audience, in Zafar’s own palace,
saw the British produce dozens of witnesses and documents to demonstrate Zafar’s
complicity in the ‘Mutiny’. He was eventually found guilty and exiled to Burma,
where he died years later. The proceedings of this historic trial was first
published in 1858, but has remained largely absent from studies and histories of
colonial India. The current edition reproduces the text, documents and witness
accounts of the day-by-day account of the trial. The Introduction, beginning
with a short but comprehensive history of the East India Company and the ‘Mutiny’,
places the trial in the context of the colonial state and its ideological
structures. It then moves on to a reading of the trial’s key narrative and
rhetorical features. The text of the trial constitutes a great historical drama.
The vast archive of ‘evidence’ captures the theatre, the violence, the betrayals
and the British anger. The legal arguments and eye-witness accounts reveal the
human, political and bureaucratic dimensions of the trial of the nineteenth
century. The Trial of Bahadur Shah Zafar makes for fascinating reading—for the
history buff and anyone interested in India 1857.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Pramod K. Nayar teaches
at the Department of English, University of Hyderabad. His publications include The
Penguin 1857 Reader (2007), The Great Uprising: India, 1857 (2007), Reading
Culture: Theory, Praxis, Politics (2006), Virtual Worlds: Culture and Politics in
the Age of Cybertechnology (2004) and Literary Theory Today (2002). Among his
forthcoming books are Postcolonial Literature: An Introduction and English Writing
and India, 1600–1920: Colonizing Aesthetics.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-235-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Two Men and
Music: Nationalism in the Making of an Indian Classical Tradition</td><td>Janaki
Bakhle</td><td>2008</td><td>350</td><td>695.0000</td><td>What does it mean
to invent a classical national tradition? In this critical study of the development
of North Indian classical music, Janaki Bakhle examines the role of colonialism in
the making of a tradition that is often incorrectly assumed to possess an unbroken
history from antiquity to the present. 
At the end of the nineteenth century, two men with very different visions—
V.N. Bhatkhande and V.D. Paluskar—worked to give Indian classical music, as we
understand it today, its distinctive shape, form, and identity. Where previously no
particular ideology, religious group, or ethnic identity had dominated, in the
hands of Paluskar, a bhakti (or devotionalist) nationalist music was to be cleansed
of its bawdy associations and put in the service of Hindu proselytizing.
Bhatkhande, a secular musicologist, on the other hand, hoped that through
systematic classification and categorization, music would become a new modern,
national, academic art, avoiding religious entanglement. Bhatkande's politics
were ahead of his time, but the victory has been Paluskar's—the victory of
sacralization, not secularism. Viewed against the backdrop of colonial
modernity, the different projects of these two men exemplify not only the success
of a reformist modernization of music, but also the failures, contradictions, and
compromises that accompanied North Indian classical music's transformation in
relation to gender, caste, religion, and the public cultural sphere. A
provocative examination of musicians negotiating the forces of the modern in order
to ensure the survival of their musical traditions, this book also lays bare how
art—and music in particular—can, at crucial moments, be itself successfully wielded
as a modernizing tool.
</td><td>Janaki Bakhle is Assistant Professor in the
department of History, Columbia University. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-87358-23-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unbecoming Modern:
Colonialism, Modernity, Colonial Modernities</td><td>Saurabh Dube and Ishita
Banerjee-Dube (Ed.)</td><td>2006</td><td>266</td><td>675.0000</td><td>IN THIS VOLUME
well-known scholars from India and Latin America – Enrique Dussel,
Madhu Dubey, Walter Mignolo and Sudipta Sen to name a few – discuss the concepts of
modernity and colonialism, and describe how the two relate to each other.
Unbecoming Modern: Colonialism, Modernity, Colonial Modernities
explores the vital impact of the colonial pasts of India, Mexico,
China and the even the Unites States on the processes through which these countries
have become modern. The collection is unique as it brings together a range of
disciplines and perspectives. The topics discussed include the Zapatista movement
in southern Mexico, the image of the South in recent African-American literature,
the theories of Andre Gunder Frank about the early modernization of Asian
countries, and the contradictions of the colonial state in
India.</td><td>Saurabh Dube is Professor of History,
Centre for Asian and African Studies, El Colegio de México, Mexico
City. <div> </div><div style="text-align:
justify">Ishita Banerjee-Dube is Associate Professor,
Centre for Asian and African Studies, El Colegio de México, Mexico
City.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-550-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Uncertain Glory:
A Novel translated from the Catalan by Peter Bush</td><td>Joan
Sales</td><td>2019</td><td>470</td><td>395.0000</td><td>
“Joan Sales’ outstanding novel, Uncertain Glory, is
fiction from the ranks of the defeated in the Spanish Civil War. Written in 1948,
the book was first published in Barcelona in 1956 – but this was only a first
version, written under Franco’s censorship. Sales continued to write and develop
the novel till it was published in its present full form in 1971. The author had
fought in Madrid and in Aragon. The novel grew out of his experiences in the war.

Sales’ loyalties are nowhere in doubt. But the novel contains no
political message and yields no ground to glib partisan flag waving. It is in fact
refreshingly free from the so-called glories of war. Sales provides a bare-knuckle
account of physical and moral devastation: of ordinary individuals with all their
loves, desires, and frailties trapped in some great game that fashions and
refashions their destinies” – Rudrangshu Mukherjee
“A timeless classic about lost illusions, lost ideals, lost youth, now
translated into English for the first time” – Economist Books
of the Year
“Wonderfully readable, with the vivid images of the physical world and
everyday life that give substance to fiction interspersed with sharp conversation,
scatological philosophical rants and touches of (usually dark) humour,
Uncertain Glory is a major novel that expresses the
disillusion of a generation who fought a just war against fascism, but lost their
idealism and youth” – Michael Eaude, Literary Reviews

</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-510-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Unconditional
Equality: Gandhi’s Religion of Resistance</td><td>Ajay
Skaria</td><td>2017</td><td>406</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Uncondi
tional Equality examines Mahatma Gandhi’s critique of liberal
ideas of freedom and equality, and his own practice of a freedom and equality
organized around religion.Sometimes working against the grain of
Gandhi’s explicit
formulations, Unconditional
Equality reconceives satyagraha (passive resistance) as a
politics that strives for the absolute equality of all beings. Liberal traditions
usually affirm an abstract equality. But for Gandhi such equality is an “equality
of [the] sword”—because it excludes those presumed to lack reason (such as animals
or the colonized), but also because those included lose the power to
love.Gandhi professes instead a politics organized around
dharma, or religion. For him, there can be “no politics without religion.” This
involves self-surrender, a freely offered surrender of autonomy and everyday
sovereignty. For Gandhi, the “religion that stays in all religions” is
satyagraha.Ajay Skaria argues that, conceptually, satyagraha
insists on equality without exception of all humans, animals, and
things.</td><td>Ajay Skaria is
professor of history at the University of Minnesota. He is the author
of Hybrid Histories: Forests, Frontiers, and Wildness in Western
India and coeditor of Subaltern Studies XII:
Muslims, Dalits, and the Fabrications of
History.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-477-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unconditional
Equality: Gandhi’s Religion of Resistance</td><td>Ajay
Skaria</td><td>2016</td><td>406</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Unconditional Equality examines Mahatma
Gandhi’s critique of liberal ideas of freedom and equality, and his own practice
of a freedom and equality organized around religion. 
Sometimes working against the grain of Gandhi’s explicit
formulations, Unconditional Equality
reconceives satyagraha (passive resistance) as a politics that strives for the
absolute equality of all beings. Liberal traditions usually affirm an abstract
equality. But for Gandhi such equality is an “equality of [the] sword”—because it
excludes those presumed to lack reason (such as animals or the colonized), but
also because those included lose the power to love.
Gandhi professes instead a politics organized around dharma, or religion.
For him, there can be “no politics without religion.” This involves self-
surrender, a freely offered surrender of autonomy and everyday sovereignty. For
Gandhi, the “religion that stays in all religions” is satyagraha.
Ajay Skaria argues that, conceptually, satyagraha insists on equality
without exception of all humans, animals, and things. 
</td><td>
Ajay Skaria is professor of history at the
University of Minnesota. He is the author of Hybrid Histories:
Forests, Frontiers, and Wildness in Western India and coeditor
of Subaltern Studies XII: Muslims, Dalits, and the Fabrications
of History.
<td>978-93-5287-869-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Understanding
Mughal India: Sixteenth to Eighteenth Centuries</td><td>Meena
Bhargava</td><td>2019</td><td>388</td><td>450.0000</td><td>The Mughal
Empire is a fascinating phase in the history of India. Its power and wealth, extent
and territoriality, socio-economic dynamism, and its cultural vibrancy have kept
scholars engaged in an animated, contentious debate.
This volume is an attempt to understand the idioms and institutions,
ethnic, racial, religious, and linguistic groups, and the regions that constituted
the empire. Focusing on varied interpretations, complexities, and perspectives on
the Mughal Empire across the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries, it
studies:
<ul><li>different literary genres, including vernacular languages and
Persian compositions, the scribes and travelogues.</li><li>contexts and
milieus of power and authority, legitimacy and consolidation, cultural patterns,
gender and art, agrarian and commercial trends, religious patterns and social
movements.  </li><li>regions and regional formations.
It also delves into the different paradigms and assumptions that shaped the
understanding of the transition period and the eighteenth century.
</li></ul>
The value of the book is enhanced by maps and a number of coloured and
black-and-white images.
The book will be an essential reading and reference text for all students and
scholars of history, particularly those interested in medieval and early modern
period and the transition period of Indian history.
</td><td>Meena Bhargava is Associate Professor,
Department of History, Indraprastha College for Women, University of
<td>978-81-7824-354-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unfinished
Gestures: Devadasis, Memory, and Modernity in South India</td><td>Davesh
Soneji</td><td>2012</td><td>328</td><td>750.0000</td><td><str
ong>Unfinished Gestures presents the social and
cultural history of courtesans in South India who are generally called
devadasis, focusing on their encounters with colonial
modernity in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Following a hundred
years of vociferous social reform, including a 1947 law that criminalized their
lifestyles, the women in devadasi communities contend with severe social stigma
and economic and cultural disenfranchisement. Adroitly combining ethnographic
fieldwork with historical research, Davesh Soneji provides a comprehensive
portrait of these marginalized women and unsettles received ideas about relations
among them, the aesthetic roots of their performances, and the political efficacy
of social reform in their
communities.</td><td>DAVESH SONEJI
is associate professor of South Asian religions at McGill University. He is
coeditor of Performing Pasts: Reinventing the Arts in Modern South India
and editor of Bharatanatyam: A
Reader.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-473-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unifying Hinduism
- Philosophy and Identity in Indian Intellectual History </td><td>Andrew J.
Nicholson</td><td>2016</td><td>280</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Some
postcolonial theorists argue that the idea of a single system of belief known as
“Hinduism” is a creation of nineteenth-century British imperialists. Andrew J.
Nicholson introduces another perspective: although a unified Hindu identity is not
as ancient as some Hindus claim, it has its roots in innovations within South Asian
philosophy from the fourteenth to the seventeenth centuries. During this time,
thinkers treated the philosophies of Vedanta, Samkhya, and Yoga, along with the
worshippers of Visnu, Siva, and Sakti, as belonging to a single system of belief
and practice. Instead of seeing such groups as separate and contradictory, they re-
envisioned them as separate rivers leading to the ocean of Brahman, the ultimate
reality.
Drawing on the writings of philosophers from late medieval and early
modern traditions, including Vijnanabhiksu, Madhava, and Madhusudana Sarasvati,
Nicholson shows how influential thinkers portrayed Vedanta philosophy as the
ultimate unifier of diverse belief systems. This project paved the way for the work
of later Hindu reformers, such as Vivekananda, Radhakrishnan, and Gandhi, whose
teachings promoted the notion that all world religions belong to a single spiritual
unity. In his study, Nicholson also critiques the way in which Eurocentric concepts
— like monism and dualism, idealism and realism, theism and atheism, and orthodoxy
and heterodoxy — have come to dominate modern discourses on Indian philosophy.
</td><td>Andrew j. Nicholson is Assistant
Professor of Hinduism and Indian intellectual history in the Department of Asian
and Asian American Studies at Stony Brook
<td>978-81-7824-328-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unifying Hinduism:
Philosophy and Identity in Indian Intellectual History</td><td>Andrew J.
Nicholson</td><td>2011</td><td>280</td><td>750.0000</td><td>Some
postcolonial theorists argue that the idea of a single system of belief known as
“Hinduism” is a creation of nineteenth-century
British imperialists. Andrew J. Nicholson introduces another perspective: although
a unified Hindu identity is not as ancient as some Hindus claim, it has its roots
in innovations within South Asian philosophy from the fourteenth to the
seventeenth centuries. During this time, thinkers treated the philosophies of
Vedanta, Samkhya, and Yoga, along with the worshippers of Visnu, Siva, and Sakti,
as belonging to a single system of belief and practice. Instead of seeing such
groups as separate and contradictory, they re-envisioned them as separate rivers
leading to the ocean of Brahman, the ultimate reality.
Drawing on the writings of philosophers from late medieval and early
modern traditions, including Vijnanabhiksu, Madhava, and Madhusudana Sarasvati,
Nicholson shows how influential thinkers portrayed Vedanta philosophy as the
ultimate unifier of diverse belief systems. This project paved the way for the
work of later Hindu reformers, such as Vivekananda, Radhakrishnan, and Gandhi,
whose teachings promoted the notion that all world religions belong to a single
spiritual unity. In his study, Nicholson also critiques the way in which
Eurocentric concepts — like monism and dualism, idealism and realism, theism and
atheism, and orthodoxy and heterodoxy — have come to dominate modern discourses on
Indian philosophy.
</td><td>ANDREW J. NICHOLSON is Assistant Professor of Hinduism and Indian
intellectual history in the Department of Asian and Asian American Studies at Stony
Brook University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-87358-59-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unruly Hills:
Nature and Nation in India’s Northeast</td><td>Bengt G.
Karlsson</td><td>2011</td><td>350</td><td>695.0000</td><td>U
nruly Hills examines the intersection of environmental and ethnic
politics in the Indian state of Meghalaya. Based on extensive fieldwork, the author
traces the entanglements of forest management, mining and territorial conflicts
with local demands for indigenous sovereignty and rebellious aspirations for ethnic
homelands. Massive extractions of limestone; controversies over uranium deposits;
and the Supreme Court ban on logging apply to the cases specifically explored.

The book will be of interest to students of anthropology, political
ecology and environmental history as well as to those concerned with development
and the rights of indigenous
peoples.</td><td>Bengt G.
Karlsson is Associate Professor in Social Anthropology at
Stockholm University. His main research interests concern the politics of
nature and identity, especially in relation to indigenous peoples’ movements in
India. He is author of Contested Belonging: An Indigenous People’s Struggle
for Forest and Identity in Sub-Himalayan Bengal (2000) and co-editor of
Indigeneity in India (2006) with T.B.
Subba.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-365-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unsettling The
Past: Unknown aspects and Scholarly Assessments of D.D. Kosambi</td><td>D.D.
Kosambi , Meera Kosambi
align: justify">Of virtually no modern historian other than D.D. Kosambi
(1907–1966) can it be said: ‘He changed the way in which Indian history was
conceptualized and written.’ In fact, the term ‘Renaissance man’ springs to mind
because Kosambi’s intellectual contributions cross disciplinary boundaries,
ranging from ancient history to mathematics to Sanskrit literature to numismatics
to India’s energy policy.
This book contains relatively
unknown writings by Kosambi, including several obscure but important essays and an
unpublished children’s story. Also made available here for the first time are some
wonderful letters that Kosambi wrote to, among others, the scientist Homi Bhabha
and the writer-historian Robert Graves. These reveal Kosambi’s mastery of the
epistolary art. 
Other sections contain tributes to
Kosambi by his friends, and essays by major contemporary scholars on his
contributions in diverse fields. The volume gives a new and well-rounded picture
of Kosambi’s writings, as well as mature assessments of his scholarship by some of
the best minds of our time.
The editor, Meera Kosambi, provides
an Introduction which situates her father within his social, political,
intellectual, and familial milieux.</td><td>D.D. Kosambi(1907–1966), the Harvard
mathematician and Marxist who trained himself in Sanskrit and ancient Indian
studies, was arguably India’s most influential historian of the twentieth century.
His daughter,  Meera Kosambi, who has edited this volume, is a
sociologist. Her several books include Crossing Thresholds: Feminist
Essays in Social History (2007), and Women Writing Gender:
Marathi Fiction Before Independence
(2012).</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-384-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Unsettling the
Past: Unknown Aspects and Scholarly Assessments of D.D. Kosambi</td><td>D.D.
Kosambi, Meera kosambi
align: justify">Of virtually no modern historian other than D.D. Kosambi
(1907–1966) can it be said: ‘He changed the way in which Indian history was
conceptualized and written.’ In fact, the term ‘Renaissance man’ springs to mind
because Kosambi’s intellectual contributions cross disciplinary boundaries,
ranging from ancient history to mathematics to Sanskrit literature to numismatics
to India’s energy policy.
This book contains relatively
unknown writings by Kosambi, including several obscure but important essays and an
unpublished children’s story. Also made available here for the first time are some
wonderful letters that Kosambi wrote to, among others, the scientist Homi Bhabha
and the writer-historian Robert Graves. These reveal Kosambi’s mastery of the
epistolary art. <div style="text-align: justify">Other
sections contain tributes to Kosambi by his friends, and essays by major
contemporary scholars on his contributions in diverse fields. The volume gives a
new and well-rounded picture of Kosambi’s writings, as well as mature assessments
of his scholarship by some of the best minds of our
time.</div></td><td>The
editor, Meera kosambi provides an Introduction which situates
her father within his social, political, intellectual, and familial
milieux.
D.D. Kosambi,
(1907–1966), the Harvard mathematician and Marxist who trained himself in Sanskrit
and ancient Indian studies, was arguably India’s most influential historian of the
twentieth century. His daughter, Meera kosambi, who has edited this
volume, is a sociologist. Her several books include Crossing Thresholds:
Feminist Essays in Social History (2007), and Women Writing
Gender: Marathi Fiction Before Independence (2012).
<td>978-81-250-5494-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Uttarakhand Ki
Bhashayen (Volume 30, Part 1)-Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan</td><td>Ganesh N.
Devy, Uma Bhatt and Shekhar Pathak
communities.
This book is part 1of the Volume 30(Uttarakhand [Hindi]) of The
People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and executed by Bhasha
Research and Publication Center.  
variety of the Uttarakhand state of India. The languages included in this book are:
Kumauni, Gadhwali,Jaad, Johari, Jaunpuri, Jaunsari, Tharu, Bangadi, Buksa, Marcha,
Rang Lu, Rawalti, and Raji.</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N. Devy
taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao University of
Baroda; a renowned literary critic and activist; is founder and director of
the Tribal Academy at Tejgadh, Gujarat; and director of
the Sahitya Akademi’s Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral
Folk Traditions. He is an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha
Academy.Currently, he is a Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of
Information and Communication Technology (DA-IICT),Gandhinagar,Gujrat.
He is Chair, People’s Lnguistic
Survey of India, 37, Bhasha Research and Publication Centre, Near Dinesh Mills,
Baroda.
Dr Shekhar
Pathak : MA Ph D Kumaon University. Taught for 32 years in Kumaon
University. Fellowship received from ICHR [1978-80] Delhi; IIAS Simla [1995-97];
CCS, NMML [2005-09]; New Delhi. He has been a researcher of the history, culture,
social movements and a discoverer of history of various aspects and regions of the
Himalayas. He is editor of People’s Association for Himalaya Area Research [PAHAR],
Nainital.
Dr Uma
Bhatt : MA, Ph D from Agra University; had taught for 38 years in
Kumaon University; she was ex-editor of Uttara, a monthly magazine for women; she
is also associated with People’s Association for Himalaya Area Research [PAHAR]
Nainital.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-5442-039-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Vidyasagar:
Reflections on a Notable Life</td><td>Amiya P.
Sen</td><td>2021</td><td>256</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Iswarchandra
Vidyasagar is remembered as one of the most distinguished educators, writers, and
social reformers of nineteenth-century India.
A unique combination of fearlessness, compassion, conformism, and
crusading zeal, Vidyasagar was firmly convinced that the rational-scientific
knowledge of the contemporary West would bring about a social and moral reordering
of traditional Hindu society.
Vidyasagar: Reflections on a Notable Life takes a
fresh look at the life of this well-known and revered figure to both re-establish
Vidyasagar’s greatness and explore the multiple ways in which posterity has
assessed his ‘greatness’.
This biography focuses on Vidyasagar’s lasting contributions to education
and pedagogy, to the writing of highly popular school textbooks, his close
friendships with some of the most prominent Indians and high-ranking British
officials of the time; his humanism and his humanitarianism; and, of course, his
social reform projects directed at improving the status of Hindu women—promoting
female education, the abolition of child marriages, advocating marriage for
upper-caste Hindu widows, and opposing multiple marriages among men.
Vidyasagar’s legacy continues to be important in the way it reveals the
complex play of history, affect and memory, vitally shaping our attempts at
understanding ourselves.</td><td>Amiya P.
Sen is Retired Professor of Modern Indian History, Jamia Millia Islamia,
New Delhi. He has over thirty years of research and teaching experience, and has
authored and edited fourteen published volumes. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4201-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Violence and
Belonging: Land, Love and Lethal Conflict in the North-West Frontier Province of
Pakistan</td><td>Are
Knudsen</td><td>2011</td><td>252</td><td>620.0000</td><td><st
rong>Violence and Belonging examines the meanings of
lethal conflict in a little-studied tribal society in Pakistan’s unruly North-
West Frontier Province and offers a new perspective on its causes. Based on an in-
depth study of local conflicts, the book challenges stereotyped images of a region
and people miscast as extremist and militant.
Being grounded in local ethnography enables the book to shed light on the
complexities of violence, not only at the structural or systematic level, but also
as experienced by the men involved in lethal conflict. In this way, the book
provides a subjective and experiential approach to violence that is applicable
beyond the field locality and relevant for advancing the study of violence in the
Middle East and South Asia. The book is the first ethnographic study of this
region since renowned anthropologist Fredrik Barth’s pioneering study in 1954.

</td><td>are knudsen is Research Director at the Chr.
Michelson Institute in Bergen, Norway</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-6051-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Violence and the
Burden of Memory: Remembrance and Erasure in Sinhala Consciousness</td><td>Sasanka
Perera</td><td>2015</td><td>354</td><td>1300.0000</td><td>Post-
Independence Sri Lanka has been wracked by decades of civil war and political
violence, particularly from the late 1970s to 2009. These protracted conflicts
have been immensely destructive, resulting in many thousands of deaths and
disappearances, both of armed personnel (whether of the Sri Lankan state or
separatist outfits) and civilians.
How is such extraordinary institutional violence remembered? Political
conflict in Sri Lanka and the attendant death and destruction have resulted in the
emergence of public monuments and memorials, built and maintained by the state or
other public organisations as well as private ritual and memorial practices, which
have occasionally moved into the public domain. They have also provoked a great
deal of commentary in the form of visual arts.
Violence and the Burden of Memory takes as its theme
these forms of remembering and memorialising large-scale violent death and
destruction and the attendant loss, grief and suffering. Sasanka Perera explores
how issues of memory and forgetting are represented in these monuments, public and
private rituals and the works of visual artists through sociological analysis and
ethnographic research. This, then, is read within a wider intellectual discourse
on how memory works, drawn from other global contexts.
The author skillfully demonstrates how most public narratives,
particularly state narratives, of Sinhala heroism have focused on institutional
victories and successes, thereby erasing particular acts of individual suffering
and loss and eroding spaces for critical evaluation. While the state has enjoyed
relative success in preserving and presenting a public narrative of triumph and
heroism through its war memorials and military monuments and rituals, it has not
been as successful at providing survivors of the fallen spaces in which to
remember and mourn their dead, nor at mourning the loss of innocence effectively.
Personal and evaluative approaches to the horrors of political violence have,
therefore, become the province of private forms of remembering and artistic
commentaries. 
</td><td>
Sasanka Perera is Professor at Department of

Sociology and Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences, South Asia University, New
Delhi.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-320-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>War and Peace in
Modern India: A Strategic History of the Nehru Years</td><td>Srinath
Raghavan</td><td>2013</td><td>386</td><td>695.0000</td><td>During his
seventeen years as prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru led India through one of its
most difficult and potentially explosive periods in international affairs. As the
leader of a new state created amidst the bloodiest partition in history, saddled
with new and outstanding problems, Nehru was confronted with a range of disputes
which threatened to boil over.   
Srinath Raghavan draws on a rich vein of untapped documents to illuminate
Nehru’s approach to war and his efforts for peace. Vividly recreating the
intellectual and political milieu of the Indian foreign policy establishment, he
explains the response of Nehru and his top advisors to the tensions with Junagadh,
Hyderabad, Pakistan, and China. He gives individual attention to every conflict and
shows how strategic decisions for each crisis came to be defined in the light of
the preceding ones. The book follows Nehru as he wrestles with a string of major
conflicts—assessing the utility of force, weighing risks of war, exploring
diplomatic options for peace, and forming strategic judgements that would define
his reputation, both within his lifetime and after. 
War and Peace in Modern India challenges and revises our
received understanding of Nehru’s handling of international affairs. General
readers as well as students of Indian history and politics will find its balanced
consideration of Nehru’s foreign policy essential to gauge his achievements, his
failures, and his enduring legacy.  
</td><td>Srinath Raghavan is Senior Fellow, Centre for
Policy Research, New Delhi, and Lecturer in Defence Studies at King’s College
London. He is currently writing an international history of the India–Pakistan war
of 1971 and the creation of Bangladesh.
<td>978-93-5287-172-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>We Who Wove with
Lotus Thread: Summoning Community in South India</td><td>Aarti
Kawlra</td><td>2017</td><td>216</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>
Our thread is different from the thread of the brahmin.
 
They have the Vedas, we have weaving.
We Who Wove is the first in-depth ethnographic study
of the Telugu-speaking Padma Saliyars of Tamil Nadu, who claim a high status among
hereditary weaving castes. The Padma Saliyars consider themselves ‘on par’ with
brahmins, claiming difference through their ‘thread’ and the divinely ordained
work of weaving. Their origin myth as recorded in
the Bhavanarishi Puranam pronounces weaving
as a divine boon, referring to their longstanding recognition and status as those
who wove with lotus thread. Approaching community not as a closed and
unchanging world but as a dynamic one, the study contributes to the growing
scholarship on re-articulations of caste in South Asia. Using methods of both
history and ethnography, it reveals the ‘hidden histories’ of artisan caste
affirmation and community belonging in mobilising for production. 
The author beautifully reconstructs the organisation of the weaver
household and the meticulous work that goes into producing a Kanchipuram silk
sari, highlighting the unity of the work, the loom and the weaver. She explores
handloom weaving in light of the different regimes of value—craft (as opposed to
machine) aesthetic, traditional technology, cottage industry and embodied work—
that define its lived reality in South India. She also addresses the need for a
new approach to the subject of artisans in India, given the lack of critical
anthropological and historical works on the subject. 
Providing descriptions and analyses of hitherto unpublished material
supplemented with photographs, this volume will be a valuable addition to the
fields of ethnography, anthropology and sociology.    

</td><td>Aarti Kawlra is an independent scholar affiliated to
the Madras Institute of Development Studies (MIDS), Chennai and the International
Institute of Asian Studies (IIAS), Leiden, The Netherlands. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6315-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>When Sun Meets
Moon: Gender, Eros, and Ecstasy in Urdu Poetry</td><td>Scott
Kugle</td><td>2016</td><td>344</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>The two Urdu
poets Shah Siraj and Mah Laqa Bai Chand lived separate lives in the Deccan during
the eighteenth century. In When Sun Meets Moon, they are
brought together in the realm of literary imagination. Through a comparison of
their work, this book illustrates complexity of gender, sexuality, and religious
practice in Islamic culture.
Shah Siraj (1715–1763), whose name means "Sun," lived in

Aurangabad; he was a Sunni Muslim who, after a youthful love affair, gave up sexual
relationships to follow Sufi mysticism. Mah Laqa Bai Chanda (1768–1820), whose name
means "Moon," lived in Hyderabad; she was a Shi'i Muslim and
courtesan who combined the seduction of men with the pursuit of mystical love. Both
poets specialized in the ghazal, often fusing spiritual quest with erotic
imagery.
This book features Kugle's translations of Urdu and Persian poetry

previously unavailable in English. Kugle argues that Shah Siraj and Mah Laqa Bai
were exceptions to the gender norms common in their patriarchal society. Their
poetry helps us understand the reach and the limitations of gender roles and erotic
imagery in Islamic and Indian culture. This study also shows how poetry, music, and
dance are integral to Islamic devotional traditions.
This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of gender

studies, comparative religion, Urdu poetry and Islamic studies.
</td><td>Scott Kugle is Associate Professor
of South Asian and Islamic Studies at Emory
University</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-903-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Where Histories
Reside: India as Filmed Space</td><td>Priya
Jaikumar</td><td>2020</td><td>416</td><td>1075.0000</td><td>In &l
t;em>Where Histories Reside Priya Jaikumar examines eight
decades of films shot on location in India to write a magisterial history of the
nation’s filmed spaces. A broad idea of the space created by a camera’s
interaction with real places underlies this history, which accounts for the
spatiality of a film’s screen fashioned by camera angles and edits, in conjunction
with the socio-political dynamics of territory and geography. 
Whether discussing Jean Renoir’s The River 
(1951), which portrays a universal human condition through particular landscapes
in Bengal, or Films Division documentaries about India’s mountainous borderlands,
or Bollywood films today that are changing the look of background actors and
settings, Jaikumar demonstrates that filming a location always involves competing
assumptions, experiences, and visual practices. In so doing, she writes a bold
“spatial” film historiography, outlining factors that have shaped India's
filmed locations and architectures, from state bureaucracies and commercial
infrastructures to aesthetic styles and neoliberal policies. She also shows why
the study of cinema, whether celluloid or digital, must account for an aesthetics
and politics of space.
This book will interest scholars of film and media studies, history, film
theory, visual and spatial studies, architecture and urban studies, geography,
comparative studies, and postcolonial studies. 

</td><td>Priya Jaikumar is Professor of Cinema and
Media Studies at the University of Southern California.
<td>978-93-5442-046-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Who Is a Muslim?
Orientalism and Literary Populisms</td><td>Maryam Wasif
Who Is a Muslim? argues that modern Urdu literature—
popular novels, short stories— from its inception in colonial institutions such as
Fort William College, Calcutta, to its dominant iterations in contemporary
Pakistan (which include television serials) is formed around a question that has
historically been at the core of early modern and modern Western literatures.

The question “Who is a Muslim?,” was a constant concern within
eighteenth-century literary and scholarly orientalist texts. Chief among them was
the English oriental tale which became a transformative force once it travelled to
the North-Indian colony, and later to the newly formed Pakistan. A literary-
historical study spanning three centuries, this book argues that the idea of an
Urdu canon, far from being secular or progressive, has been shaped as the
authority designate around the intertwined questions of piety, national identity,
and citizenship. 
A multi-faceted project, this book provides a history of how a religio-
national identity is constructed through literature, first in the colony, and
subsequently in the postcolonial nation-state. It is an attempt to understand the
historical processes, institutions, and texts that have led to the religio-
populism that has overwhelmed cultural production in a postcolonial state such as
Pakistan. These wide-ranging arguments will be of interest to historians of
empire, literary comparatists, and scholars of postcolonial, and more specifically
South-Asian literatures, religions and cultures. 
</td><td>Maryam Wasif Khan is Associate Professor of
Comparative Literary and Cultural Studies at the Mushtaq Gurmani School of
Humanities and Social Sciences, LUMS University,
Lahore.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-4551-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Who Wants
Democracy? </td><td>Javeed
Alam</td><td>2012</td><td>188</td><td>495.0000</td><td>The internal
structure of Indian democracy has seen rapid changes since the implementation of
the Mandal Commission recommendations in 1989. Who Wants
Democracy? defines two important shifts in the polity.
Even as the elite are increasingly stepping back from active participation, the
less privileged classes are coming forward to engage vitally with democratic
processes.Javeed Alam highlights how the poor return in every
election to choose their representatives and what the voting patterns reveal about
the links between regional voices and national unity, between the politics of
community and the ideal of citizenship.
This second edition includes a Prologue in which the author takes up
certain theoretical issues. Discussing the democratic possibilities that modernity
still offers, he says that the ‘presence of critique’ within modern thought can
enable people to deepen their understanding of the idea of freedom.
</td><td>Javeed Alam is former chairman of the Indian
Council of Social Science Research.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-87358-49-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Windows Into a
Revolution: Ethnographies of Maoism in India and Nepal</td><td>Alpa Shah and Judith
Pettigrew</td><td>2011</td><td>352</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Windows into a Revolution, edited by Alpa Shah
and Judith Pettigrew, the first book in the series offers
glimpses into the spread of Maoism in India and Nepal by tracing some of its
effects on the lives of ordinary people living amidst the revolutions. Weaving
through the nostalgic reflections of former Bengali Naxalites; the resurgence of
ancestral conflicts in the spread of the Maoists in the remote hills of western
Nepal; the disillusionments of dalits of central Bihar in the
policies of the cadres; to the complexities of the interrelationship between non-
aligned civilians and insurgents in central Nepal, the book offers a series of
windows into different stages of mobilization and transformation into what are,
were or may become, revolutionary
strongholds.</td><td>Alpa Shah is
Senior Lecturer in Anthropology at Goldsmiths, University of London. Her research
focuses on social inequality and efforts to address it and she has commented on
indigeneity, environmentalism, migration, development, corruption, democracy,
citizenship and the state. She is co-editor (with Tobias Kelly) of A
Double Edged Sword: Protection and State Violence(2006) and author of
In the Shadows of the State: Indigenous Politics, Environmentalism and
Insurgency, Jharkhand (2010).
Judith Pettigrew is Senior Lecturer in the
Faculty of Education and Health Sciences at the University of Limerick, Ireland.
She has conducted long-term anthropological research in Nepal since 1990 and has
published widely on Nepal’s Maoist movement. Her research on the everyday impacts
of violence on rural people examines the interrelationships between space,
emotional life, violence and psychosocial wellbeing. Her forthcoming monograph is
titled, Ethnography and Everyday Life in Nepal's Civil War.
</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td>
<td>978-81-250-3725-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Wives, Widows and
Concubines: The Conjugal Family Ideal in Colonial India</td><td>Mytheli
Sreenivas</td><td>2009</td><td>184</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The book examines how the family became the centre of
intense debates about identity, community, and nation in colonial Tamil Nadu.
Developing ideas about love, marriage and desire were inextricably linked to caste
politics, the colonial economy, and nationalist agitation. The book argues that
notions of community centred around the changing family were fundamental to
shaping national identity in the early twentieth century. 
Emerging earliest among professional
and mercantile elites seeking to reform colonial property relations, and fueled by
the feminist and anti-caste politics of nationalist movements, this emphasis on
conjugality took numerous, sometimes contradictory, forms.  On the one
hand, conjugality provided a language with which women laid claim to a host of
rights, from the right to inherit a deceased husband’s property to the right to
seek emotional and sexual fulfillment in marriage.  On the other hand,
appeals to conjugality also served to reinscribe women’s oppression both inside
and outside marriage.  Mapping this complex history in relation to the
culture, politics, and economy of the Tamil region, the bookopens new arenas of
inquiry about the family and colonial modernity in South Asia. Recipient of the
Joseph W. Elder Prize in the Indian Social Sciences from the American Institute of
Indian studies this book would be of special interest to historians of modern
South Asia, as well as anthropologists, sociologists with an interest in women and
gender. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Mytheli
Sreenivas is Assistant Professor of History and Women’s Studies at The
Ohio State University.  She studied history at Yale University and the
University of Pennsylvania.  Her research in Chennai, New Delhi, and
London has been supported by several prestigious fellowships, including a
Fulbright-Hays award, and has been published in the Journal of Women’s
History and the Journal of Asian
Studies.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-7824-327-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Women And Social
Reform in Modern India (Two Volume Set)</td><td>Sumit Sarkar and Tanika Sarkar
(Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>870</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>The subject of
social reforms has routinely formed a part of Indian history texts. The word
'reforms' conjures up the names of a few great individuals: always Hindu,
always upper-caste and educated, always from cities, and always--apart from one or
two memorable exceptions--men. These are the icons around whom the story of social
change is written. The editors of the present work argue the need to understand the
history of social reforms from a much wider array of perspectives: for example, the
connections between specific social abuses on the one hand, and, on the other,
systems or traditions of gender practices across times, classes, castes, and
regions. For instance, when we look at widow immolation or widow remarriage
practices, we need to look also at the larger domain of gender relations which
sanctified immolation or which outlawed widow remarriage. What arguments were used?
What aspects of these practices did the reformers ignore? How did the orthodox
practitioners defend such traditions? There are also, say Sumit and Tanika Sarkar,
other curious omissions in the existing literature: 'Most reforms passed
through the grid of state legislation. Yet, there is little engagement even with
the law-making machinery ... and far less with the judicial courts that enforced
the laws and dealt with disputes around the new laws.' Such omissions are
addressed, and many interesting questions raised and discussed, in this impressive
collection of writings.</td><td>Sumit
Sarkar is arguably the best-known historian of modern India.
His many books include Beyond Nationalist Frames: Relocating
Postmodernism, Hindutva, History (Permanent Black paperback, 2003).

Tanika  Sarkar is Professor of
History at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Her most celebrated book is
Hindu Wife, Hindu Nation: Community, Religion, and Cultural
Nationalism (Permanent Black paperback,
<td>978-81-7824-199-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Women and Social
Reform in Modern India (Vol. 1 and 2)</td><td>Sumit Sarkar and Tanika Sarkar
(Eds.)</td><td>2008</td><td>870</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>The subject of social
reforms has routinely formed a part of Indian history texts. The word ‘reforms’
conjures up the names of a few great individuals: always Hindu, always upper-caste
and educated, always from cities, and always--apart from one or two memorable
exceptions--men. These are the icons around whom the story of social change is
written.??The editors of the present work argue the need to understand the history
of social reforms from a much wider array of perspectives: for example, the
connections between specific social abuses on the one hand, and, on the other,
systems or traditions of gender practices across times, classes, castes, and
regions. For instance, when we look at widow immolation or widow remarriage
practices, we need to look also at the larger domain of gender relations which
sanctified immolation or which outlawed widow remarriage. What arguments were used?
What aspects of these practices did the reformers ignore? How did the orthodox
practitioners defend such traditions???There are also, say Sumit and Tanika Sarkar,
other curious omissions in the existing literature: ‘Most reforms passed through
the grid of state legislation. Yet, there is little engagement even with the law-
making machinery ... and far less with the judicial courts that enforced the laws
and dealt with disputes around the new laws.’??Such omissions are addressed, and
many interesting questions raised and discussed, in this impressive collection of
writings.??</td><td>Sumit Sarkar is arguably the best-known
historian of modern India. His many books include Beyond Nationalist Frames:
Relocating Postmodernism, Hindutva, History (Permanent Black paperback,
2003)<div> </div><div>Tanika Sarkar
is Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Her
most celebrated book is Hindu Wife, Hindu Nation: Community, Religion, and Cultural
Nationalism (Permanent Black paperback, 2003).</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-93-86689-58-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Women in Political
Thought: The Quest for Gender Equality and Beyond</td><td>Sushila
Ramaswamy</td><td>2017</td><td>408</td><td>1345.0000</td><td>Women and Political
Thought provides an in-depth analysis of women’s role and place in
political thought.
Beginning with Greek political thought, Sushila Ramaswamy traces the history of
eighteenth-century liberalism, which, she demonstrates, carried the seed of modern
feminism.
She discusses the effects the philosophies of Plato, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau and
Hegel had on eighteenth-century feminists. She offers detailed accounts of the main
proponents of liberal feminism—for example, Mary Wollstonecraft, Margaret Fuller
and Elizabeth Stanton—and the historical contexts that shaped them. She also
analyses the works of Jeremy Bentham, James Mill and John Stuart Mill as central to
later revised liberal feminism.
Ramaswamy also focuses on women thinkers from other ideological standpoints—the

early socialists, the Marxists and the social democrats—that formed parts of the
first wave feminism. She concludes by tracking the rise of radical feminism and its
core ideas; the second-wave liberal feminism of Betty Friedan; the rise of
postmodern feminism and eco-feminism during the third wave.
This is a comprehensive and detailed history of key women political thinkers and
various schools of feminist thought.
</td><td>Sushila Ramaswamy is Associate
Professor at the Department of Political Science, Jesus and Mary College, Delhi
University.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-87358-37-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing History in
the Soviet Union: Making the Past Work</td><td>Arup
Banerji</td><td>2008</td><td>300</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The
history of the Soviet Union has been charted in
several studies over the decades. These depictions while combining accuracy,
elegance, readability and imaginativeness, have failed to draw attention to the
political and academic environment within which these histories were composed.
Writing History in the Soviet Union: Making the Past
Work is aimed at understanding this environment. 
The book seeks to identify the significant hallmarks of the production of
Soviet history by Soviet as well as Western historians. It traces how the Russian
Revolution of 1917 triggered a shift in official policy towards historians and the
publication of history textbooks for schools. In 1985, the Soviet past was again
summoned for polemical revision as part and parcel of an attitude of openness
(glasnost') and in this, literary figures joined their energies to those of
historians. The Communist regime sought to equate the history of the country with
that of the Communist Party itself in 1938 and 1962, and this imposed a blanket of
conformity on history writing in the Soviet Union. 
The book also surveys the rich abundance of writing the Russian Revolution
generated as well as the divergent approaches to the history of the period. The
conditions for research in Soviet archives are described as an aspect of official
monitoring of history writing. Another instance of this is the manner by which
history textbooks have, through the years, been withdrawn from schools and others
officially nursed into circulation. This intervention, occasioned in the present
circumstance by statements by President Putin himself, in the manner in which
history is taught in Russian schools, continues to this day. In other words, over
the years, the regime has always worked to make the past work.
</td><td>Arup Banerji teaches Russian, Soviet and West European History at the
Department of History, University of Delhi. He has published a study of private
trade and traders during the 1920s, Merchants and Markets in Revolutionary Russia,
1917-30, and has written on politics and economic issues in the Russian Federation
as well as on the Silk Routes.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-81-250-3043-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing Life:
Three Gujarati Thinkers</td><td>Tridip
Suhrud</td><td>2009</td><td>280</td><td>1450.0000</td><td>Writing Life looks at the
lives and work of three 19th century thinkers of Gujarat – Narmadashankar Lal
Shankar, Manibhai Nabhubhai & Govardhanram Tripathi. (The last mentioned
is the author of Saraswatichandra). Poets, essayists and Novelists, these three
writers deeply influenced the intellectual life of Gujarat. Moreover, the book
shows, how the idea of `social reform’ is deeply linked in their work to the idea
of `the nation’. The author also shows how Gandhi, following these writers, created
another notion of `nation’, `reform’ and the moral dimensions of
these.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Tridip Suhrud is a political scientist and
cultural historian. He is Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of
Communication Technology, Gandhi Nagar. He has also translated several works from
Gujarati into English and vice versa. He is the series editor of our Gandhi Studies
series, and the author/editor of our Harilal Gandhi, and of our forthcoming 4
volume biography of Gandhi by Narayan Desai.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-520-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Writing The First
Person: Literature, History, and Autobiography in Modern Kerala</td><td>Udaya
Kumar</td><td>2017</td><td>336</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
Why did autobiographical writings emerge in Kerala more than a century
ago? What were the social, material, and cultural features that motivated
individuals to write  personal histories and memoirs? This book shows the
complex ways in which private recollections, and the use of memory for loosely
literary ends, also entailed the production of history by another name.
Udaya Kumar analyses this period of social transformation to show the
emergence of new resources for the self-relective writer, as well as of new idioms
of expression. Among the many genres and forms he studies are anti-caste writings,
works advocating spiritual and social reorientation, monologic poetry, and early
novels in Malayalam. 
Sree Narayana Guru’s thought, the portrayal of women and desire in
Kumaran Asan’s poetry, and the fictional worlds created by major novelists of this
period (such as O. Chandu Menon and C.V. Raman Pillai), says Udaya Kumar, excited
fresh appraisals of morality, personal emotions, and shared pasts. The envisioning
of caste reform, the recording of historical change, and the creation of political
identities, he shows, are often inextricable aspects of new literary
practices.
Using Kerala’s cultural history as his entry point, Udaya Kumar has
written an uncommonly inspirational book of ideas about the relationship of
literature to history, on literature as—in a sense—‘history in person’.
</td><td>
Udaya Kumar is Professor at the
Centre for English Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University. He has been Professor of
English at the University of Delhi and of Cultural Studies at the Centre for
Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. He was Leverhulme Visiting Professor at
Newcastle University, and Fellow at the Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, and at
the Indian Institute of Advanced Study. His publications
include The Joycean Labyrinth: Repetition, Time and Tradition
in 'Ulysses' (Oxford: Clarendon Press,
1991), and papers on contemporary literary and cultural theory and Indian
literature. 
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-474-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing The First
Person: Literature, History, and Autobiography in Modern Kerala</td><td>Udaya
Kumar</td><td>2016</td><td>336</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Why did
autobiographical writings emerge in Kerala more than a century ago? What were the
social, material, and cultural features that motivated individuals to write
personal histories and memoirs? This book shows the complex ways in which private
recollections, and the use of memory for loosely literary ends, also entailed the
production of history by another name.
Udaya Kumar analyses this period of social transformation to show the

emergence of new resources for the self-relective writer, as well as of new idioms
of expression. Among the many genres and forms he studies are anti-caste writings,
works advocating spiritual and social reorientation, monologic poetry, and early
novels in Malayalam.
Sree Narayana Guru’s thought, the portrayal of women and desire in Kumaran
Asan’s poetry, and the fictional worlds created by major novelists of this period
(such as O. Chandu Menon and C.V. Raman Pillai), says Udaya Kumar, excited fresh
appraisals of morality, personal emotions, and shared pasts. The envisioning of
caste reform, the recording of historical change, and the creation of political
identities, he shows, are often inextricable aspects of new literary
practices.
Using Kerala’s cultural history as his entry point, Udaya Kumar has
written an uncommonly inspirational book of ideas about the relationship of
literature to history, on literature as—in a sense—‘history in person’.
</td><td>Udaya Kumar is Professor at the Centre for
English Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University. He has been Professor of English at
the University of Delhi and of Cultural Studies at the Centre for Studies in Social
Sciences, Calcutta. He was Leverhulme Visiting Professor at Newcastle University,
and Fellow at the Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, and at the Indian Institute of
Advanced Study. His publications include The Joycean Labyrinth:
Repetition, Time and Tradition in 'Ulysses' (Oxford: Clarendon
Press, 1991), and papers on contemporary literary and cultural theory and Indian
literature.
</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-7824-309-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing the Mughal
World: Studies in Political Culture</td><td>Muzaffar Alam and Sanjay
Subrahmanyam</td><td>2011</td><td>536</td><td>850.0000</td><td>In this
book, two leading historians of early modern South Asia present nine jointly
authored essays on the Mughal empire, framed by a long Introduction which reflects
on the imperial, nationalist, and other conflicted trajectories of history-writing
on the Mughals. Using materials from a large variety of languages—including Dutch,
Portuguese, English, Persian, Urdu, and Tamil—they show how this Indo-Islamic
dynasty developed a sophisticated system of government and facilitated an era of
profound artistic and architectural achievement, setting the groundwork for South
Asia’s future trajectory.
In several ways the joint work of Alam and Subrahmanyam, best represented
here, provides the most significant innovation, expansion, and rethinking about
the Mughal imperium for many decades. The present book intertwines political,
cultural, and commercial themes while exploring diplomacy, state-formation,
historiography, religious debate, and political thought. It focuses on
confrontations between a variety of source materials that are then reconciled by
the authors, enabling readers to participate both in the debate and the resolution
of competing claims. 
Interdisciplinary and cutting-edge, this work adds rich dimensions to research on
the Mughal state, early modern South Asia, and the comparative history of the
Mughal, Ottoman, Safavid, and other early modern
empires.</td><td>MUZAFFAR ALAM is George V.
Bobrinskoy Professor in South Asian Languages and Civilizations at the University
of Chicago. He is the author of The Crisis of Empire in Mughal North
India and The Languages of Political Islam in India: c.
1200–1800. 
SANJAY SUBRAHMANYAM is professor and holder
of the Navin and Pratima Doshi Chair of Indian History at the University of
California, Los Angeles. He is the author of several books, including
The Career and Legend of Vasco da Gama and the two-volume
Explorations in Connected History. 
Alam and Subrahmanyam have jointly edited The Mughal State 1526–
1750 and coauthored Indo-Persian Travels in the Age of
Discoveries, 1400–1800.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>978-93-5287-280-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Zamorins and the
Political Culture of Medieval Kerala</td><td>V. V.
Haridas</td><td>2018</td><td>388</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>The Zamorin—
ruler of the kingdom of Kolikkotu in modern-day Kerala—left an indelible mark on
world history when he welcomed Vasco da Gama in 1498. But a few centuries earlier,
the Zamorin was only a local chief, heading a few villages. How did he become an
independent ruler after the disintegration of the Ceras in the twelfth century?
How did the Zamorin come to be recognised and legitimised as the ‘king’?
This story of the creation of an image of royalty is the focus of
Zamorins and the Political Culture of Medieval Kerala.
Relying on the archival richness of a large collection of unpublished palm leaf
manuscripts called Granthavari, documents of the political
and royal establishments of the time, this book reconstructs the days of the
Zamorin. It carefully details the power and authority he claimed and actually
wielded, and the various methods through which he sought to legitimise it—
elaborate rituals, patronage of temples and scholarship, propagation of art and
culture, etc. 
While the great past was always remembered, the Zamorin’s ‘little
kingdom’ depended on the existence, interaction and interdependence of various
nodes of power—the royalty, royal functionaries, locality chiefs, local magnates
and temple authorities. This book argues that studying these nodes of power, which
related themselves to the Zamorin’s court and among themselves through elaborate
customs and rituals, is vital to analysing the state structure in late medieval
Kerala. 
Complete with a foreword by Kesavan Veluthat, this book convincingly
argues for the ‘little kingdom’ model to analyse the premodern state in Calicut.
Scholars and students of historiography and history, especially of medieval Indian
culture and society, will find it immensely
useful.</td><td>V. V. Haridas is Assistant
Professor, Department of History, University of
Calicut.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6128-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Zamorins and the
Political Culture of Medieval Kerala</td><td>V. V.
Haridas</td><td>2016</td><td>388</td><td>1575.0000</td><td>
The Zamorin—ruler of the kingdom of Kolikkotu in modern-day Kerala—left an indelible mark
on world history when he welcomed Vasco da Gama in 1498. But a few centuries
earlier, the Zamorin was only a local chief, heading a few villages. How did he
become an independent ruler after the disintegration of the Ceras in the twelfth
century? How did the Zamorin come to be recognised and legitimised as the ‘king’?

This story of the creation of an image of royalty is the focus of
Zamorins and the Political Culture of Medieval Kerala.
Relying on the archival richness of a large collection of unpublished palm leaf
manuscripts called Granthavari, documents of the political
and royal establishments of the time, this book reconstructs the days of the
Zamorin. It carefully details the power and authority he claimed and actually
wielded, and the various methods through which he sought to legitimise it—
elaborate rituals, patronage of temples and scholarship, propagation of art and
culture, etc. 
While the great past was always remembered, the Zamorin’s ‘little
kingdom’ depended on the existence, interaction and interdependence of various
nodes of power—the royalty, royal functionaries, locality chiefs, local magnates
and temple authorities. This book argues that studying these nodes of power, which
related themselves to the Zamorin’s court and among themselves through elaborate
customs and rituals, is vital to analysing the state structure in late medieval
Kerala. 
Complete with a foreword by Kesavan Veluthat, this book convincingly
argues for the ‘little kingdom’ model to analyse the premodern state in Calicut.
Scholars and students of historiography and history, especially of medieval Indian
culture and society, will find it immensely useful.
</td><td>V. V. Haridas is Assistant Professor,
Department of History, University of Calicut.</td><td>World</td>
</tr>
</table>
</div>

History OBSPriceList

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

History OBSPriceList

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

History OBSPriceList

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

<div>

<table cellspacing="0" rules="all" border="1" style="border-

&lt;p&gt;This volume brings out Rajaji’s active engagement with electoral

&lt;p&gt;This collection of biographical and critical essays places Rokeya within

&lt;p&gt;This volume will be a valuable asset to students and scholars of women’s

</td><td>&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Mohammad A. Quayum&lt;/b&gt; is Professor of English at

&lt;p&gt;Odiya translation is by Dr Pritish Acharya,

Allison Busch, Assistant Professor of Hindi-Urdu Language and Literature at the

Thomas de Bruijn is the author of a monograph on Malik Muhammad Jayasi&#39;s

Mehr Afshan Farooqi, Assistant Professor of South Asian Literature at the

Valerie Ritter, Assistant Professor of South Asian Languages and Civilisations at

&lt;p class=&quot;MsoNormal&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 11pt; font-

&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 11pt; font-family: &amp;#34;Segoe UI&amp;#34;,

Moving away from a historical perspective, this study of early sociologists

&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Dhruv Raina&lt;/b&gt; is Professor, Zakir Husain Centre for

&lt;p&gt; The author argues that this reproductive industry is organized to

&lt;p&gt; A detailed and moving study,&amp;nbsp;Discounted

&lt;p&gt;The author is one of the foremost historians of Indian education. This

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Kesavan Veluthat&lt;/strong&gt; is Director, Institute for

&lt;p class=&quot;MsoNormal&quot; style=&quot;text-align:

&lt;p&gt;The Peoples’ Linguistic Survey of India is a right based movement for

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Ganesh N. Devy&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;taught English at

&lt;strong&gt;Satheese Chandra Bose&lt;/strong&gt; is Assistant Professor,

&lt;strong&gt;Nasir Uddin &lt;/strong&gt;is Professor, Department of Anthropology,

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dr. D.P.Pattanayak&lt;/strong&gt; , who retired as the

&lt;p&gt; Since its first publication in 2004,&amp;nbsp; Palashi Theke

&lt;p&gt; The newly added concluding chapter 9 provides a succinct account of

&lt;p&gt;Professor Sharma’s seminal work translated from the Hindi, is invaluable

&lt;p&gt;The translator, Dr Binda Paranjape, is Reader, Department of History,

&lt;p&gt;The book contains a detailed and

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;Women performers do not form a

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;Colonial modernity and middle-class

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;This volume also highlights cultural

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;Through the use of a wide range of

</td><td>&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Lata Singh&lt;/b&gt; is Associate Professor, Centre for

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nandini Sundar&lt;/strong&gt; is Professor at the

&lt;p&gt;This volume brings together a diverse selection of writings that looks at

</td><td>&lt;p&gt;A well known historian, &lt;b&gt;Professor Shivnagi Reddy

&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Dr N V S Ravi Kumar&lt;/b&gt; is a renowned historian. currently

&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Narendra Shukla&lt;/b&gt; is Head, Research and Publications

A ‘reformed’ language of intimacy, conjugality and ‘duties’ developed in middle-

</td><td>&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subas Mohapatra&lt;/strong&gt; is an Associate

</td><td>&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;A. M. Shah&lt;/b&gt; retired as Professor, Department of

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;The Lambadas had tried to respond to

&lt;p&gt;Rajani Sudan questions the assumptions of the Enlightenment developed in

&lt;p&gt;This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of

&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Lisa Lomdak&lt;/b&gt; is an Assistant Professor of Linguistics at

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;The author argues that Gandhi was

&lt;p&gt;This first English translation of the Marathi original Ladha Narmadecha

&lt;p&gt;Underlined by humility, candour, dignity and humour, these interviews

</td><td>&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;NANDINI OZA,&lt;/b&gt; writer, activist, chronicler and

&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;SWATIJA MANORAMA &lt;/b&gt;has been an active member of the Forum

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sasanka Perera&lt;/strong&gt; is Professor at Department of

&lt;p&gt;Shah Siraj (1715–1763), whose name means &quot;Sun,&quot; lived in

&lt;p&gt;This book features Kugle&#39;s translations of Urdu and Persian poetry

&lt;p&gt;This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of gender

Ramaswamy also focuses on women thinkers from other ideological standpoints—the

&lt;p&gt;Udaya Kumar analyses this period of social transformation to show the

<p>This volume brings out Rajaji’s active engagement with electoral

<p>This collection of biographical and critical essays places Rokeya within

<p>This volume will be a valuable asset to students and scholars of women’s

</td><td><p><b>Mohammad A. Quayum</b> is Professor of English at

<p>Odiya translation is by Dr Pritish Acharya,

Thomas de Bruijn is the author of a monograph on Malik Muhammad Jayasi's

<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 11pt; font-

<span style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: "Segoe UI",

<p><b>Dhruv Raina</b> is Professor, Zakir Husain Centre for

<p> The author argues that this reproductive industry is organized to

<p> A detailed and moving study, Discounted

<p>The author is one of the foremost historians of Indian education. This

<p><strong>Kesavan Veluthat</strong> is Director, Institute for

<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:

<p>The Peoples’ Linguistic Survey of India is a right based movement for

<p><strong>Dr Ganesh N. Devy </strong>taught English at

<strong>Satheese Chandra Bose</strong> is Assistant Professor,

<strong>Nasir Uddin </strong>is Professor, Department of Anthropology,

<p><strong>Dr. D.P.Pattanayak</strong> , who retired as the

<p> Since its first publication in 2004,  Palashi Theke

<p> The newly added concluding chapter 9 provides a succinct account of

<p>Professor Sharma’s seminal work translated from the Hindi, is invaluable

<p>The translator, Dr Binda Paranjape, is Reader, Department of History,

<p>The book contains a detailed and

<p style="text-align: justify">Women performers do not form a

<p style="text-align: justify">Colonial modernity and middle-class

<p style="text-align: justify">This volume also highlights cultural

<p style="text-align: justify">Through the use of a wide range of

</td><td><p><b>Lata Singh</b> is Associate Professor, Centre for

<p><strong>Nandini Sundar</strong> is Professor at the

<p>This volume brings together a diverse selection of writings that looks at

</td><td><p>A well known historian, <b>Professor Shivnagi Reddy

<p><b>Dr N V S Ravi Kumar</b> is a renowned historian. currently

<p><b>Narendra Shukla</b> is Head, Research and Publications

</td><td><p><strong>Subas Mohapatra</strong> is an Associate

</td><td><p><b>A. M. Shah</b> retired as Professor, Department of

<p style="text-align: justify">The Lambadas had tried to respond to

<p>Rajani Sudan questions the assumptions of the Enlightenment developed in

<p>This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of

<p><b>Lisa Lomdak</b> is an Assistant Professor of Linguistics at

<p style="text-align: justify">The author argues that Gandhi was

<p>This first English translation of the Marathi original Ladha Narmadecha

<p>Underlined by humility, candour, dignity and humour, these interviews

</td><td><p><b>NANDINI OZA,</b> writer, activist, chronicler and

<p><b>SWATIJA MANORAMA </b>has been an active member of the Forum

<p><strong>Sasanka Perera</strong> is Professor at Department of

<p>Shah Siraj (1715–1763), whose name means "Sun," lived in

<p>This book features Kugle's translations of Urdu and Persian poetry

<p>This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of gender

<p>Udaya Kumar analyses this period of social transformation to show the